Registration No. __________
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)

Pennsylvania
(State of Incorporation)
27-2290659
(I.R.S. Employer I.D. No.)
6022
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code No.

99 Bridge Street
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460
(610) 933-2000
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)
 
Jay S.  Sidhu
New Century Bank
99 Bridge Street
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460
(610) 933-2000
(Name, address, telephone no. of agent for service)
David F.  Scranton, Esquire
Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley Stream Parkway
Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355
(610) 640-5806
(Copy of Notices)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:   upon consummation of the reorganization .
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  o
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer   o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  x

 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of each class
of securities to be
registered
Amount to be
registered (1)
Proposed
maximum offering
price per share
Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price
Amount of
registration fee
         
Common Stock, $1.00 par value
5,767,974
$9.96 (2)
$57,449,021 (2)
$4,096
         
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, $1.00 par value
1,544,165
$9.96 (3)
$15,379,883 (3)
$1,097
 
 

 
 
(1)
Based upon, with respect to Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. may be required to issue in the reorganization transaction, including for stock options and warrants to acquire Common Stock that will be exercisable prior to the closing of the reorganization, and with respect to Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. may be required to issue in the reorganization transaction, including warrants to acquire Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that will be exercisable prior to the closing of the reorganization.
 
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis of the book value of the shares of New Century Bank Common Stock to be cancelled in the reorganization, computed, in accordance with Rule 457(f)(2), as the product of (i) $3.32 (the book value of a share of New Century Bank Common Stock as of March 31, 2010), and (ii) 17,303,719 (the maximum number of shares of New Century Bank Common Stock estimated to be outstanding at the time the reorganization is consummated (includes stock options and warrants to acquire Common Stock that will be exercisable prior to the closing of the reorganization)).

(3) 
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis of the book value of the shares of New Century Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be cancelled in the reorganization, computed, in accordance with Rule 457(f)(2), as the product of (i) $3.32 (the book value of a share of New Century Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock as of March 31, 2010), and (ii) 4,632,476 (the maximum number of shares of New Century Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock estimated to be outstanding at the time the reorganization is consummated (includes warrants to acquire Common Stock that will be exercisable prior to the closing of the reorganization)).
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 

 
 
 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to completion, dated April 21, 2010
 
Preliminary Prospectus
 

Prospectus of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
5,767,974 Shares of Common Stock and
1,544,165 Shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
Proxy Statement of New Century Bank
Annual Meeting of Bank Shareholders to be held ____ __, 2010,
_____ a.m., at the main office of the Bank, 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460

To the shareholders of New Century Bank:
 
This prospectus–proxy statement relates to the shares of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. stock that will be exchanged, on the basis of one share of Customers 1st   Bancorp, Inc. voting common stock for every three of your shares of voting common stock of New Century Bank and one share of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for every three shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of New Century Bank as a result of the formation of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. as a bank holding company for the Bank.  The reorganization into a holding company structure will only occur if the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of New Century Bank voting common stock vote in favor of the transaction.
 
If the holding company structure is approved by the shareholders of the Bank, the holding company structure will be formed through a reorganization.  In the reorganization, which is described in detail in this prospectus-proxy statement, New Century Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., and the shareholders of New Century Bank will become the shareholders of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.  This reorganization is proposed at the request of the Bank’s board of directors, and does not involve a sale of the Bank.
 
This prospectus-proxy statement is also being furnished to you because the board of directors of New Century Bank is soliciting your proxy to be used at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held ____ __, 2010.  At the meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote to elect three Class C directors of New Century Bank to serve a three-year term, to approve and ratify the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan, to approve and ratify the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan, to ratify the appointment of ParenteBeard LLC as the independent registered public accounting firm of the New Century Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, to approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization pursuant to which the New Century Bank will reorganize to a bank holding company structure, and to adjourn the meeting to a date to be proposed at the meeting, if necessary to solicit or receive additional proxies .  A form of proxy is enclosed separately.  YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT, regardless of how many shares you own.  Whether you plan to attend the meeting or not, please complete, date, sign and return the enclosed proxy form promptly in the enclosed envelope.  If you attend the meeting and prefer to vote in person, you may do so, even if you turn in your proxy at this time.  You may revoke your proxy at any time prior to its use for any purpose by giving written notice of revocation to our Corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460. You may also appear in person at the Annual Meeting and ask to withdraw your proxy prior to its use for any purpose and then vote in person. A later dated proxy revokes an earlier dated proxy.
 
Neither the Common Stock nor the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. is listed on any national securities exchange.
 
YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 13 OF THIS PROSPECTUS-PROXY STATEMENT BEFORE DECIDING HOW TO VOTE ON THE PROPOSED REORGANIZATION.
 
The following are important disclosures.  Please read them carefully:
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that we have referred you to.  We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.  This prospectus-proxy statement is only accurate as of the date printed on the bottom of this page.  We are required to advise you if there is any material change affecting the formation of the holding company structure.
 
 

 
The shares of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. to be issued in the proposed reorganization will not be savings accounts or deposits, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Investment in the shares involves investment risk, including possible loss of principal.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved the securities to be issued in the proposed reorganization, passed upon the accuracy of this prospectus-proxy statement or determined if this prospectus-proxy statement is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
We have structured the proposed reorganization to qualify as a tax-free transaction under the federal tax laws.  Therefore, you should not recognize any gain or loss on the exchange of your New Century Bank securities for Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. securities.
 

 
The date of this prospectus-proxy statement is _______ ___, 2010.
 


 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING AND VOTING
Why am I receiving these proxy materials?
Who is entitled to vote at the meeting?
What am I being asked to vote on?
How many votes do I have?
What is a quorum?
What vote is required?
How do I vote?
What is cumulative voting and when does it occur?
What if I return a proxy card but do not make specific choices?
What if I receive more than one proxy card or voting instruction form?
Who will count the votes and how will my vote(s) be counted?
Can I change my vote after I have sent you my proxy?
How may I communicate with the board of directors?
Who will bear the cost of soliciting proxies?
How can I find out the results of the voting at the meeting?
What is the recommendation of the board of directors?
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION
What is the proposed transaction for which I am being asked to vote?
What will I receive for my Bank shares?
What will holders of options and warrants to purchase Bank shares receive?
Do I have to take any action to exchange my Bank shares?
Can I trade the Bank shares between the date of this prospectus-proxy statement and the effective time of the transaction?
After the transaction, where can I trade Holding Company shares?
Will the transaction affect the Bank’s current or future operations?
Will the transaction dilute my economic interest?
Will the transaction result in any changes to my rights as a shareholder?
What are the expected federal income tax consequences of the reorganization?
When do you expect the transaction to be completed?
What vote of the Bank shareholders is required to approve the proposal?
What vote does the Bank’s board of directors recommend?
 
 
i

 
 
 
Are the interests of the Bank’s board of directors and executive officers in this transaction the same as mine?
Do I have the right to dissent from the merger?
What are the conditions that must be satisfied for the reorganization to occur?
Can the proposed reorganization be deferred or abandoned altogether?
What do I need to do now?
What happens after the meeting?
Whom should I call if I have questions about the meeting or the transaction?
RISK FACTORS
Risks Related to the Reorganization Transaction
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of the reorganization.
Your rights as a shareholder will change as a result of the transaction.
We may choose to defer or abandon the transaction.
The transaction could result in adverse effects on our management’s ability to effectively manage our business.
The Holding Company may become subject to additional Pennsylvania taxes as a result of the transaction.
Risks Related to Our Securities
There is no established trading market for our common stock and share price may be volatile.
We may issue additional shares of common stock, preferred stock or equity, debt or derivative securities, which could adversely affect the
value or voting power of your common stock.
Your investment in our Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock may be subject to further dilution. 
15
Our common stock is subordinate to all of our existing and future indebtedness; and we are not limited on the
amount of indebtedness we and our subsidiaries may incur in the future.
Risk of disruption in deposit movement.
We may not pay dividends on the shares in the foreseeable future, which may adversely affect your return and the
price of our common stock.
Risks Related To Our Business
The Bank's level of assets categorized as doubtful, substandard or special mention expose us to increased lending risk. If
our allowance for loan losses is insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio, our earnings could decrease.
The Bank's emphasis on commercial and warehouse lending may expose us to increased lending risks.
Decreased residential mortgage origination, volume and pricing decisions of competitors.
The Bank's performance and financial condition may be adversely affected by regional economic conditions and real estate values.
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh continues not to pay dividends nor repurchase capital stock.
Financial turmoil may increase other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”) charges.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.
Sufficient funding to support earning asset growth.
The FDIC’s recent policy statement imposing restrictions and criteria on private investors in failed bank acquisitions may apply to us and our investors.
Our shareholders may be deemed to be acting in concert and thereby subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, including the application of the FDIC policy statement to the Bank and its investors. 
18
Previously enacted and potential future legislation, including legislation to reform the U.S. financial regulatory system, could adversely affect our business.
 
 
ii

 
 
Government regulation might have an adverse effect on our business.
The Holding Company may become subject to additional Pennsylvania taxes as a result of the reorganization.
Accounting standards periodically change and the application of our accounting policies and methods may require us to make estimates about matters that are uncertain.
We might not achieve profitability or consistent earnings.
We might not be able to keep growing or fail to manage our growth effectively.
Asset growth may not cause our earnings to grow.
If we do not open new branches as planned or do not achieve profitability on our new branches, our earnings may be reduced.
Interest rate changes might have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition.
FDIC assessments will negatively impact earnings.
Competition with other financial institutions might negatively impact our profits.
Losses or liabilities may be higher than anticipated and may negatively impact our earnings and financial position.
Provisions in our charter documents may prevent others from obtaining control of us or increase the cost of completing a transaction in which control of the Bank is acquired by others.
Our directors and executive officers can influence the outcome of shareholder votes.
We depend on our executive management, and the loss of a member of our management team could have an adverse effect on our business.
Risks Related to Our Acquisition Strategy
Potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute shareholder value.
Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future.
Since we have not yet selected particular target institutions with which to complete investment or acquisition transactions, we are currently unable to ascertain the merits or risks of the businesses we may ultimately acquire.
We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.
We are subject to certain risks in connection with our use of technology.
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.
Some institutions we could acquire may have distressed assets and there can be no assurance that we will be able to realize the value we predict from these assets or that we will make sufficient provision for future losses in the value of, or accurately estimate the future write-downs taken in respect of, these assets.
As a result of an investment or acquisition transaction, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.
We may in the future hire consultants or advisors on a contingent basis, who would only receive payment in the event an investment or acquisition transaction occurred and, therefore, they might be viewed as having an interest in such investment or acquisition transaction occurring.
 
 
iii

 
 
Shareholders may have no opportunity to evaluate and affect the investment decision regarding a potential investment or acquisition transaction.
Resources could be expended in considering or evaluating potential investment or acquisition transactions that are not consummated, which could materially and adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.
The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon consummation of an acquisition.
Risks Related to Our Industry
Difficult market conditions have adversely affected our industry.
Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
There can be no assurance that recently enacted legislation will stabilize the U.S. financial system.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
PROPOSALS TO BE VOTED ON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING
PROPOSAL 1
ELECTION OF THREE CLASS C DIRECTORS OF THE BANK
PROPOSAL 2
APPROVAL AND RATIFICATION OF THE NEW CENTURY BANK MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 2 TO APPROVE AND RATIFY THE NEW CENTURY BANK MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
PROPOSAL 3
APPROVAL AND RATIFICATION OF THE NEW CENTURY BANK 2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 3 TO  APPROVE AND RATIFY THE NEW CENTURY BANK 2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN
PROPOSAL 4
RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Audit and Other Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accountants
Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
 
 
iv

 
 
Tax Fees
Pre-Approval Policy for Services by Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
Recommendation of the Board Concerning the Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
PROPOSAL 5
MERGER AND REORGANIZATION TO FORM HOLDING COMPANY
SUMMARY
THE REORGANIZATION
Background and Reasons for the Transaction
Private Offerings 
40
The Plan of Reorganization
Amendment or Termination
Conditions to Completing the Transaction
Regulatory Approval of the Transaction
Securities Law Consequences; Resale Restrictions for Certain Persons
Management of Holding Company
Dissenters’ Rights
No Action Required to Exchange Shares
Accounting Treatment of the Transaction
USE OF PROCEEDS
SUMMARY SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
For Bank Shareholders
For Holders of Warrants and Options to Purchase Bank Shares
DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY SHARES
General
Voting rights
Dividend rights
Redemption, Preemption Rights and Repurchase Provisions
Liquidation Rights
Anti-Takeover Effect of Governing Documents and Applicable Law
COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS
Authorized Capital
Undesignated Nonvoting Common Stock
25% Ownership Limitation
Supermajority Vote for Business Combinations with 5% Shareholders
Shareholder Vote for Business Combinations Generally
Shareholder Right to Valuation and Payment for Shares on Control Share Acquisition
 
 
v

 
 
Board Right to Oppose Acquisition Offers Considering Multiple Constituencies or Factors
Bylaw Amendments
Amendment of Articles by Board of Directors
Special Meetings of Shareholders
Notice
Place of Shareholder Meetings
Deadline for Annual Meeting
Record Date for Meetings and Other Share-Related Actions
Written Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of Meeting
Shareholder Nominations for Director
Cumulative Voting
Advance Notice of Shareholder Board Nominations
Quorum
Required Shareholder Vote
Shareholder Action Without a Meeting
Director Qualifications
Director Classification
Number of Directors
Attendance at Board Meetings
Vacancies on Board
Control Transactions
Amendment of Articles of Incorporation
OUTSTANDING OPTIONS GRANTED TO UNAFFILIATED INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS
WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK
ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS
INTERESTS OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN THE MERGER AND REORGANIZATION
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.
History, Business, and Properties
Principal Shareholders
Description of The Holding Company’s Common Stock
Executive Compensation
Anti-Takeover Mechanisms
Indemnification Provisions
Financial Statements
Legal Proceedings 
65
NEW CENTURY BANK
History, Business, and Properties
 
 
vi

 
 
Properties
  66
Legal Proceedings 
67
Management
Principal Shareholders
OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers
BOARD GOVERNANCE
Information about our Board of Directors
Board Leadership Structure
Risk Oversight
Director Independence
Executive Committee
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Director Nominations
Audit Committee
Compensation Committee
Risk Management Committee
Loan Committee
Director Attendance at Annual Meetings
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
Officer Employment Agreements
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END TABLE—NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Stock Option Grants in Connection with the Private Offering
Equity Compensation Grants to Management 
77
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
401(k) Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
Insurance
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK
MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
Trading Market for Common Stock
Market Price of Common Stock
 
 
vii

 
 
Dividends on Common Stock
Dividend Policy
NEW CENTURY BANK - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Critical Accounting Policies
Overview
Results of Operations
NET INTEREST INCOME
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
NON-INTEREST INCOME
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
INCOME TAXES
FINANCIAL CONDITION
GENERAL
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
INTEREST-EARNING DEPOSITS WITH BANKS
FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
LOANS
CREDIT RISK
ASSET QUALITY
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ASSETS
DEPOSITS
OTHER BORROWINGS
SUBORDINATED DEBT
PREFERRED STOCK
CLASS B NON-VOTING COMMON STOCK    104
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
STOCK OPTION PLAN
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
 
viii

 
OTHER OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
GENERAL
PENNSYLVANIA BANKING LAWS
FEDERAL BANKING LAWS
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
BANK HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION AND REGULATION
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 2011
LEGAL MATTERS
OTHER BUSINESS

 
You should rely only on the information contained in this document.  We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information.  This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities.
 
The information contained in this prospectus-proxy statement is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus-proxy statement, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus-proxy statement or of any sale of securities.
 
EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act for the registration of its voting common stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and shares underlying warrants and options to acquire such stock, to be issued and exchanged pursuant to a reorganization agreement.  This prospectus-proxy statement and the accompanying notice of shareholder meeting constitute the prospectus of the Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. filed as part of such registration statement.  Upon completion of the reorganization, Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. will be required to comply with the periodic reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”).   Upon consummation of the reorganization, Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. will qualify for scaled disclosure in its Exchange Act reports as a smaller reporting company because its public float, as calculated in accordance with Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act, would be approximately $57.2 million, assuming no outstanding exercisable stock options or warrants are exercised prior to the closing of the reorganization.  New Century Bank is not presently subject to reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.
 

                                                                             
 
ix

 

NEW CENTURY BANK
99 Bridge Street
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460
(610) 933-2000

____________ _____, 2010
 

 
COVER LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS FROM JAY SIDHU
 
TO BE ADDED BY AMENDMENT
 

 
 

 

NEW CENTURY BANK
99 Bridge Street
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460
(610) 933-2000

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
An Annual Meeting of the shareholders of New Century Bank (“the Bank”) will be held on ________, ____ __ 2010, at the main office of the Bank, 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville Pennsylvania, at ______ a.m.  to vote on the following proposals:
 
 
1.
To elect three Class C directors of the Bank to serve a three-year term;
 
 
2.
To approve and ratify the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan;
 
 
3.
To approve and ratify the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan;
 
 
4.
To ratify the appointment of ParenteBeard LLC as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010;
 
 
5.
To approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank will reorganize to a bank holding company structure; and
 
 
6.
To adjourn the meeting to a date to be proposed at the meeting, if necessary to solicit or receive additional proxies.
 
The board of directors has set the record date for the Annual Meeting as _________, 2010.  Only holders of record of the Bank's voting common stock at the close of business on that date can vote at the meeting.  As long as a quorum is present or represented at the Annual Meeting, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Bank's voting common stock present, in person or by proxy is required to pass Proposals 2 through 4 and 6, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall be elected under Proposal 1, and the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Bank's outstanding voting common stock is required to pass Proposal 5.  As of the record date, there were _______ shares of the Bank’s voting common stock outstanding.
 
Shareholders may be entitled to assert dissenters’ rights.  See “THE REORGANIZATION – Dissenters’ Rights” beginning on page  39 of this prospectus-proxy statement for a summary of the rights to which you may be entitled.  Additionally, a  copy of the law pertaining to dissenters’ rights, Sections 1607 and 1222 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code and Subchapter D of Chapter 15 and Section 1930 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, is attached as  Annex B  to the prospectus–proxy statement.
 
The directors of the Bank unanimously believe that Proposals 1 through 6 are in the best interests of the Bank and its shareholders, and urge shareholders to vote “ FOR ” all such proposals.
 
By Order of the Board of Directors
 
/s/ Gertrude M. Hackney
 
Gertrude M. Hackney, Secretary
 
Dated:  ___ __, 2010                                           
 

 
2

 

FORWARD -LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus-proxy statement and all attachments hereto, including the annual report and audited financial statements of New Century Bank, as well as other written or oral communications made from time to time by New Century Bank or Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., may contain certain forward-looking information within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  These statements relate to future events or future predictions, including events or predictions relating to our future financial performance, and are generally identifiable by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “plan,” “intend,” or “anticipates” or the negative thereof or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy that involve risks and uncertainties.  These forward-looking statements are only predictions and estimates regarding future events and circumstances and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the risks described under “Risk Factors” that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.  This information is based on various assumptions that may not prove to be correct.
 
In addition to the risks described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus-proxy statement, important factors to consider and evaluate in such forward-looking statements include:
 
Changes in the external competitive market factors that might impact results of operations;
C hanges in laws and regulations, including without limitation changes in capital requirements under the federal prompt corrective action regulations;
Changes in business strategy or an inability to execute strategy due to the occurrence of unanticipated events;
Ability to identify potential candidates for, and consummate, acquisition or investment transactions;
Constraints on ability to consummate an attractive acquisition or investment transaction because of significant competition for these opportunities;
Failure to complete any or all of the transactions described herein on the terms currently contemplated;
Local, regional and national economic conditions and events and the impact they may have on us and our customers;
Ability to attract deposits and other sources of liquidity;
Changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers;
Changes in the level of non-performing and classified assets and charge-offs;
Changes in estimates of future loan loss reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements;
Inflation, interest rate, securities market and monetary fluctuations;
The timely development and acceptance of new banking products and services and perceived overall value of these products and services by users;
Changes in consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits;
Technological changes;
The ability to increase market share and control expenses;
Continued volatility in the credit and equity markets and its effect on the general economy; and
The effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

These forward-looking statements are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of New Century Bank and Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.  Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that actual results will meet expectations or will not be materially lower than the results contemplated in this prospectus-proxy statement and the attachments hereto.  You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document or, in the case of documents referred to, the dates of those documents.  We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as may be required under applicable law.
 

 
3

 
 
 
COMMONLY USED TERMS
 
For purposes of this prospectus-proxy statement, any references to the "Bank" refer to New Century Bank, any references to the "Holding Company" refer to Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., any references to "we," "us," or "our" refer to the Bank and the Holding Company collectively, any references to the "merger subsidiary" refer to New Century Interim Bank, and any references to "Common Stock" refer to the voting common stock of the applicable entity.
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING AND VOTING
 
Why am I receiving these proxy materials?
 
The Bank is sending you this prospectus-proxy statement and the accompanying proxy card because the board of directors of the Bank is soliciting your proxy to vote at the Annual Meeting.  You are invited to attend the meeting to vote on the proposals described in this prospectus-proxy statement.  However, you do not need to attend the meeting to vote your shares.  Instead, you may simply complete, sign, and return the accompanying proxy card.
 
The Bank has mailed this prospectus-proxy statement and the accompanying proxy card to all shareholders of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
 
Who is entitled to vote at the meeting?
 
To be able to vote, you must have been a beneficial owner or record holder of the Bank's Common Stock on _______, 2010, the record date on which we determined shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting (the “Record Date”).
 
Shareholder of Record:  Shares Registered in Your Name .  If, at the close of business on the Record Date, your shares of Common Stock were registered directly in your name, then you are a shareholder of record.  As a shareholder of record you may vote in person at the meeting or by proxy.  Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting, we urge you to complete and return the accompanying proxy card to ensure your vote is counted.
 
Beneficial Owner:  Shares Registered in the Name of a Broker, Bank, or Other Agent .  If, at the close of business on the Record Date, your shares were not issued directly in your name, but rather were held in an account at a brokerage firm, bank, or by another agent, you are the beneficial owner of shares held in “street name” and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker, bank, or other agent.  The broker, bank, or other agent holding your shares in that account is considered to be the shareholder of record for purposes of voting at the meeting.
 
As a beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker, bank, or other agent on how to vote the shares of Common Stock in your account.  You are also invited to attend the meeting.  However, since you are not the shareholder of record, you may not vote your shares in person at the meeting unless you request and obtain a valid proxy issued in your name from your broker, bank or other agent.
 
What am I being asked to vote on?
 
There are six matters scheduled for a vote at the meeting:
 
 
1.
To elect three Class C directors of the Bank to serve a three-year term;
 
 
2.
To approve and ratify the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan;
 
 
3.
To approve and ratify the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan;
 
 
4.
To ratify the appointment of ParenteBeard LLC as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010;
 
 
5.
To approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank will reorganize to form a bank holding company structure; and
 
 
6.
To adjourn the meeting to a date to be proposed at the meeting, if necessary to solicit or receive additional proxies.
 
The Bank's board of directors recommends a vote " FOR " Proposals 1 through 6 above.
 
4

 
For additional information about the proposed reorganization of the Bank, see “QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION” beginning on page  8 of this prospectus-proxy statement, and the sections of this prospectus-proxy statement referred to therein.
 
How many votes do I have?
 
Each holder of the Bank's Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share held.
 
What is a quorum?
 
For a proposal to be considered at the meeting, a quorum must be present.  The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast on the particular matter will constitute a quorum for purposes of considering such matter.  The shareholders present, in person or by proxy, at a duly organized meeting can continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.
 
Abstentions and “broker non-votes” (that is, shares held by a broker or nominee that are represented at the meeting, but with respect to which such broker or nominee is not instructed to vote on a particular proposal and does not have discretionary voting power) will be counted for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.
 
Your shares will be counted toward the quorum only if you submit a valid proxy (or one is submitted on your behalf by your broker, bank, or other agent) or if you vote in person at the meeting.  If there is no quorum, the chairperson of the meeting, or a majority of the votes present at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another date.
 
At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present in person or by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting if a quorum had been present.
 
What vote is required?
 
For Proposal 1, if a quorum is present, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall be elected. See "What is cumulative voting and when does it occur?" at page 6 of this prospectus-proxy statement for more information about cumulative voting. “Withheld” votes and broker non-votes will not count in determining the number of votes required to elect a director, and they will not count in favor of or against a director’s election.  Beneficial owners should note that this year the rules regarding how brokers may vote your shares have changed. Brokers may no longer vote your shares on the election of directors in the absence of your specific instructions as to how to vote. So we encourage you to provide instructions to your broker regarding the voting of your shares.
 
For Proposals 2 through 4 and 6, if a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the stock having voting powers, present, in person or by proxy, is required to approve such proposals.  Abstentions and broker non-votes are not deemed to constitute “votes cast” and, therefore, do not count either for or against approval of a given proposal.
 
For Proposal 5, to approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization, if a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of all shares of the Bank’s outstanding voting common stock is required to approve the proposal.  Abstentions and broker non-votes are not deemed to constitute “votes cast” and, therefore, do not count either for or against approval of a given proposal.
 
How do I vote?
 
For any matter to be voted on except the election of directors, you may vote “For” or “Against” or abstain from voting.  For the election of directors, you may vote " FOR " or "Against" all director nominees or you may withhold authority to vote for one or more directors nominees. To withhold authority, or if you desire to cumulate your vote, follow the instructions on your proxy card. The procedures for voting are as follows.
 
Shareholder of Record:  Shares Registered in Your Name .  If you are a shareholder of record, you may vote in person at the meeting.  Alternatively, you may vote by proxy by using the accompanying proxy card.  Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting, we urge you to vote by proxy to ensure your vote is counted.  You may still attend the meeting and vote in person if you have already voted by proxy.  In such case, notify the Corporate Secretary before the meeting begins of your presence at the meeting and your intention to revoke your previously voted proxy.
 
 
5

 
To vote in person, come to the meeting and we will give you a ballot when you arrive.
 
To vote by proxy, simply complete, sign, and date the accompanying proxy card and return it promptly in the envelope provided.  If you return your signed proxy card to us before the meeting, we will vote your shares as you direct unless you revoke your proxy.
 
Beneficial Owner:  Shares Registered in the Name of Broker, Bank, or Other Agent .  If your shares of Bank Common Stock are held in “street name,” that is, your shares are held in the name of a brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee, in lieu of a proxy card you should receive a voting instruction form from that institution by mail.  Complete and mail the voting instruction card as instructed to ensure that your vote is counted.
 
If your shares are held in street name and you wish to vote in person at the meeting, you must obtain a proxy issued in your name from the record holder (that is, your brokerage firm, bank or other nominee) and bring it with you to the meeting.  We recommend that you vote your shares in advance as described above so that your vote will be counted if you later decide not to attend the meeting.
 
What is cumulative voting and when does it occur?
 
Cumulative voting allows a shareholder to cast all of the shareholder’s votes for a single director or multiple directors. Pursuant to the Pennsylvania Banking Code, in each election of directors, every shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right, in person or by proxy, to multiply the number of votes to which the shareholder may be entitled by the total number of directors to be elected in the same election.  The shareholder may cast the whole number of such votes for one candidate, or the shareholder may distribute the votes among any two or more candidates. Cumulative votes may be cast for one director nominee or distributed among two or more director nominees. For example, if you owned 100 shares of the Bank's Common Stock as of the Record Date and three directors were being elected, you would have 300 votes (100 shares multiplied by three directors) to cast, in the entirety, among the three director positions.  You could cast all 300 votes for one director position, or you could allocate those 300 votes among the three director positions in any way you like, but you cannot cast more than a total of 300 votes across all director positions.
 
If you are present in person at the shareholder meeting, to engage in cumulative voting, you must notify a judge of election of your intention to cumulate votes before voting begins.  If you do this, a judge of elections will provide you with a special ballot to mark your cumulative votes.
 
If you sign and return a proxy for the meeting, you must mark on the proxy the number of votes you wish the proxies to cast for each candidate.  If you fail to show cumulative votes on your proxy, your proxies will cast an equal number of your votes for each director position.  If your proxy cumulative voting instructions are ambiguous, your proxies will have authority to cumulate and cast your votes in any manner consistent with your unambiguous instructions.
 
What if I return a proxy card but do not make specific choices?
 
If you return a signed proxy card without marking any voting selections, your shares will be voted “ FOR ” each proposal listed on the proxy card and " FOR " each director nominated by the board of directors.  If any other matter is properly presented at the meeting, then one of the proxies named on the proxy card will vote your shares using his or her best judgment.
 
What if I receive more than one proxy card or voting instruction form?
 
If you receive more than one proxy card or voting instruction form because your shares are held in multiple accounts or registered in different names or addresses, please be sure to complete, sign, date, and return each proxy card or voting instruction form to ensure that all of your shares will be voted.  Only shares relating to proxy cards and voting instruction forms that have been signed, dated, and timely returned will be counted in the quorum and voted.
 
 
6

 
Who will count the votes and how will my votes be counted?
 
Votes will be counted by the judge of elections appointed for the Annual Meeting.  The judge of elections will count FOR and “ AGAINST ” votes for each proposal.  
 
Can I change my vote after I have sent you my proxy?
 
Yes.  You can revoke your proxy at any time before the applicable vote at the meeting.  If you are the record holder of your shares, you may revoke your proxy in any one of three ways:
 
 
You may submit another properly completed proxy with a later date;
 
 
You may send a written notice that you are revoking your proxy to our Corporate Secretary at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460; or
 
 
You may attend the meeting and vote in person (however, simply attending the meeting will not, by itself, revoke your proxy;  you must notify the Corporate Secretary before the meeting begins of your presence at the meeting and your intention to revoke your previously voted proxy).
 
If your shares are held by a broker, bank, or other agent, you should follow the instructions provided by them.
 
How may I communicate with the board of directors?
 
Please address any communications to the Bank's board of directors, in writing to the Bank's Corporate Secretary at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460.  The Corporate Secretary will relay shareholder communications to the board of directors or any individual director to whom communications are directed.
 
Who will bear the cost of soliciting proxies?
 
The Bank will bear the entire cost of the solicitation of proxies for the meeting, including the preparation, assembly, printing, and distribution of this prospectus-proxy statement, the proxy card and any additional solicitation materials furnished to shareholders.  Copies of solicitation materials will be furnished to brokerage houses, fiduciaries, and custodians holding shares in their names that are beneficially owned by others so that they may forward the solicitation materials to the beneficial owners.  The Bank may reimburse such persons for their reasonable expenses in forwarding solicitation materials to beneficial owners.  The original solicitation of proxies may be supplemented by solicitation by personal contact, telephone, facsimile, email, or any other means by the Bank's directors, officers, or employees.  No additional compensation will be paid to those individuals for any such services.
 
How can I find out the results of the voting at the meeting?
 
The voting results will be announced at the meeting.
 
 
 
 
7

 
 
What is the recommendation of the board of directors?
 
The Bank’s board of directors recommends a vote:
 
FOR Proposal 1, to elect three Class C directors of the Bank to serve a three year term;
 
FOR Proposal 2, to approve and ratify the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan;
 
FOR Proposal 3, to approve and ratify the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan;
 
FOR Proposal 4, to ratify the appointment of ParenteBeard LLC as the independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010;
 
FOR Proposal 5, to approve and adopt a Plan of Merger and Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank will reorganize to form a bank holding company structure; and
 
FOR Proposal 6, to adjourn the meeting to a date to be proposed at the meeting, if necessary to solicit or receive additional proxies.
 
With respect to any other matter that properly comes before the meeting, the proxies will vote in accordance with their best judgment.  The Judge of Election for the meeting will be Ruth Hammers or, in her absence, one or more other individuals to be appointed in accordance with the Bank’s bylaws.
 
Unless you give other instructions on your proxy card, the persons named as proxies on your signed proxy card will vote in accordance with the recommendations of the Bank’s board of directors with respect to each of the proposals and the election of each director position, and in their discretion with respect to any other matter properly brought before the Annual Meeting.
 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE REORGANIZATION
 
What is the proposed transaction for which I am being asked to vote?
 
You are being asked to vote on a resolution to approve and adopt the Plan of Merger and Reorganization ("Plan of Reorganization") described in this prospectus-proxy statement in order to effect a reorganization (the “reorganization” or the “transaction”) of the Bank into a bank holding company structure whereby all of the current shareholders of the Bank will become shareholders of the Holding Company, and the Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.  The transaction, if approved by shareholders of the Bank at the Annual Meeting, will involve several steps including, among others, an application to applicable bank regulators for permission to form interim bank as a merger subsidiary into which the Bank can merge in order to become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, applications to applicable bank regulators for permission for the Bank to merge into the merger subsidiary in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, the exchange at a ratio of three-to-one of outstanding shares of the Bank's Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for shares of the Holding Company's Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and the exchange of outstanding warrants and options to purchase shares of the Bank's Common Stock for warrants or options, respectively, to purchase shares of the Holding Company's Common Stock.
 
For more information on the reorganization and the Plan of Reorganization, see “THE REORGANIZATION” beginning at page  39 of this prospectus-proxy statement and the Plan of Reorganization attached as  Annex A to this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
What will I receive for my Bank shares?
 
You will receive one Holding Company share of Common Stock for every three shares of Bank Common Stock you hold immediately prior to the closing of the reorganization.  Shareholders who hold shares of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock immediately prior to the reorganization will receive one share of the Holding Company’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for every three shares of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock they hold immediately prior to the closing of the reorganization.  The Holding Company will not issue any fractional shares in the reorganization. Holders of Bank Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will instead receive an amount in cash, rounded to the nearest cent and without interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of such share to which the holder would otherwise have been entitled, and (ii) the book-value of one share of Common Stock of the Bank as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately prior to the closing of the reorganization.
 
 
8

 
What will holders of options and warrants to purchase the Bank's Common Stock receive?
 
All warrants and options for the purchase of the Bank's Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that have been granted will automatically become warrants or options, respectively, to purchase one-third the number of shares of the Holding Company's Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, as applicable.  The number of Holding Company shares for which each outstanding option or warrant will be exercisable after the reorganization will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares, subject to the holder's agreement to any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments of the exercise price to the nearest whole cent.
 
Do I have to take any action to exchange my Bank shares?
 
Your shares of the Bank's Common Stock will be exchanged for shares of the Holding Company's Common Stock without any action on your part.  Upon completion of the reorganization, you will be mailed a letter of transmittal and instructions related to the exchange of the certificates and other instruments representing your ownership of the Bank's Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, or options or warrants to purchase the Bank's Common Stock, as applicable, for certificates or other instruments representing the Holding Company's securities into which your securitites have been converted as a result of the reorganization.  You should not send in your certificates or other instruments representing your ownership of the Bank's securities until we notify you to do so.
 
Can I trade Bank shares between the date of this prospectus-proxy statement and the closing of the reorganization?
 
Yes.  To the extent you are currently allowed to trade such shares, the Bank’s shares will continue to be tradable during this period.
 
After the transaction, where can I trade the Holding Company's shares?
 
There is no established trading market for the Bank's Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and we do not expect there to be an established trading market for the Holding Company's Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock after the reorganization.  The Holding Company's Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock may not be listed or quoted on any exchange.  Trades of the Bank's Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock have not regularly been reported, so it is unlikely that trades of the Holding Company's Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will be regularly reported in the foreseeable future.
 
Will the transaction affect the Bank’s current or future operations?
 
We currently believe that the transaction should have no material impact on how we conduct our day-to-day operations.  A holding company structure may allow us to conduct some activities the Bank could not conduct on its own, or it may allow us to make some acquisitions the Bank could not otherwise make.  Please see “Risk Factors” beginning at page  13 of this prospectus-proxy statement for a discussion of various ways in which the transaction could have an adverse effect on us.
 
Will the transaction dilute my economic interest?
 
The transaction will not dilute your economic interest.  While the number of outstanding shares of the Holding Company outstanding immediately after the consummation of the transaction will be one-third the number of outstanding shares of the Bank immediately before consummation of the transaction, the economic interest associated with all shares will remain the same.
 
Will the transaction result in any changes to my rights as a shareholder?
 
Yes.  Your rights under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law as a holder of shares of Common Stock of the Holding Company will differ in certain respects from your current rights under the Pennsylvania Banking Code.  We summarize the material changes in your rights as a shareholder resulting from the transaction at “Comparison of Shareholders' Rights" beginning at page  52 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
 
9

 
 
What are the expected federal income tax consequences of the reorganization?
 
The reorganization is designed to qualify as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes and the Bank and the Holding Company will receive a legal opinion to that effect.  Thus, while there can be no guarantee that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will adopt a similar position, it is expected that Bank shareholders will have no federal income tax consequences as a result of the reorganization, except with respect to receipt of cash in lieu of any fractional interests in the shares of the Holding Company (and other than dissenting shareholders who elect dissenters’ rights).  Bank shareholders should consult with their tax adviser about state and local tax consequences of the reorganization, if any, because the information about tax consequences in this prospectus-proxy statement relates to the federal income tax consequences of the reorganization only.  Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” beginning on page  46 of prospectus-proxy statement for a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the reorganization to the Bank's shareholders.
 
When do you expect the transaction to be completed?
 
We intend to close the reorganization as quickly as possible and, assuming the transaction is approved by the Bank’s shareholders and the banking regulators, we expect to close the transaction during the third quarter of 2010.  However, completion of the reorganization could be delayed if we fail to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals, or if we propose to complete an acquisition or similar transaction.  See "THE REORGANIZATION - Acquisition Stragies" for more information about potential acquisitions or similar transactions. Our boards of directors have the right to withdraw or postpone the transaction for any reason even if all necessary regulatory and shareholder approvals have been obtained.
 
What vote of the Bank's shareholders is required to approve the reorganization?
 
The affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the shares of Common Stock of the Bank that are outstanding on the Record Date is required to approve the reorganization.
 
What vote does the Bank’s board of directors recommend?
 
The Bank’s board of directors recommends that the Bank’s shareholders vote “ FOR ” the proposal to approve and adopt the Plan of Reorganization pursuant to which the Bank will reorganize to form a bank holding company structure.
 
Are the interests of the Bank’s board of directors and executive officers in this transaction the same as mine?
 
In considering the information contained in this prospectus-proxy statement, you should be aware that the Bank’s directors and executive officers have interests in the reorganization that may be different from, or in addition to, the interests of the Bank’s shareholders. These additional interests of the Bank’s directors and executive officers may create potential conflicts of interest and cause these individuals to view the proposed transaction differently than you may view it as a shareholder.
 
The Bank’s board of directors was aware of these interests and took them into account in its decision to declare advisable the Plan of Reorganization and the reorganization contemplated thereby. For information concerning these interests, please see the discussion under the caption “INTERESTS OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN THE MERGER AND REORGANIZATION” beginning at page  62 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
 
10

 
Do I have the right to dissent from the merger?
 
Yes.  You have the right under Pennsylvania law to dissent from the merger and to demand and receive cash for the fair value of the Bank's Common Stock that you hold.  In order to assert dissenters’ rights, shareholders must precisely follow the process described in “THE REORGANIZATION – Dissenters’ Rights” and in Annex B .
 
Generally, a shareholder who wishes to dissent must:
 
 
File with the Bank a written notice of intention to demand that the shareholder be paid the fair value for his or her shares of Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock rather than receive Holding Company shares as described in the Plan of Reorganization.  The dissenting shareholder must file this notice with the Bank prior to the shareholder vote on the reorganization at the Annual Meeting;
 
 
A dissenting shareholder may not change the beneficial ownership of his or her Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock from the date of the filing of the notice of intention to demand payment through the effective date of the reorganization; and
 
 
A dissenting shareholder also may not vote his or her Bank common stock to approve the reorganization at the Annual Meeting.
 
You should consult with your own legal advisor as to your dissenters’ rights under Pennsylvania law.  Failure to strictly comply with these procedures will result in the loss of dissenters’ rights and your ability to receive cash for the fair value of your Bank Common Stock.
 
What are the conditions that must be satisfied for the reorganization to occur?
 
As more fully described in this prospectus-proxy statement, the completion of the reorganization depends on the satisfaction of a number of conditions. These conditions include, among others:
 
 
• 
Approval by the requisite vote of the Bank’s shareholders;
 
 
• 
The receipt of all regulatory consents and approvals required in connection with (i) the establishment of the Holding Company as a bank holding company, and (ii) the creation of the merger subsidiary, and (iii) the merger of the Bank into the merger subsidiary;
 
 
• 
The receipt by the Bank of a legal opinion with respect to certain United States federal income tax consequences of the reorganization; and
 
 
• 
The effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus-proxy statement is a part with respect to the Holding Company Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be issued in the reorganization under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the absence of any stop order or proceedings initiated or threatened by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any applicable state securities commissioner for that purpose.
 
We cannot be certain when, or if, the conditions to the reorganization will be satisfied, or that the reorganization will be completed.
 
Can the proposed reorganization be deferred or abandoned altogether?
 
While we currently expect the reorganization to take place as soon as practicable after meeting the necessary conditions, the Bank's board of directors could decide to defer or abandon the transaction.  The board of directors could do this for any number of reasons including, without limitation, because of increased estimated costs of the transaction, a determination that the transaction is no longer in the best interests of the Bank or its shareholders, an inability to obtain regulatory approval, or a conclusion that the transaction may not result in the benefits currently expected.
 
 
11

 
What do I need to do now?
 
After you have carefully read this prospectus-proxy statement and have decided how you wish to vote your shares, please vote your shares promptly. If you hold common stock in your name as a shareholder of record, you must complete, sign, date and mail your proxy card in the enclosed postage paid return envelope as soon as possible. If you beneficially own your stock in “street name” through a brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee, you must direct such entity or person to vote in accordance with the instructions you have received from your brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee. Submitting your proxy card or directing your brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee to vote your shares will ensure that your shares are represented and voted at the Annual Meeting.
 
What happens after the meeting?
 
If the reorganization is approved at the meeting, we plan to file applications with the banking regulators for their approval of the transaction.  Once all approvals are obtained, we plan to complete the transaction.
 
Whom should I call if I have questions about the meeting or the transaction?
 
You should contact Trudy Hackney at (484) 359-7135 (for questions about the meeting), and Thomas Brugger at (484) 359-7113 (for questions about the transaction).
 
 
12

 
 
RISK FACTORS
 
Before you decide how to vote on the transaction, you should carefully consider the following risk factors. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity and cause our actual operating results to materially differ from those contained in forward-looking statements made in this prospectus-proxy statement, in the annual report and financial statements attached to this document and elsewhere by management. Before making a decision on how to vote on the transaction, you should carefully consider these risks as well as other information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus-proxy statement.  Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.
 
Risks Related to the Reorganization Transaction
 
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of the reorganization.
 
See “THE REORGANIZATION — Background and Reasons for the Transaction” for a discussion of our reasons for the reorganization and what benefits we hope the Bank will obtain from it.  If we do not realize those benefits we may not be as profitable as we hope.
 
Consummation of the transaction could be delayed or prevented by a number of factors we might not be able to control.  For example, the Bank's shareholders might not approve the transaction.  As another example, too many of our shareholders might dissent from the transaction and demand payment of cash for their Bank shares, in which event we might decide that the transaction requires too large a cash expenditure.
 
As another example, the banking regulators might refuse to approve the transaction or might delay their approvals.  We understand that in recent months, applications for bank mergers and acquisitions have been delayed in some cases for significant periods of time due to additional requests for information required by the banking regulators to help them evaluate the risks of the proposed transaction.  In our case, the Federal Reserve will be asked to approve the formation of a new holding company for the Bank and may want additional information that will help it evaluate the expected financial condition of Holding Company and Bank after the transaction.  We do not know if the banking regulators will make special requests for information, and, if they do, we do not know how such requests might affect the receipt of approvals or how soon we can expect to receive approvals from the banking regulators.  If approvals from bank regulators were delayed too long, we could decide to defer or abandon the transaction, either due to the expense of the transaction or because of other transactions or events that occur after we file the applications.
 
Your rights as a shareholder will change as a result of the transaction.
 
Because of differences between the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law and the Pennsylvania Banking Code, and differences between the governing documents of the Holding Company and the Bank, your rights as a shareholder will change in certain respects if the transaction is completed.  See “COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS” beginning at page  52 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
We may choose to defer or abandon the transaction.
 
While we currently expect the transaction to take place as soon as practicable after obtaining shareholder approval of the transaction at the shareholder meeting and approval from the applicable banking regulators, our board of directors could decide to defer or abandon the transaction.  While the board of directors could do this for any reason, some examples of reasons it might do so include an increase in our estimated cost of the transaction, or a determination by the board of directors that the transaction is no longer in the best interests of the Bank or our shareholders, or inability to get regulatory approval, or that the transaction may not result in the benefits we now expect.
 
The transaction could result in adverse effects on our management’s ability to effectively manage our business.
 
Our management will need to devote substantial attention to the transaction.  It will also have to spend administrative time managing the Holding Company.  For example, the Holding Company will have more reports to file with bank regulators, and the Holding Company will be required to comply with federal and state securities laws that the Bank would not have to comply with because the Bank's securities are exempt from most securities regulation.  This attention could distract management from other Bank business.
 
 
13

 
The Holding Company may become subject to additional Pennsylvania taxes as a result of the transaction.
 
The Holding Company may become subject to additional corporate taxes in Pennsylvania, although we do not expect those taxes to materially affect our profitability.
 
Risks Related to Our Securities
 
There is no established trading market for our Common Stock and share price may be volatile.
 
We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to a more active trading market in our Common Stock or how liquid that market might become. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our Common Stock at any given time, which presence is dependent upon the individual decisions of investors, over which we have no control.
 
The market price of our Common Stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the factors discussed in other risk factors as well as the following:
 
 
Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
 
 
Changes in interest rates;
 
 
Changes in the legal or regulatory environment in which we operate;
 
 
Press releases, announcements or publicity relating to us or our competitors or relating to trends in our industry;
 
 
Changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts and investors;
 
 
Future sales or offerings of our Common Stock;
 
 
Changes in economic conditions in our marketplace, general conditions in the U.S. economy, financial markets or the banking industry; and
 
 
Other developments affecting our competitors or us.
 
These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent you from selling your Common Stock at or above the offering price. In addition, the stock markets, from time to time, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock, regardless of our trading performance.
 
We may issue additional shares of common stock, preferred stock or equity, debt or derivative securities, which could adversely affect the value or voting power of your common stock.
 
We have the ability to offer shares of common stock, non-voting common stock or preferred stock by action of our boards of directors without further shareholder approval. In addition, our boards of directors have authority to issue senior and subordinated debt without further shareholder approval.
 
 
14

 
As of April 9, 2010 , the Bank had options outstanding to purchase 1,909,382 shares of its Common Stock. As of that date, holders of 17,923,843 shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock were beneficiaries of anti-dilution agreements providing each of them price protection until March 31, 2011, such that if the Bank issues any shares of its Common Stock at or prior to that date at a price less than $3.76 per share, the Bank will issue sufficient additional shares to such shareholders to maintain the values of their holdings of Common Stock at the new, lower issuance price. As of April 9, 2010 , the Bank had also outstanding warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 1,286,111 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $3.76 per share and 33,591 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. The warrants are exercisable until June 30, 2016.  As of April 9, 2010, the Bank also had warrants to purchase 226,289 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, outstanding.
 
The amount, price or terms of future issuances of equity or debt securities (including debt securities convertible into equity securities or equity securities issuable upon conversion of Bank debt) could dilute your ownership, your voting power, or the book value or market value of the shares of your Common Stock.
 
Your investment in our common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock may be subject to further dilution.

The Bank has recently offered its shares at prices lower than the prices at which shares were sold in prior offerings.  As a result, book value, potential market value and voting rights of shares held by shareholders who do not hold anti-dilution agreement rights have been diluted.  The Bank or Holding Company may issue shares in future offerings, acquisitions or other transactions, or may engage in recapitalizations or similar transactions in the future, the result of which could cause shareholders without anti-dilution agreement rights to suffer further dilution in book value, market value or voting rights.  The board of directors has authority to engage in some of these transactions – particularly additional share offerings or issuances - without shareholder approval.  If the board of directors decides to approve transactions that result in dilution, the value and voting power of shares of common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued by the Bank or Holding Company could decrease.
 
Our Common Stock is subordinate to all of our existing and future indebtedness; and we are not limited on the amount of indebtedness we and any subsidiaries may incur in the future.
 
The rights, interests and priorities of holders of Common Stock rank junior to all indebtedness, including our $2,000,000 aggregate principal amount Floating Rate Subordinated Debt Securities due 2014 (see “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - SUBORDINATED DEBT,” on page  104 of this prospectus-proxy statement), and other non-equity claims on the Holding Company and/or the Bank with respect to assets available to satisfy claims, including in a liquidation of the Holding Company or the Bank.
 
The Holding Company’s right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s, such as the Bank’s, liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors.
 
In addition, we are not limited by our Common Stock in the amount of debt or other obligations we or our subsidiaries may incur in the future. Accordingly, we and our subsidiaries may incur substantial amounts of additional debt and other obligations that will rank senior to our Common Stock or to which our Common Stock will be structurally subordinated.
 
Risk of disruption in deposit movement.
 
The FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guaranty Program (“TLGP”) that authorizes the unlimited guarantee of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts was originally scheduled to expire on December 31, 2010, and could be further extended. Before and after temporary guarantee expires, there could be banking system disruption and deposit movement. If banking system disruption occurs and deposit movement is significant, the Bank may lose deposits and be required to draw down on its unused borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB-P”), Federal Reserve or correspondent bank fed funds lines. This may result in fewer funds being available to fund earning asset growth, along with the increased costs of any borrowings required as a result of transaction account loss, may cause our net interest income and net income to be lower.
 
We may not pay dividends on the shares in the foreseeable future, which may adversely affect your return and the price of our Common Stock.
 
We have not historically declared or paid dividends on our Common Stock and we do not expect to do so in the near future. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our boards of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the Common Stock, and other factors deemed relevant by our boards of directors. In addition, there are significant regulatory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. See, “MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS – Dividends on Common Stock,” on page  85 of this prospectus-proxy statement, and “- Dividend Policy,” on page  85 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
 
 
15

 
 
Risks Related To Our Business
 
The Bank's level of assets categorized as doubtful, substandard or special mention expose the Bank to increased lending risk. If the Bank's allowance for loan losses is insufficient to absorb losses in its loan portfolio, the Bank's earnings could decrease.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Bank's delinquent loans greater than 90 days and non-accrual loans totaled $14.4 million, which represented 6.3% of total loans, and its allowance for loan losses totaled $10.0 million, which represented 4.4% of total loans.  The Bank makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and their probability of making payment, as well as the value of real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of its loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, significant factors the Bank considers include loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, trends and absolute levels of classified and criticized loans, trends and absolute levels in delinquent loans, trends in risk ratings, trends in industry charge-offs by particular segments and changes in existing general economic and business conditions affecting its lending areas and the national economy. If the Bank's assumptions are incorrect, its allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in its loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to the Bank's allowance could materially decrease net income.
 
The Bank's regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review its allowance for loan losses and may require the Bank to increase its allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease its allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on the Bank's financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Bank's emphasis on commercial and warehouse lending may expose the Bank to increased lending risks.
 
The Bank intends to emphasize the origination of commercial lending and specialty lending, including warehouse financing. Commercial loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. In addition, since such loans generally entail greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, the Bank may need to increase its allowance for loan losses in the future to account for the likely increase in probable incurred credit losses associated with the growth of such loans. Also, the Bank expects that many of its commercial borrowers will have more than one loan outstanding with it. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose the Bank to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan.
 
Decreased residential mortgage origination, volume and pricing decisions of competitors.
 
The Bank does not currently operate in the residential mortgage origination business, however it may originate, sell and service residential mortgage loans in the future. If it does, changes in interest rates and pricing decisions by the Bank's loan competitors may adversely affect demand for its residential mortgage loan products, the revenue realized on the sale of loans and revenues received from servicing such loans for others, and ultimately reduce the Bank's net income.  New regulations, increased regulatory reviews, and/or changes in the structure of the secondary mortgage markets which the Bank would utilize to sell mortgage loans may be introduced and may increase costs and make it more difficult to operate a residential mortgage origination business.
 
The Bank's performance and financial condition may be adversely affected by regional economic conditions and real estate values.
 
The Bank’s loan and deposit activities are largely based in eastern Pennsylvania. As a result, our financial performance depends largely upon economic conditions in this eastern Pennsylvania region. This region has experienced deteriorating local economic conditions during 2008 and 2009, and a continued downturn in the regional real estate market could harm our financial condition and results of operations because of the geographic concentration of loans within this regional area and because a large percentage of our loans are secured by real property. If there is further decline in real estate values, the collateral for Bank’s loans will provide less security. As a result, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate will be diminished, and the Bank will be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans.
 
 
16

 
 
Additionally, a significant portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is invested in commercial real estate loans.  Often in a commercial real estate transaction, repayment of the loan is dependent on rental income.  Economic conditions may affect the tenant’s ability to make rental payments on a timely basis, and may cause some tenants not to renew their leases, each of which may impact the debtor’s ability to make loan payments.  Further, if expenses associated with commercial properties increase dramatically, the tenant’s ability to repay, and therefore the debtor’s ability to make timely loan payments, could be adversely affected.
 
All of these factors could increase the amount of the Bank’s non-performing loans, increase its provision for loan and lease losses and reduce the Bank’s net income.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh continues not to pay dividends nor repurchase capital stock.
 
On December 23, 2008, the FHLB-P announced that it would voluntarily suspend the payment of dividends and the repurchase of excess capital stock until further notice. The FHLB-P announced that it expected its ability to pay dividends and add to retained earnings to be significantly curtailed due to low short-term interest rates, an increased cost of maintaining liquidity, other than temporary impairment charges, and constrained access to debt markets at attractive rates. Capital stock repurchases from member banks are reviewed on a quarterly basis by the FHLB-P, but FHLB-P announced that no repurchases will take place until further notice. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank held $1.26 million of FHLB-P capital stock.
 
Financial turmoil may increase other-than-temporary-impairment (“OTTI”) charges.
 
Due to the ongoing economic crisis, there has been a rise in OTTI charges taken by institutions, as the fair market values of many investment securities have fallen below their amortized cost basis.  The increasing duration of unrealized losses on these securities brought about heightened scrutiny by banks, auditors, and outside examiners on whether write-downs were necessary.  If the Bank’s OTTI charges result in it falling below the “well capitalized” regulatory requirement, we may need to raise capital.
 
We may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.
 
We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations and may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. In the absence of wholesale funding sources, we may turn to additional subordinated debt and/or other transactions that might be available, including the TLGP.  We cannot assure you that such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.  If we are unable to generate sufficient additional capital though its earnings, or other sources, it would be necessary to slow earning asset growth and or pass up possible acquisition opportunities, which may result in a reduction of future net income growth. Further, an inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Sufficient funding to support earning asset growth.
 
The Bank needs adequate liquidity to fund its balance sheet growth in order for it to be able to successfully grow its revenues.  This liquidity can be gathered in both wholesale and non-wholesale funding markets.  The Bank’s asset growth over the past few years has been funded with various forms of wholesale funding which is defined as wholesale deposits (primarily certificates of deposit) and borrowed funds (FHLB advances, Federal advances and Federal fund line borrowings). Wholesale funding at December 31, 2009 represented approximately 12.2% of total funding compared with approximately 13.9% at December 31, 2008. Wholesale funding generally costs more than deposits generated from the Bank’s traditional branch system and is subject to certain practical limits such as the FHLB-P’s maximum borrowing capacity and the Bank’s liquidity policy limits. Additionally, regulators might consider wholesale funding beyond certain points to be imprudent and might suggest that future asset growth be reduced or halted.
 
In the absence of wholesale funding sources, the Bank might need to reduce earning asset growth through the reduction of current production, sale of assets, and/or the participating out of future and current loans or leases. This in turn might reduce future net income of the Bank and the Holding Company.
 
 
17

 
The amount loaned to us is generally dependent on the value of the collateral pledged and the Bank’s financial condition.  These lenders could reduce the percentages loaned against various collateral categories, eliminate certain types of collateral and otherwise modify or even terminate their loan programs, particularly to the extent they are required to do so because of capital adequacy or other balance sheet concerns, or if further disruptions in the capital markets occur.  Any change or termination of our borrowings from the FHLB-P, the Federal Reserve or correspondent banks would have an adverse affect on our liquidity and profitability.
 
The FDIC’s recent policy statement imposing restrictions and criteria on private investors in failed bank acquisitions may apply to us and our investors.
 
On August 26, 2009, the FDIC issued a policy statement imposing restrictions and criteria on private investors in failed bank acquisitions. The policy statement is broad in scope and potentially applies to an investor with more than 5% of the total voting power of an acquired depository institution or its holding company. It is too early to tell whether or how the policy statement would be applied to the Holding Company or its investors if the Holding Company bids on any failed bank acquisitions.
 
Investors subject to the policy statement could be prohibited from selling or transferring their interests for three years. They also would be required to provide the FDIC with information about the investor and all entities in the investor’s ownership chain, including information on the size of the capital fund or funds, its diversification, its return profile, its marketing documents, and its management team and business model. Investors owning 80% or more of two or more banks or savings associations would be required to pledge their proportionate interests in each institution to cross-guarantee the FDIC against losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund.
 
Under the policy statement, the FDIC also could prohibit investment through ownership structures involving multiple investment vehicles that are owned or controlled by the same parent company. Investors that directly or indirectly hold 10% or more of the equity of a bank or savings association in receivership also would not be eligible to bid to become investors in the deposit liabilities of that failed institution. In addition, an investor using ownership structures with entities that are domiciled in bank secrecy jurisdictions would not be eligible to own a direct or indirect interest in an insured depository institution unless the investor’s parent company is subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision as recognized by the Federal Reserve and the investor enters into certain agreements with the U.S. bank regulators regarding access to information, maintenance of records and compliance with U.S. banking laws and regulations. If the policy statement applies, the Holding C,ompany and its banks, including any failed bank the Holding Company acquires, could be required to maintain a ratio of Tier 1 common equity to total assets of at least 10% for a period of 3 years, and thereafter maintain a capital level sufficient to be well capitalized under regulatory standards during the remaining period of ownership of the investors. The Holding Company’s bank subsidiaries also may be prohibited from extending any new credit to investors that own at least 10% of the equity of the Holding Company.
 
Our shareholders may be deemed to be acting in concert and thereby subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, including the application of the FDIC policy statement to the Bank and its investors.
 
The interests in the Bank of any shareholders determined by a bank regulatory agency to be acting in concert would be aggregated for purposes of determining whether those shareholders have control of a bank or bank holding company. Each shareholder obtaining control may, if other than an individual, be required to register as a bank holding company. “Acting in concert” generally means knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards the common goal of acquiring control of a bank or a parent company, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement. How this definition is applied in individual circumstances can vary among the various federal bank regulatory agencies and from bank to bank, and cannot always be predicted with certainty. Many factors can lead to a finding of acting in concert, including where shareholders are commonly controlled or managed; the shareholders are parties to an oral or written agreement or understanding regarding the acquisition, voting or transfer of control of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company; the shareholders each own stock in a bank and are also management officials, controlling shareholders, partners or trustees of another company; or both an investor and a controlling shareholder, partner, trustee or management official of the shareholder own stock in the bank or bank holding company.
 
Previously enacted and potential future legislation, including legislation to reform the U.S. financial regulatory system, could adversely affect our business.
 
Market conditions have resulted in creation of various programs by the United States Congress, the Treasury, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC that were designed to enhance market liquidity and bank capital.  As these programs expire, are withdrawn or reduced, the impact on the financial markets, banks in general and their customers is unknown.  This could have the effect of, among other things, reducing liquidity, raising interest rates, reducing fee revenue, limiting the ability to raise capital, all of which could have an adverse impact on the financial condition of the Bank and the Holding Company.
 
Additionally, the federal government is considering a variety of other reforms related to banking and the financial industry including, without limitation, efforts to deal with home foreclosures, financial regulatory reforms, and reform of consumer regulatory guidelines.  There can be no assurance as to whether or when any of the proposed reforms will be enacted into legislation and, if adopted, what the final provisions of such legislation will be. New legislation and regulatory changes could impose potentially significant additional costs on us, require us to change certain of our business practices, adversely affect our ability to pursue business opportunities we might otherwise consider engaging in, cause business disruptions and/or have other impacts that are as-of-yet unknown to the Holding Company and the Bank.
 
 
 
18

 
Government regulation might have an adverse effect on our business.
 
We are heavily regulated. Banking and other regulations affect our entire business. For example, if we fail to meet various minimum regulatory capital requirements, our regulators may take action limiting our activities. Additionally, our regulators have wide authority to limit our activities in any situation where the regulators believe our safety and soundness is threatened. These regulations change frequently and could get more restrictive. Restrictive regulations or the actions of bank regulators could limit our activities and negatively impact our earnings and profitability.
 
The Holding Company may become subject to additional Pennsylvania taxes as a result of the reorganization.
 
The Holding Company may become subject to additional corporate taxes in Pennsylvania, although we do not expect those taxes to materially affect profitability.
 
Accounting standards periodically change and the application of our accounting policies and methods may require us to make estimates about matters that are uncertain.
 
The regulatory bodies that establish accounting standards, including, among others, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), periodically revise or issue new financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. The effect of such revised or new standards on our financial statements can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, management must exercise judgment in appropriately applying many of our accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles. In some cases, management may have to select a particular accounting policy or method from two or more alternatives. In some cases, the accounting policy or method chosen might be reasonable under the circumstances and yet might result in our reporting materially different amounts than would have been reported if we had selected a different policy or method. Accounting policies are critical to fairly presenting our financial condition and results of operations and may require us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain.
 
We might not achieve profitability or consistent earnings.
 
The Bank has had periods in which it experienced operating losses, including in 2009. There can be no assurance that the Bank or the Holding Company will achieve profitability in future periods, or maintain profitability, or that earnings will increase in the future.
 
We might not be able to keep growing or may fail to manage our growth effectively.
 
Our acquisition strategy includes intentions to expand our business. We hope this will make our business more profitable and increase our earnings per share. Our ability to continue to grow depends partly on our ability to expand our market share by acquisition or organically, successfully attract core deposits, and identify loan, investment and acquisition opportunities as well as opportunities to generate fee-based income. Our ability to acquire other banking institutions or branches or to establish de novo branches is subject to many contingencies, including regulatory approvals, the receipt of which may depend upon regulators’ concurrence in our growth strategy and evaluation of our capital, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market risk.
 
If we keep growing, such growth may strain our management and operations. Our ability to manage this growth will depend upon our ability to continue to attract, hire and retain talented employees. It will also depend on our ability to manage and improve our operating systems. We must also manage many different customer relationships simultaneously. We must provide products and services our customers want. If our business continues to grow, there is no guarantee that we will be successful in managing our growth, or that our growth will increase our profitability.
 
 
 
19

 
 
Asset growth may not cause our earnings to grow.
 
Our earnings depend not only on our total assets, but also on whether those assets earn interest or other income, and the rate at which they earn income. Our earnings also may be reduced by any increased expenses associated with increased assets, such as additional employee compensation expense, and increased interest expense on any liabilities incurred or deposits solicited to fund increases in assets. If our earnings do not grow proportionately with our assets or equity, our overall profitability may be adversely affected.
 
If we do not open new branches as planned or do not achieve profitability on our new branches, our earnings may be reduced.
 
We plan to open four to six new branches each year over the next few years in and around southeastern Pennsylvania and central New Jersey. These plans may change.  The opening of new branches is subject to regulatory approvals, and we cannot predict whether the banking regulators will agree with our growth plans if or when they will provide the necessary branch approvals. Numerous factors contribute to the performance of a new branch, such as our ability to select a suitable location, competition, our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, and the effectiveness of our marketing strategy. It takes time for a new branch to generate significant deposits and loan volume to offset expenses, some of which, like salaries and occupancy expense, are relatively fixed costs. Additionally, there can be no assurance that any of these new offices will ever become profitable. During the period of time before a branch office can become profitable, operating an office will negatively impact our net income.
 
Interest rate changes might have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition.
 
Our profitability depends principally upon earning sufficient net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Changes in the general level of interest rates can affect our net interest income by affecting the difference between the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, or interest rate spread, and the average life of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest rates also can affect: (1) our ability to originate loans; (2) the value of our interest-earning assets, which would negatively impact shareholders’ equity, and our ability to realize gains from the sale of such assets; (3) our ability to obtain and retain deposits in competition with other available investment alternatives; and (4) the ability of our borrowers to repay adjustable or variable rate loans. Different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to changes in market interest rates. Changes in market interest rates are affected by many factors beyond our control, including inflation, unemployment, money supply, international and domestic political and economic events, and developments in other financial markets. We attempt to manage risks relating to interest rate changes, but we cannot control these risks entirely. If interest rate changes reduce our net interest margin, or if we do not predict those changes accurately, our earnings and profitability could decrease.
 
FDIC assessments will negatively impact earnings.
 
As discussed in “SUPERVISION AND REGULATION - Deposit Insurance Assessments,” beginning on page  115 of this prospectus-proxy statement, the FDIC has adopted rules requiring banks to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based federal deposit insurance assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. This prepayment required the Bank to pay $2,039,955 on December 31, 2009.  The Bank recorded this payment as a prepaid expense as of December 31, 2009, and expects to amortize the expense over three years. On September 29, 2009, the FDIC also adopted a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. The FDIC is permitted to impose additional emergency special assessments of up to 10 basis points per quarter if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance or as a result of deterioration in the deposit insurance fund reserve ratio due to institution failures, and can also increase regular insurance assessments. The recent increase in assessment rate and any additional assessments would likely have a continued adverse effect on our operating expenses and results of operations. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.
 
Competition with other financial institutions might negatively impact our profits.
 
We face significant competition in making loans, taking deposits and providing other financial services and products. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, money market funds, other mutual funds, as well as insurance companies and agencies. Banking legislation has caused this competition to further intensify and we will face more competition from nonbanking companies in the future. Many of our competitors have advantages such as greater financial resources, a wider geographic presence, a wider array of services, more favorable pricing alternatives, or lower costs. This competition could limit the types of loans, deposits and other financial services we can offer on competitive terms, and could have an adverse effect on our earnings and profitability.
 
 
20

 
 
Losses or liabilities may be higher than anticipated and may negatively impact our earnings and financial position.
 
Management of a bank or other financial institution involves the management of a variety of risks in addition to risks of loan losses. These risks can involve, for example, risks to our reputation due to adverse publicity, risks rising out of our operations such as system or control failures, risks that we might be unable to meet our obligations as they mature due to inadequate funding or illiquid assets, legal risks related to activities and contractual obligations, and risks rising out of adverse business decisions, improper implementation of decisions, or lack of response to industry changes. If our management does not fully identify, anticipate or manage a risk, or the amount of any consequent liability or loss, we may have unanticipated losses or liabilities, which could have an adverse effect on our earnings and financial position.
 
Provisions in our charter documents may prevent others from obtaining control of us or increase the cost of completing a transaction in which control of the Bank is acquired by others.
 
Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and applicable provisions of Pennsylvania law and the federal Change in Bank Control Act may delay, inhibit or prevent someone from gaining control of us through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or some other method even though some of our shareholders might believe a change in control is desirable. They might also increase the costs of completing a transaction in which we acquire another financial services business, merge with another financial institution, or sell our business to another financial institution. These increased costs could reduce the value of the shares held by our shareholders upon completion of these types of transactions.
 
Our directors and executive officers can influence the outcome of shareholder votes.
 
Our directors and executive officers as a group own a total of 3,403,386 shares of our common stock, and options or warrants to purchase up to an additional 928,973 shares of our common stock, which potentially gives them, as a group, the ability to control of approximately 16.7% of our issued and outstanding Common Stock. We believe ownership of stock causes our directors and officers to have the same interests as our shareholders, but it also gives them the ability to vote as shareholders for matters that are in their personal interest, which may be contrary to the wishes of other shareholders.
 
We depend on our executive management, and the loss of a member of our management team could have an adverse effect on our business.
 
We believe our growth and profitability depends on the talents of our executive management team. Someone else could hire them. The loss of a key manager to a competitor could deepen the potential damage to our business. If we lose key managers or if we are not able to attract new managers or retain and motivate key people, our earnings and profitability could decrease.
 
Risks Related to Our Acquisition Strategy
 
Potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute shareholder value.
 
We regularly evaluate opportunities to strengthen our current market position by acquiring and investing in banks and in other complementary businesses, or opening new branches.  As a result, we may engage in negotiations or discussions that, if they were to result in a transaction, could have a material effect on our operating results and financial condition, including short and long-term liquidity. Our acquisition activities could be material to us. For example, we could issue additional shares of common stock in a purchase transaction, which could dilute current shareholders’ value or ownership interest. These activities could require us to use a substantial amount of cash, other liquid assets, and/or incur debt. In addition, if goodwill recorded in connection with our prior or potential future acquisitions were determined to be impaired, then we would be required to recognize a charge against our earnings, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations during the period in which the impairment was recognized. Any potential charges for impairment related to goodwill would not impact cash flow, tangible capital or liquidity.
 
 
 
21

 
Our acquisition activities could involve a number of additional risks, including the risks of:
 
 
Incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in our attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;
 
 
Using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;
 
 
Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire;
 
 
The time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;
 
 
Experiencing higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations;
 
 
Creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations;
 
 
Losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received; and
 
 
Risk of significant problems relating to the conversion of the financial and customer data of the entity being acquired into our financial and customer product systems.
 
We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with pending or potential acquisitions. Our inability to overcome these risks could have an adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on equity and return on assets, and our ability to achieve our business strategy and maintain our market value.
 
Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future.
 
We may not be able to sustain a positive rate of growth or be able to expand our business.  We expect that other banking and financial service companies, many of which have significantly greater resources than us, will compete with us in acquiring other financial institutions if we pursue such acquisitions. This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that we believe are attractive. Also, acquisitions are subject to various regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals for a transaction we will not be able to consummate such transaction which we believe to be in our best interests. Among other things, our regulators consider our capital, liquidity, profitability, regulatory compliance and levels of goodwill and intangibles when considering acquisition and expansion proposals. Other factors, such as economic conditions and legislative considerations, may also impede or prohibit our ability to expand our market presence. If we are not able to successfully grow our business, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Since we have not yet selected particular target institutions with which to complete investment or acquisition transactions, we are currently unable to ascertain the merits or risks of the businesses we may ultimately acquire.
 
Because we have not yet identified prospective target institutions, shareholders currently have no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target institutions’ operations. To the extent we complete investment transactions with any financially unstable institutions, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of such entities. Although our management will evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target institution, they may not properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors inherent in a target institution. An investment in our common stock may ultimately prove to be less favorable to shareholders than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a target institution. We will have flexibility in identifying and selecting prospective candidates for an investment transaction and will rely on guidance from our board of directors and outside advisors.
 
We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.
 
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate and could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may become responsible to a governmental agency or third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by those parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with environmental investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
 
22

 
We are subject to certain risks in connection with our use of technology.
 
Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger, our deposits, and our loans. While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures, interruptions, and security breaches, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, any compromise of our security systems could deter customers from using our web site and our online banking service, which involve the transmission of confidential information.  Although we rely on commonly used security and processing systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.
 
In addition, we outsource certain of our data processing to third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.
 
The occurrence of any systems failure, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Additionally, financial products and services have become increasingly technology-driven. Our ability to meet the needs of our customers competitively, and in a cost-efficient manner, is dependent on our ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology as it becomes available. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technology than we do and may be better equipped to market new technology-driven products and services. The ability to keep pace with technological change is important, and the failure to do so on our part could have a material adverse impact on our business and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.
 
Employee errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.
 
Recently, a number of banks and their customers have experienced unauthorized transfers of customer funds through criminal intrusion into customers’ or third parties’ systems.  While we are confident that our systems incorporate reasonable security against unlawful intrusions, we cannot control the adequacy of security adopted by our customers.  Recent intrusions have produced significant losses for other banks and their customers and can present liability, litigation, compliance and reputation risk for the Bank.  As a result, security compromises of our customers’ systems and security pose further risk of loss to the Bank.
 
We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. Should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Some institutions we could acquire may have distressed assets and there can be no assurance that we will be able to realize the value we predict from these assets or that we will make sufficient provision for future losses in the value of, or accurately estimate the future write-downs taken in respect of, these assets.
 
The decline in home prices in many markets across the United States and weakening general economic conditions may result in increases in delinquencies and losses in the loan portfolios and other assets of financial institutions that we acquire in amounts that exceed our initial forecasts developed during the due diligence investigation prior to acquiring those institutions. In addition, the allowance for loan losses of institutions we acquire may prove inadequate or be negatively affected, and asset values may be impaired, in the future due to factors we cannot predict, including significant deterioration in economic conditions and further declines in collateral values and credit quality indicators. Any of these events could adversely affect the financial condition, liquidity, capital position and value of institutions we acquire and of the Bank as a whole. Further, we intend to become registered as a bank holding company and in that event if we acquire more bank subsidiaries they may become subject to cross-guaranty liability under applicable banking law. If we do so and any of the foregoing adverse events occur with respect to one subsidiary, they may adversely affect other of our subsidiaries, including the Bank.
 
 
 
23

 
Current economic conditions have created an uncertain environment with respect to asset valuations and there is no certainty that we will be able to sell assets of target institutions if we determine it would be in our best interests to do so. The institutions we will target may have substantial amounts of asset classes for which there is currently limited or no marketability.
 
As a result of an investment or acquisition transaction, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.
 
We must conduct due diligence investigations of target institutions we intend to acquire. Intensive due diligence is time consuming and expensive due to the operations, accounting, finance and legal professionals who must be involved in the due diligence process. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target institution with which we combine, this diligence may not reveal all material issues that may affect a particular target institution, and factors outside the control of the target institution and outside of our control may later arise. If, during our diligence process, we fail to identify issues specific to a target institution or the environment in which the target institution operates, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. These charges may also occur if we are not successful in integrating and managing the operations of the target institution with which we combine. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming preexisting debt held by a target institution or by virtue of our obtaining debt financing.
 
 
24

 
We may in the future hire consultants or advisors on a contingent basis, who would only receive payment in the event an investment or acquisition transaction occurred and, therefore, they might be viewed as having an interest in such investment or acquisition transaction occurring.
 
We may in the future hire either or both of placement agents and other consultants or advisors to assist us with our search for a target institution or institutions or otherwise advise us in connection with an investment or acquisition transaction and any compensation payable to such persons may be contingent upon the closing of an investment or acquisition transaction. As a result, a placement agent or any such other consultants and advisors who provide advice to us would only receive compensation if an investment or acquisition transaction occurred and therefore they might be viewed as having an interest in such investment or acquisition transaction occurring that is different from, or conflicts with, the interests of our shareholders.
 
Shareholders may have no opportunity to evaluate and affect the investment decision regarding a potential investment or acquisition transaction.
 
Shareholders will not necessarily be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target institutions. Any decision regarding a potential investment or acquisition transaction will be made by our board of directors, subject, in the case of certain transactions, to a two-thirds share approval of certain lead investors who each acquired ownership of common stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock equal to at least 9% of the outstanding shares of the Bank.  For more information on the private offerings and the lead investors, see, "THE REORGANIZATION - Private Offerings,"  on page  39 of this prospectus-proxy statement. Except in limited circumstances as required by applicable law, or as described in the subscription agreement for qualified transactions, consummation of an acquisition will not require the approval of holders of our common stock. Accordingly, you may not have an opportunity to evaluate and affect the investment decision regarding potential investment or acquisition transactions.
 
Resources could be expended in considering or evaluating potential investment or acquisition transactions that are not consummated, which could materially and adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.
 
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target institution and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If a decision is made not to complete a specific investment or acquisition transaction, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific target institution, we may fail to consummate the investment or acquisition transaction for any number of reasons, including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could materially and adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another institution.
 
The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon consummation of an acquisition.
 
The role of the key personnel of a target institution upon the consummation of an acquisition cannot be predicted at this time. Although we expect that certain members of the management team of a target institution may remain associated with the acquisition candidate following an acquisition, it is possible that key members of the management of a target institution will not wish to remain in such positions.
 
 
25

 
 
Risks Related to Our Industry
 
Difficult market conditions have adversely affected our industry.
 
Dramatic declines in the housing market over the past year, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, unemployment and under-employment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of real estate-related loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. These writedowns, including asset-backed and other securities and loans, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and lack of confidence in the financial markets has adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provision for credit losses. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial services industry.
 
Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.
 
The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for many months. Recently, the volatility and disruption have reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If recent levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
 
Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
 
There can be no assurance that recently enacted legislation will stabilize the U.S. financial system.
 
The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA") provided to the U.S. Treasury Department the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions to stabilize and provide liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. The Treasury Department announced a program under EESA pursuant to which it would make senior preferred equity investments in participating financial institutions. The FDIC announced the development of a guarantee program pursuant to which the FDIC would offer a guarantee of certain financial institution indebtedness in exchange for an insurance premium to be paid to the FDIC by issuing financial institutions. There can be no assurance, however, as to the actual impact that EESA and its implementing regulations, the FDIC programs, or any other governmental program will have on the financial markets. The failure of EESA, the FDIC, or the U.S. Government to stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our Common Stock.
 
 
26

 
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
Raised $50 million of capital
 
The Bank raised $50 million of Common Stock in February and March of 2010.  The capital was raised to support organic growth, FDIC assisted acquisitions and in market acquisitions of small banks.
 
In February, the Bank sold 10,113,185 total shares, which included 6,564,597 of its Common Stock and 3,548,588 of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at a price of $4.28 per share, and in March 1,950,798 total shares, which included 761,596 of its Common Stock and 1,189,202 of its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at a price of $3.76 per share.  Taking into account the impact of anti-dilution agreements issued to investors in the February offering, the result of the two offerings was the issuance of 13.4 million shares in those offerings. As a result, further shares have also been issued to existing investors pursuant to anti-dilution agreements between the Bank and those investors.  Following the close of these transactions, no investor owns or controls more than 9.9% of the aggregate outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, including for purposes of this calculation any shares issuable under unexercised warrants.
 
Each investor who participated in this capital raise and owns more than 9% of the common equity of the Bank has been identified by the Bank as a lead investor.  The February and March 2010 offerings resulted in seven lead investors and they each received warrants equal to 5% of the shares that they purchased, having exercise prices (after taking into account anti-dilution repricing) of $3.76 per share.  The number of warrants issued for purposes of Common Stock totaled 253,885, and the number of warrants issued for purposes of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock totaled 204,638. The lead investors also have the right to invest in future capital raises until February 17, 2011 at the issuance price of $3.76 per share.
 
Extension of anti-dilution provision
 
The Bank agreed to extend and amend the anti-dilution agreements with shareholders who purchased shares in June 2009 or later, to extend anti-dilution protections from June 30, 2010  through March 31, 2011 for any capital raising transactions at a price or value below $3.76 per share, but, after June 30, 2010, only where the capital raising transaction involves share issuances for cash.  For further information on the terms of the anti-dilution agreements, see, “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page 61 . On April 12, 2010, the Bank's board of directors extended similar anti-dilution protections for warrants held by the shareholders with anti-dilution agreements.
 
Changing name of the bank
 
In March 2010, the Bank decided to change the name of the bank to Customers 1st Bank.  The reason for the change is that the new name better conveys the new mission and vision of the Bank.  The other reason is that it is more cost effective to change the name in its early stages before spending money to build the brand through marketing efforts and before the Bank incurs significant costs such as building signage.  Assuming the approval of Proposal 5 by shareholders, this formal name change will be effected in connection with the merger of the Bank into the merger subsidiary in the reorganization, although we expect the Bank to begin using the new name before that time.
 
 
27

 
PROPOSALS TO BE VOTED ON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING
 
PROPOSAL 1
 
ELECTION OF THREE CLASS C DIRECTORS OF THE BANK
 
One of the purposes of the Annual Meeting is the election of three Class C directors to the Bank’s board of directors.  The following directors have been nominated by our Board for election as directors to serve as follows:
 
Class C —Term to Expire in 2013:
 
1.         Kenneth B. Mumma
 
2.         Daniel K. Rothermel
 
3.         John J. Sickler
 
The persons named as proxies in the accompanying form of proxy card have advised us that, unless otherwise instructed, they intend at the Annual Meeting to vote the shares covered validly executed by proxies " FOR " the election of the nominees named above. The proxies cannot be voted for a greater number of persons than the number of nominees named above. If one or more of the nominees should, at the time of the Annual Meeting, be unavailable or unable to serve as a director, the shares represented by the proxies will be voted to elect any remaining nominee. The board knows of no reason why the nominees will be unavailable or unable to serve as directors. We expect all nominees to be willing and able to serve as directors.
 
The three candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall be elected. Valid proxies solicited by the board will be voted " FOR " the nominees listed above, unless the shareholders specify a contrary choice in their proxies.
 
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE " FOR " THE ELECTION OF THE NOMINEES LISTED IN PROPOSAL 1
TO ELECT THREE CLASS C DIRECTORS OF THE BANK.
 
 
PROPOSAL 2
 
APPROVAL AND RATIFICATION OF THE
 
NEW CENTURY BANK MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
The New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan (the “Management Stock Purchase Plan”) consists of a pool of 700,000 shares of Common Stock of the Bank, or any successor bank or holding company of the Bank, which may be acquired by senior management personnel at a deeply-discounted purchase price of $1.00 per share during a short election period.  The Management Stock Purchase Plan provides flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation largely depends.  The Management Stock Purchase Plan promotes the success and enhances the value of the Bank, any future holding company of the Bank and their successors, by linking the personal interests of executive and senior management-level employees of the Bank to those of shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders.
 
This summary is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan which is set forth as Annex G  hereto.
 
 
28

 
 
Summary Description of the Management Stock Purchase Plan
 
Below is a summary of the key provisions of the Management Stock Purchase Plan, as proposed.
 
 
1. 
Number of Shares.   The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Bank, or any successor bank or holding company of the Bank, reserved and available for grant under the Management Stock Purchase Plan is 700,000.
 
 
2. 
Administration.  The Management Stock Purchase Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors or, in certain cases, by the full board of directors.  The Compensation Committee, or the full board if applicable, has the authority to determine which senior management personnel shall be granted the right to purchase shares under the Management Stock Purchase Plan, and to make decisions and interpretations necessary to administer the Management Stock Purchase Plan.    
 
 
3. 
Eligibility; Participation.   Employees holding executive and other senior management-level positions with the Bank are potentially eligible to receive offers under the  Management Stock Purchase Plan.  In making determinations, the Compensation Committee may consider the nature of services rendered by such individual, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank’s success and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion deems relevant.  Subject to the provisions of the Management Stock Purchase Plan, the board may, from time to time select from among all eligible individuals to receive such grant and determine the nature and amount of each offer.
 
The shares to be granted to senior management individuals do not become vested until (i) there is a change in control of the Bank, or (ii) the Bank completes an acquisition of another FDIC-insured institution.  If a participant who acquires shares under this Management Stock Purchase Plan ceases to be employed by the Bank for any reason prior to satisfaction of the vesting conditions, the shares shall be redeemed by the Bank for $1.00 per share.
 
 
4. 
Initial Participation.   The Bank may grant 600,000 shares of the total eligible shares to the following individuals in the amounts indicated below in "Awards Under the Management Stock Purchase Plan."  The additional 100,000 shares, plus any shares not purchased by the initial group of eligible individuals may be allocated to individuals hired subsequent to the purchase of shares by the initial group.
 
 
29

 
5. 
Interpretation .  The Compensation Committee’s interpretation of the Management Stock Purchase Plan, any offers granted under the Management Stock Purchase Plan, and all decisions and determinations by the Compensation Committee with respect to the Management Stock Purchase Plan shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any offer under the Management Stock Purchase Plan.
 
 
6. 
Term.   Unless sooner terminated by the board, the Management Stock Purchase Plan terminates ten (10) years from the date the Management Stock Purchase Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
 
 
7. 
Limits on Transfer.   Offers granted under the Management Stock Purchase Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable other than by will or laws of descent and distribution.  No right or interest of a participant in any offer may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any offer for any reason.
 
 
8. 
Amendments.   The board may, from time to time, in its discretion, amend or supplement any provision of the Management Stock Purchase Plan, in whole or in part; provided however, no amendment shall be made to modify the requirements for eligibility of participation, increase the maximum number of shares of stock for which offers may be granted, extend the term of the Management Stock Purchase Plan, or abolish the Compensation Committee without designating another committee to administer the Management Stock Purchase Plan.
 
Awards under the Management Stock Purchase Plan
 
In April 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the award of 600,000 shares of Common Stock under the Management Stock Purchase Plan for a purchase price of $1.00 per share. Because there is no active trading market for the Bank’s Common Stock, the Bank’s management believes that the market value of the shares for plan and tax purposes would be determined, absent other special circumstances or factors, according to the tangible book value of the shares as of the date of the grant.  The tangible book value per share of the awards to be granted was $3.32 at March 31, 2010.
 
Jay Sidhu, Chief Executive Officer
300,000
Richard Ehst, President and Chief Operating Officer
  75,000
Thomas Brugger, Chief Financial Officer
  75,000
Certain other members of senior management
150,000
 
Because awards under the Management Stock Purchase Plan are at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, with the exception of the above-listed awards, the benefits to be received by or allocated to the named executive officers, which includes all current executive officers, and all employees (other than the current executive officers) as a group, cannot be determined.
 
Federal Tax Consequences of the Management Stock Purchase Plan
 
The following is a summary of the principal federal tax consequences of the Management Stock Purchase Plan under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), based on laws and regulations in effect on the date this prospectus-proxy statement, which laws and regulations are subject to change, and does not purport to be a complete description of the federal tax aspects of the Management Stock Purchase Plan.
 
 
30

 
 
 
In order to avoid adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code, as amended, for those individuals granted the right to acquire such shares under the Management Stock Purchase Plan, the exercise period with respect to any grant must begin and end within the same calendar year.
 
Generally, although the shares may be purchased at a discount by the participants, there are no tax consequences to the participant or the Bank attributable to the participant’s mere purchase of the shares due to the vesting conditions.  Under the general rule, the value of the shares in excess of $1.00 will become taxable to the participant, and deductible by the Bank, at such time as the vesting conditions are satisfied, and the amount taxable and deductible will be based on the value of the shares at such time, rather than the value at the time of purchase.  The amount taxable to the participant will be treated as compensation and taxed at ordinary income tax rates.  The participant shall then take a tax basis in the shares equal to the value of the shares at the time of vesting, and his or her holding period will begin to run at that time for purposes of determining whether any future increase or decrease in value may be treated as short-term or long-term capital gains or losses, respectively.
 
Notwithstanding the general rule, a participant may make an election as described in Section 83(b) of the Code, known as an “83(b) election,” to be taxed on the value of the shares at the time of purchase in excess of $1.00.  A participant must make an 83(b) election in writing and deliver such writing to the Bank and to the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days of the date of purchase of the shares.  A copy of the 83(b) election must be attached to the participant’s Federal income tax return for the year in which the election is made.  If an 83(b) election is made, the value of the shares at the time of purchase in excess of $1.00 will be taxable as compensation at ordinary income tax rates in the year of purchase.  In that instance, the participant must take a tax basis in the shares equal to the value of the shares at the time of purchase, and his or her holding period will begin to run at that time for purposes of determining whether any future increase or decrease in value may be treated as short-term or long-term capital gains or losses, respectively.
 
The amount treated as compensation for tax purposes, whether at the time of vesting or earlier in the case of an 83(b) election, are be reportable on the participant’s Form W-2 and are be subject to Federal income tax withholding and FICA and Medicare tax withholding, and are also subject to the Bank’s employer share of the FICA and Medicare tax.  To ensure that the Bank can comply with its tax withholding obligations, the Management Stock Purchase Plan provides that the participant’s vesting, or the purchase itself if the participant intends to make an 83(b) election, is subject to the further condition that the participant deliver sufficient cash to the Bank to satisfy the withholding obligation.
 
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE " FOR " APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 2 TO APPROVE AND RATIFY THE NEW CENTURY BANK MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
 
 
 
31

 
PROPOSAL 3
 
APPROVAL AND RATIFICATION OF THE
NEW CENTURY BANK 2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
 
The New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Stock Option Plan”) provides for the grant of stock options to management personnel, other employees of the Bank, and non-employee members of the board of directors.  The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Bank by linking the personal interest of employees, officers, executive and non-employee directors of the Bank to those of Bank shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders.  The Stock Option Plan is interested to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation largely depends.  The options can take the form of either tax-qualified incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code (“ISOs”) or non-qualified stock options (“NQOs”), although only NQOs may be granted to non-employee directors.
 
In April 2010 the Bank authorized the grant of the following NQO's under the Stock Option Plan:
 
     
Strike
Option
Vesting
Employee
 
Shares
Price
Expiration
Date (1)
Jay Sidhu
 
1,346,262
3.36
4/6/17
4/6/15
Thomas Brugger
 
201,939
3.36
4/6/17
4/6/15
Richard Ehst
 
201,939
3.36
4/6/17
4/6/15
Certain other members of senior management
 
114,433
3.36
4/6/17
4/6/15
 
(1)
These NQO’s will become exercisable only when (a) if the stock underlying the NQO’s is not listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system at the time, the fully diluted tangible book value (as calculated pursuant to the Stock Option Plan) equals or exceeds $5.05 per share, or (b) if the stock underlying the NQO’s is listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system, the trading price of such stock as quoted by such stock market or quotation system equals or exceeds $5.05 per share.
 
Summary Description of the Stock Option Plan
 
This summary is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Stock Option Plan which is set forth as Annex H hereto.
 
1.
Number of Shares.   The Stock Option Plan consists of a pool of the lesser of ten million (10,000,000) shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, or any successor bank or holding company of the Bank, or fifteen percent (15%) of the number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued by the Bank, or any successor bank or holding company, in consideration of cash or other property after December 31, 2009.
   
2.
Administration.   The Stock Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors or, in certain cases, by the full board of directors.  The maximum number of shares underlying options granted to any single participant during a fiscal year of the Bank shall be 6,666,667 shares of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
 
The following table provides certain summary information as of December 31, 2009 concerning the Bank’s compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which shares of the Bank’s Common Stock may be issued.
 
Plan Category
Number Of Securities To Be Issued Upon Exercise Of Outstanding Options, Warrants And Rights(#)
Weighted-Average Exercise Price Of Outstanding Options, Warrants And Rights($)
Number Of Securities Remaining Available For Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected In  The First Column)(#)
Equity Compensation Plans Approved By Security Holders (1)
  45,410 (1)   $10.68   200,000 (2)
       
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved By Security Holders
  540,039 (3)   $5.50  -
       
 
(1)
Includes shares of the Bank’s Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of awards granted under the 2004 Plan.

(2)
Includes shares of the Bank’s Common Stock underlying awards that may be granted under the 2004 Plan.

(3)
Includes 530,948 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock that may be issued to Mr. Sidhu upon the exercise of warrants granted under an agreement between the Bank and Mr. Sidhu in connection with the Bank’s 2009 private offering, and 9,091 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock that may be issued to Mr. Sickler upon the exercise of warrants granted in connection with Mr. Sickler’s service as interim Chairman of the board of directors of the Bank from January to June 2009.
 
 
32

 
 
New Plan Benefits Table

Pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements, it is the intention of the Bank to issue options to purchase Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock representing 10%, 1.5% and 1.5% of the shares issued in connection with any acquisition or capital-raising transaction by the Bank, or any successor bank or holding company, to Messrs. Sidhu, Ehst and Brugger, respectively.  Subject to the foregoing, awards under the Stock Option Plan are at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, and the benefits to be received by or allocated to the named executive officers, which includes all current executive officers, and all employees (other than the current executive officers) as a group, cannot be determined.

The below table represents the number of options to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Bank that would have been awarded to Messrs. Sidhu, Ehst and Brugger had their employment agreements and this Stock Option Plan been in effect in 2009.

Name and Position
Dollar Value ($)(1)
Number of Options
Jay Sidhu
Chairman and CEO
  $1,388,534   1,346,262
Richard Ehst
President and COO
  $208,280   201,939
Thomas Brugger
Chief Financial Officer
  $208,280   201,939

(1)  Calculated as the grant date fair of the of shares of Common Stock underlying such options in accordance with the Black-Scholes option model.
 
 
3. 
Eligibility; Participation.   All employees are potentially eligible to receive options under the Stock Option Plan.  In making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any employee, the Compensation Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Compensation Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
 
 
4. 
Awards.   The Compensation Committee is authorized to grant stock options to participants subject to the following terms and conditions:
 
 
(i)
The exercise price per share of an option shall not be less than the fair market value of one share at the time the option is granted, and the term of an option shall not be longer than ten (10) years from the date of grant.
 
 
(ii)
In the case of a participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Bank at the time of the grant of an option to that participant, the option cannot qualify as an ISO unless the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock at the time of grant and the term is not longer than five years from the date of grant.  In addition, all options shall be subject to the following vesting and exercise restrictions:
 
 
a. 
A participant shall have a vested right to exercise an option upon the first to occur of (A) the five (5) year anniversary of the capital raising transaction to which it relates, if applicable, (B) a change in control of the Bank, (C) the participant’s termination of employment without cause, (D) the participant’s death, or (E) such other event as the Committee shall specify in the option agreement as necessary to comply with the Bank’s obligations under an employment agreement with the participant.  All unvested options shall be forfeited upon the participant’s termination of employment for cause or as a result of his or her voluntary resignation from employment.
 
 
b. 
Notwithstanding the achievement of the vested right to exercise pursuant to item (ii)a above, an option shall be exercisable only when (a) if the Stock under the Option is not listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system at the time, the fully diluted tangible book value of the stock first equals or exceeds $5.05 per share, which was one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the fully diluted tangible book value of the stock as of March 31, 2010, or (b) if the Stock under the Option is listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system, the trading price of such Stock as quoted by such stock market or quotation system equals or exceeds $5.05 per share.  For this purpose, the fully diluted tangible book value of the stock shall be determined as (A) the amount derived by dividing the common shareholders’ equity, minus intangible assets and goodwill, by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) assuming that all outstanding option and warrants to acquire stock are then exercised, and (C) assuming performance of all anti-dilution obligations under such options and warrants and other anti-dilution agreements as of the date of determination.
 

 


 
33


 
Subject to the above parameters, the Compensation Committee, or the full board if applicable, shall have the authority to determine which management employees, other employees and non-employee directors shall be granted options under the Stock Option Plan, the number of shares available for purchase under any participant’s option, whether an option is an ISO or an NQO, the terms and conditions of any option granted under the Stock Option Plan, and to make decisions and interpretations necessary to administer the Stock Option Plan.
 
The term of all options granted by the board may be no more than ten (10) years, subject to the five-year maximum term on any option that is intended to be an ISO that is granted to an employee who owns more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Bank at the time of the grant.
 
5. 
Interpretation .  The Compensation Committee’s interpretation of the Stock Option Plan, any offers granted under the Stock Option Plan, and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Stock Option Plan shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any offer under the Stock Option Plan.
 
6. 
Term.   Unless sooner terminated by the board, the Stock Option Plan terminates ten (10) years from the date the Stock Option Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Bank.  The termination of the Stock Option Plan shall not affect any option that is outstanding on the termination date without the consent of the participant.
 
 
7. 
Limits on Transfer.   Offers granted under the Stock Option Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable other than by will or laws of descent and distribution.  No right or interest of a participant in any offer may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any offer for any reason.
 
8. 
Amendments.   The board may, from time to time, in its discretion, amend or supplement any provision of the Stock Option Plan, in whole or in part; provided however, no amendment shall be made to modify the requirements for eligibility of participation, to increase the maximum number of shares of stock for which offers may be granted, to extend the term of the Stock Option Plan without shareholder approval, or to abolish the Compensation Committee without designating such other committee to administer the Stock Option Plan.
 
Federal Tax Consequences of the Stock Option Plan
 
The following is a summary of the principal federal tax consequences of the Stock Option Plan under the Code, based on laws and regulation in effect on the date this prospectus-proxy statement, which laws and regulations are subject to change, and does not purport to be a complete description of the federal tax aspects of the Stock Option Plan.
 
 
34

 
 
A participant does not realize taxable income upon the grant of an option, whether the option is an ISO or an NQO, but beyond that there are differences in the tax treatment of ISOs and NQOs.
 
If the option qualifies as an ISO, the participant does not realize taxable income upon exercise of the option (except for purposes of the alternative minimum tax). The maximum value of shares of Common Stock (measured at the time of the award) subject to ISOs granted to any participant which can become exercisable in any calendar year is $100,000.  Provided the participant holds the Common Stock for at least one year and until the end of the two-year period from the date the option was awarded, the gain or loss upon the sale of the Common Stock will be treated as capital gain or loss.  If the participant sells the stock before satisfying both of these holding period requirements, this is known as a “disqualifying disposition.”  In the event of a disqualifying disposition, the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of exercise over the exercise price, or (2) the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of sale over the exercise price will be taxable to the participant as ordinary income.  The Bank will not be entitled to any tax deduction in connection with an ISO, except that it will be entitled to a deduction equal to the amount that is taxable to the participant as ordinary income as a result of a disqualifying disposition.
 
If an option is an NQO, the participant will realize ordinary compensation income at the time of exercise equal to the excess of the fair market value of the Bank's Common Stock at the time of exercise over the exercise price, and the Bank will be entitled to a tax deduction for the same amount.
 
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE " FOR " APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 3 TO
APPROVE AND RATIFY THE NEW CENTURY BANK 2010 STOCK OPTION STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
35

 
 
PROPOSAL 4
 
RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
Our Audit Committee has selected ParenteBeard LLC (“ParenteBeard”) to serve as the Bank’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.  ParenteBeard has been the Bank’s independent registered public accounting firm since 1997.  The Bank has been advised by ParenteBeard that neither it nor any member thereof has any financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Bank or any of its affiliates, in any capacity.  One or more representatives of ParenteBeard is expected to be present at this year’s Annual Meeting with an opportunity to make a statement if he or she desires to do so and to answer appropriate questions with respect to that firm’s examination of the Bank’s financial statements and records for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Although the submission of the appointment of ParenteBeard is not required by the Bank's bylaws, the Board is submitting it to the shareholders to ascertain their views.  If the shareholders do not ratify the appointment, we will not be bound to seek other independent registered public accountant for 2010, but the selection of other independent registered public accounting firms will be considered in future years.
 
Audit and Other Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The following table presents fees billed by ParenteBeard for professional services rendered for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.
 
Services Rendered
 
Fiscal 2009
   
Fiscal 2008
 
Audit Fees
  $ 101,944     $ 51,938  
Audit-Related Fees
  $ 82,042     $ 10,859  
Tax Fees
  $ 9,360     $ 10,115  
All Other Fees
    --       --  
Total
  $ 193,346     $ 72,912  

 
Audit Fees
 
The audit fees for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 were billed for professional services rendered for the audit of the Bank’s annual financial statements.  The increase in audit fees from 2008 to 2009 were primarily due to additional audit procedures conducted in relation to the Bank’s private offerings of securities, the addition of the warehouse lending division, and additional audit procedures performed to comply with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
 
Audit -Related Fees
 
The audit-related fees consisted principally of fees related to the Bank’s private offerings of securities in 2009, and various research, consultation and discussions in 2009 and 2008.
 
Tax Fees
 
Tax fees for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 consisted principally of preparing our U.S. federal and state income tax returns.
 
Our Audit Committee has reviewed the non-audit services currently provided by our independent registered public accounting firm and has considered whether the provision of such services is compatible with maintaining the independence of such independent registered public accounting firm.  Based on such review and consideration, the Audit Committee has determined that the provision of such non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm.
 
Pre -Approval Policy for Services by Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Audit Committee pre-approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. The Audit Committee has not established a pre-approval policy for these services.
 
 
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE " FOR " APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 4 TO RATIFY THE
APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM.
 
 
36

 
 
PROPOSAL 5
 
TO APPROVE A PLAN OF
MERGER AND REORGANIZATION PURSUANT TO WHICH THE BANK WILL REORGANIZE TO FORM A BANK HOLDING COMPANY
 
SUMMARY
 
We are seeking your approval at the Annual Meeting of a transaction which will restructure our corporate organization by creating a new holding company that will own the Bank.  As a result, you will own shares of the holding company instead of the Bank.  The transaction will be conducted according to a Plan of Merger and Reorganization attached as  Annex A to this prospectus-proxy statement (the "Plan of Reorganization").
 
You are being asked to approve the following resolution:
 
RESOLVED, that the shareholders of New Century Bank hereby approve and adopt the Plan of Merger and Reorganization among New Century Bank, New Century Interim Bank and Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., whereby New Century Bank will merge with and into New Century Interim Bank, which will change its name to “Customers 1st Bank” and become a wholly owned subsidiary of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., with shareholders of New Century Bank receiving one share of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. common stock, par value $1.00 per share, in exchange for every three shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of New Century Bank presently owned, and one share of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, in exchange for every three shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of New Century Bank presently owned, all in the form submitted to this meeting, with such changes not inconsistent with this resolution as the directors or officers of the Bank may deem necessary or appropriate to complete the transaction.
 
The transaction will involve several steps:
 
 
1.
We have caused the formation of a new Pennsylvania business corporation named Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.  (the “Holding Company”) which we expect, subject to regulatory approval, to become a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank.
 
 
2.
We will apply to the applicable banking regulators for permission to form a new Pennsylvania commercial bank subsidiary of Holding Company, to be named New Century Interim Bank (the “merger subsidiary”).
 
 
3.
We will apply to the applicable banking regulators for permission for the Bank to merge into the merger subsidiary according to the Plan of Reorganization and for the merger subsidiary to change its name to “Customers 1st Bank.”  
 
 
4.
After we receive all necessary regulatory approvals, we will complete the reorganization in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, including the following transactions:
 
 
(i)
The Bank will merge with the merger subsidiary, with the merger subsidiary surviving;
 
 
(ii)
The merger subsidiary will immediately change its name to “Customers 1st Bank”;
 
 
(iii)
As a result of that merger, the Holding Company will automatically become the holding company for, and the sole shareholder of, the resulting bank;
 
 
(iv)
Holders of the Bank’s Common Stock will receive one share of Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for every three shares of Bank Common Stock that they hold, and, as a result, the Bank’s shareholders will become shareholders of the Company;
 
 
(v)
Holders of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will receive one share of Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock in exchange for every three shares of Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that they hold, and, as a result, the holders of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will become shareholders of the Holding Company;
 
 
37

 
 
 
(vi)
Holders of Bank Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company Common Stock or Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will instead receive an amount in cash, rounded to the nearest cent and without interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of such share to which the holder would otherwise have been entitled, and (ii) the book-value of one share of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, as the case may be, of the Bank as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately prior to the closing of the reorganization;
 
 
(vii)
Upon this exchange of shares, the Holding Company will become the sole shareholder and holding company for the Bank;
 
 
(viii)
All warrants and options for the purchase of Bank Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that are outstanding as of the closing of the reorganization will automatically become warrants or options, respectively, to purchase one-third of the number of shares of the same respective classes of Holding Company shares. The number of Holding Company shares for which each outstanding option or warrant will be exercisable after the reorganization will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of Holding Company shares, subject to the holder's agreement to any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments to the exercise price to the nearest whole cent; and
 
 
(ix)
The Holding Company will assume the Bank’s obligations under the Bank’s equity compensation, employee retirement plans, employee benefit plans, and employment agreements.
 
As of _________, 2010, the record date for the Annual Meeting, there were outstanding _________ shares of the Bank's Common Stock, _________ of the Bank's Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, warrants to purchase _________ shares of the Bank's Common Stock, warrants to purchase _________ shares of the Bank's Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and options to purchase _________ shares of the Bank's Common Stock.
 
For a more complete summary of the reorganization, see “THE REORGANIZATION” beginning on page  39 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
The affirmative vote of two-thirds of outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock is required for the approval of Proposal 5.  Proxies solicited by the board will be voted " FOR " Proposal 5, except to the extent that shareholders specify a contrary choice in their proxies.
 
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE " FOR " APPROVAL PROPOSAL 5 TO APPROVE THE
MERGER AND REORGANIZATION OF THE BANK TO FORM HOLDING COMPANY.
 
PROPOSAL 6
 
TO ADJOURN THE ANNUAL MEETING IF NECESSARY TO SOLICIT OR RECEIVE ADDITIONAL PROXIES
 
Management does not anticipate that it will be necessary to adjourn the meeting in order to obtain sufficient proxies to complete the voting on Proposal 5, but management believes it is prudent to identify this as a possible action in the unlikely event that insufficient proxies are returned to determine the outcome of the vote on Proposal 5.
 
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS A VOTE " FOR " APPROVAL OF PROPOSAL 6 TO ADJOURN THE MEETING IF
NECESSARY TO SOLICIT OR RECEIVE ADDITIONAL PROXIES.
 
 
38

 
 
THE REORGANIZATION
 
Background and Reasons for the Transaction
 
Basic Benefits of a Bank Holding Company .  The Bank seeks to form a holding company to operate with the full privileges granted to a corporation that is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.  The benefits to this formation include, but are not limited to,  the ability to: acquire other financial service organizations that would complement our business model; pursue growth opportunities in segments of our business which may be accomplished through the formation of subsidiaries; and access credit facilities available to holding companies which would be beneficial to our liquidity and capital needs.  Assuming the Bank's shareholders approve the reorganization, once established and approved by federal regulators, Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. will be registered with and supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”).
 
Acquisition Strategy .  As part of its new business strategy, the Bank is focusing on strategic acquisitions to increase the Bank’s size and diversify its product and service offerings to customers.  Our acquisition strategy will focus on community banks in identified states, primarily along the Eastern seaboard, with the goal of creating a leading community bank holding company.  We seek to achieve sufficient scale in each region and, over time, build a combined balance sheet of $2.5 to $5.0 billion.  We hope to accomplish this by acquiring healthy, distressed, undercapitalized and weakened banking institutions that have stable core deposit franchises, local market share, and quantifiable risks, or that are acquired from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) with federal assistance, and that offer clear financial benefits through add-on acquisitions, expense reductions and organic growth.  We also expect to purchase assets and banking platforms, as well as assumptions of deposits from the FDIC and possibly enter into loss mitigation arrangements with the FDIC in connection with such purchases.  To facilitate execution of this strategy, we believe it will be advantageous to become regulated as a bank holding company.
 
The Bank has defined its core market as Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland and New York and it will focus its efforts in these markets.  Within these states, our strategy is to focus on areas that possess a common set of characteristics, including population density, a concentration of business activities, attractive bank deposit bases, a high number of potential FDIC-assisted deal candidates, potential for economic growth over time and favorable local banking competitive dynamics.  Such competitive dynamics include an appropriate number of small to medium sized banks that can be consolidated, an ability to amass local market share, and the opportunity to deliver long-term organic growth and sustained financial results under a community banking model.  We also plan to seek expansion on areas that contain larger competitors that we can effectively compete against with our unique organic growth strategy.
 
We have also indentified other states for possible market expansion including Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia and Illinois.  We will closely monitor opportunities for expansion and may decide to add one of more states to our core market definition.  Opportunities will be assessed based upon the potential ability for the Bank to effectively execute its strategies in these markets in a safe and profitable way.  Also, we will need to see opportunity to build enough scale in the new market to support extending our reach.  We have no intention buying small banks in numerous markets but prefer to focus our efforts in a few markets.
 
The significant downturn in the U.S. economy and the related crisis in the financial services industry present a unique opportunity for us to execute our acquisition strategy.  Many banks are trading at historically low multiples and are in need of capital at a time when traditional sources of capital have diminished.  Further, the undercapitalization of the banking sector has caused many banks to drastically reduce lending to new clients and in certain sectors to focus primarily on strengthening their balance sheets.  Our holding company would provide an opportunity to investors who are interested in taking advantage of acquisition opportunities in the banking sector but do not have bank management experience.  We can help these investors avoid the costs of building a new banking franchise that, without an existing franchise such as ours to build on, can reduce overall investment returns.  We believe that the current weakness in the banking sector and the potential duration of any recovery provide us with an opportunity to execute this strategy to the benefit of our investors, and we believe that the platform we have chosen will produce results that are superior to situations in which a banking franchise must be built from the ground up.
 
At this time, we have not entered into any agreements to acquire other institutions or their assets.  However, management is actively seeking acquisition opportunities, and it is possible that we may enter into one or more acquisition agreements at any time.
 
 
 
39

 
Private Offerings
 
In order to fund our desired growth, in February 2010, the Bank completed a $43.1 million offering of 6,564,597 shares of its Common Stock and 3,548,588 shares of its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and warrants to purchase up to an additional aggregate 362,311 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.28 per share.  In this prospectus-proxy statement, we call this the recent offering or private offering.  Of those investors, six acquired ownership of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock equal to approximately 9.9% of the outstanding shares of the Bank after completion of the recent offering.  These six investors, one of which is a director of the Bank, elected to be treated as “lead investors.”  Pursuant to their subscription agreements, the lead investors will have the following special contractual rights:
 
 
Until February 17, 2011, the Bank will submit all potential qualified transactions to the lead investors for their review and approval.  For this purpose, a qualified transaction is an FDIC-assisted transaction or an investment or acquisition transaction involving another depository institution where it can be done at or below book value;
 
 
Each lead investor received a warrant to purchase, at $4.28 per share, an additional number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock equal to 5% of the total number of shares for which the investor subscribed in the recent offering;
 
 
Each lead investor received a contractual, non-transferable pre-emptive right to purchase, at $4.28 per share, shares of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that the Bank may offer until February 17, 2011, subject, however, in all cases to the limitation that the lead investor will not, as a result of the purchase, be deemed to own or control more than 9.9% of the outstanding shares of the Bank; and
 
 
Each lead investor was given registration rights with respect to the lead investor’s Bank stock or shares of Holding Company stock that may be exchanged for it.  The Bank and Holding Company anticipate that the registration statement filed by Holding Company with respect to the transaction and exchange of Holding Company shares described in this prospectus-proxy statement will satisfy that requirement.
 
Investors in the recent offering also have received anti-dilution agreements providing each of them price protection until March 31, 2011, such that if the Bank or Holding Company issues any shares of its Common Stock at or prior to that date at a price less than $4.28 per share, we will issue sufficient additional shares to them to maintain the values of their holdings of common stock at the new, lower issuance price. For more information on anti-dilution agreements, see “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page 61  of this prospectus-proxy statement. One of the Bank’s commitments in connection with the recent offering is to form a bank holding company.  The approval of Proposal 6 by the shareholders at this Annual Meeting is therefore required in order for the Bank to meet its commitments in connection with the recent offering.
 
Pursuant to the anti-dilution agreements they received in the offering and further action by the Bank’s board of directors on April 12, 2010, the investors in this offering received additional shares and their warrant rights were adjusted.  For more information on the warrant adjustments, see “WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK,” beginning on page 60
 
In March 2010, the Bank also completed a private placement of 761,596 shares of its Common Stock and 1,189,202 shares of its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to accredited investors for a purchase price of $3.76 per share, or a total of $7,335,003 in proceeds.  The Bank expects to pay legal, accounting and underwriting fees totaling approximately 5% of the gross sale proceeds raised in connection with this offering. 
 
Pursuant to their subscription agreements, certain investors in this March 2010 private offering will have the following special contractual rights:

 
Until February 17, 2011, the Bank will submit all potential qualified transactions to the such investors for their review and approval. For this purpose, a qualified transaction is an FDIC-assisted transaction or an investment or acquisition transaction involving another depository institution where it can be done at or below book value.

 
Such investors received a warrant to purchase, at $3.76 per share, an additional number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock equal to 5% of the total number of shares for which the investor subscribed in the recent offering.

 
Such investors received a contractual, non-transferable pre-emptive right to purchase, at $3.76 per share, shares of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that the Bank may offer until February 17, 2011, subject, however, in all cases to the limitation that the lead investor will not, as a result of the purchase, be deemed to own or control more than 9.9% of the outstanding shares of the Bank.

 
Each lead investor was given registration rights with respect to the lead investor’s Bank stock or shares of Holding Company stock that may be exchanged for it. The Bank and Holding Company anticipate that the registration statement filed by Holding  Company with respect to the transaction and exchange of Holding Company shares described in this prospectus-proxy statement will satisfy that requirement.

Such investors also received anti-dilution agreements providing each of them price protection until March 31, 2011, such that if the Bank or Holding Company issues any shares of its Common Stock at or prior to that date at a price less than $3.76 per share, we will issue sufficient additional shares to them to maintain the values of their holdings of common stock at the new, lower issuance price. For more information on Anti-Dilution Agreements, see “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT,” beginning on page 61 of this prospectus-proxy statement. One of the Bank’s commitments in connection with the March 2010 private offering is to form a bank holding company. The approval of Proposal 6 by the shareholders at this Annual Meeting is therefore required in order for the Bank to meet its commitments in connection with the recent offering.
 
The March 2010 offering price resulted in issuance of additional shares to existing shareholders who held anti-dilution agreements.  For more information on the anti-dilution agreements, see “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page 61 .  In addition, on April 12, 2010, the Bank’s board of directors approved adjustments to the terms of warrants held by those shareholders benefitting from anti-dilution agreements, to adjust the exercise price and make a corresponding adjustment to the number of shares for which each warrant is exercisable.  For further information on the adjustment, see, “WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK,” beginning on page 60 .
 
40

 
The Plan of Reorganization
 
A copy of the Plan of Reorganization is attached as  Annex A to this prospectus-proxy statement.  Please read the entire Plan of Reorganization .  The following description is only a summary of the terms of the Plan of Reorganization and is entirely qualified by the terms of the Plan of Reorganization itself.
There are several steps to the transaction:
 
 
The Bank will merge with the merger subsidiary, with the merger subsidiary surviving;
 
 
The merger subsidiary will immediately change its name to “Customers 1st Bank”;
 
 
Holders of the Bank’s Common Stock will receive one share of Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for every three shares of Bank Common Stock that they hold, and, as a result, the Bank’s shareholders will become shareholders of the Common Stock of Holding Company;
 
 
Holders of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will receive one share of Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock in exchange for every three shares of Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock that they hold, and, as a result, the holders of the Bank’s Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will become shareholders of the Holding Company;
 
 
Holders of the Bank's Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company Common Stock or Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will instead receive an amount in cash, rounded to the nearest cent and without interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of such share to which the holder would otherwise have been entitled, and (ii) the book-value of one share of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately prior to the closing of the reorganization;
 
 
Upon this exchange of shares, the Holding Company will become the sole shareholder and holding company for the Bank;
 
 
All warrants and options for the purchase of Bank Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock are outstanding as of the closing of the reorganization will automatically become warrants or options, respectively, to purchase one-third of the number of shares of the same respective classes of Holding Company shares. The number of Holding Company shares for which each outstanding option or warrant will be exercisable after the reorganization will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of Holding Company shares, subject to the holder's agreement to any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments to the exercise price to the nearest whole cent; and
 
 
The Holding Company will assume the Bank’s obligations under the Bank’s equity compensation, employee retirement plans, employee benefit plans, and employment agreements.
 
After the transaction, the Holding Company will have no significant assets other than securities of the Bank, and, as a result, the Holding Company will have substantially the same assets and liabilities, on a consolidated basis, as the Bank.
 
Amendment or Termination
 
At any time before the merger becomes effective, by vote of a majority of the board of directors of each of the Bank, the Holding Company and merger subsidiary, the Plan of Reorganization:
 
 
May be amended in any manner not inconsistent with its general purpose, provided that no amendment shall change the share exchange ratio of one share of Holding Company Common Stock for every three shares of Bank Common Stock, and one share of Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for every three shares of Bank Class B Non-Voting Common Stock following approval of the Plan of Reorganization by the shareholders of the Bank; and
 
 
May be terminated for any reason including, without limitation, because of the number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank exercising dissenters’ rights, or if it appears that the consummation of the transaction would be inadvisable.  If the Plan of Reorganization is terminated, it will be void and of no further effect, without any liability on the part of the Bank, Holding Company, merger subsidiary, or their respective directors, officers, shareholders or agents.
 
Conditions to Completing the Transaction
 
The transaction will not be completed unless and until the Bank’s shareholders and the applicable bank regulatory agencies approve it.
 
 
41

 
Regulatory Approval of the Transaction
 
The transaction will require the following approvals by bank regulatory agencies:
 
 
The Pennsylvania Banking Department and the Federal Reserve must approve the formation of the Holding Company and merger subsidiary;
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) must approve deposit insurance for the merger subsidiary;
 
The Pennsylvania Banking Department must approve the merger of the Bank into merger subsidiary;
 
The Federal Reserve must approve the merger of the Bank into merger subsidiary; and
 
The Federal Reserve Board must approve the Holding Company’s acquisition of control of the institution resulting from the merger of the Bank into merger subsidiary and Federal Reserve membership for the surviving bank.
 
Securities Law Consequences; Resale Restrictions for Certain Persons
 
The issuance of Holding Company shares to the Bank’s shareholders in connection with the transaction are being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on the Form S-1 registration statement of which this prospectus-proxy statement is a part.  The Holding Company shares issued to the Bank shareholders in connection with the transaction will be freely transferable, except that any persons who are “affiliates” of the Holding Company after the completion of the transaction or were “affiliates” of the Bank within 90 days prior to the completion of the transaction will be permitted to resell Holding Company shares they receive only in the manner permitted by Rule 144.  In computing the holding period of Holding Company shares for the purposes of Rule 144(d), such persons will be permitted to “tack” the holding period of their Bank shares held prior to the effective time of the transaction.  Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of the Bank and Holding Company for these purposes generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, the Bank and the Holding Company, and would not include shareholders who are not executive officers, directors or significant shareholders of the Bank and the Holding Company.
 
The Plan of Reorganization requires the Bank to prepare and deliver to the Holding Company a list that identifies all persons whom the Bank believes may be deemed an affiliate prior to the completion of the transaction.  The Bank is also required, pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause each person whom it identifies on the list as a potential affiliate to deliver, at or prior to the completion of the transaction, a written agreement that the affiliate will not sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Holding Company shares issued to the affiliate pursuant to the transaction unless the sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition meets one of the following criteria:
 
 
It is made pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act;
 
 
It is in compliance with Rule 144; or
 
 
In the opinion of counsel, it is otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
 
Management of Holding Company
 
Prior to the effective time of the transaction, the executive officers and directors of the Bank will be appointed as the executive officers and directors of the Holding Company.  The Holding Company’s articles of incorporation provide for the same classified board of directors that the Bank currently has, and the Bank’s directors will carry their terms of office over to the Holding Company board of directors.
 
Dissenters’ Rights
 
Pursuant to the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 and Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (“PBCL”), holders of shares of New Century Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock have the right to dissent from the proposed transaction and obtain payment for the “fair value” of their shares should the transaction ultimately be consummated.  The term “fair value” is defined as the value of a share of New Century Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock immediately before consummation of the transaction taking into account all relevant factors, but excluding any appreciation or depreciation in anticipation of the transaction.  New Century Bank can not assure shareholders as to the methodology a court would employ upon an application for relief to determine fair value or how a court would determine which elements of value are to be considered.  The value so determined may be greater or less than the value of shares to be exchanged for each share of New Century Bank in the transaction.  A copy of the applicable provisions of Pennsylvania law are included as  Annex B  to this document.  The following summary of the provisions is qualified in its entirety by reference to Annex B .
 
 
 
42

 
If you wish to exercise dissenters’ rights, you must do each of the following:
 
 
File with the Bank a written notice of intention to demand that the shareholder be paid the fair value for his or her shares of Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock rather than receive Holding Company shares as described in the Plan of Reorganization.  The dissenting shareholder must file this notice with the Bank prior to the shareholder vote on the reorganization at the Annual Meeting;
 
 
A dissenting shareholder may not change the beneficial ownership of his or her Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock from the date of the filing of the notice of intention to demand payment through the effective date of the reorganization; and
 
 
A dissenting shareholder also may not vote his or her Bank common stock to approve the reorganization at the Annual Meeting.
 
Voting against, abstaining from voting, or failing to vote on Proposal 5 (whether in person or by proxy) shall not constitute written notice of an intent to demand payment for shares of Bank Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock within the meaning of Subchapter D.  You must send a separate, written notice or demand which includes your name, address and telephone number to:
 
New Century Bank
99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460
Attention: Corporate Secretary
 
In the event that, after filing a written notice to demand payment of fair value, you vote for Proposal 5, or you deliver a proxy in connection with the Annual Meeting of shareholders that does not specify a vote against, or an abstention from voting on, Proposal 5, you will have waived your dissenters’ rights and will have nullified any written notice of an intent to demand payment that you previously submitted.  However, failure to submit a proxy specifying a vote against or abstention from voting on Proposal 5 after filing a written notice to demand payment of fair value will not waive your dissenters’ rights.
 
You may assert dissenters’ rights as to less than all of the shares registered in your name only if you dissent with respect to all shares owned by any one beneficial owner and you disclose the name and address of each person on whose behalf you are dissenting.  The rights of a partial dissenter are determined as if the shares as to which the record holder dissents and the record holder’s remaining shares were registered in the names of different shareholders.  A beneficial owner may assert dissenters’ rights as to shares held on the beneficial owner’s behalf only if the beneficial owner submits to the Bank the record holder’s written consents to the dissent no later than the time the beneficial owner asserts his or her dissenters’ rights.  A beneficial owner may not dissent with respect to less than all shares of the same class or series owned by the beneficial owner, whether or not the shares owned by the beneficial owner are registered in the beneficial owner’s name.
 
If the transaction is approved and adopted, the Bank will deliver a further notice in accordance with Subchapter D to all shareholders who have satisfied the foregoing requirements.  This notice will instruct the shareholder on the procedure for obtaining payment and will include a copy of Subchapter D.  Failure to strictly follow the procedures set forth in the notice and Subchapter D regarding perfection of dissenters’ rights may result in a loss of the right to payment.
 
The foregoing is only a summary of the rights of a dissenting shareholder of the Bank.  If you intend to dissent from the transaction, you should carefully review the applicable provisions of Subchapter D attached at  Annex B  and consult with your attorney.  Your failure to follow precisely the procedures summarized above may result in the loss of your dissenters’ rights.  No additional notice of the events giving rise to dissenters’ rights or any steps associated with asserting those rights will be furnished to you except as indicated above or otherwise required by law.
 
 
 
43

 
No Action Required to Exchange Shares
 
The outstanding stock certificates that presently represent shares of the Bank’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and the outstanding warrants and options that represent a right to acquire Bank Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will be deemed automatically to represent one-third of such number in common stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, warrants and options of the Holding Company, as adjusted for any fractional shares. You will not be required to immediately exchange your present stock certificates, warrants or options (bearing the name “New Century Bank”) for new stock certificates (bearing the name “Customers 1st   Bank”).
 
Upon completion of the reorganization, the Holding Company will mail you a letter of transmittal and instructions related to the exchange of the certificates and other instruments representing your ownership of the Bank's Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, or options or warrants to purchase the Bank's Common Stock, as applicable, for certificates or other instruments representing the Holding Company's securities into which your securitites have been converted as a result of the reorganization.
 
YOU SHOULD NOT SEND IN YOUR CERTIFICATES, WARRANTS OR OPTIONS UNTIL WE NOTIFY YOU TO DO SO.
 
Accounting Treatment of the Transaction
 
Under United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), the transaction represents a transaction between entities under common control.  Assets and liabilities transferred between entities under common control are accounted for at cost.  Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the Holding Company will be reflected at their carrying amounts in the accounts of the Bank at the effective time of the transaction.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Because no cash consideration will be paid for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the reorganization, no proceeds will be made from the exchange, and therefore there will be no use of proceeds.
 
SUMMARY SELECTED UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following selected unaudited pro forma condensed financial information presents the impact of the reorganization on the Bank and the Holding Company. This information is presented as if the reorganization was completed on December 31, 2009.
 
The Holding Company has not yet acquired the merger subsidiary or funded its necessary capital because those steps require the prior approvals of federal and state bank regulatory authorities.  Applications for those approvals will be filed and are expected to be obtained prior to completion of the transaction.  As a consequence, the stand-alone balance sheet information for the Holding Company shown below is pro forma, on a consolidated basis with the merger subsidiary, as of immediately prior to the completion of the reorganization.
 
The selected unaudited pro forma condensed financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only, and does not indicate either future results of operations or financial condition. The selected unaudited pro forma condensed financial information is based upon assumptions and adjustments that the Bank believes are reasonable. No assumptions have been applied to the selected pro forma condensed statements of financial condition regarding possible revenue enhancements, expense efficiencies or asset dispositions. The selected unaudited pro forma condensed statements of financial condition should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s financial statements and related notes and “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS,” beginning on page  87 of this prospectus-proxy statement, respectively.
 
 
44

 
Summary Selected Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
 As of December 31, 2009
 
       
New Century
Bank
Stand-Alone
December 31, 2009
     
  Customers 1st 
Bancorp, Inc.
Pro Forma
Pre-Merger
       
Pro Forma
Combined
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Assets
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $
68,807
    $
155
    $
68,962
 
Securities available for sale, at fair value
   
44,588
             
44,588
 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $10,032
   
220,266
             
220,266
 
Bank premises and equipment, net
   
2,719
     
0
     
2,719
 
Restricted stock, at cost
   
2,026
     
0
     
2,026
 
Bank owned life issuance
   
4,955
     
0
     
4,955
 
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
   
6,399
             
6,399
 
                         
Total Assets
  $
349,760
    $
155
    $
349,915
 
                   
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                       
Liabilities
                       
Deposits
  $
313,927
    $
    $
313,927
 
Borrowings
   
11,000
     
155
(1)     
11,155
 
Subordinated debt
   
2,000
     
0
     
2,000
 
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
   
1,330
     
0
     
1,330
 
                         
Total Liabilities
   
328,257
     
155
     
328,412
 
                         
Stockholders’ Equity
                       
Preferred stock
   
--
     
--
     
--
 
Common stock
   
5,522
     
--
     
5,522
 
Stock warrants
   
863
     
--
     
863
 
Surplus
   
28,380
     
--
     
28,380
 
Accumulated deficit
   
(13,229)
     
--
     
(13,229)
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
(33)
     
--
     
(33)
 
                         
Total Stockholders’ Equity
   
21,503
     
0
     
21,503
 
                   
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $
349,760
    $
155
    $
349,915
 
 
(1) Funds to be borrowed by the Holding Company to fund the minimum required capital of the merger subsidiary. If additional capital is required by the banking regulators, this amount could increase.

 
45

 
 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
For Bank Shareholders
 
For purposes of this discussion, the Common Stock of the Bank, together with the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, are referred to as the “Bank Shares;” the Common Stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share, together with the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share, are referred to as the “Holding Company Shares”.
 
The following discussion addresses certain of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the reorganization to a Bank shareholder who holds Bank Shares as a capital asset. This discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial authorities, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date of this document and all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) and to differing interpretations. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to Bank shareholders in light of their particular circumstances and does not address aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be applicable to Bank shareholders subject to special treatment under the Code (including banks, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting, investors in pass-through entities, Bank shareholders who hold their Bank Shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion reorganization , Bank shareholders who acquired their Bank Shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, Bank directors, officers and employees that hold options to acquire Bank Shares, and Bank shareholders who are not “United States persons” as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code). In addition, the discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or foreign taxation. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain a position contrary to any of the tax aspects set forth below.
 
The closing of the reorganization is conditioned upon the receipt by the Bank and the Holding Company of the opinion of the Bank’s tax counsel, Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, substantially to the effect that, on the basis of facts, representations and assumptions set forth or referred to in that opinion (including factual representations contained in certificates of officers of Bank, merger subsidiary and Holding Company) which are consistent with the state of facts existing as of the effective date of the reorganization, the reorganization constitutes a reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Code.
 
The principal federal income tax consequences that are expected to result from the reorganization, under currently applicable law, are as follows:
 
 
The reorganization will qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code;
 
 
• 
No gain or loss will be recognized by the Bank upon the transfer of its assets to the merger subsidiary in exchange for Holding Company Shares, cash for fractional share interests, cash for dissenters and the merger subsidiary’s assumption of the liabilities of the Bank or on the distribution of those shares to the Bank’s shareholders;
 
 
• 
No gain or loss will be recognized by either the Holding Company or the merger subsidiary on the receipt by the merger subsidiary of the assets of the Bank in exchange for Holding Company Shares issued directly to the Bank’s shareholders, cash for fractional share interests, cash for dissenters and the assumption by the merger subsidiary of the liabilities of the Bank;
 
 
• 
No gain or loss will be recognized by a shareholder of the Bank upon the exchange of Bank Shares solely for Holding Company Shares (including any fractional share interests to which the shareholder may be entitled); however, if a cash payment is received by a shareholder of the Bank in lieu of a fractional share interest of the Holding Company Shares, the cash payment will be treated as received by the shareholder as a distribution in redemption of that fractional share interest and will be treated as a distribution in full payment in exchange for the fractional share redeemed, subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 302 of the Code;
 
 
• 
The aggregate tax basis of the Holding Company Shares (including any fractional share interests to which the shareholder may be entitled) to be received by a shareholder of the Bank will equal the shareholder’s aggregate tax basis in the Bank Shares surrendered in exchange therefor;
 
 
• 
The holding period of the Holding Company Shares (including any fractional share interests to which the shareholder may be entitled) to be received by a shareholder of the Bank will include the period for which such shareholder held the Bank Shares exchanged therefor, provided that such Bank Shares are capital assets in the hands of such shareholder as of the closing of the reorganization; and
 
 
• 
If a shareholder of the Bank dissents to the proposed reorganization and receives solely cash in exchange for Bank Shares, such cash will be treated as received by such shareholder as a distribution in redemption of his Bank Shares, subject to the provisions and limitations of  Section 302 of the Code.
 
As noted above, cash received by a Bank shareholder instead of a fractional interest in Holding Company Shares generally will be treated as received in exchange for the fractional share, and gain or loss generally will be recognized based on the difference between the amount of cash received instead of the fractional share and the portion of the shareholder’s aggregate adjusted tax basis in the Bank Shares surrendered that is allocable to the fractional share. The gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period for the Bank Shares is more than one year.
 
The tax opinions to be delivered in connection with the reorganization are not binding on the IRS or the courts, and neither the Bank nor the Holding Company intends to request a ruling from the IRS with respect to the United States federal income tax consequences of the reorganization. Consequently, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of those set forth below. In addition, if any of the facts, representations or assumptions upon which the opinions are based is inconsistent with the actual facts, the United States federal income tax consequences of the reorganization could be adversely affected.
 
 
46

 
Bank shareholders that receive cash may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if the shareholder is a non-corporate United States person and (1) fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number; (2) is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on its federal income tax returns; or (3) in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against a shareholder’s United States federal income tax liability provided that the shareholder furnishes the required information to the IRS.
 
For Holders of Warrants and Options to Purchase Bank Shares
 
Holders of outstanding warrants and options for Bank Shares should discuss with their tax advisors the tax results of the reorganization and each course of action available to them.
 
This discussion is not intended to be a complete analysis or description of all potential United States federal income tax consequences of the reorganization. In addition this discussion does not address tax consequences that may vary with, or be contingent on, individual circumstances. It also does not address any federal estate tax or state, local or foreign tax consequences of the reorganization. Tax matters are very complicated, and the tax consequences of the reorganization to a Bank shareholder will depend upon the facts of his or her particular situation. Accordingly, we strongly urge you to consult with a tax advisor to determine the particular tax consequences to you of the reorganization, as well as to any later sale of Holding Company shares received by you in the reorganization.
 
DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY SHARES
 
The following description of Holding Company’s share capital is a summary. This summary is not complete and is subject to the complete text of Holding Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws attached to Annex A as  Exhibit B and Exhibit C , respectively, to this proxy statement. Except where otherwise indicated, the description below reflects Holding Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws as those documents will be in effect upon completion of the transaction. We encourage you to read those documents carefully.
 
General
 
The Holding Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $1.00 per share, 100,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with a par value of $1.00 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock with no stated par value. The board of directors has authority to establish and divide the authorized capital into series of classes of common or preferred shares, and to determine whether or not shares in any series have par value and, if so, the par value, whether or not the shares in a series have voting rights and if so whether such voting rights are full, limited, multiple or fractional, and the designations, preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, redemption provisions, options, conversion rights and other special rights attributable to the shares in a series. The board of directors, in its sole discretion, has authority to sell any treasury stock and/or unissued securities, options, warrants, or other rights to purchase any security of the Holding Company, upon such terms as it deems advisable. The Holding Company board of directors could issue preferred stock, or additional shares of voting or non-voting common stock, with terms different from those of the Bank’s existing common or preferred stock, at any time.
 
Voting rights
 
The holders of shares of Common Stock have the right to elect the Holding Company’s board of directors and to act on such other matters as are required to be presented to them. Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share. The holders of Common Stock do not have the right to vote their shares cumulatively in the election of directors. This means that, for each director position to be elected, a shareholder may only cast a number of votes equal to the number of shares held by the shareholder.
 
 
47

 
Any action of the Bank that would significantly and adversely affect the rights of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with respect to the modification of the terms of those securities or dissolution requires the approval of the holders of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock voting separately as a class. Otherwise, the holders of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock have no voting power, and do not have the right to participate in or have notice of any meeting of shareholders.
 
Because the articles permit the Holding Company board of directors to set the voting rights of preferred shares, it is possible that holders of one or more series of preferred shares issued in the future could have voting rights of any sort, which could limit the effect of the voting rights of common shareholders.
 
Dividend rights
 
The holders of the Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock are entitled to receive an equal amount of dividends per share if, as and when declared from time to time by the board of directors. In no event shall any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock unless the shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically, provided that, in the event of a dividend of Common Stock, shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and shares of Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock.
 
Because the articles permit the Holding Company board of directors to set the dividend rights of preferred shares, it is possible that holders of one or more series of preferred shares issued in the future could have dividend rights that differ from those of the holders of common stock or Class B Nonvoting Common Stock, or could have no right to the payment of dividends.  If the holders of a class or series of preferred stock is given dividend rights, the right of holders of preferred shares to receive dividends could have priority over the right of holders of C ommon Stock or Class B Nonvoting Common Stock to receive dividends.
 
Authority Under Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law . The Holding Company’s board of directors has the authority to declare dividends on its common and preferred stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements.
 
Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law . Pennsylvania law permits a business corporation such as the Holding Company to pay dividends if, after giving effect to the dividend, it is able to pay its debts as they come due in the usual course of business and its assets exceed its liabilities. However, the Holding Company’s ability to pay dividends will be restricted by banking laws and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Holding Company.
 
Federal Bank Holding Company Act Policies Applicable to Cash Dividends . The Federal Reserve Board, which will be the primary federal banking regulator for the Holding Company, considers adequate capital to be critical to the health of individual banking organizations and to the safety and stability of the banking system. A major determinant of a bank's or bank holding company's capital adequacy is the strength of its earnings and the extent to which its earnings are retained and added to capital or paid out to shareholders in the form of cash dividends.
 
Normally, during profitable periods, dividends represent an appropriate return of a portion of a banking organization's net earnings to its shareholders. However, the payment of cash dividends that are not fully covered by earnings, in effect, represents the return of a portion of an organization's capital at a time when circumstances may indicate instead the need to strengthen capital and concentrate financial resources on resolving the organization's problems. Therefore, the Federal Reserve believes that a bank or bank holding company generally should not maintain its existing rate of cash dividends on common stock unless (1) the organization's net income available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve may strongly encourage, or require, a banking organization whose cash dividends are inconsistent with either of these criteria to cut or eliminate its dividends.
 
 
48

 
 
The Federal Reserve Board also believes it is inappropriate for a banking organization that is experiencing serious financial problems or that has inadequate capital to borrow in order to pay dividends since this can result in increased leverage at the very time the organization needs to reduce its debt or increase its capital. Similarly, the payment of dividends based solely or largely upon gains resulting from unusual or nonrecurring events, such as the sale of the organization's building or the disposition of other assets, may not be prudent or warranted, especially if the funds derived from such transactions could be better employed to strengthen the organization's financial resources. Furthermore, a fundamental principle underlying the Federal Reserve's supervision and regulation of bank holding companies is that bank holding companies should serve as a source of managerial and financial strength to their subsidiary banks. The Federal Reserve believes, therefore, that a bank holding company should not maintain a level of cash dividends to its shareholders that places undue pressure on the capital of bank subsidiaries, or that can be funded only through additional borrowings or other arrangements that may undermine the bank holding company's ability to serve as a source of strength. Thus, for example, if a major subsidiary bank is unable to pay dividends to its parent company—as a consequence of statutory limitations, intervention by the primary supervisor, or noncompliance with regulatory capital requirements—the Federal Reserve may encourage or require a bank holding company to reduce or eliminate its dividends in order to conserve its capital base and provide capital assistance to the subsidiary bank.
 
The Federal Reserve Board has further stated that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only out of income over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition, and only if, after paying the dividend, the bank holding company is not in danger of falling below its required regulatory capital adequacy ratios. It has also indicated that a “small bank holding company,” such as the Holding Company, is not expected to pay corporate dividends until such time as its debt to equity ratio (determined separately and not on a consolidated basis with its bank subsidiary) is 1:1 or less and its bank subsidiaries are otherwise well-managed, well-capitalized, and not under any supervisory order.
 
Pennsylvania Banking Code Requirements Applicable to Cash Dividends . Because the Bank will be the primary source of cash for payment of dividends by the Holding Company for the foreseeable future, requirements of the Pennsylvania Banking Code setting conditions on payments of dividends by banks will constrain the Bank’s ability to provide funds to the Holding Company to pay dividends to shareholders. Section 1302 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code permits a bank to pay cash dividends only out of accumulated net earnings. Furthermore if any transfer of net earnings to surplus is required by section 1103 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code to cause the Bank’s surplus to meet minimum statutory requirements at the time the dividend is to be declared or paid, the transfer must be made prior to the declaration of the dividend, and the bank’s surplus cannot be reduced by the payment of the dividend.
 
For the foregoing reasons, and because a decision by the Holding Company board of directors to declare and pay cash dividends will depend upon the future financial performance and condition of the Bank and the Holding Company, no assurances can be given that any dividends will in fact be paid on any class of stock, or that, if dividends are paid, they will not be reduced or discounted in the future.
 
Redemption , Preemptive Rights and Repurchase Provisions
 
The Holding Company’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock have no preemptive, redemption or repurchase provisions. The shares are non-assessable and require no sinking fund. Common Stock repurchases are subject to Federal Reserve Board regulations and policy, which generally require that no more than ten percent of the outstanding shares of a bank holding company’s common stock may be repurchased in any 12-month period unless the bank holding company is deemed “well-managed” and “well-capitalized” under applicable regulations. Repurchases of the Holding Company stock will also be constrained by federal and state bank regulatory capital requirements. Repurchases of stock by bank holding companies may also be subject to prior notice to and approval by the Federal Reserve in some cases.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Holding Company, the holders of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets of the Holding Company remaining after payment of all liabilities, subject, however, to any preferential liquidation rights of holders of preferred stock. If the Holding Company’s only asset is its ownership of the Bank, it is likely that, if the Bank is then in liquidation or receivership, shareholders of the Holding Company will not receive anything on account of their shares.
 
 
 
49

 
Anti -Takeover Effect of Governing Documents and Applicable Law
 
Provisions of Governing Documents .  The Holding Company's articles of incorporation, attached as Exhibit B to Annex A , and the Holding Company's bylaws, attached as Exhibit C to Annex A, contain certain provisions which may have the effect of deterring or discouraging, among other things, a nonnegotiated tender or exchange offer for Holding Company Common Stock, a proxy contest for control of the Holding Company, the assumption of control of the Holding Company by a holder of a large block of Holding Company Common Stock and the removal of the Holding Company’s management. These provisions:
 
 
• 
Empower the Holding Company's board of directors, without shareholder approval, to issue Holding Company preferred stock, the terms of which, including voting power, are set by the Holding Company board of directors;
 
 
• 
Divide the Holding Company board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms;
 
 
• 
Restrict the ability of shareholders to remove directors;
 
 
• 
Require that shares with at least 80% of total voting power approve mergers and other similar transactions with a person or entity holding stock with more than 5% of the Holding Company’s voting power, if the transaction is not approved, in advance, by the Holding Company's board of directors;
 
 
• 
Prohibit shareholders’ actions without a meeting;
 
 
• 
Require that shares with at least 80%, or in certain instances a majority, of total voting power approve the repeal or amendment of the Holding Company’s articles of incorporation;
 
 
• 
Require any person who acquires stock of the Holding Company with voting power of 25% or more to offer to purchase for cash all remaining shares of the Holding Company voting stock at the highest price paid by such person for shares of the Holding Company voting stock during the preceding year;
 
 
• 
Eliminate cumulative voting in elections of directors;
 
 
• 
Require an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Holding Company’s total voting power in order for shareholders to repeal or amend the Holding Company’s bylaws;
 
 
• 
Require advance notice of nominations for the election of directors and the presentation of shareholder proposals at meetings of shareholders; and
 
 
• 
Provide that officers, directors, employees, agents and persons who own 5% or more of the voting securities of any other corporation or other entity that owns 66 2/3% or more of the Holding Company’s outstanding voting stock cannot constitute a majority of the members of the Holding Company’s board of directors.
 
Provisions of Applicable Law .  The Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law also contains certain provisions applicable to the Holding Company which may have the effect of impeding a change in control of the Holding Company. These provisions, among other things:
 
 
• 
Generally prohibit a person or group who or which exceeds certain stock ownership thresholds (20%, 33 1/3% and 50%) for the first time from voting the “control shares” (i.e., the shares owned in excess of the applicable threshold) unless voting rights are restored by a vote of disinterested shareholders; and
 
 
• 
Prohibit for five years, subject to certain exceptions, a “business combination,” which includes a merger or consolidation of the corporation or a sale, lease or exchange of assets with a shareholder or group of shareholders beneficially owning 20% or more of a public corporation’s voting power.
 
In 1990, Pennsylvania adopted legislation amending the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law. To the extent applicable to the Holding Company at this time, the 1990 amendments:
 
• 
Expand the factors and groups (including shareholders) which the Holding Company board of directors can consider in determining whether a certain action is in the best interests of the Holding Company;
 
 
50

 
 
• 
Provide that the Holding Company board of directors need not consider the interests of any particular group as dominant or controlling;
 
 
• 
Provide that the Holding Company’s directors, in order to satisfy the presumption that they have acted in the best interests of the corporation, need not satisfy any greater obligation or higher burden of proof for actions relating to an acquisition or potential acquisition of control;
 
 
• 
Provide that actions relating to acquisitions of control that are approved by a majority of “disinterested directors” are presumed to satisfy the directors’ standard, unless it is proven by clear and convincing evidence that the directors did not assent to such action in good faith after reasonable investigation; and
 
 
• 
Provide that the fiduciary duty of the Holding Company’s directors is solely to the corporation and may be enforced by the corporation or by a shareholder in a derivative action, but not by a shareholder directly.
 
The 1990 amendments provide that the fiduciary duty of directors does not require directors to:
 
 
• 
Redeem any rights under, or to modify or render inapplicable, any shareholder rights plan;
 
 
• 
Render inapplicable, or make determinations under, provisions of the PBCL, relating to control transactions, business combinations, control-share acquisitions or disgorgement by certain controlling shareholders following attempts to acquire control; or
 
 
• 
Take action as the board of directors, a committee of the board or an individual director solely because of the effect such action might have on an acquisition or potential or proposed acquisition of control of the Holding Company or the consideration that might be offered or paid to shareholders in such an acquisition.
 
One of the effects of the 1990 amendments may be to make it more difficult for a shareholder to successfully challenge the actions of the Holding Company board of directors in a potential change in control context. Pennsylvania case law appears to provide that the fiduciary duty standard under the 1990 amendments grants directors the statutory authority to reject or refuse to consider any potential or proposed acquisition of the Holding Company.
 
Pursuant to provisions of its articles of incorporation, the Holding Company has opted out of coverage by the “disgorgement” and “control transactions” statutes included in the 1990 amendments. To the extent applicable to a Pennsylvania corporation, the “disgorgement” statute generally requires disgorgement by any person or group who or which has acquired or publicly disclosed an intent to acquire 20% or more of a corporation’s voting power of any profit realized from the sale of any shares acquired within specified time periods of such acquisition or disclosure if the shares are sold within eighteen months thereafter. The “control transactions” statute generally requires that, following any acquisition of 20% of a public corporation’s voting power, the remaining shareholders have the right to receive payment for their shares, in cash, from the acquiring person or group in an amount equal to the “fair value” of the shares, including an increment representing a proportion of any value payable for control of the corporation. As a result of the Holding Company’s opt-out from coverage by these statutes, neither the “disgorgement” nor the “control transactions” statute would apply to a nonnegotiated attempt to acquire control of the Holding Company, although such an attempt would still be subject to the special provisions of the Holding Company’s governing documents described in the paragraphs above.
 
The overall effect of these provisions may be to deter a future offer or other merger or acquisition proposals that a majority of the shareholders might view to be in their best interests as the offer might include a substantial premium over the market price of the Holding Company’s Common Stock at that time. In addition, these provisions may have the effect of assisting the Holding Company’s management in retaining its position and placing it in a better position to resist changes that the shareholders may want to make if dissatisfied with the conduct of the Holding Company’s business.
 
 
51

 
COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDERS’ RIGHTS 
 
Upon consummation of the transaction, the Bank shareholders will become the Holding Company shareholders.  The rights of the Bank shareholders are governed by the Pennsylvania Banking Code and the Bank’s articles of incorporation and bylaws. The rights of the Holding Company shareholders are governed by the PBCL, along with the Holding Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws. A comparison of the rights of the Bank and the Holding Company shareholders follows. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of all such differences or a complete description of the specific provisions referred to in, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, Pennsylvania law and the respective articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Bank and the Holding Company.
 
Authorized Capital
 
The Bank is authorized by its articles to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $1.00 per share, 500,000 shares of undesignated nonvoting common stock with par value of $1.00 per share (none of which is issued or outstanding), and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock having such par value or no par value as may be determined by the Bank’s board of directors from time to time. The Bank’s board of directors has authorized two series of shares by filing Statements of Designation with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania: (1) out of its authorized common stock, 10,000,000 shares of its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, which does not have voting rights but otherwise is subject to the same dividend, liquidation and other rights as the Bank’s Common Stock; and (2) out of its authorized preferred stock, 1,000 shares of its 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (par value $1,000 per share), none of which is presently outstanding.
 
The Holding Company will be authorized by its articles to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $1.00 per share, 100,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with par value of $1.00 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock having such par value or no par value as may be determined by the Bank’s board of directors from time to time.
 
Undesignated Nonvoting Common Stock
 
The Bank's articles provided for a class of undesignated Common Stock in addition to the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.  The Holding Company's articles provide only for Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.
 
25 % Ownership Limitation
 
The Bank's articles contain a prohibition on any person owning more than 25% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Bank.  This prohibition is not contained in the Holding Company's articles.
 
Supermajority Vote for Business Combinations with 5% Shareholders
 
While the Bank's articles do not have a provision requiring supermajority vote by shareholders to approve business combinations with significant shareholders, the Holding Company's articles require a supermajority shareholder approval by 80% of outstanding voting common shares for business combinations or acquisition involving someone owning at least 5% of the Holding Company’s outstanding capital stock.
 
Shareholder Vote for Business Combinations Generally
 
The Pennsylvania Banking Code requires approval of two-thirds of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereon for each of the banks that is a party to the combination, while the Holding Company articles would require the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast (or, if the combination or acquisition involves a 5%-or-greater shareholder, an 80% vote as described above).
 
Shareholder Right to Valuation and Payment for Shares on Control Share Acquisition
 
The Bank’s articles elect not to have Section 1610 of the Banking Code apply.  That section gives shareholders a right to receive payment for their shares if anyone acquires 30% or more of a bank’s outstanding voting shares.  While the Holding Company's articles contain a corresponding election not to have the “Control Transactions provisions” of the PBCL apply,  the Holding Company's articles substitute a “control share” provision requiring anyone who acquires 25% or more of the Holding Company’s shares to offer to purchase all other issued and outstanding shares at the highest price paid by that controlling shareholder during the 12 months preceding the purchase that caused the acquiror to hold 25% of more of the Holding Company’s shares.
 
 
52

 
Board Right to Oppose Acquisition Offers Considering Multiple Constituencies or Factors
 
The Bank's articles give the Bank board the right to oppose acquisition offers, and in the process to consider factors other than just shareholder value.  The Holding Company's articles, in conjunction with applicable law, provide substantially equivalent authority for the Holding Company board.
 
Bylaw Amendments
 
The Bank's articles and bylaws provide that shareholders may act affirmatively to amend the bylaws by a 2/3 vote of the outstanding shares, or the board may amend the bylaws by a majority vote.  While the Holding Company's bylaws permit amendment by the Board, they do not permit shareholders to take the initiative in amending the bylaws.  Both the Bank's articles and bylaws and the Holding Company's bylaws permit the shareholder to change a board action amending the bylaws by a vote of 2/3 of the outstanding shares.
 
Amendment of Articles by Board of Directors
 
Articles V, VII and IX of the Bank’s articles may only be amended upon the approval of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.  Except for amendments to Articles V, VII and IX, pursuant to Section 1211 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, the approval of a majority of votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast is required to amend the Bank’s articles.
 
The Holding Company's articles would authorize the board of directors to amend its articles to the maximum extent permitted by the PBCL, whereas in contrast the Bank’s articles could not be amended by the board of directors.  Generally, the PBCL will permit the Holding Company board of directors to approve amendments to its articles of incorporation without approval by the shareholders to do any of the following:
 
 
Changing the corporate name;
 
 
Providing for perpetual existence;
 
 
Reflecting a reduction in authorized shares in cases where the Holding Company acquires its own shares;
 
 
Deleting all references to a class or series of shares that is no longer outstanding;
 
 
Adding or deleting a provision relating to uncertificated shares;
 
 
Adding, changing or eliminating the par value of any class or series of shares if the par value of that class or series does not have any substantive effect under the terms of that or any other class or series of shares;
 
 
Any time the Holding Company has only one class or series of voting shares outstanding and does not have any class or series of shares outstanding that is convertible into those voting shares, junior in any way to those voting shares or entitled to participate on any basis in distributions with those voting shares, amending the articles only to either (A) increase the number of authorized shares of the voting shares in the same proportion that the voting shares to be distributed in the stock dividend increase the issued voting shares in connection with effectuating a stock dividend of voting shares on the voting shares, or (B) split the voting shares and, if desired, increase the number of authorized shares of the voting shares or change the par value of the voting shares, or both, proportionately;
 
 
Restating without change all of the operative provisions of the articles as they have been amended; or
 
 
Any combination of the purposes described above.
 
 
 
53

 
 
Special Meetings of Shareholders
 
The Bank’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, a majority of the board of directors, one or more shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast and the particular meeting, and the Pennsylvania Banking Code provides that special meetings may also be called by shareholders entitled to cast at least one-fifth (1/5) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast at the particular meeting.  The Holding Company’s bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called by the board of directors, and the PBCL provides that they may also be called by shareholders entitled to cast at least twenty percent (20%) of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast at the particular meeting.
 
Notice
 
The Bank’s bylaws provide that notice of a shareholder meeting must be given at least ten (10) days before the meeting, except to the extent a greater period of notice is required by applicable law.  The Holding Company’s bylaws provide that notice of shareholder meetings must be delivered not less than ten (10) days, or in the case of bulk mail not less than twenty (20) days, before the date of the meeting.
 
Place of Shareholder Meetings
 
The Bank's bylaws required shareholder meetings to be held in Pennsylvania.  The Holding Company's bylaws do not.
 
Deadline for Annual Meeting
 
The Bank's bylaws require the Bank’s annual meeting to be held by May 31 each year.  The Holding Company's bylaws do not have a stated deadline but only require an annual meeting each year.
 
Record Date for Meetings and Other Share-Related Actions
 
The Bank's bylaws require that the record date for shareholder meetings, dividends and other matters affecting shares shall be not more than forty-five (45) days prior to the meeting, dividend or other action.  The Holding Company's bylaws permit a record date up to ninety (90) days in advance.
 
Written Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of Meeting
 
The Bank's bylaws permit action to be taken by shareholders by unanimous written consent.  The Holding Company's bylaws prohibit shareholder action without a meeting.
 
Shareholder Nominations for Director
 
The Bank's bylaws require shareholders to submit director nominations from thirty (30) to sixty (60) days prior to the shareholder meeting called for election of directors.  The Holding Company's bylaws require shareholder nominations to be submitted from ninety (90) to one hundred twenty days (120) before the meeting.
 
Cumulative Voting
 
The Bank’s shareholders may cumulate their votes when electing directors.  The Holding Company’s articles prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors.
 
Advance Notice of Shareholder Board Nominations
 
Both the Bank's bylaws and the Holding Company's bylaws provide that nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.
 
 
54

 
The Bank.   The Bank’s bylaws provide that nominations made by any shareholder must be made in writing, delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any meeting of the shareholders called for the election of directors. If less than thirty (30) days' notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, the nomination shall be delivered or mailed to the Secretary not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice of the meeting is mailed to shareholders. Every nomination must include:
 
 
The consent of the person nominated to serve as a director;
 
The name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee;
 
The principal occupation or employment of the nominee;
 
The number of shares of the Bank beneficially owned by the nominee;
 
The name and address of the notifying shareholder; and
 
The number of shares of the Bank owned by the notifying shareholder.
 
Under the Bank’s bylaws, the chairperson of any meeting called for the election of directors shall reject any nomination made by any shareholder which was not made in accordance with the bylaw provisions, unless the board of directors has agreed to waive those provisions as to such nomination. In the event that the same person is nominated by more than one shareholder, if at least one nomination for such person complies with the bylaw provisions, the nomination shall be honored and all votes cast for such nominee shall be counted. Nominations for the election of directors made by the board of directors need not comply with these bylaw provisions.
 
The Holding Company. The Holding Company’s bylaws provide that nominations made by the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of directors shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Holding Company not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for election of directors.  However, if less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, written notice of a director nomination by a shareholder must be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Holding Company not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which the meeting notice was mailed to shareholders. Each notice must set forth:
 
 
The name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice;
 
The principal occupation or employment of each nominee; and
 
The number of shares of capital stock of the Holding Company which are beneficially owned by each such nominee and the earliest date of acquisition of any of such stock.
 
The Chairman of a meeting of shareholders may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
 
Quorum
 
Under the Bank’s and the Holding Company’s bylaws, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on any matter shall constitute a quorum.  However, the Holding Company’s bylaws provide that, in determining a quorum, any shares that are “excess shares” held by a person controlling 25% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock are not counted except as provided in Article FIFTEENTH of the Holding Company articles.  The Holding Company bylaws also provide that if a proxy casts a vote on behalf of a shareholder on any issue other than a procedural motion considered at a meeting of shareholders, the shareholder shall be deemed to be present during the entire meeting for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present for consideration of any other issue.
 
Required Shareholder Vote
 
Pursuant to provisions of the Banking Code and the PBCL, in an election of directors for both the Bank and the Holding Company, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes from each class or group of classes entitled to elect directors separately, up to the number of directors to be elected in the same election by such class or group of classes shall be elected.
 
The Bank.   The Bank bylaws provide that, when a quorum is present at any meeting the voice vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power, present, in person or by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting except as provided differently by statute or by the Bank’s articles.  Upon demand made by a shareholder entitled to vote at any election for directors before the voting begins, the election shall be by ballot.
 
 
 
55

 
 
Under the Pennsylvania Banking Code, a merger to which the Bank is to become a party (including the holding company reorganization that is the subject of this prospectus-proxy statement) must be approved by the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding voting common shares of the Bank.  Article V of the Bank’s articles, which prohibits anyone from owning more than 25% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock, provides that it may not be amended except by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock.  Article VIII of the Bank’s articles, which give the Bank’s board of directors authority to consider a variety of factors other than shareholder value when considering a proposed tender or other offer for the Bank’s securities, and, if the board of directors decides to oppose an offer, describes actions the board of directors may take, provides that it may not be amended except by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock.  Article IX of the Bank’s articles, which requires the approval of holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock to amend the bylaws or to change an amendment of the bylaws adopted by the board, and for any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Bank or any action that would result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank, provides that it may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock.
 
The Holding Company .  The Holding Company bylaws provide that, if a quorum is present, except in the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater or lesser number or the voting by classes is required by the bylaws, the articles of incorporation, the PBCL or other applicable law.  In the case of election of directors, the PBCL provides that the individual receiving the highest number of votes for each position shall be elected to that position.
 
The Holding Company’s bylaws provide that, except and only to the extent otherwise expressly provided in the bylaws, the articles of incorporation, the PBCL or other applicable law, the authority to make, amend, alter, change, or repeal the bylaws is solely granted to and vested in the board of directors, subject always to the power of shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast on that matter.
 
Article SIXTEENTH of the Holding Company’s articles require that the following provisions of the articles of incorporation may be amended by either (a) the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Holding Company entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes which all shareholders of the Holding Company are then entitled to cast or (b) the affirmative vote of 80% of the members of the board of directors of the Holding Company and the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Holding Company entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders of the Holding Company are then entitled to cast:
 
 
1. 
Article SEVENTH provides that each holder of record of voting Common Stock will have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the books of the Holding Company, and that no shareholder is entitled to cumulate any votes for the election of directors.
 
 
2. 
Article EIGHTH provides that the management, control and government of the Holding Company shall be vested in a board of directors of from six (6) to twenty-five (25) members, as fixed by the board of directors from time to time. It provides that the directors are to be divided into three (3) classes so that the term of office of one class of directors shall expire each year. It provides that, if, for any reason, a vacancy occurs on the board of directors, a majority of the remaining directors shall have the exclusive power to fill the vacancy. It also provides that no director shall be removed from office by shareholder vote, except upon a favorable vote of holders of at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders would be entitled to cast at an annual election of directors.
 
 
3. 
Article ELEVENTH requires that, with certain exceptions, the approval of at least 80% of the votes which all shareholders of the Holding Company are entitled to cast, and if any class of shares is entitled to vote as a separate class, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the outstanding shares of such class shall be required to approve --
 
 
(i) 
any merger or consolidation of the Holding Company with or into any other organization;

 
(ii) 
any share exchange in which an organization, person or entity acquires the issued or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Holding Company pursuant to a vote of shareholders;
 
 
56


 
 
(iii) 
any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Holding Company to any other organization, person or entity; or

 
(iv) 
any transaction similar to, or having similar effect as, any of the foregoing transactions;
 
 
(v) 
if that other organization, person or entity beneficially owns 5% or more of the voting shares of the Holding Company.  If the other organization, person or entity beneficially does not own 5% or more of the voting shares of the Holding Company, then approval by a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast is required to approve any such transaction.  It gives the board of directors power to determine conclusively whether anyone owns 5% or more of the voting shares.  It further provides that the Holding Company may voluntarily completely liquidate or dissolve only with the approval of 80% of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast.  However, this Article makes two exceptions to these provisions:
 
 
a.
Article ELEVENTH shall not apply to any transaction which is approved in advance by two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the board of directors.
 
 
b.
A plan of merger or consolidation may be approved and adopted without the approval of the Holding Company’s shareholders where the applicable law permits approval by the board of directors without the approval of the shareholders.
 
 
4. 
Article TWELFTH provides that shareholders may not act by unanimous written consent.  It also provides that the presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast shall constitute a quorum of shareholders at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Holding Company.
 
 
5. 
Article THIRTEENTH provides that the authority to make, amend, alter, change or repeal the bylaws is solely granted to and vested in the board of directors, subject always to the power of the shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast, except that Article Eight of the Holding Company's bylaws relating to limitations on directors’ liabilities and indemnification of directors, officers and others may not be amended to increase the exposure to liability for directors or to decrease the indemnification of directors, officers and others except by the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the entire board of directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast.
 
 
6. 
Article FOURTEENTH, permits the board of directors, when evaluating any offer of another party to (a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Holding Company, (b) merge or consolidate the Holding Company with another corporation, (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Holding Company, or (d) engage in any transaction similar to, or having similar effects as, any of the foregoing transactions, to consider a variety of factors in addition to shareholder value.
 
Shareholder Action Without a Meeting
 
While the Bank bylaws do not address shareholder action by unanimous written consent, under the Pennsylvania Banking Code, any action which may be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all of the shareholders who would be entitled to vote on such action at a meeting and shall be filed with the secretary of the Bank. The Bank’s bylaws reflect this provision.
 
The Holding Company’s articles provide that shareholders may not act by written consent.
 
 
57

 
Director Qualifications
 
Under applicable banking laws each director of the Bank must be a shareholder of the Bank.  Similarly, after the reorganization, applicable banking laws will require that all directors of the Bank or the Holding Company must be a shareholder of the Holding Company.
 
The Pennsylvania Banking Code requires that each of the Bank’s directors must be citizens of the United States of America except to the extent this requirement is waived for not more than 20% of the Bank's directors by the Pennsylvania Banking Department.  In contrast, neither applicable law nor the Holding Company's articles or bylaws impose this requirement on directors of the Holding Company.
 
Director Classification
 
The Bank's and the Holding Company's bylaws provide that each board of directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the whole board permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year.  As a consequence, except for the initial directors in two of the three classes of the Holding Company directors, and except for directors hereafter appointed to fill board vacancies, each director of the Bank and the Holding Company have a normal term of office of three years.
 
Number of Directors
 
The Bank's bylaws do not set a minimum or maximum number of directors, although the Pennsylvania Banking Code permits there to be from five (5) to twenty-five (25) directors.
 
The Holding Company's bylaws permit from six (6) to twenty-five (25) directors.
 
Attendance at Board Meetings
 
The Bank's bylaws mandate directors to attend at least 75% of board meetings each calendar year.
 
The Holding Company's bylaws do not establish a minimum attendance requirement.
 
Vacancies on Board
 
The Bank's bylaws provide that any vacancies in the board of directors for any reason, including vacancies caused by any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the board of directors, acting by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum. Any director chosen to fill a vacancy in any class of directors shall become a member of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred. Such director shall hold office for the remainder of the original term of such vacancy.
 
The Holding Company's articles and bylaws provide that, except as provided in the articles of incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors shall be filled by a majority of the remaining directors.  The bylaws authorize this action even if a majority of the remaining directors is less than a quorum of the board.  The bylaws provide that each person so elected shall be a director of the same class as his predecessor until his successor is elected by the shareholders.
 
Control Transactions
 
Section 1610 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code gives shareholders of a banking institution the right, pursuant to certain procedures, to demand the payment in cash of the fair value of the shareholder’s shares upon a change in control of the institution as defined in Section 1610.  The articles of the Bank and the Holding Company state that these rights shall not apply.
 
 
58

 
Amendment of Articles of Incorporation
 
The Bank .  Under the Pennsylvania Banking Code, an amendment to the articles of incorporation shall be proposed by adoption of a resolution by the board of directors, directing that it be submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders held upon not less than ten days’ notice to all shareholders.  Adoption of each amendment requires the affirmative vote of the shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast thereon and, if any class is entitled to vote thereon as a class, of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of such class.  If a proposed amendment would:  (i) make any change in the preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions or special or relative rights of the shares of any class or series adverse to such class or series, (ii) increase or decrease the par value of the shares of any class, (iii) increase the authorized number of shares of any class or series, unless otherwise provided in the articles, (iv) limit or deny the existing preemptive rights of the shares of any class, (v) authorize a new class or series of shares having a preference as to dividends or assets, or increase the number of authorized shares of any existing class or series, having a preference as to dividends or assets, senior to the shares of a class or series, or (vi) authorize the board of directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences as between series of any preferred or special class, the holders of the outstanding shares of such class or series shall be entitled to vote as a class on such amendment, regardless of any limitation stated in the articles on the voting rights of any class.  Except in such case, only the holders of outstanding shares who, under the articles are entitled to vote on proposed amendments, shall be entitled to vote thereon.
 
The Holding Company .  Under the PBCL, an amendment to the articles of incorporation requires the approval of the board of directors and, except in limited cases where a greater vote may be required, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders entitled to vote on the matter and the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders within each class or series of shares if such class or series is entitled to vote on the matter as a class.  Pennsylvania law also provides that shareholders of a registered corporation, such as the Holding Company, are not entitled by statute to propose amendments to the articles of incorporation.
 
The Bank’s and the Holding Company’s articles each provide that:
 
 
The article imposing an ownership limitation of 25% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (see further description under, "DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY SHARES - Anti-Takeover Effect of Governing Documents and Applicable Law" beginning on page  50 of this prospectus-proxy statement) may not be amended unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; and
 
 
The article permitting the board of directors to oppose certain acquisition offers (see further description under, "DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY SHARES - Anti-Takeover Effect of Governing Documents and Applicable Law" beginning on page 50 of this prospectus-proxy statement) may not be amended unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
OUTSTANDING OPTIONS GRANTED TO UNAFFILIATED INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS
 
In connection with its purchase of common stock in July 1997, an unaffiliated institutional investor, which owns 37,808 shares (originally 0.73%) of the Bank Common Stock, was granted an option to purchase additional shares of the Bank Common Stock to preserve its percentage ownership interest in the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock, upon each “Sale” (as defined in the option agreement and described below) of Bank Common Stock.   As of April 9, 2010, this unaffiliated institutional investor owned 37,808 shares of Bank Common Stock, which constituted 0.19% of the Bank’s issued and outstanding Common Stock as of such date.  The option granted to this unaffiliated institutional investor remains in effect, and may be exercised upon any future “Sale” in order to preserve such entity’s percentage ownership of Bank Common Stock at the then-current level.
 
Pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement dated March 23, 2005, a second unaffiliated institutional investor, which originally owned 135,834 shares (originally 2.61%) of the Bank Common Stock, has an option to purchase additional shares of the Bank Common Stock to preserve its percentage ownership interest in the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock, upon each “Sale” (as defined in the option agreement and described below) of Bank Common Stock.  As of April 9, 2010, this unaffiliated institutional investor owned 196,450 shares of Bank Common Stock, which constituted 0.97% of the Bank’s issued and outstanding Common Stock as of such date.  The option granted to this unaffiliated institutional investor remains in effect, and may be exercised upon any future “Sale” in order to preserve such entity’s percentage ownership of Bank Common Stock at the then-current level.
 
Each option agreement defines a “Sale” as the issuance and sale of shares of Bank Common Stock, other than (i) a sale to the investor or pursuant to an offer which by its terms could have been accepted by the investor, (ii) a sale of treasury stock, and (iii) a grant of shares of common stock or a sale upon exercise of an option granted pursuant to any stock bonus, stock option or similar plan maintained by the Bank for the directors, officers and/or any of the Bank employees or those of any subsidiary or affiliate. Upon the completion of a Sale, the Bank is obligated to offer the investor an opportunity to purchase such number of additional shares of the Bank Common Stock at a price per share equal to the price per share of Common Stock sold in the Sale, as necessary to make the investor’s percentage ownership of the Bank's outstanding Common Stock, after giving effect to the Sale that triggers the investor’s rights and the investor’s purchase of additional shares pursuant to the required offer, equal to the investor’s percentage ownership of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Sale.
 
If all rights under the option agreements are exercised, the investors could have the right to acquire additional shares.
 
 
59

 
 
WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK
 
The below table indicates the types and amounts of stock underlying warrants that were issued by the Bank in various private offerings and an exchange offer exchanging shares of the Bank’s preferred stock into Common Stock in 2009, as well as the original exercise prices for such warrants.  The chart also indicates the exercise price and amounts of warrants outstanding following such anti-dilution adjustments.   All of the warrants listed in the chart were immediately exercisable upon issuance.

Transaction
Type of Stock Underlying Warrants
 
Original Number of Shares Underlying Warrants
   
Original Exercise Price
   
Number of Shares Underlying Warrants upon Anti-Dilution Adjustment
   
Exercise Price upon Anti-Dilution Adjustment
 
June 30, 2009 Preferred Stock Exchange
Common Stock
    24,500     $ 5.50       --       --  
July 31, 2009 Common Stock Issuance
Common Stock
    683,330     $ 5.50       999,559     $ 3.76  
February 17, 2010 Common Stock and Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock Issuance
Common Stock
 
205,779
    $ 4.28    
234,240
    $ 3.76  
      Class B Non-Voting Common Stock   156,532     $ 4.28     178,182     $    3.76  
March 29, 2010 Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock Issuance
Common Stock
Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
    96,211     $ 3.76       --       --  
 
The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each warrant and the exercise price per share shall be proportionately adjusted:
 
 
In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reason of any stock proportionally adjusted dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change; and
 
 
subject to any required action by the Bank’s shareholders, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock or the payment of a stock dividend on Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank.
 
Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank is the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Common Stock receive securities of another corporation), the number of shares issuable under each warrant immediately prior to the date of such merger or consolidation shall be converted into the securities which a holder of that number of shares would have received in such merger or consolidation.
 
In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation, or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Common Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Bank’s board of directors shall provide for the exchange of each warrant for a warrant with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which each warrant is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Bank’s board of directors in its absolute discretion in the exercise price under each warrant or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the warrant holder in partial consideration for the exchange of the warrant, or any combination thereof.
 
In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to above, the Bank’s board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares issuable upon exercise of each warrant on the date on which such change occurs, and in the exercise price of each warrant, as the Bank’s board of directors may reasonably consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
 
On April 12, 2010, the Bank’s board of directors approved adjustments to the terms of warrants held by those shareholders benefitting from anti-dilution agreements, to adjust the exercise price and make a corresponding adjustment to the number of shares for which each warrant is exercisable.  Warrant exercise prices were adjusted from either $5.50 per share or $4.28 per share to $3.76 per share.  The number of shares for which each warrant is exercisable were increased in proportion to the decrease in exercise price.  After the adjustment, each adjusted warrant will be exercisable for the type or types of shares (common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock) for which the warrant was heretofore exercisable.  If the warrant was exercisable for shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock as well as shares of common stock, the number of shares of each class of stock for which the warrant is exercisable after the adjustment will be proportional to the number of shares of each such class for which the warrant was exercisable prior to the adjustment.  However, the number of shares of common stock for which a warrant is exercisable is limited so that no warrant holder, after the adjustment, will have the right to purchase, nor be deemed to have the right to purchase, an amount of common stock which, together with any other shares of the Bank’s common stock the warrant holder owns or controls or is deemed to own or control (as determined under the federal Change in Bank Control Act, as amended), comprises more than 9.9% of the aggregate outstanding shares of the Bank’s common stock (including, in calculating both the number of shares owned or controlled by the warrant holder and the number of shares outstanding, those shares of common stock for which any warrants or options owned or controlled or deemed owned or controlled by the warrant holder are exercisable, and any shares of common stock into which any other securities owned or controlled or deemed owned or controlled by the warrant holder are convertible).
 
 
60

 
Except as expressly provided in each warrant, warrant holders shall not have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in each warrant, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares issuable upon exercise of each warrant.
 
ANTI -DILUTION AGREEMENTS
 
Holders of 17,923,843 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, including Jay Sidhu, are beneficiaries of anti-dilution agreements providing each of them price protection such that if, at any time on or before designated dates, the Bank issues additional shares of its Common Stock or its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for which the consideration per share is less than $3.76 (as that price may be deemed adjusted pursuant to the anti-dilution agreements), other than with respect to shares issued to (a) the Bank's employees, officer or directors in connection with their employment or retention of services not to exceed the number of shares reserved in the Bank's existing equity financing plans, or (b) customers or vendors in connection with bona fide business transactions, the Bank shall, concurrently with such issue, issue to the holder, at no additional cost or price to the holder, an additional number of shares of Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock sufficient to maintain the values of their current share holdings at the new, lower issuance price.  For these purposes, shares issuable upon exercise of an option and shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of a convertible security are deemed to be issued when the option or convertible security is issued, and no adjustment is made thereafter when the option is exercised or the convertible security is converted.
 
Until June 30, 2010, holders of anti-dilution agreements are protected on all issuances described above.  After June 30, 2010 and until March 31, 2011, holders are only protected on those issuances of shares described above that are made solely for cash.
 
The number of shares to be issued under the anti-dilution agreements are determined, upon each issuance, by multiplying the number of the holder’s shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the purchase price (currently $3.76) immediately before such issue, and the denominator of which is the new issue price. Thereafter, upon each subsequent issuance of additional shares, the number of shares covered by the agreement will be increased by the number of additional shares that have been issued to the holder pursuant to the agreement, and the purchase price will be deemed reduced to the new issue price for the share issuance causing the adjustment.
 
The additional shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be issued to a holder upon an adjustment is determined according to provisions applicable to the individual holder under each anti-dilution agreement.
 
For purposes of the anti-dilution agreements, issue price for additional shares is to be computed as follows:
 
 
1. 
Cash shall be valued at the amount of cash received by the Bank, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends.
 
 
2. 
Property, other than cash, shall be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of the issue as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Bank.
 
 
3.
If shares are issued together with other property of the Bank for consideration that covers both, the consideration allocable to the shares shall be determined in good faith by the board of directors.
 
 
4.
The consideration per share for options and convertible securities is to be determined by dividing:
 
 
(i) 
the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Bank for the issue of the options or convertible securities, plus the minimum amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Bank upon exercise of the options or conversion of the convertible securities, by
 
 
61

 
 
 
(ii) 
the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) ultimately issuable upon the exercise of such options or the conversion of such convertible securities.
 
On April 12, 2010, the Bank’s board of directors approved adjustments to the terms of warrants held by those shareholders benefitting from anti-dilution agreements, to adjust the exercise price and make a corresponding adjustment to the number of shares for which each warrant is exercisable.  For further information on the adjustment, see, “WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK,” beginning on page 60 .
 
INTERESTS OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN THE MERGER AND REORGANIZATION
 
The Bank’s directors and executive officers, as well as certain principal shareholders of the Bank, have interests in the completion of the reorganization.  These interests include:
 
 
Ownership of Common Stock of the Bank and warrants or options to purchase additional shares of Bank Common Stock.  These interests will become interests in the Holding Company.  For more information on the Bank’s directors and executive officers’ ownership interests, see “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT,” beginning on page  80 of this prospectus-proxy statement;
 
 
The Bank has agreed to grant stock options to its executive officers and certain members of senior management.   The Holding Company will succeed to the Bank’s obligations.  For more information on these interests, see   “Proposal 3” beginning on page  32 of this prospectus-proxy statement;
 
 
One or more directors and officers of the Bank and the Holding Company have purchased stock in the recent offerings.  For more information on their interests, see “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT” beginning on page  80 of this prospectus-proxy statement; and
 
 
Each of Messrs. Sidhu, Ehst and Brugger have entered into employment agreements with the Bank which will be assumed by the Holding Company in connection with the reorganization.  For more information with respect to these agreements, see the narrative following “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION – Officer Employment Agreements” beginning on page  76 of this prospectus-proxy statement. 
 
Through the number of shares that they own, the directors and executive officers as a group, and certain principal holders of the Bank’s Common Stock, may have a significant influence on the outcome of the shareholder vote.  For more information on these matters, see, “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT,” beginning on page  80 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.
 
History , Business, and Properties
 
The Holding Company was incorporated as a Pennsylvania business corporation under the PBCL in April 2010 at the direction of the board of directors of New Century Bank. The Holding Company was formed to acquire the Bank stock and to engage in business as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Copies of the articles of incorporation and the bylaws of the Holding Company are attached to this prospectus-proxy statement as Exhibit B and Exhibit C to Annex A
 
The Holding Company is in the organizational and developmental stage, and has no earnings or history of operation.  The Holding Company neither owns nor leases any real property nor does it currently expect to own any real property in the future.
 
The Holding Company has no employees, no current business, and owns no property, except that the Holding Company will own all of the stock of the new bank immediately prior to the reorganization. The Holding Company has not issued any stock. The Holding Company is not a party to any legal proceedings.
 
The Holding Company has no present plans to engage in any activities other than as a holding company for the capital stock of the Bank. The Holding Company’s management, however, believes that the opportunities available to a bank holding company for diversification of its business and raising of capital cause a bank holding company to be a more advantageous form of operation than a bank. The Holding Company may examine and may pursue opportunities from time to time that arise for expansion of its operations and activities. See “The Reorganization - Reasons for the Reorganization.”
 
 
62

 
 
The management team and directors of the Holding Company will be the same as those of the Bank.  A description of the business background of each of the directors and executive officers is provided beginning on page  67 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
The bylaws of the Holding Company provide that, within the requirements of applicable law, the term and number of directors in each class shall be fixed, from time to time, by the board of directors.  The term of office, until otherwise fixed, for all directors elected at each annual meeting held after the first annual meeting shall be three (3) years from the date of their election.  At each annual meeting after the first annual meeting, elections shall be held to elect directors to replace those whose terms have expired.  All directors shall continue in office after the expiration of their term until their successors are elected or appointed and have qualified, except in the event of earlier resignation, removal or disqualification.
 
The Holding Company bylaws also provide that the board of directors shall be divided into three classes (Class A, Class B and Class C), as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the whole board permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year.  At the first annual meeting of shareholders, directors in Class A shall be elected to hold office for a one (1) year term; directors in Class B shall be elected to hold office for a two (2) year term; and directors in Class C shall be elected to hold office for a three (3) year term.  Each class shall be elected in a separate election.
 
The bylaws of the Holding Company require a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The board of directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers and appoint such agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms, have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board of directors.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person except both the offices of President and of Secretary.
 
Principal Shareholders
 
After the reorganization, the persons beneficially owning 5% or more of the Holding Company’s Common Stock will be the same persons who currently own 5% or more of the Bank stock. See “NEW CENTURY BANK - Principal Shareholders.”
 
Description of The Holding Company’s Common Stock
 
The Holding Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 300,000,000 shares of capital stock consisting of:
 
 
100,000,000 share of voting Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share;
 
 
100,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share; and
 
 
100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, any series having such par value or no par value as may be determined by the Holding Company’s board of directors from time to time.
 
The number of shares of the Holding Company Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock expected to be issued to the holders of Bank stock, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the reorganization, is 5,314,471 and 1,468,730 shares, respectively, based on the Bank's share ownership as of April 20, 2010 and assuming no options or warrants are exercised prior to the closing of the reorganization.
 
There will be no established public trading market for the Holding Company’s stock.
 
The Holding Company will succeed to the Bank’s contractual obligations under each of the following relating to common stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock:

 
existing management stock options and other equity compensation award rights, more fully described under, "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT," beginning on page 80 ;

 
existing option agreements with institutional investors described under, “OUTSTANDING OPTIONS GRANTED TO UNAFFILIATED INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS,” beginning on page 59 ;

 
the existing warrants described under, “WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK,” beginning on page 60 ;

 
the existing anti-dilution agreements described under, “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page 61 ; and

 
the existing contractual pre-emptive purchase rights described under, “THE REORGANIZATION – Private Offerings,” on page 39 .
 
For more information about the Holding Company’s Common Stock, see "DESCRIPTION OF HOLDING COMPANY SHARES" beginning on page 47 of this prospectus-proxy statement, and “COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS” beginning on page  52 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Executive Compensation
 
The board of directors of the Holding Company reviews and determines the compensation for the Holding Company’s officers and directors.  No officer will be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director.  The board also has the authority to provide for reasonable pensions, disability or death benefits and other benefits and payments to directors, officer and employees and to their estates, families, dependents or beneficiaries on account of prior services rendered to the Holding Company.
 
63

 
Since its incorporation, the Holding Company has not paid any remuneration to any of its directors or executive officers.  After the reorganization, it is anticipated that directors and officers of the Holding Company will be paid fees and compensation on the same basis as directors and officers of the Bank are presently paid.  No changes in remuneration to any directors or officers are planned except as otherwise described in this prospectus-proxy statement.  To date, the Holding Company has not established standards or other arrangements by which its directors are compensated for services as directors, including any additional amounts payable for committee participation or special assignments, and no such arrangements are currently contemplated.  No profit-sharing plan or any other benefit plan exists or is contemplated for the Holding Company.
 
Anti -Takeover Mechanisms
 
The Holding Company’s articles contain a number of provisions that are typically considered to be anti-takeover measures.  For a description of these provisions, see “Anti-Takeover Effects of Governing Documents and Applicable Law” beginning on page  50 of this prospectus-proxy statement.  The board urges shareholders to read the information contained in that section carefully before making a decision on whether or not to vote for the Holding Company.  The board and its advisors believe that such provisions are not unusual among bank holding companies.  There are risks associated with such provisions.  See “RISK FACTORS” beginning on page  13 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Indemnification Provisions
 
Subchapter D of the PBCL provides for indemnification of, and insurance for any person who is or was a representative of the Holding Company and specifically empowers the Holding Company to indemnify, subject to the standards therein prescribed, any person who is or was a representative of the Holding Company in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought or threatened by reason of the fact that he is or was a representative of the Holding Company. Article 8.02 of the Holding Company’s bylaws requires the Holding Company to indemnify each of the Holding Company’s directors and officers in such capacity in which any such director or officer acts for or on behalf of the Holding Company including as an employee or agent.
 
Article 8 of the Holding Company’s bylaws provide for indemnification of officers and directors, as follows:
 
 
Section 8.01 provides that, to the fullest extent under Subchapter B of Chapter 7 of the PBCL, the Holding Company’s directors shall not be personally liable to the Holding Company or its shareholders or others for monetary damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action unless the director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office and such breach or failure constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness.  This section does not apply to the responsibility or liability of such director under any criminal statute or with respect to the payment of taxes pursuant to local, state or federal law;
 
 
Section 8.02(a) provides for the indemnification of any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact of such person’s involvement as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Holding Company or its bank subsidiaries or any other director or indirect subsidiary of the Holding Company of the bank serving at the request of the Holding Company as a director, officer, employee or agent against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
 
 
Section 8.02(b) requires the Holding Company to pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of any action suit or proceeding  upon the receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized under the articles of incorporation and (ii) if requested at the discretion of the board of directors, adequate security or a bond to cover such amounts for which it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to such indemnity;
 
 
64

 
 
 
Section 8.02(c) provides the right to indemnification and advancement of expenses is not exclusive of any other right to which such persons seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise; and
 
 
Section 8.02(d) provides that the Holding Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person, may enter into contracts of indemnification with any person and may create a fund of any nature for the benefit of any person and may otherwise secure in any manner its obligations with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses regardless of the source of the indemnification right and without respect to whether or not the Holding Company would have the power to indemnify such person under the articles of incorporation.
 
Financial Statements
 
No financial statements of the Holding Company are presented in this prospectus-proxy statement because the Holding Company currently has no significant assets or liabilities.  See "Summary Selected Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information" beginning on page 44 . The audited financial statements and notes thereto are attached beginning on page F-1  of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
The Holding Company has not, since its inception, been a party to any legal proceedings.
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
History , Business, and Properties
 
History
 
New Century Bank was incorporated on March 25, 1994 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is a Pennsylvania state chartered bank and member of the Federal Reserve System.  The Bank commenced operations on June 26, 1997.  New Century Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.  As of December 31, 2009, the Bank had total assets of $351.9 million and total deposits of $313.9 million.
 
New Century Bank’s Corporate Headquarters and a full service branch are located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Chester County, PA 19460.  The main telephone number is (610) 933-2000.
 
The Bank has not undergone bankruptcy, receivership or any similar proceedings.  There have been no material re-classifications, mergers, consolidations or purchases or sales of a significant amount of assets not in the ordinary course of business.
 
Business
 
Through the Bank's five branches in Chester and Delaware Counties, Pennsylvania, New Century Bank provides a full range of financial products and services to small businesses, professionals and individuals on the “Main Line” and in Philadelphia suburbs.
 
New Century Bank competes with other financial institutions for deposit and loan business.  Competitors include other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies, securities brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, money market funds, and certain government agencies.  Financial institutions compete principally on the quality of the services rendered, interest rates offered on deposit products, interest rates charged on loans, fees and service charges, the convenience of banking office locations and hours of operation, and in the consideration of larger commercial borrowers, lending limits.
 
 
65

 
 
Many of these competitors are significantly larger than New Century Bank, and have significantly greater financial resources, personnel and locations from which to conduct business.  In addition, New Century Bank is subject to regulation, while certain of its competitors are not.  Non-regulated companies face relatively few barriers to entry into the financial services industry.  New Century Bank’s larger competitors enjoy greater name recognition and greater resources to finance wide ranging advertising campaigns.  New Century Bank competes for business principally on the basis of high quality, personal service to customers, customer access to the Bank’s decision makers, and competitive interest and fee structure.  New Century Bank also strives to provide maximum convenience of access to services by employing innovative delivery vehicles such as internet banking, and convenience of availability of banking representatives.
 
New Century Bank believes that it is able to compete effectively with its competitors owing to its responsive approach to the provision of personalized and convenient service, developed by a management which is closely attuned to the Bank’s market area and customer base.
 
Upon completion of the reorganization, New Century Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, and current shareholders will become a shareholder of the Holding Company with the same ownership interest in the Holding Company as you presently hold in New Century Bank.
 
Immediately after completion of the reorganization, we expect that the Holding Company will not engage in any business activity other than to hold all of the stock of New Century Bank.  The Holding Company does not presently have any arrangements or understandings regarding any acquisition or merger opportunities other than as disclosed herein.  It is anticipated however that the Holding Company in the future may pursue other investment opportunities including possible diversification through acquisitions and mergers.
 
At the present time, the Holding Company does not intend to employ any persons other than its management.  It will utilize New Century Bank’s support staff from time to time and reimburse New Century Bank for the time of its employees.  If the Holding Company acquires other banks or pursues other lines of business, it may hire additional employees at that time.
 
As of December 31, 2009, New Century Bank had 61 full time and 4 part time employees.
 
 
The Bank leases its corporate headquarters and a full service branch, which are located in a freestanding building at 99 Bridge St., Phoenixville, Chester County, PA 19460, wherein the Bank leases approximately 15,298 square feet on 2 floors.  The lease on this location expires in 2022.
 
In addition to the corporate headquarters, the Bank leases properties in the 2,300 to 3,300 square foot range where it maintains full service commercial bank branches at 155 East Lancaster Ave. in Wayne, Pennsylvania, 215 Lancaster Avenue in Malvern, Pennsylvania, and 3557 West Chester Pike in Newtown Square, Pennsylvania.  The leases on these locations expire in 2013, 2014 and 2014, respectively.
 
The Bank also leases 5,500 square feet of property at 513 Kimberton Road in Phoenixville, Pennsylvania where it maintains a full service commercial bank branch and corporate offices.  The lease on this location expires in 2013.
 
The Bank subleases 4,100 square feet of space in Hamilton, NJ from which it conducts its mortgage warehouse lending activities.  The lease on this property expires this year.  The Bank intends to either renegotiate for space at this same location or seek suitable space nearby
 
The total minimum cash lease payments for the Bank’s current office, branch offices, and mortgage warehouse lending locations amounts to approximately $58 thousand per month.
 
The Bank further intends to open four new full service commercial bank branches in 2010, and has signed leases for three such locations in Doylestown and Middletown Township, Pennsylvania and Hamilton, New Jersey ranging from 1,600 square feet to 2,500 square feet, and with lease expiration dates in 2015, 2012 and 2015, respectively.
 
These proposed branches are subject to applicable regulatory approvals.  Actual branch openings and timing of such openings will also depend on satisfaction of a variety of other contingencies, including signing of appropriate agreements, completion of any construction work, compliance with any local regulatory matters, and satisfactory staffing arrangements.
 
The aggregate minimum cash lease payments associated with the three leases that have been proposed for the branches are approximately $35,000 per month.
 
 
66

 
Legal Proceedings
 
Although New Century Bank from time to time is involved in various legal proceedings in the normal course of business, there are no material legal proceedings to which it is a party or to which its property is subject.
 
Management
 
The names, ages and positions of each of the directors and executive officers of the Bank and the Holding Company, together with descriptions of the business backgrounds of each of the directors and named executive officers, are provided in “OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT” beginning on page  67 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Principal Shareholders
 
After the reorganization, the persons beneficially owning 5% or more of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock will be the same persons who currently own 5% or more of the Bank stock.  See “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT” beginning on page  80 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT
 
The Bank’s and the Holding Company’s board members are:
 
Name
 
Director Since
 
Position
 
Age
 
Term Expires:
Bhanu Choudhrie
 
2009
 
Director
 
31
 
2012
Richard A. Ehst
 
2009
 
Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
 
63
 
2011
Kenneth B. Mumma, J.D.
 
1997
 
Director (former Chairman and CEO)
 
52
 
2010
Daniel K. Rothermel, J.D.
 
2009
 
Director
 
72
 
2010
John J. Sickler, CPA
 
1997
 
Director
 
68
 
2010
Jay S. Sidhu
 
2009
 
Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
58
 
2012
T. Lawrence Way, CPA J.D.
 
2005
 
Director
 
61
 
2011
Steven J. Zuckerman
 
2009
 
Director
 
45
 
2011
 
 
There are no arrangements or understandings between any director and any other persons pursuant to which a director was or is to be selected as a director or nominee.
 
Below are the biographies of our directors:
 
Jay S. Sidhu, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Mr. Sidhu joined New Century Bank as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in the second quarter of 2009.  Before joining New Century, Mr. Sidhu was the Chief Executive Officer of Sovereign Bank from 1989 and its Chairman from 2002 until his retirement on December 31, 2006, and the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of SIDHU Advisors, LLC, a consulting firm.  He has received Financial World’s CEO of the year award and named Turnaround Entrepreneur of the Year.  He has received many other awards and honors, including a Hero of Liberty Award from the National Liberty Museum.  Mr. Sidhu has served on the boards of numerous businesses and not-for-profits, including as a member of the board of Grupo Santander.  He obtained an MBA from Wilkes University and is a graduate of Harvard Business School’s Leadership Course.  He helped establish the Jay Sidhu School of Business and Leadership at Wilkes University.
 
Mr. Sidhu’s demonstration of day-to-day leadership combined with his extensive banking sector experience provide the board with intimate knowledge of the Bank’s direction and strategic opportunities.
 
 
67

 
Richard Ehst, President and Chief Operating Officer
 
Mr. Ehst joined New Century Bank as President and Chief Operating Officer in August 2009.  Mr. Ehst was an Executive Vice President, Commercial Middle Market, Mid-Atlantic Division, of Sovereign Bank.  Before this role, Mr. Ehst served as Regional President for Berks County from 2004 until 2009 and Managing Director of Corporate Communications for Sovereign from 2000 until 2004 where his responsibilities included reputation risk management and marketing services support systems. Mr. Ehst also began serving as a member of the County of Berks Workforce Investment board of directors in 2009.  Before joining Sovereign Bank, Mr. Ehst was an independent consultant to more than 70 financial institutions in the mid-Atlantic region, including Sovereign Bank, where he provided guidance on regulatory matters, mergers and acquisitions, and risk management.
 
Mr. Ehst has superior knowledge and lengthy experience of the banking industry, as well as superlative business development skills which provide significant value to the board.
 
Bhanu Choudhrie, Director
 
Mr. Choudhrie has been Executive Director of C&C Alpha Group Limited, a London based family private equity group, since November 2006, and was the Executive Director of C&C Business Solutions Ltd. from June 2003 to November 2006.  Mr. Choudhrie is a private equity investor with investments in the United States, United Kingdom, Europe and Asia.  C&C Alpha Group was founded in 2002.  The company, with global headquarters in London, has established offices in several countries.  Its team comprises entrepreneurs, financial analysts, project developers, project managers and strategy consultants.
 
As an executive of a UK-based firm with international interests, Mr. Choudhrie provides the board with a global market perspective.
 
Kenneth B. Mumma, Director and Chairman of the Executive Committee
 
Mr. Mumma is the former Chairman and CEO of the Bank who founded the Bank in 1997.  Prior to his joining the Bank, he was engaged in the private practice of law.  He is a graduate of Franklin & Marshall College and received his J.D.  from Villanova School of Law.  He also received his certificate from the Central Atlantic School of Banking.  His strong civic commitment is demonstrated by his participation in a number of the area’s nonprofit organizations.
 
As one of the Bank’s original founders, Mr. Mumma brings to the board his entrepreneurial experience, keen strategic insights, institutional knowledge and deep commitment to our enterprise.
 
Daniel K. Rothermel, Director and Chairman of the Risk Management Committee
 
Mr. Rothermel has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Cumru Associates, Inc., a private holding company located in Reading, Pennsylvania since 1989, and served over twenty years on the board of directors of Sovereign Bancorp and Sovereign Bank.  At Sovereign, he was lead independent Director and served on the Audit, Governance, and Risk Management Committee and was chairman of the Executive Committee.  He is a graduate of The Pennsylvania State University, with a B.S. in Business Administration (finance and accounting) and of the American University with a Juris Doctor.
 
Mr. Rothermel’s background as an attorney and general counsel, plus his extensive service as director of Sovereign Bank provide unique and valuable perspective to the board.
 
John J. Sickler, Director and Chairman of the Compensation Committee
 
He retired in 2007 from service as a Director and Vice Chairman of Teleflex Incorporated, a diversified global company.  He had served as a Director of Teleflex since 1997.  He was named Vice Chairman in 2000, as well as Chairman of the medical group, which he led through a transformation of its business model and turned over operating responsibilities to a newly hired President during 2003. Since retiring, Mr. Sickler has completed various consulting assignments, including that of acting Chairman of the Bank from January to June of 2009.  Mr. Sickler serves on the board of directors of Microlog Corp. of Germantown, Maryland, a software design firm engaged in development of productivity application for customer contact centers.  Mr. Sickler has devoted significant time to nonprofit activities, serving at various times as president of the boards of directors of both Phoenixville Hospital and Phoenixville YMCA. Mr. Sickler holds a B.S. in Commerce and Finance from Wilkes University.
 
 
68

 
 
Mr. Sickler’s previous position as a director and officer at Teleflex Incorporated provided him with valuable knowledge and experience, including direct responsibility for financial issues, and the perspective of one familiar with a global enterprise, all of which add significant value to our board.
 
T. Lawrence Way, Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee
 
Mr. Way is the Chairman of Alco Industries, Inc.  and has been its CEO since 2000.   Over the years, Mr. Way held various positions at Alco Industries, Inc., including a stretch as interim Chief Financial Officer .  He is a Certified Public Accountant, received a Masters in Business Administration from Mount St. Mary’s College, a Juris Doctor degree from Rutgers-Camden School of Law, and graduated from Tufts University.  He has experience in varied management, finance, operations and mergers and acquisitions.
 
Mr. Way’s background as an attorney and certified public accountant, as well as his experience leading a company through the current economic, social and governance issues as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Alco Industries, Inc., make him well-suited to serve on the board.
 
Steven J. Zuckerman, Director
 
Steve Zuckerman, President and CEO of Clipper Magazine, graduated from Franklin & Marshall College with a B.A.  in Business Management in 1985.  While in college, he co-founded the Campus Coupon Clipper, a predecessor to Clipper Magazine, now, a full-service media company, with numerous subsidiaries, including Loyal Customer Club, Spencer Advertising & Marketing, Clipper Web Development, The Menu Company, Total Loyalty Solutions, Clipper Graphics and Clipper TV.  Clipper Magazine has over 550 individual market editions in over 31 states with 1,200 employees around the country, including approximately 500 in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania.  He is a partner in Opening Day Partners, owner and operator of the Atlantic League of Professional Baseball Teams and Stadiums in New Jersey, Maryland and South Central Pennsylvania.
 
Mr. Zuckerman’s experience in the advertising industry make him uniquely situated to provide the board with insight in the key areas of marketing and customer strategies.
 
Executive Officers
 
Thomas Brugger, Chief Financial Officer - Age 43
 
Mr. Brugger is our only executive officer who is not on the board of directors. He joined New Century Bank as Chief Financial Officer in September 2009.  Mr. Brugger was employed by Sovereign Bank for 15 years in the roles of Corporate Treasurer, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager.  At Sovereign Bank, Mr. Brugger was responsible for investment portfolio management, wholesale funding, liquidity, regulatory and economic capital, securitization, interest rate risk, business unit profitability, budgeting, and treasury operations.  He was Chairman of the Asset/Liability committee and all pricing committees.  In addition, he participated in 19 acquisitions while at Sovereign Bank.  Before Sovereign Bank, he worked in the treasury department and internal audit at Independence Bancorp.
 
 
 
69

 
BOARD GOVERNANCE
 
Information about our Board of Directors
 
During 2009, the Bank’s board of directors held 12 meetings, excluding committee meetings, which are described below.  Because the Holding Company was only formed in April 2010, no meetings of the board of directors or committees have occurred yet.  Going forward, board and committee meetings of the Holding Company and the Bank are expected to be conducted on a combined basis.  Only a single fee will be paid for each board or committee meeting, whether or not the meeting is for the Holding Company, the Bank or is conducted on a combined basis.  See "Director Compensation Table" and the notes and narratives below such table, beginning on page 78 of this prospectus-proxy statement, for more information on director fees.  Each of the directors of the Holding Company is also a director of the Bank.  Each committee described below, unless otherwise noted, is a committee of the Bank and the Holding Company.
 
In 2009, each of the directors of the Bank attended at least 75% of the aggregate of (i) the total number of board meetings held while he was a director, and (ii) the total number of meetings held by committees during his service on those committees.
 
The table below highlights the membership composition of our various board level committees:
 
Name
 
Executive
 
Audit
 
Risk Management
 
Compensation
 
Loan
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance
Bhanu Choudhrie
     
X
     
X
     
X
Richard Ehst
         
X
     
   X*
   
Kenneth Mumma
 
  X*
     
X
     
X
   
Daniel Rothermel
 
X
 
X
 
  X*
 
X
     
  X*
John Sickler
 
X
 
 
     
  X*
       
Jay Sidhu
 
X
     
X
     
X
   
T. Lawrence Way
 
X
 
  X*
 
X
           
Steven Zuckerman
             
X
     
X
* Committee Chair
 
Board Leadership Structure
 
The board of directors believes that our Chief Executive Officer is best situated to serve as Chairman because he is the director most familiar with our business and the financial services industry, and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading the discussion and execution of strategy.  Independent directors and management have different perspectives and roles in strategy development.  Our independent directors bring experience, oversight and expertise from outside the Bank and industry, while the Chief Executive Officer brings industry-specific experience and expertise. The board believes that the combined role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer promotes strategy development, and its execution, and facilitates information flow between management and the board, which are essential to effective governance.
 
One of the key responsibilities of the board is to develop strategic direction and hold management accountable for the execution of strategy once it is developed. The board believes the combined role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, together with an independent Lead Director having the duties described below, is in the best interest of shareholders because it provides the appropriate balance between management and strategy development on the one hand and independent oversight on the other.
 
Daniel K. Rothermel, an independent director who serves as Chairman of the Risk Management and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees, was selected by the board of directors to serve as the Lead Director.  As Lead Director, Mr. Rothermel presides over all board meetings when the Chairman is not present, and presides over meetings of the non-management directors held in executive session. The Lead Director has the responsibility of meeting and consulting with the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on board and committee meeting agendas, acting as a liaison between management and the non-management directors, including maintaining frequent contact with the Chairman and Chief Executive and advising him on the efficiency of the board meetings, and facilitating teamwork and communication between the non-management directors and management .
 
 
70

 
Risk Oversight
 
The board of directors believes that establishing the right “tone at the top” and full and open communication between management and the board of directors are essential for effective risk management and oversight. At each regular board meeting, the directors receive a summary on areas of material risk to the Bank, including credit, market, liquidity and operational risk.  These summary reports are in a scorecard structure and they assist the directors in the early identification of risks.  The board also created a board Risk Management Committee and a management Risk Committee to monitor and oversee all risk of the Bank in a more detailed fashion.  The board can ask either committee to research issues and address any risk issues that merit additional focus and attention.  These committees will develop recommendations to manage risk and will bring any material issues to the attention of the full board.

The board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of our risks.  The Audit Committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to areas of financial reporting and compliance with laws, rules and regulations applicable to us, including those related to accounting regulation.  The Audit Committee is composed of independent, non-executive directors free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment.  The independent auditors are ultimately accountable to the Audit Committee and the board of directors.  The Audit Committee reviews the independence and performance of the auditors and annually recommends to the board of directors the appointment of the independent auditors or approve any discharge of auditors when circumstances warrant.  The chief internal auditor reports directly to the Audit Committee. The annual risk assessment and internal audit plan are approved by the Audit Committee.  The Audit Committee performs other oversight functions as requested by the board of directors.

The Compensation Committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to our compensation policies and programs.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will assist the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the management of risks associated with board of directors organization and membership, and succession planning for our directors.
 
Director Independence
 
Each of Messrs. Rothermel, Sickler, Way, Zuckerman and Choudhrie was considered independent in 2009, as independence for board members is defined under NASDAQ Rules.  In determining that Messrs. Rothermel, Sickler, Way, Zuckerman and Choudhrie meet the definition of independent, the board of directors considered routine banking transactions between the Bank or its affiliates and each of the directors, their family members and businesses with whom they are associated, such as loans, deposit accounts, routine purchases of insurance or securities brokerage products, any overdrafts that may have occurred on deposit accounts, any contributions the Bank made to non-profit organizations with whom any of the directors are associated, and any transactions that are discussed under “TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES” beginning on page 81  of this prospectus-proxy statement. In addition, when determining Mr. Zuckerman’s independence, the board considered and deemed immaterial certain advertising arrangements the Bank has with Clipper Magazine and its affiliates, for which Mr. Zuckerman is the Chief Executive Officer.
 
Executive Committee
 
The Executive Committee of the board of directors can act on behalf of the board of directors in between meetings of the full board, to the extent permitted by law, in order to carry out the business of the Bank and Holding Company.
 
The Bank’s Executive Committee held one meeting during 2009.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
 
In April 2010, we established a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  This committee has responsibility for identifying and evaluating candidates for director and recommending the nomination of directors to the full Board. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will review and assess the adequacy of our corporate governance guidelines, personal codes of conduct and related internal policies and guidelines, assist the board of directors in interpreting and applying corporate governance guidelines, and recommend any proposed changes to the board of directors for approval. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has a charter which is attached as Annex C to this prospectus-proxy statement.  The board of directors has determined that each member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent as defined under NASDAQ Rules.
 
 
71

 
 
Director Nominations
 
Our bylaws contain provisions that address the process by which a shareholder may nominate an individual to stand for election to the board of directors at the Holding Company’s annual meeting.  See "Shareholder Nominations for Director" on page 54 of this prospectus-proxy statement for more information about shareholder nominations.
 
In evaluating director nominees, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers the following factors:
 
 
The appropriate size of our board of directors and its Committees;
 
 
The perceived needs of the board for particular skills, background, and business experience;
 
 
The skills, background, reputation, and business experience of nominees compared to the skills, background, reputation, and business experience already possessed by other members of the board; and
 
 
The nominees’ independence from management.
 
There are no stated minimum criteria for director nominees, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may also consider such other factors as it may deem are in our best interests and the interests of our shareholders.  The Committee does, however, believe it appropriate for at least one member of the board to meet the criteria for an “audit committee financial expert,” that a majority of the members of the board meet the definition of “independent director” under NASDAQ Rules, and that one or more key members of management participate as members of the board.
 
While we have no formal policy with respect to diversity on the board, in order to enhance the overall quality of the board’s deliberations and decisions, the Nominating Committee and Corporate Governance Committee seeks candidates with diverse professional backgrounds and experiences, representing a mix of industries and professions with varied skill sets and expertise.
 
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies nominees by first evaluating the current members of the expiring class of directors willing to continue in service.  Current members of the expiring class with skills and experience that are relevant to our business and who are willing to continue in service are considered for re-nomination, balancing the value of continuity of service by members of the expiring class with that of obtaining a new perspective.  If any member of the expiring class does not wish to continue in service or if the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee or the board decides not to re-nominate a member for re-election, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee identifies the desired skills and experience of a new nominee, and discusses with the board suggestions as to individuals that meet the criteria.  The Committee has not engaged third parties to identify, evaluate, or assist in identifying potential nominees, but relies on community and business contacts it has established through its directors, officers and professional advisors to help it identify potential director candidates when a specific need is identified.
 
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will evaluate any recommendation for a director nominee proposed by a shareholder.  In order to be evaluated in connection with the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s procedures for evaluating potential director nominees, any recommendation for director nominee must be submitted in accordance with our procedures for shareholder nominees, more fully described in "Shareholder Nominations for Director" on page 54  of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Because the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is newly formed in 2010, no meetings were held in 2009 for this Committee by either the Bank or the Holding Company.
 
Audit Committee
 
The Audit Committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements.  For this purpose, the Audit Committee performs several functions:
 
 
Approves in advance the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm for all audit and non-audit services, and approves the fees and other terms of the engagement;
 
 
72

 
 
Maintains responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention, and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm and evaluates the qualifications, performance, and independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;
 
 
Reviews, with our independent registered public accounting firm, any significant difficulties, disagreements, or restrictions encountered during the course of the audit, and reviews any management letters issued by the independent registered public accounting firm;
 
 
Reviews the critical accounting policies and all alternative treatments of financial information discussed by the independent registered public accounting firm with management, and reviews with management significant judgments made in the preparation of financial statements;
 
 
Reviews, with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, our financial reporting processes and internal financial controls;
 
 
Reviews the annual audited financial statements and recommends to the board of directors their inclusion in our annual report;
 
 
Reviews the quarterly financial statements and earnings press releases;
 
 
Reviews and approves any related party transactions;
 
 
Establishes and oversees procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; reviews changes in, or waivers of, our Code of Ethics, and as requested by the board, reviews and investigates any conduct alleged to be in violation of the Code of Ethics; and
 
 
Periodically reviews and discusses with the independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Accounting Standards No. 61 (Codification of Statements on Auditing Standards No. 380) and any formal written statements received from the independent registered public accounting firm.
 
The Bank’s Audit Committee held five meetings during 2009.  
 
The board of directors has determined that, during 2009, Mr. Way would qualify as a “financial expert” within the meaning of that term in the SEC regulations dealing with audit committee financial experts.  It has also determined that Messrs. Choudhrie, Rothermel and Way are “independent” within the meaning of that term under NASDAQ Rules.  Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee.  The Audit Committee reviews and reassesses the charter for adequacy on an annual basis.
 
Compensation Committee
 
The Compensation Committee of the board of directors:
 
 
Periodically reviews and advises the board concerning both regional and industry-wide compensation practices and trends in order to assess the adequacy and competitiveness of our compensation programs for executive officers and directors relative to comparable companies in our industry;
 
 
Reviews and makes recommendations regarding all benefit programs and human resource policies;
 
 
Reviews the performance of the CEO on an annual basis and sets goals for the coming year;
 
 
73

 
 
 
Reviews and approves corporate and personal performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of all executive officers, and sets all executive compensation;
 
 
Makes recommendations to the board regarding the establishment and terms of incentive compensation plans and equity compensation plans, and administers such plans;
 
 
Approves grants of options, restricted stock, and other awards to all executive officers and directors;
 
 
Approves compensation related matters outside the ordinary course to executive officers and directors, including but not limited to employment contracts, change-in-control provisions, severance arrangements, and material amendments thereto; and
 
 
Makes recommendations to the board regarding director compensation in conjunction with the Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee.
 
The Bank’s Compensation Committee held one meeting during 2009.
 
The board of directors has determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee is “independent” within the meaning of that term under NASDAQ Rules.
 
Risk Management Committee
 
The Risk Management Committee of the board of directors:
 
 
• 
Assists the full board in oversight of the Bank’s risk governance process and framework;
 
 
• 
Reviews and approves the Bank’s significant risk assessment and management policies; and
 
 
• 
Reviews management information regarding enterprise risk.
 
The Bank's Risk Management Committee held two meetings during 2009.
 
Loan Committee
 
The Loan Committee of the board of directors:
 
 
Periodically reviews asset quality, sales & marketing, policy exception and charge-off reports;
 
 
Reviews and takes action on proposed and existing loans in excess of the Officers’ Credit Committee authority;
 
 
Ratifies loans approved by officers and the Officers Loan Committee over a specified amount; and
 
 
Reviews and approves changes to the Credit policy.
 
The Loan Committee held 15 meetings during 2009.
 
Director Attendance at Annual Meetings
 
While we have no formal policy regarding director attendance at our annual meeting, we make every effort to schedule our annual meeting at a time and date to maximize attendance by directors taking into account the directors’ schedules.  We believe that annual meetings provide an opportunity for shareholders to communicate with directors and have requested that all directors make every effort to attend our annual meetings.  Historically, more than a majority of the directors have done so; for example, in 2009, nine of the Bank’s then directors attended the 2009 annual meeting of the Bank.
 
 
 
74

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
The following table sets forth information for each of the named executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:  (1) the dollar value of base salary and bonus earned; (2) option awards; (3) all other compensation; and, finally, (4) the dollar value of total compensation.
 
Name & Principal
Position
 
Year
 
Salary
($)
 
Bonus
($)
 
Option
Awards
($)
 
All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
 
Total ($)
Jay S. Sidhu
 
2009
    120,835       120,835       684,923 (2)     18,762  (5)     1,045,355  
  Chairman & CEO
 
2008
    --       --       --       --       --  
                                             
Richard A. Ehst
 
2009
    55,668       27,834       --       5,461       88,963  
  President & COO
 
2008
    --       --       --       --       --  
                                             
Thomas Brugger
 
2009
    45,281       22,640       --       2,751       70,672  
  EVP & Chief Financial Officer
 
2008
    --       --       --       --       --  
                                             
Kenneth B. Mumma
 
2009
    98,067       --       --       72,124  (4)     170,191  
  Former Chairman & CEO
 
2008
    161,598       10,000       --       7,031       178,629  
                                             
Robert Philips
 
2009
    120,261       --       --       15,397       135,658  
  Former Chief Financial Officer
 
2008
    116,191       11,733       --       18,059  (6)     145,982  
                                             
James McKeighan
 
2009
    179,154        --        --       18,925       198,079  
  Former President & COO
 
2008
    159,911       10,000        --       22,799       192,710  
 
(1)
The columns disclosing Stock awards, Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation and Change in Pension Value and Non- Qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings have been omitted from the table because no officer earned any compensation during 2009 or 2008 of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.
 
(2)
Represents the grant date fair value, as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of 530,948 immediately exercisable warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Bank granted to Mr. Sidhu in connection with the 2009 private offering.
 
(3)
In addition to the items specified in footnotes (5) and (6) below, the amounts listed in this column include for each named executive officer insurance premiums paid under the Bank’s insurance plans available to all employees, and matching 401(k) contributions paid under the Bank’s 401(k) Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan, as well as car allowance payments for each of Messrs. Ehst and Brugger, and directors fees for Mr. Mumma.  For a summary of the terms of the Bank’s insurance plans, see the description on page  79 of this prospectus-proxy statement.  For a summary of the terms of the 401(k) Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan, see the description on page  79 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
(4)
Includes $67,500 in consulting fees paid to Mr. Mumma pursuant to a consulting agreement the Bank entered into with Mr. Mumma upon his retirement as chief executive officer of the Bank in June 2009.  See information provided in the Director Compensation Table below for other compensation earned by Mr. Mumma as director during 2009 for the period following his retirement as chief executive officer.
 
(5)
Includes $14,755 paid as a car allowance for Mr. Sidhu.
 
(6)
Includes insurance premiums totaling $11,970 and $14,665 paid by the Bank on Mr. Philip’s behalf in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
 
 
75

 
Officer Employment Agreements
 
On June 17, 2009, the Bank entered into a three-year employment agreement with Jay Sidhu as Chairman and CEO of the Bank.  Under the terms of agreement Mr. Sidhu will receive a minimum base salary of $225,000 per year plus a performance-based incentive bonus and a car allowance of $1,000 per month.  At the end of each year, the term of the agreement is to extend another year unless Mr. Sidhu or the Bank gives notice to the contrary.  Mr. Sidhu will also be entitled to cash or equity incentive compensation up to the amount of his base salary under an executive incentive plan to be approved by the board of directors.   Mr. Sidhu’s employment agreement also provides that, for every issuance of shares made by the Bank in connection with an acquisition or a raise of capital, the Bank must grant to Mr. Sidhu options or warrants to purchase up to 10% of the shares issued in such issuance.   Pursuant to a modification to the employment agreement, Mr. Sidhu and the Bank have agreed that future options or warrants to Mr. Sidhu, other than those described below at “Equity Compensation Grants to Management,” beginning on page  77 of this prospectus-proxy statement, will require shareholder approval.
 
The Bank also agreed that its board of directors will develop and implement a nonqualified retirement income plan designed to provide him with a pension, targeted at $200,000 per year (depending on performance of the investments in the informal funding vehicle) for 15 years commencing upon his retirement at or after age 65, subject to his ability to qualify for a variable life insurance policy to be owned by the Bank to fund the plan.  The board of directors is to review the plan at the end of the fourth year of his employment and determine whether it is appropriate to increase the target benefit amount in light of his compensation at that time.  He will become vested in this retirement benefit after seven years of continuous service with the Bank, or upon his termination of employment under circumstances that would result in the Bank’s obligation to pay him severance compensation.
 
As of April 12, 2010, the Bank also entered into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Ehst, and a two-year employment agreement with Mr. Brugger.  Under the terms of these agreements, Messrs. Ehst and Brugger will receive minimum base salaries of $150,000 and $145,000, respectively, plus incentive compensation in cash or equity or both and in such amounts as determined by the board of directors in accordance with incentive programs developed for them.  Each of Messrs. Ehst and Brugger’s employment agreements provide that, for every issuance of shares made by the Bank in connection with an acquisition or a raise of capital, the Bank must grant to such individual warrants to purchase up to 1.5% of the same type of security as was issued in such issuance.
 
Each of Messrs. Sidhu, Ehst and Brugger will be entitled to severance compensation under the agreement if he terminates his employment for “Good Reason” (as defined in their respective employment agreements), if his employment is terminated by the Bank other than for “Cause” (as defined in their respective employment agreements) during the employment term or on expiration of the employment term.  If a “Change in Control” (as defined in their respective employment agreements) has not occurred within twelve months before termination of his employment, then:  (i) he will receive the sum of his then current base salary plus the average of his last three years’ annual cash bonuses, for the greater of one year or the period of time remaining in his employment term, generally payable in equal installments on his normal pay dates, subject to normal tax deductions and withholding; (ii) any unvested equity awards he has received will vest in full; (iii) he will be entitled to an allocable fraction of any cash bonus that would have been payable to him for the current year had he remained employed through the date of payment; (iv) the Bank will continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits (“health benefits”) for the shorter of the period (up to three years with respect to Mr. Sidhu) on which his cash severance compensation is measured or the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend his benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law; and (v) if applicable any “parachute payment” excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, grossed up to include any additional taxes payable on that benefit.  If a Change in Control shall have occurred within twelve months before termination of his employment, then:  (i) he will receive cash equal to three times the sum of his then current base salary plus the average of his annual cash bonuses for the immediately preceding three years, payable in a lump sum; (ii) any unvested equity awards he has received will vest in full; (iii) he will be entitled to an allocable fraction of any cash bonus that would have been payable to him for the current year had he remained employed through the date of payment; (iii) the Bank shall continue to provide health benefits for the shorter of three years or the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend his benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law; and (iv) if applicable any “parachute payment” excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, grossed up to include any additional taxes payable on that benefit.
 
The Holding Company will assume the Bank's obligations under these employment agreements.
 
 
 
76

 
 
 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR END TABLE—NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
The following table sets forth information on outstanding warrants, options and stock awards held by the named executive officers at December 31, 2009, including the number of shares underlying each stock option and warrant as well as the exercise price and the expiration date of each outstanding option and warrant.
 
   
Warrant and Option awards (1)
     
Name & Principal Position
 
Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#)
Exercisable
 
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
 
Option
Expiration
Date
     
Jay S. Sidhu
 
373,407
(2)     $5.50(4)      6/30/16      
  Chairman & CEO
   41,790 (2)    $5.50(4)      9/30/16      
     115,751 (2)     $5.50(4)    11/30/16      
Richard A. Ehst
    0                
  President & COO
                     
Thomas Brugger
    0                
  EVP & Chief Financial Officer
                     
Kenneth B. Mumma
    6,000 (3)   $10.25   12/30/15      
  Former Chairman & CEO
                     
Robert Philips
    3,000 (3)    $ 11.00  
12/20/15
     
  Former Chief Financial Officer
    1,000 (3)    $ 10.25  
12/30/15
     
James McKeighan
     4,500 (3)    $11.00     8/20/12      
  Former President & COO
     3,000 (3)    $10.25     8/20/12      
 
(1)
The columns disclosing “number of securities underlying unexercised options - non-exercisable,” “equity incentive plan awards - number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options,” and all columns under "Stock Awards" have been omitted from the table because no officer earned any compensation during 2009 of a type required to be disclosed in those columns.
 
(2)
Represents immediately exercisable warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Bank granted to Mr. Sidhu in connection with an agreement between the Bank and Mr. Sidhu relating to the 2009 private offering.
 
(3)
Represents fully vested stock options granted under the Bank’s 2004 Plan.  For a summary of the 2004 Plan, see “Equity Compensation Grants to Management” beginning on page  77 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
(4)
Repriced to $3.76 in April 2010 in connection with an anti-dilution adjustment.  See "WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL STOCK" beginning on page  60 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Stock Option Grants in Connection with the Private Offering
 
One of the reasons the Bank wants to complete the Holding Company reorganization submitted for approval as Proposal 5 is to meet its obligation to form a holding company in connection with a 2009 offering of Common Stock to accredited investors.  For more information on the pending offering, see, “BACKGROUND OF THE REORGANIZATION - Background and Reasons for the Transaction – Private Offerings,” on page  40 of this prospectus-proxy statement.  In connection with that offering, the Bank granted 10-year nonqualified stock options to members of our senior management team for shares equal to 15% of the offered shares.  Of these, 10% was granted to Jay Sidhu, 4.7% was granted to other executive officers, and 0.3% was granted to directors.  As long as the individuals to whom these options are granted remain an employee or director of the Bank, as the case may be, the options will vest 5 years from the date of grant, subject to earlier vesting upon a change in control of the Bank or a termination without cause of the executive’s employment, or, in Mr. Sidhu’s case, upon his resignation for “Good Reason” in accordance with the provisions of his employment agreement.  Vesting of each award is also be contingent upon achievement, at any time during the option life, of a performance goal that the market price of the Bank’s Common Stock appreciate by 50%.  
 
Equity Compensation Grants to Management
 
During 2004, the stockholders of the Bank approved the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”), the purpose of which is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Bank by linking the personal interests of the members of the board of directors and the Bank’s employees, officers and executives to those of the Bank’s stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to stockholders of the Bank. The 2004 Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of members of the board of directors, employees, officers and executives of the Bank.  Stock options granted normally vest over three years.
 
 
77

 
 
The 2004 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  It provides for the grant of options, some or all of which may be structured to qualify as incentive stock options if granted to employees, and for the grant of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and unrestricted stock up to a total of 200,000 shares of Common Stock.  
 
The Compensation Committee recently approved equity compensation awards to certain named executive officers and members of senior management under each of the Management Stock Purchase Plan and Stock Option Plan described in Proposals 2 and 3, beginning on pages  28 and  32 of this prospectus-proxy statement, respectively.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE (1)
 
The Bank has compensated its directors for their services and expects to continue this practice.  Information relating to the compensation of the Bank’s directors during 2009 is set forth below.
 
Name & Principal
Position
 
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
 
Option Awards
 
All Other
Compensation
Bhanu Choudhrie
 
$3,000
 
--
   
Kenneth B. Mumma, J.D.
 
$3,000
 
--
 
$67,500(4)
Daniel K. Rothermel, J.D.
 
$1,500
 
--
   
John J. Sickler, CPA
 
$6,000
 
$11,727 (3)
 
$80,000(2)
T. Lawrence Way, CPA J.D.
 
$6,000
 
--
   
Steven J. Zuckerman
 
$1,500
 
--
   

(1)
The columns disclosing stock awards, non-qualified deferred compensation earnings and non-equity incentive plan compensation have been omitted from the table because no director earned any compensation during 2009 of a type required to be disclosed in those columns. For aggregate numbers of stock awards and option awards outstanding at December 31, 2009, see the table titled, “Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year End Table - Named Executive Officers” on page  77 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
(2)
During 2009, Mr. Sickler received $30,000 in connection with Mr. Sickler’s services as interim Chairman of the Board from January 2009 to June 2009, and $50,000 of which was paid in connection with the 2009 private offering.
 
(3)
Represents the grant date fair value, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of 9,091 immediately exercisable warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Bank at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Mr. Sickler received these warrants in connection with the 2009 private offering .
 
(4)
Represents fees paid to Mr. Mumma under a consulting agreement put in place upon his retirement as Chief Executive Officer in June 2009.  See information provided in the Summary Compensation Table above for other compensation earned by Mr. Mumma as chief executive officer during 2009.
 
In 2009, each director received $500 for every meeting of the board of directors he attended.  No fees were paid in connection with committee meetings. In early 2010, the board approved a revision to our director compensation policy.  Under the new policy, each director will be entitled to $500 in cash for each month he serves as a director, and an award of Common Stock equal to $500, calculated based on the book value of such shares on the date of grant, or, in the event the stock issued is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing trading price as reported by such exchange on the date of grant.  In the event an individual ceases to be a member of the board of directors other than on the last day of a given month, the individual will be entitled to his monthly director fee only if he has attended a meeting of the board of directors in that month.
 
78

 
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
We provide health, vision and dental insurance to our named executive officers on terms similar to those we provide to other employees generally.  We also provide car allowances to each of Messrs. Ehst and Brugger, and in 2009, we purchased a company car to be used by Mr. Sidhu.  In accordance with his employment agreement, we currently pay premiums on a life insurance policy for Mr. Sidhu.  See “Insurance” on page  79 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
401 (k) Retirement Savings and Profit Sharing Plan
 
The Bank has a 401(k) profit sharing plan whereby eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their salary to such plan.  The Bank provides a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of the contribution made by the employee.  Employer contributions for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were approximately $56 thousand and $60 thousand respectively.
 
Insurance
 
All eligible full-time employees of the Bank are covered as a group by basic hospitalization, major medical, long-term disability, term life and a prescription drug plan.  The Bank pays the total cost of the plan for employees with the exception of the major medical and the prescription drug plan, in which there are cost sharing and co-payments required by the employees.
 
The Bank anticipates that it will procure a term life insurance policy pursuant to which, in the event of Mr. Sidhu’s death prior to the full funding of the supplemental executive retirement plan described below, his designated beneficiary will receive benefits in the amount of $2,000,000.
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
In connection with Mr. Sidhu’s employment agreement, the Bank has agreed to establish a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for Mr. Sidhu.  The SERP has not yet been finalized, however, it will be designed to provide Mr. Sidhu with an opportunity to receive supplemental retirement payments of $200,000 per year for 15 years commencing at age 65.
 
 
79

 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
The following table sets forth information as of April 20, 2010 , with respect to the beneficial ownership of each director, each beneficial owner known to us of more than five percent (5%) of our outstanding voting common stock, executive officers and all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner(4)
 
Voting
Common Stock
   
Exercisable Stock Options or Warrants to Purchase Voting Common Stock (9)
   
Percent of Class of Voting Common Stock (2)
   
Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock
   
Exercisable Stock Options or Warrants to Purchase
Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock (10)
   
Percent of Class of Class B
Non-Voting Common Stock (2)
 
Bhanu Choudhrie
    1,495,000       90,412 (6)    9.89%        286,207       - (6)   6.50%  
Kenneth B. Mumma
    550,241       12,250      3.53%        -       -      0.00%  
Daniel K. Rothermel
    52,362       -      0.33%        -       -      0.00%  
John J. Sickler
    58,757 (7)     14,091 (8)    0.46%        -       -      0.00%  
T. Lawrence Way
    134,437       6,767      0.89%        -       -      0.00%  
Steven J. Zuckerman
    554,079       17,299      3.58%        -       -      0.00%  
Jay S. Sidhu
    265,959       776,654 (3)    6.24%       -       -      0.00%  
Richard A. Ehst
 
-
      -      0.00%       -       -      0.00%  
Thomas Brugger
 
-
      -      0.00%       -       -      0.00%  
Robert Philips
    3,636       4,000 (11)    0.05%       -       -      0.00%  
James McKeighan
1322 Kulp Rd.
Pottstown, PA 19465
    2,708       7,500      0.06%       -       -      0.00%  
All directors and executive officers as a group
 
3,117,179
      928,973               286,207       -          
Amberland Properties Limited
54/58 Athold Street
Douglas, Isle of Man UK
    1,495,000       90,412        9.89%        286,207        -        6.50%  
Anand V. Khubani
7 Adams Way
Towaco, NJ  07082
    797,874       27,677        5.17%       -       -        0.00%  
Rodella Assets Inc.
50 Raffles Place
Singapore
    1,495,000       90,412        9.89%        286,207        -        6.50%  
Commerce Street Financial Partners, LP
1700 Pacific Ave
Dallas, TX 75210
    1,515,000       66,792        9.88%        230,512        -        5.23%  
Firefly Value Partners, LP
551 Fifth Ave, 36th Floor
New York, NY 10176
    780,000       -       4.89%       1,001,800       89,091       24.27%  
Marble Arch Partners
645 Madison Ave
New York, NY 10022
    780,000       -       4.89%       1,001,799       89,091        24.27%  
Scoggin Capital Management (12)
660 Madison Ave, 20th Floor
New York, NY 10065
    735,000       48,104        4.90%       1,189,202       48,104        27.78%  
Brown Finance Group, SA
c/o JD-Infinum Fiduciare SA
3-5 Rue Du Conseil-General
1211 Geneva 11, Switzerland
    780,000       -        4.89%       124,256       -        2.82%  
 
(1)
Based on information furnished by the respective individual and the share records of the Bank.  Shares are deemed to be beneficially owned by a person if he or she directly or indirectly has or shares the power to vote or dispose of the shares, whether or not he or she has any economic interest in the shares.  Unless otherwise indicated, the named beneficial owner has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares.
 
(2)
Beneficial ownership for each listed person as of April 20, 2010 includes shares issuable pursuant to warrants to purchase stock or pursuant to options held by such person which are exercisable within 60 days after April 20, 2010.   Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities, which voting or investment power may be further described in the footnotes below.  Shares subject to warrants or options exercisable within 60 days of April 20, 2010 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage of the person or group holding such option or warrants, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage of any other person or group.  The amounts listed in this column do not include shares purchasable pursuant to anti-dilution agreements.
 
(3)
Represents warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Bank granted to Mr. Sidhu pursuant to his employment agreement with the Bank, whereby Mr. Sidhu is entitled to the grant of warrants representing 10% of all equity issuances by the Bank, subject to certain conditions.  See “Officer Employment Agreements” on page  76 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
(4)
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania  19430.
 
80

 
(5)
Includes 405,449 shares of Common Stock held jointly with Mr. Mumma's wife.  Mr. Mumma has pledged 408,531 shares as security for an outstanding loan with a financial institution.
 
(6)
Mr. Choudhrie has an indirect beneficial ownership interest in these securities through his company, Lewisburg Capital Limited.
 
(7) 
Includes 48,757 shares of Common Stock held jointly with Mr. Sickler’s wife.
 
(8) 
Includes 5,000 warrants to purchase Common Stock held jointly with Mr. Sickler’s wife.
 
(9)
Except as otherwise indicated by footnote, amounts in this column represent warrants issued in connection with such individual’s purchase of Common Stock in the Bank’s 2009 private offering. See “THE REORGANIZATION – Private Offerings” beginning on page  40 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
(10)
Except as otherwise indicated by footnote, amounts in this column represent warrants issued in connection with such individual’s purchase of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock in the Bank’s 2010 private offering.  See “THE REORGANIZATION – Private Offerings” beginning on page  40 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
(11)
Represents options issued to Mr. Philips under the 2004 Plan.  See “Equity Compensation Grants to Management” beginning on page  77 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
(12)
Shares in this row are directly held by Scoggin Capital Management II LLC, Scoggin International Ltd., and Game Boy Partners LLC, each related to Scoggin Capital Management.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES
 
The Bank makes loans to executive officers and directors of the Bank in the ordinary course of its business.  These loans are currently made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time the transaction is originated for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated persons, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present any other unfavorable features.  Federal regulations prohibit the Bank from making loans to executive officers and directors of the Holding Company or the Bank at terms more favorable than could be obtained by persons not affiliated with the Holding Company or the Bank.  The Bank’s policy towards loans to executive officers and directors currently complies with this limitation.
 
Some current directors, nominees for director and executive officers of the Bank and entities or organizations in which they were executive officers or the equivalent or owners of more than 10% of the equity were customers of and had transactions with or involving the Bank in the ordinary course of business during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.  None of these transactions involved amounts in excess of 5% of the Bank’s consolidated gross revenues during 2009 or $200,000, nor was the Bank indebted to any of the foregoing persons or entities in an aggregate amount in excess of 5% of the Bank’s total consolidated assets at December 31, 2009.  Additional transactions with such persons and entities may be expected to take place in the ordinary course of business in the future.
 
On June 17, 2009, the Bank entered into a Consulting Agreement with Kenneth B.  Mumma, its former Chairman and CEO, pursuant to which the Bank agreed to engage Mr. Mumma as a consultant until December 31, 2011.  During the period of his engagement, Mr. Mumma has agreed to provide from 20 to 40 hours of consulting services per month, for a consulting fee of $13,500 per month plus reimbursement of expenses incurred by him in performing the services.  The agreement also provides non-compete covenants for a period ending one year after the term of the consulting agreement.  During 2009, the Bank paid an aggregate of $67,500 in consulting fees to Mr. Mumma under the agreement.
 
 
81

 
Certain of the Bank’s executive officers and directors purchased securities in private offerings of the Bank’s securities during 2008, 2009 and 2010.  The below chart indicates the number and types of securities purchased as well as dollar value paid for such securities as of the date of purchase.  In early 2010, all shares of Common Stock and warrants underlying such shares that are listed in this table and accompanying footnotes became subject to anti-dilution adjustments.  See “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS” beginning on page  61 of this prospectus-proxy statement for more information regarding the anti-dilution adjustments, and “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT” beginning on page  80 of this prospectus-proxy statement for the current security ownership of each of the below-listed individuals.

Name
 
Number and Type of Securities
 
Aggregate
Purchase Price
 
Jay Sidhu, Chairman and CEO
 
181,819 shares of Common Stock
  $ 1,000,000  
             
Bhanu Choudhrie, Director (1)
 
664,895 shares of Common Stock (2)
  $ 2,500,000  
    1,116,312 shares of Common Stock (3)   $ 4,777,815  
             
Lawrence Way, Director
 
6,600 shares of Common Stock (4)
  $ 36,300  
    25 shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock (8)   $ 250,000  
             
Steven Zuckerman, Director
 
227,273 shares of Common Stock (5)
  $ 1,250,000  
    194,704 shares of Common Stock   $ 833,333  
             
John Sickler, Director (6)
 
35,050 shares of Common Stock
  $ 150,014  
    20 shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock (8)   $ 200,000  
             
Daniel Rothermel, Director
 
46,000 shares of Common Stock
  $ 196,880  
             
Kenneth Mumma, Director (7)
 
25 shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock (8)
  $ 250,000  
             
Robert Philips, named executive officer
 
2 shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock (8)
  $ 20,000  
 
(1)
Mr. Choudhrie has an indirect beneficial ownership interest in these securities as they were purchased through his company, Lewisburg Capital Limited.

(2)
In connection with this purchase, Lewisburg Capital Limited also received immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 23,651 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Such warrants expire on June 30, 2016.

(3)
In connection with this purchase, Lewisburg Capital Limited also received immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 49,034 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.28 per share. Such warrants expire on February 17, 2017.

(4)
In connection with this purchase, Mr. Way also received immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 353 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Such warrants expire on June 30, 2016.

(5)
In connection with this purchase, Mr. Zuckerman also received immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 11,826 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share. Such warrants expire on June 30, 2016.

(6)
Mr. Sickler purchased such shares jointly with his wife.

(7)
Mr. Mumma purchased such shares jointly with his wife.

(8)
In June 2009, all outstanding shares of 10% Series A Preferred Stock were redeemed for shares of Common Stock of the Bank and warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Bank.
 
 
 
82

 
 
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
Below is a chart that provides information relating to all unregistered offers of securities by the Bank in the past three fiscal years.  The number of securities referenced are as of the date of issuance in the applicable offering.  The securities in such offerings were offered and sold in reliance on an exemption under 3(a)(5) of the Securities Act for securities issued by a bank.
 
OFFERING
TYPES AND NUMBERS OF SECURITIES SOLD
AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE PAID OR OTHER CONSIDERATION GIVEN FOR SECURITIES
DATE OF COMPLETION OF OFFERING
TYPES OF INVESTORS
2010 March Private Offer
988,696 shares of Common Stock
 
962,102 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
 
48,105 warrants to purchase Common Stock
 
48,105 warrants to purchase Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
 
$7,335,003
March 29, 2010
Institutional and Accredited Investors
2010 February Private Offer
234,240 shares of Common Stock
 
178,182 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
 
205,779 warrants to purchase Common Stock
 
156,532 warrants to purchase Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
 
$43,134,433
February 17, 2010
Institutional and Accredited Investors
2009 Private Offer
999,559 shares of Common Stock
 
683,330 warrants to purchase Common Stock
 
$17,106,300
July 31, 2009
Institutional and Accredited Investors
2008 Private Offer
98 shares of 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (1)
 
$980,000
December 18, 2008
Accredited Investors
2007 Debt Offer
Series 2007 7.50% Mandatorily Convertible Subordinated Debenture (2)
 
$1,000,000
December 31, 2007
Institutional Investor
 
(1) 
In conjunction with the Bank’s 2009 private offering, all shares of 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock issued in this offering were exchanged for 178,164 shares of Common Stock of the Bank at an average per share price of $5.50 per share, and 24,500 warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Bank at an exercise price of $5.50 per share.
 
(2)
All convertible subordinated debentures issued in this offering were converted to 213,219 shares Common Stock of the Bank at an average share price of $4.69 due to turnover on the Bank’s board of directors triggering a change in control provision in the related Indenture.
 
 
NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK
 
If the reorganization is approved by the shareholders of the Bank and the Bank receives all necessary regulatory approvals, the Holding Company will incorporate a new bank, called New Century Interim Bank, as a wholly-owned merger subsidiary of the Holding Company.  Prior to completion of the reorganization, the new bank will not conduct any banking business or any other business.  Prior to completion of the reorganization, it will have no employees, no liabilities, no operations, and no assets except for a nominal capital contribution required by law, which is discussed below.  It will be a “shell” corporation, and will be incorporated for the sole purpose of assisting in the reorganization.
 
The Holding Company will capitalize the new bank with $155,000 that the Holding Company will borrow from a correspondent bank, and it will have corporate officers and directors for its temporary existence.  In the reorganization as currently structured, the Bank will merge into this merger subsidiary, which will then be renamed, “New Century Bank,” and will operate under articles of incorporation and bylaws that are identical to the present articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Bank.  Once the reorganization is completed, the resulting institution will continue the business and franchise of the Bank under the name “Customers 1st Bank” and will succeed to all of the Bank’s assets and liabilities.  Upon completion of the reorganization, the resulting institution will have the same employees as the Bank and will succeed to the entire capital of the Bank.  After completion of the reorganization, the resulting institution will pay a special dividend to the Holding Company in order for the Holding Company to pay off the loan from the correspondent bank.
 
 
83

 
 
MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
 
Trading Market for Common Stock
 
There is no established public trading market for the Holding Company’s Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.  Neither the Holding Company’s Common Stock nor its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock is actively traded nor listed for trading on any securities exchange.  The Holding Company does not anticipate that the shares being registered in this prospectus–proxy statement will be listed on any stock exchange or quoted on any electronic bulletin board or system. Furthermore, there are no brokerage firms that act as a market maker in the Holding Company’s Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock. Consequently, information on current stock trading prices is not readily available. The Bank currently acts as the Holding Company’s transfer agent, but it does not make a market in the Holding Company’s Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, nor does it attempt to negotiate prices for trades of such stock. An active trading market in the Holding Company’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock may not develop within the foreseeable future. Therefore, while the shares registered in this prospectus-proxy statement will not be subject to any restrictions on transfer (except with respect to affiliates as more completely described in “Securities Law Consequences; Resale Restrictions for Certain Persons” on page  42 of this prospectus-proxy statement), no assurance can be given that a holder will otherwise be able to dispose of his or her shares.
 
Market Price of Common Stock
 
As of April 16, 2010, which is the date immediately prior to public announcement of the proposed reorganization, there were 321 shareholders of record, 15,943,415 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock and 1,541,783 outstanding warrants and options to purchase Common Stock of the Bank.  Since the share exchange ratio in the proposed reorganization is one share of the Holding Company’s Common Stock for every three shares of outstanding Bank Common Stock, the share ownership of all beneficial owners, as well as directors and officers, will be reduced to one-third of their current ownership, less any fractional shares for which cash will be received, upon the closing of the transaction.
 
The below chart shows the high and low sale prices known by management to have occurred, or bid quotations on  the Pink Sheets, of the Bank for the periods indicated.
 
Quarter ended
High (1)
Low (1)
     
December 31, 2009
$5.25
$4.00
September 30, 2009
$5.00
$5.00
June 30, 2009
$3.55
$3.50
March 31, 2009
$4.00
$2.00
     
December 31, 2008
$4.00
$4.00
September 30, 2008
$6.00
$3.00
June 30, 2008
$7.10
$5.10
March 31, 2008
--(2)
--(2)
 
(1) 
These ranges are limited only to those transactions known by management to have occurred, based primarily on individual trades of which management may have become aware, or quotations on the Pink Sheets.  There may, in fact, have been additional transactions of which management is unaware, and such transactions could have occurred at higher or lower prices.
 
(2) 
We do not know of any trades that occurred during this period.
 
 
 
84

 
 
Dividends on Common Stock
 
Effective December 15, 1999, the Bank’s board of directors declared a 25% stock split effected in the nature of a stock dividend. The Bank has not paid any cash dividends on the Bank’s shares. Presently, the Bank is not authorized to pay cash dividends on its shares.  The Holding Company’s ability to pay dividends is restricted by banking laws and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Holding Company.
 
Dividend payments made by the Bank to its shareholders are subject to the Pennsylvania Banking Code, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.
 
The Pennsylvania Banking Code provides that cash dividends may be declared and paid only out of accumulated net earnings and that, prior to the declaration of any dividend, if the surplus of a bank is less than the amount of its capital, the bank shall, until surplus is equal to such amount, transfer to surplus an amount which is at least ten percent of the net earnings of such bank for the period since the end of the last fiscal year or for any shorter period since the declaration of a dividend. If the surplus of a bank is less than fifty percent of the amount of capital, no dividend may be declared or paid without the prior approval of the Pennsylvania Banking Department until such surplus is equal to fifty percent of such bank’s capital.
 
Under the Federal Reserve Act, if losses have at any time been sustained by a bank equal to or in excess of its undivided profits then on hand, no dividend shall be made; no dividends shall ever be made in an amount greater than a bank’s net profit less losses and bad debts. Cash dividends must be approved by the Federal Reserve Board if the total of all cash dividends declared by a bank in any calendar year, including the proposed cash dividend, exceeds the total of such bank’s net profits for that year plus its retained net profits from the preceding two years less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of preferred stock, if any. The Federal Reserve Board and the Pennsylvania Banking Department each has the authority under the Federal Reserve Act to prohibit the payment of cash dividends by a bank when it determines such payment to be an “unsafe or unsound banking practice” under the then existing circumstances.
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act generally prohibits all payments of dividends by any bank that is in default of any assessment of the FDIC.
 
The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have formal and informal policies, which provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings, with some exceptions. The Federal banking laws further limit the ability of banks to pay dividends if they are not classified as well capitalized or adequately capitalized.
 
The Bank does not have any accumulated net earnings, and so, under the foregoing restrictions, the Bank is not presently permitted to pay dividends.
 
Further, under a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) among the Federal Reserve Board, the Pennsylvania Banking Department and the Bank, the Bank may not declare or pay any dividends that would cause its capital ratios to fall below the higher of the minimum levels for a “well capitalized” classification under Prompt Corrective Action standards pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or the internal ratios set in the Bank’s capital plan without the prior written approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking.
 
Dividend Policy
 
The Holding Company intends to follow a policy of retaining earnings, if any, to increase its net worth and reserves over the next few years. As discussed above, the Bank has not historically declared or paid dividends on its Common Stock and it does not expect to do so in the near future. Any future determination relating to the Bank’s dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the Bank’s board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including the Bank’s earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, the Bank’s ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to Common Stock, and other factors deemed relevant by the Bank’s board of directors.  Since the Holding Company will be the sole shareholder of the Bank upon the closing of the reorganization, and will derive substantially all of its income from the Bank, the Holding Company’s ability to declare dividends will be restricted both by the Bank’s ability to declare dividends, and by Federal Reserve Board and Pennsylvania Department of Banking regulations applicable to bank holding companies.
 
 
85

 
 

NEW CENTURY BANK - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected financial data is derived from the Bank’s audited financial statements as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2009.  The following financial data should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.
 
Financial Highlights
Dollar amounts in thousands except per share data
   
Twelve months ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
For The Year
                           
Interest income
  $ 13,486     $ 15,502     $ 17,659     $ 13,917     $ 9,471  
Interest expense
    6,336       8,138       10,593       7,461       3,980  
Net interest income
    7,150       7,364       7,066       6,456       5,491  
Provision for loan losses
    11,778       611       444       416       282  
Total other income (loss)
    1,043       (350 )     356       479       385  
Total other expense
    9,650       7,654       6,908       5,588       4,649  
(Loss) income before taxes
    (13,235 )     (1,251 )     70       931       945  
Income tax expense (benefit)
          (426 )     (160 )     275       33  
Net (loss) income
  $ (13,235 )   $ (825 )   $ 230     $ 656     $ 912  
Basic (loss) earnings per share
  $ (3.66 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.33     $ 0.57  
Diluted (loss) earnings per share
  $ (3.66 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.11     $ 0.32     $ 0.57  
At Year End
                                       
Total assets
  $ 349,760     $ 274,038     $ 272,004     $ 234,407     $ 182,623  
Net loans
    220,266       220,876       212,109       176,147       138,100  
Allowance for loan losses
    10,032       2,876       2,460       2,029       1,615  
Deposits
    313,927       237,842       220,345       182,433       144,601  
Stockholders' equity
    21,503       16,849       16,830       16,239       15,503  
Tangible common equity
    21,503       15,869       16,830       16,239       15,503  
Selected Ratios & Share Data
                                       
Return on average assets
    (4.69 %)     (0.30 %)     0.09 %     0.31 %     0.56 %
Return on average equity
    (65.35 %)     (4.98 %)     1.40 %     4.17 %     7.67 %
Book value per share
  $ 3.89     $ 7.85     $ 8.33     $ 8.18     $ 7.81  
Tangible book value per share
  $ 3.89     $ 7.85     $ 8.33     $ 8.18     $ 7.81  
Common shares outstanding
    5,522,706       2,021,078       2,021,078       1,984,370       1,984,370  
Net interest margin
    2.62 %     2.82 %     2.71 %     2.85 %     3.42 %
Equity to assets
    6.14 %     6.15 %     6.19 %     6.93 %     8.49 %
Non-performing loans
  $ 19,150     $ 7,175     $ 4,204     $ 487     $ 618  
Non-performing loans to total loans
    8.32 %     3.21 %     1.96 %     0.27 %     0.44 %
Non-performing assets
  $ 20,305     $ 8,694     $ 4,204     $ 487     $ 1,159  
Non-performing assets to total assets
    5.81 %     3.17 %     1.55 %     0.21 %     0.63 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    4.36 %     1.29 %     1.15 %     1.14 %     1.16 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
    52.38 %     40.08 %     58.52 %     416.63 %     261.33 %
Net charge offs
  $ 4,622     $ 195     $ 13     $ 2     $ 43  
Net charge offs to average loans
    2.05 %     0.09 %     0.01 %     0.00 %     0.03 %
Tangible common value to tangible assets
    6.72 %     6.15 %     6.19 %     6.93 %     8.49 %
Tier 1 leverage ratio
    6.68 %     6.21 %     6.22 %     7.20 %     8.92 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    9.76 %     7.87 %     8.03 %     9.92 %     11.89 %
Total risk-based capital ratio
    11.77 %     10.50 %     10.62 %     12.36 %     14.61 %
 
 
86

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
New Century Bank has adopted various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and that are consistent with general practices within the banking industry in the preparation of its financial statements.  The Bank’s significant accounting policies are described in footnote 2 to its audited financial statements.
 
Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by the Bank that have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities.  We consider these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies.  The judgment and assumptions we use are based on historical experience and other factors, which we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Because of the nature of the judgments and assumptions management makes, actual results could differ from these judgments and estimates, which could have a material impact on the carrying values of its assets and liabilities and its results of operations.
 
The following is a summary of the policies New Century recognizes as involving critical accounting estimates:  Allowance for Loan Losses, Stock-Based Compensation, Unrealized Gains and Losses on Available for Sale Securities and Deferred Income Taxes.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses.   New Century Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level management believes is sufficient to absorb estimated probable credit losses.  Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors.  However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates by management.  Consideration is given to a variety of factors in establishing these estimates including historical losses, current and anticipated economic conditions, diversification of the loan portfolio, delinquency statistics, results of internal loan reviews, borrowers’ perceived financial and management strengths, the adequacy of underlying collateral, the dependence on collateral, or the strength of the present value of future cash flows and other relevant factors.  These factors may be susceptible to significant change.  To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses may be required which may adversely affect the Bank’s results of operations in the future.
 
Stock-Based Compensation.   New Century recognizes compensation expense for stock options in accordance with FASB ASC 718 – “Compensation - Stock Compensation” adopted on January 1, 2009 under the prospective application method of transition.  As a result, options granted prior to January 1, 2009 will generally not be subject to expense.  The Bank has not granted any options after January 1, 2009.  Any expense related to new options granted after January 1, 2009 will generally be measured based on the fair value of the option at the grant date, with compensation expense recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period.  New Century Bank will utilize the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option on the date of grant.  The Black-Scholes model takes into consideration the exercise price and expected life of the option, the current price of the underlying stock and its expected volatility, the expected dividends on the stock and the current risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the option.  The Bank’s estimate of the fair value of a stock option is based on expectations derived from historical experience and may not necessarily equate to its market value when fully vested.
 
Unrealized Gains and Losses on Securities Available for Sale.   We receive estimated fair values of debt securities from independent valuation services and brokers.  In developing these fair values, the valuation services and brokers use estimates of cash flows based on historical performance of similar instruments in similar rate environments.  Debt securities available for sale are mostly comprised of U.S. government agency securities.  The Bank uses various indicators in determining whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired, including for equity securities, if the market value is below its cost for an extended period of time with low expectation of recovery or, for debt securities, when it is probable that the contractual interest and principal will not be collected.  The debt securities are monitored for changes in credit ratings because adverse changes in credit ratings could indicate a change in the estimated cash flows of the underlying collateral or issuer.  The unrealized losses associated with securities that management does not intend to sell, and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell prior to maturity or market price recovery, are not considered to be other than temporary as of December 31, 2009, because the unrealized losses are related to changes in interest rates and do not affect the expected cash flows of the underlying collateral or issuer.
 
 
87

 
 
Deferred Income Taxes.   The Bank provides for deferred income taxes on the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences.  Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and net operating loss carry-forwards and their tax basis.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.
 
Overview
 
The following discussion and analysis presents the more significant factors affecting the Bank’s financial condition as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009.  This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s financial statements, notes thereto and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this report.
 
Taxable-equivalent adjustments are the result of increasing income from tax-free loans and investments by an amount equal to the taxes that would be paid if the income were fully taxable based on a 34% federal tax rate, thus making tax-exempt yields comparable to taxable asset yields.
 
Like most financial institutions, the Bank derives the majority of its income from interest it receives on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments.  The Bank’s primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is its deposits, on which the Bank pays interest.  Consequently, one of the key measures of the Bank’s success is its amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on its interest-earning assets and the expense on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.  Another key measure is the spread between the yield the Bank earns on these interest-earning assets and the rate it pays on its interest-bearing liabilities, which is called its net interest spread.
 
There are risks inherent in all loans, so the Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  The Bank maintains this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against its operating earnings.  We have included a detailed discussion of this process, as well as several tables describing its allowance for loan losses.
 
In addition to earning interest on its loans and investments, the Bank earns income through other sources, such as fees and other charges to its customers and bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”).  We describe the various components of this non-interest income, as well as its non-interest expense, in the following discussion.
 
In 2009, the external environment was very challenging as the economy struggled through a recession.  Many business customers in our market experienced a loss of revenues and there was an increase in bankruptcies.  Many overleveraged real estate customers were forced to take action to improve their cash flow due to high vacancy rates and a reduction in rents due to the reduced demand for space during the downturn.  Unemployment increased throughout the year as companies reduced expenses to manage through the challenging times.  These conditions produced stress in the asset quality of the loan portfolio primarily the commercial real estate portfolio.  There continues to be uncertainty in the external environment in 2010 and it likely that these challenging conditions will continue in the next few years.

The Bank began a new initiative in warehouse lending in 2009.  In this business, the Bank finances mortgage loans for mortgage companies from the time of the home purchase or refinancing of a mortgage loan through the sale of the loan into a the secondary market.  Most of the loans are FHA / VA loans or conforming loans which are sold through Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  The strategy is to stay focused on providing the financing in the lowest risk segments in this business.  Most of the revenue is derived from the interest income earned on the warehouse loan but the business also generates fee income and deposits.  The bank expects material growth in this business in 2010 and most of its loan growth will come from warehouse lending.  Given the unprecedented low level of interest rates, there is no guarantee that the demand and profitability in this type of lending will continue.  If interest rates rise, refinancing activity will most likely decline.  The decline in volumes could put pressure on spreads and fee income margins.

In the second half of 2009, the Bank introduced many new initiatives to increase the deposits of the Bank.  Sales management practices were introduced along with new marking and pricing strategies.  As a result of these changes, total deposits increased in the second half of the year by over 70% annualized with most of the growth coming from retail money market accounts and retail CDs.  A new relationship checking account was introduced during the year.  The new account features coupled with improved sales performance have caused a change in the trends.  Net checking account totals began to increase in the second half of the year after declining in previous years.  It is anticipated that this growth will continue for a period of time.  The Bank also plans to open four new branches in 2010.  It is anticipated that the combination of the changes in management along with the increase in branch locations will lead to a continued strong growth in deposits in 2010 and 2011.  It is possible that competition for deposits will increase in future periods.  It is also likely that interest rates will move higher.  If there is a material change in the external environment or management cannot successfully execute its plans, deposit growth may be more difficult than expected.
 
 
88

 
 
Results of Operations
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
The Bank experienced a net loss of $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a net loss of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  Net interest income was relatively stable at $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The increase in provision for loan losses of $11.2 million over that in 2008 was primarily due to the increase in non-performing loans and the deterioration of the economic conditions during 2009 as compared to 2008.  This is highlighted by a 307 basis point increase in our allowance for loan losses to loans ratio, to 4.36% at December 31, 2009 from 1.29% at December 31, 2008.  Non-interest income increased $1.4 million to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to a loss of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.  The increase of $2.0 million in non-interest expense to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 was due to an increase in the number of employees of the Bank in connection with the Bank’s growth strategy, expenses related to loan workout, increased charges for impaired loans, and increased premiums for FDIC insurance.  On a basic and diluted per share basis, the net loss was $3.66 per share for 2009 compared to a net loss of $0.41 per share for 2008.  The Bank’s return on average assets was -4.69% in 2009 compared to -0.30% in 2008.  The Bank’s return on average equity was -65.35% in 2009 compared to -4.98% in 2008.
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
The Bank reported a net loss of $0.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.  This represents a decrease of $1.1 million, when compared to $0.2 million net income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.  This decline was primarily attributable to $0.9 million in impairment charges on a corporate security and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) preferred stock, a loss of $0.4 million on the sale of a corporate security, and a $0.1 million impairment charge for other real estate owned.  There was a benefit for income taxes of $0.4 million, which was a $0.2 million increase from the benefit of $0.2 million in 2007.  On a basic and diluted per share basis, the net loss was $0.41 per share for 2008 compared to net income of $0.11 per share for 2007.  The Bank’s return on average assets was -0.30% in 2008 compared to 0.09% in 2007, reflecting the fact that the Bank reported a net loss in 2008.  The Bank’s return on average equity was -4.98% in 2008 compared to 1.40% in 2007.
 
NET INTEREST INCOME
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
Net interest income (the difference between the interest earned on loans, investments and interest-earning deposits with banks, and interest paid on deposits, borrowed funds and subordinated debt) is the primary source of the Bank’s earnings.  The following table summarizes the Bank’s net interest income and related spread and margin for the periods indicated:
 

 

                                                                     
 
89

 

   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Average balance
   
Interest income or expense
   
Average yield or cost
   
Average balance
   
Interest income or expense
   
Average yield or cost
   
Average balance
   
Interest income or expense
   
Average yield or cost
 
   
(dollars in thousands)
 
Interest earning assets
                                                     
Interest earning deposits
  $ 11,578     $ 6       0.05 %   $ 732     $ 11       1.50 %   $ 451     $ 37       8.20 %
Fed funds
    2,411       7       0.29 %     827       15       1.81 %     795       42       5.28 %
Investment securities, taxable
    27,375       1,107       4.04 %     26,101       1,349       5.17 %     32,833       1,713       5.22 %
Investment securities, non taxable
    4,507       191       4.24 %     9,990       413       4.13 %     10,083       410       4.07 %
Loans
    225,436       12,142       5.39 %     220,906       13,644       6.18 %     203,074       15,286       7.53 %
Restricted stock
    1,845       33       1.79 %     2,332       70       3.00 %     2,472       171       6.92 %
Total interest earning assets
  $ 273,152     $ 13,486       4.93 %   $ 260,888     $ 15,502       5.92 %   $ 249,708     $ 17,659       7.01 %
Interest-bearing liabilities
                                                                       
Interest checking a/cs
  $ 10,186     $ 89       0.87 %   $ 8,529     $ 152       1.78 %   $ 7,007     $ 167       2.38 %
Money market a/cs
    35,372       461       1.30 %     42,267       1,002       2.37 %     37,782       1,681       4.45 %
Other Savings a/cs
    11,218       98       0.87 %     10,458       186       1.78 %     12,391       310       2.50 %
CD's
    168,996       5,081       3.01 %     135,907       5,492       4.04 %     129,869       6,700       5.16 %
Total interest bearing deposits
    225,772       5,729       2.54 %     197,161       6,832       3.46 %     187,049       8,858       4.74 %
Other borrowings
    17,233       607       3.52 %     35,757       1,306       3.65 %     33,913       1,735       5.12 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    243,005       6,336       2.61 %     232,918       8,138       3.49 %     220,962       10,593       4.80 %
Non-interest-bearing deposits
    17,715                       21,741                       19,656                  
Total deposits & borrowings
  $ 260,720     $ 6,336       2.43 %   $ 254,659     $ 8,138       3.19 %   $ 240,618     $ 10,593       4.41 %
Net interest earnings
          $ 7,150                     $ 7,364                     $ 7,066          
Interest spread
                    2.50 %                     2.73 %                     2.60 %
Net interest margin
                    2.62 %                     2.82 %                     2.83 %
Net interest margin tax equivalent
                    2.62 %                     2.88 %                     2.90 %

 
 
90

 


 
Net interest income was $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $7.4 million for the same period of 2008, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 3%.  Interest income on loans, investments and interest earning deposits was $13.5 million in 2009 compared to $15.5 million in 2008, a decrease of $2.0 million or 13%.  Meanwhile, interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds was $6.3 million in 2009, down $1.8 million, or 22%, from $8.1 million in 2008.  The decrease in interest income and interest expense reflects the declining market interest rates in 2008.  Two benchmark rates, the prime rate and the Fed Funds rate, decreased 4.00% during 2008.  In addition to average interest rates decreasing in 2009 compared to 2008, the Bank experienced an increase in non-accrual loans which also decreased yields on loans.   Yield on assets decreased to 4.93% in 2009 from 5.92% in 2008 while the cost of funds decreased to 2.43% in 2009 from 3.19% in 2008.  Average interest earning assets increased to $273.2 million in 2009 from $260.9 million in 2008.
 
The key measure of the Bank’s net interest income is its net interest margin.  The Bank’s net interest margin decreased to 2.62% in 2009 from 2.82% in 2008.  This decrease was primarily attributable to lower yields on loans due to the downward re-pricing of variable rate commercial loans in a falling rate environment being somewhat offset by lower costs on time deposits and borrowings and to the mix of assets and liabilities.  Deposit costs are close to a floor as short-term market interest rates hovered around 0% throughout the year.  This flooring of deposit rates was a factor in the margin compression.  The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the major categories of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  Information is provided for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities with respect to (i) changes attributable to volume (i.e., changes in average balances multiplied by the prior-period average rate) and (ii) changes attributable to rate (i.e., changes in average rate multiplied by prior-period average balances).  For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate:
 
   
2009 vs. 2008
   
2008 vs. 2007
 
   
Increase (decrease) due to
change in
         
Increase (decrease) due to
change in
       
   
Rate
   
Volume
   
Total
   
Rate
   
Volume
   
Total
 
   
( dollars in thousands)
 
Interest income
                                   
Interest earning deposits
  $ (20 )   $ 15     $ (5 )   $ (41 )   $ 15     $ (26 )
Fed funds sold
    (20 )     12       (8 )     (29 )     2       (27 )
Investment securities, taxable
    (306 )     64       (242 )     (16 )     (348 )     (364 )
Investment securities, non taxable
    11       (233 )     (222 )     7       (4 )     3  
Loans
    (1,777 )     275       (1,502 )     (2,905 )     1,263       (1,642 )
Restricted stock
    (24 )     (13 )     (37 )     (92 )     (9 )     (101 )
Total interest income
    (2,136 )     120       (2,016 )     (3,076 )     919       (2,157 )
Interest-expense
                                               
Interest checking a/cs
    (88 )     25       (63 )     (47 )     32       (15 )
Money market a/cs
    (397 )     (144 )     (541 )     (860 )     181       (679 )
Other Savings a/cs
    (101 )     13       (88 )     (80 )     (44 )     (124 )
CD's
    (1,578 )     1,167       (411 )     (1,508 )     300       (1,208 )
Total interest bearing deposits
    (2,164 )     1,061       (1,103 )     (2,495 )     469       (2,026 )
 Other borrowings
    (45 )     (654 )     (699 )     (519 )     90       (429 )
Total interest expense
    (2,209 )     407       (1,802 )     (3,014 )     559       (2,455 )
Net interest income
  $ 73     $ (287 )   $ (214 )   $ (62 )   $ 360     $ 298  

 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
The Bank’s net interest income was $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $7.1 million for the prior year, an increase of $0.3 million, or 4%.  Interest income on loans, investments and interest earning deposits was $15.5 million in 2008 compared to $17.7 million in 2007, a decrease of $2.2 million or 12%.  Meanwhile, interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds was $8.1 million in 2008, down $2.5 million, or 23%, from $10.6 million in 2007.  The decrease in interest income and interest expense reflect the declining market interest rates in 2008.  Two benchmark rates, the prime rate and the Fed Funds rate, decreased 4.00% during 2008.  Yield on assets decreased to 5.92% in 2008 from 7.01% in 2007 while the cost of funds decreased to 3.19% in 2008 from 4.41% in 2007.  Average interest earning assets increased to $260.9 million in 2008 from $249.7 million in 2007.
 
 
91

 
 
The key measure of the Bank’s net interest income is its net interest margin.  The Bank’s net interest margin decreased to 2.82% in 2008 from 2.83% in 2007.  This decrease is primarily attributable to lower yields on loans being offset by lower costs on time deposits and borrowings and to the mix of assets and liabilities.
 
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
During December 31, 2009, the provision for loan losses was $11.8 million, up $11.2 million from $0.6 million in 2008.  This increase was primarily due to a significant increase in non-performing loans and charge-offs and the declining value of real estate in our market area, all of which were related to the significant economic downturn faced by the national and regional economies in 2009. 
 
As is typical with community banks, New Century Bank has a high concentration (85.2%) of its loans secured by real estate. Construction and Commercial real estate represent 45% of the loan portfolio (by collateral type), although exposure in construction loans has been gradually winding down over the past 1 ½  years and now represents 12% of the portfolio. It is in the construction and commercial real estate secured portion of the loan portfolio that we are experiencing the most difficulty with delinquent and non-accrual loans. Although we believe that we have identified and appropriately allocated reserves against the riskiest of our loans in construction and commercial real estate, the possibility of further deterioration before the real estate market turns presents the opportunity for increased allocations of the ALLL in that area in the future.

New Century Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of approximately 1,300 loans spread over approximately 900 relationships. The average size of loans tends to be larger because of the higher concentration of commercial vs. consumer loans. There are also several large relationships that represent a disproportionate percentage of the loan portfolio. This “chunkiness” in the portfolio can be seen in the disproportionate impact that large borrowers have on the delinquent and non-accrual loan figures. Although the delinquent and non-accrual loan percentages of the portfolio have risen over the past four quarters, a relatively limited number of borrowers are driving those numbers rather than a broad trend of delinquency across our borrowers as a whole.

Other than the concentrations already addressed in construction and commercial real estate, the Bank has no large exposures in other risky industries such as restaurants, home heating oil businesses or other industries that are typical viewed as high risk.

The majority of the Bank’s borrowers are small, local businesses and individuals with investments in residential or commercial real estate. The typical borrower provides self-prepared or accountant assisted financial statements and tax returns that are not audited and therefore are less reliable than information that would be obtained from more sophisticated borrowers. The cost of audited financial statements would be prohibitive for many of our small borrowers. The absence of objectively verified financial information is a challenge to all community banks and represents a layer of risk that must be considered in judging the adequacy of the ALLL.
 
The Bank believes that the allowance for loan losses is at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Net charge-offs were $4.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.  The following table presents coverage ratios for credit quality for the periods indicated:
 
   
December 31,
   
2009
   
2008
 
Non-accrual loans to total loans      4.49      1.96
Non-performing loans to total loans
    8.32 %     3.21 %
Non-performing assets to total assets
    5.81 %     3.17 %
Non-accrual loans and 90+ days delinquent to total assets
     4.13      2.18
Allowance for loan losses to:
               
Total loans
    4.36 %     1.29 %
Non-performing loans
    52.39 %     40.08 %
Non-performing assets
    49.41 %     33.08 %

The following table presents a summary of the Bank’s non-performing assets for the periods indicated:
 
   
December 31,
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(dollars in thousands)
 
Non-accrual loans
  $ 10,341     $ 4,387  
Loans 90+ days delinquent still accruing
    4,119       1,585  
Restructured loans
    4,690       1,203  
Non-performing loans
    19,150       7,175  
OREO
    1,155       1,519  
Non-performing assets
  $ 20,305     $ 8,694  
 
 
 
92


 
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
In 2008, the provision for loan losses, at $0.6 million, was up 38%, or $0.2 million, from $0.4 million in 2007.  This increase was primarily due to an increase in non-performing loans and increased charge-offs, each related to the deterioration of the economy.
 
See “Credit Risk” and “Asset Quality” beginning on pages  100 and 101 , respectively, of this prospectus-proxy statement for further information regarding the Bank’s provision for loan losses, allowance for loan losses and net charge-offs generally, and additional discussion of the Bank’s non-performing loans.
 
NON -INTEREST INCOME
 
The below chart shows the Bank’s results in the various components of non-interest income for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(dollars in thousands)
 
Service fees
  $ 528     $ 637     $ 526  
Bank owned life insurance
    229       218       156  
Gain (loss) on sale of securities
    236       (361 )      
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets
    (31 )            
Impairment charge on securities
    (15 )     (940 )     (394 )
Other
    96       96       68  
Total other income (loss)
  $ 1,043     $ (350 )   $ 356  

 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
In 2009, non-interest income was $1.0 million, up $1.4 million from a $0.4 million loss in 2008.  This change is largely due to a net gain of $0.2 million on the sale of securities in 2009, compared to a net loss of $0.4 million on the sale of securities in 2008, as well as a decrease in the impairment charge on securities from $0.9 million in 2008 to $0.015 million in 2009.  
 
Service fees represent the largest component of non-interest income, and were $0.5 million in 2009, down from $0.6 million in 2008, primarily due to a change in accounting for loan fees.  The Bank is now using cash basis instead of accrual basis accounting for late fees for loans.  Given the inherent uncertainty in the collectability of certain late fees for commercial loans, the Bank decided to record these fees when collected.  This change does not materially impact financial statement amounts as of December 31, 2009.
 
The Bank purchased $4.4 million of BOLI in 2007.  Income from this was steady for 2009 and 2008 at $0.2 million.
 
The Bank sold investments in 2009 for a gain of $0.2 million, compared to a loss of $0.4 million in 2008.  The gain in 2009 was primarily due to the sale of municipal and mortgage backed securities.
 
The Bank had losses of $0.03 million on the sale of other real estate owned in 2009 and none in 2008.  There was a $0.015 million impairment charge on securities in 2009 compared to $0.9 million in 2008.    The significant difference in the impairment charge on securities in 2009 over 2008 was primarily due to the $0.9 million impairment charge the Bank had in 2008 on a corporate bond and Freddie Mac preferred stock.  Management believes the loss on this security was other-than-temporary due to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and the U.S. government take-over of Freddie Mac.  
 
Other non-interest income remained stable for 2009 and 2008 at $0.1 million.
 
 
93

 
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
In 2008, non-interest loss was $0.4 million, down $0.7 million from $0.4 million of income in 2007.  Excluding the $0.6 million increase in impairment charges on securities and other real estate owned and the $0.4 million loss on sale of securities, non-interest income was $1.0 million, up 27%, or $0.2 million, from $0.8 million in 2007.
 
Service fees represent the largest component of non-interest income, and were $0.6 million in 2008, up $0.1 million, or 21%, from $0.5 million in 2007.  This increase was primarily due to larger volume of checking accounts and their related fees.
 
The Bank purchased $4.4 million in BOLI in March 2007.  Income from this was steady for 2008 and 2007 at $0.2 million.
 
The Bank had an impairment charge of $0.9 million on a corporate bond and Freddie Mac preferred stock in 2008.  Management believes the loss on this security was other-than-temporary due to the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and the U.S.  government take-over of Freddie Mac.  The Bank sold a corporate security for a $0.4 million loss.  The Bank had an impairment charge of $0.4 million on an asset-backed security in 2007.  Management believes the loss on this security was other-than-temporary due to the poor credit quality of the underlying collateral securing the asset and the expected losses associated with the sub-prime market in general.  There were no investment gains or losses in 2007.
 
Other non-interest income, was under $0.1 million in 2008 and 2007.
 
NON -INTEREST EXPENSE
 
The below chart shows the Bank’s results in the various components of non-interest expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(dollars in thousands)
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 4,267     $ 3,651     $ 3,450  
Occupancy
    1,261       1,280       1,213  
Technology, communication and bank operations
    1,000       901       829  
Advertising and promotion
    191       231       321  
Professional services
    736       402       271  
FDIC assessments, taxes, and regulatory fees
    892       445       328  
Impairment charge on foreclosed assets
    350       100        
Other real estate owned
    305       115       1  
Other
    648       529       495  
Total other expenses
  $ 9,650     $ 7,654     $ 6,908  
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
The 26% or $2.0 million increase in total non-interest expense, from $7.7 million in 2008 to $9.7 million in 2009, was largely due to an increase in FDIC assessments and legal fees incurred in 2009.
 
Salaries and employee benefits represent the largest component of non-interest expense, and were $4.3 million in 2009 compared to $3.7 million in 2008, an increase of 17% or $0.6 million.  This increase was primarily driven by staff increases in 2009 related to building an infrastructure for planned growth.
 
The Bank’s occupancy expense remained level at $1.3 million in both 2009 and 2008.
 
 
94

 
 
Technology, communications and bank operations expense was $1.0 million in 2009, an increase of $0.1 million or 11% over the $0.9 million in 2008.
 
The Bank’s advertising and promotion expense remained stable at $0.2 million in both 2009 and 2008.
 
Expenses related to professional services increased 83% or $0.3 million to $0.7 million from $0.4 million in 2008.  This increase was primarily attributable to legal expenses related to regulatory filings and loan workouts and consulting fees.
 
FDIC assessments, taxes and regulatory fees increased 100% or $0.5 million to $0.9 million in 2009 from $0.4 million in 2008.  This increase is attributable to the FDIC special assessment and increases in premiums.
 
Impairment charges on foreclosed assets increased $0.3 million to $0.4 million in 2009 from $0.1 million in 2008.  This increase is primarily attributable to deteriorating market values on real estate.
 
Other real estate owned expenses increased 165% or $0.2 million to $0.3 million in 2009 from $0.1 million in 2008.  This increase is attributable to an increase of expenses related to preparing properties for sale.
 
Other expenses increased 22% or $0.1 million to $0.6 million in 2009 from $0.5 million in 2008.  This increase was primarily attributable to increases in appraisal expenses in connection with loan workouts, director fees, and other miscellaneous expenses.
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
Total non-interest expense increased 11% or $0.7 million to $7.7 million in 2008.
 
Salaries and employee benefits represent the largest component of non-interest expenses, and were $3.7 million in 2008 compared to $3.5 million in 2007, an increase of 6% or $0.2 million.  This increase was primarily driven by a half year of salaries for the new corporate branch that opened in June 2008, which was partially offset by the elimination of some incentive pay in 2007.
 
The Bank’s occupancy expense increased 6% or $0.1 million to $1.3 million in 2008 from $1.2 million in 2007, primarily due to the added expense of a new corporate branch.
 
Technology, communications and bank operations expense increased 9%, or $0.1 million, to $0.9 million in 2008 from $0.8 million in 2007.  This increase was primarily attributable to increased transaction volume and the size of the Bank.
 
Advertising and promotion expense decreased 28%, or $0.1 million, to $0.2 million from $0.3 million in 2007, primarily due to higher expenditures in 2007 to attract deposits and loans.
 
Professional service fees increased to $0.4 million in 2008 from $0.3 million in 2007.  This increase is primarily attributable to higher loan work out expenses.
 
FDIC assessments, taxes, and regulatory fees increased to $0.4 million in 2008 from $0.3 million in 2007.  This increase is primarily attributable to higher FDIC insurance premiums.
 
There was a $100 thousand impairment charge on foreclosed assets in 2008 and none in 2007.  This impairment charge was primarily attributable to the deteriorating market values on real estate.
 
Other real estate owned expenses increased to $0.1 million in 2008 from none in 2007.
 
Other expenses remained level at $0.5 million in both 2008 and 2007.
 
 
 
95

 
INCOME TAXES
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
 
The Bank recognized no income tax benefit in 2009, compared to an income tax benefit of $0.4 million in 2008.  A portion of the Bank’s net losses in 2008 were carried back to prior years creating a tax benefit in 2008.  There was no additional income from prior years to create a tax benefit in 2009.
 
Twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
The Bank had an income tax benefit of $0.4 million for 2008 compared to an income tax benefit of $0.2 million in 2007.  The 2008 tax benefit was related to the net loss for the year.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
GENERAL
 
The Bank’s total assets were $349.8 million at December 31, 2009.  This represents a 28% increase from $274.0 million at December 31, 2008.  The main components of this change were an increase in cash and cash equivalents, loans, and securities volume.  The Bank’s total liabilities were $328.3 million at December 31, 2009, up 28% from $257.2 million at December 31, 2008.  The main component of this change was due to increased deposits, offset by a decrease in other borrowings.
 
The following table sets forth certain key consolidated balance sheet data:
 
   
                     December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
                   (dollars in thousands)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 68,807     $ 6,295  
Total investments
    44,588       32,503  
Total loans
    230,298       223,752  
Total assets
    349,760       274,038  
Earning assets
    339,522       332,976  
Total deposits
    313,927       237,842  
Total other borrowings
    13,000       18,000  
Total liabilities
    328,257       257,189  

 
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
 
Cash and due from banks consists mainly of vault cash and cash items in the process of collection.  These balances totaled $4.2 million at December 31, 2009.  This represents a $1.7 million increase from $2.5 million at December 31, 2008.  These balances vary from day to day, primarily due to variations in customers’ deposits with the Bank. 
 
INTEREST -EARNING DEPOSITS WITH BANKS
 
The Bank’s interest earning deposits consist mainly of deposits at the FHLB-P.  These deposits totaled $59.0 million at December 31, 2009, which was a $57.5 million increase from $1.5 million at December 31, 2008.  This balance varies from day to day, depending on several factors, such as variations in customers’ deposits with the Bank and the payment of checks drawn on customers’ accounts.  The growth of interest earning deposits is primarily attributable to growth of deposits and proceeds from capital offerings in 2009, offset somewhat by the Bank’s growth of assets.
 
 
96

 
 
FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD
 
Federal funds sold consist of overnight interbank lending through Atlantic Central Bankers Bank.  These funds totaled $5.7 million at December 31, 2009, representing an increase of $3.4 million from the $2.3 million at December 31, 2008.  This balance varies day-to-day, based upon the short-term fluctuations in the net cash position of the bank.
 
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
The Bank’s investment securities portfolio is an important source of interest income and liquidity.  It consists of U.S.  Treasury, government agency and mortgage-backed securities (guaranteed by an agency of the United States government and non-agency guaranteed), municipal securities, domestic corporate debt, and asset-backed securities.  In addition to generating revenue, the Bank maintains the investment portfolio to manage interest rate risk, provide liquidity, provide collateral for other borrowings and diversify the credit risk of earning assets.  The portfolio is structured to maximize net interest income, given changes in the economic environment, liquidity position and balance sheet mix.
 
Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase.  In accordance with ASC 320 “Investments—Debt and Equity Securities,” securities are classified as:  (a) securities held to maturity (“HTM”), which are classified as such based on management’s intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity; (b) trading account securities, which are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term; and (c) securities available for sale (“AFS”), which include those securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in pre-payment assumptions, the need to increase regulatory capital or other similar requirements.  The Bank does not necessarily intend to sell its AFS securities, but has classified them as AFS to provide flexibility to respond to liquidity needs.
 
At December 31, 2009, $44.6 million of the Bank’s investment securities were classified as AFS.  This represents an increase of 47% from $30.3 million at December 31, 2008.  The increase was largely due to  purchases of securities, offset somewhat by normal maturities, calls, principal repayments, and sales.  Unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, although excluded from the results of operations, are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of the related tax effect.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Bank held no investment securities that were classified as HTM.  This represents a 100% decrease from $2.2 million at December 31, 2008, due to normal principal repayments and the sale of HTM securities in the first quarter of 2009.  The Bank’s decision to sell all of its HTM securities related to concerns about the economy and the resulting impact on asset quality, to the opportunity to take advantage of significant gains that existed from the sale of the HTM securities in the first quarter of 2009, and to a desire to maintain regulatory capital ratios within the “Well Capitalized” status prior to the Bank’s capital raise in June 2009.  The Bank does not intend to purchase any HTM securities in the foreseeable future.
 
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank held no trading account securities.
 
The investment securities portfolio’s composition changes periodically as a result of restructuring transactions, taken primarily to manage liquidity, capital and interest rate risk.  The Bank had a concentration greater than 10% of shareholders' equity in Fannie Mae ($21.5 million), Ginnie Mae ($14.5 million) and Freddie Mac ($2.4 million) at the end of 2009. 
 
The following three tables set forth information regarding the stated maturity, average yield, and compositions, of our investment securities portfolio as of the dates indicated.  The first two tables do not include amortization or anticipated prepayments on mortgage-backed securities; callable securities are included at their stated maturity dates.
 
 
97

 
 
 
   
December 31, 2009
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
Fair Value
   
Weighted Average Yield
   
Fair Value
   
Weighted Average Yield
 
   
(in thousands)
   
(in thousands)
 
Due after one year through five years
  $ 452       4.65 %   $ 583       4.61 %
Due after five years through ten years
                2,228       6.14  
Due after ten years
    3,894       6.28       8,210       6.16  
      4,346       6.14       11,021       6.07  
Mortgage-backed securities
    39,403       3.91       17,063       4.83  
Asset-backed securities
    839       1.37       2,178       4.06  
Equity securities
                6        
    $ 44,588       4.04 %   $ 30,268       4.67 %
   
Fair Value
   
 
Weighted Average Yield
   
Fair Value
   
Weighted Average Yield
 
   
(in thousands)
           
(in thousands)
         
Mortgage-backed securities
          0.00 %   $ 2,382       4.62 %
    $       0.00 %   $ 2,382       4.62 %

 
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
   
(in thousands)
 
   
Composition of AFS Securities
   
Composition of  HTM Securities
 
U.S. Treasury and government agency
  $ 452     $ 1,086     $     $  
Mortgage-backed securities
    39,403       17,063             2,382  
Asset-backed securities
    839       2,178              
Municipal securities
    3,894       9,887              
Corporate bonds
          48              
Equity securities
          6              
    $ 44,588     $ 30,268     $     $ 2,382  

 
At December 31, 2009, the Bank held $3.9 million in securities that were impaired based on having a fair value lower than amortized cost for at least twelve consecutive months.  The Bank considers these securities to be temporarily impaired primarily due to interest rate changes and a lack of liquidity in the market.  The Bank does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the securities prior to maturity or market price recovery. Management believes that there is no other than temporary impairment of these securities as of December 31, 2009.  $12 million and $32 million of investment securities were pledged at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectfully.  Securities are pledged to the FHLB-P to be used as collateral for borrowing purposes and to the Federal Reserve for contingency liquidity planning purposes.
 
 
LOANS
 
Our existing lending relationships are primarily with small businesses and individual consumers in Chester and Delaware Counties and to a lesser extent in surrounding markets.  Our loan portfolio is primarily comprised of commercial real estate, construction and development, and commercial and industrial loans.  We plan to continue our focus on small business loans, our new management team plans to realign our commercial lending efforts, establish a specialty lending business and expand our consumer lending products, as outlined below:
 
 
98

 
 
Commercial Lending
The Bank’s commercial lending will be segregated into two distinct groups:  Business Banking and Small Business Banking.  This division of groups is designed to allow for greater resource deployment, higher standards of risk management, superior asset quality, lower interest rate risk and higher productivity levels.  The Business Banking lending group will focus on companies with annual revenues ranging from $5.0 million to $20.0 million, which typically have credit requirements between $0.5 million and $2.0 million.  The Small Business Banking platform will originate loans including Small Business Administration loans through the branch network sales force and a team of dedicated Small Business relationship managers.  The support administration of the platform for this group will be centralized and include risk management, product management, marketing, performance tracking and overall strategy.  Credit and sales training has been established for our sales force, ensuring we have small business experts in place providing appropriate financial solutions to the small business owners in our communities.  This segregated approach is intended to focus on industries that offer us high asset quality and are deposit rich to drive profitability.
 
Specialty Lending
Our long-term financial plan also includes the addition of certain lower-risk specialty lending businesses, such as first mortgages and warehouse lending.  This is a new area of focus for the Bank.  However, due to our anticipated growth in deposits and slower growth in lending due to our more stringent underwriting requirements and our view that it would not be prudent to rapidly grow loan portfolios in relatively small geographical areas, we believe that diversification of our credit risk across asset classes and geographies is the prudent approach to take during our growth stage.  Furthermore, there is an opportunity to start specialty lending businesses with no legacy issues at attractive spreads.  Many of the large banks have exited these businesses after experiencing capital issues or high credit losses.  This provides the opportunity for us to hire experienced management teams in lower risk areas.  
 
Recently, we established a warehouse lending business which provides financing to mortgage bankers for residential mortgage originations from loan closing until sale in the secondary market.  Many providers of liquidity in this segment exited the business last year during the period of excessive market turmoil.  Despite a recently more stabilized market environment, lending in this area has not returned.  We believe the market will yield an opportunity to provide liquidity to this division at attractive spreads.  There is also opportunity to attract escrow deposits and to generate fee income in this business.  It is anticipated that we will bring in deposit funding equal to 10% to 30% of the loans generated over time.
 
Consumer Lending
We plan to expand our product offerings in real estate secured consumer lending, but will not offer indirect automobile loans, unsecured loans or credit cards.  Initially, we intend to provide home equity and residential mortgage loans to customers.  Underwriting standards for home equity lending will be conservative, focusing on FICO scores 720 and higher, and lending will be offered to solidify customer relationships and grow relationship revenues in the long term.  Residential loans will be originated for sale, which will become a source of fee revenue for the Bank.  In the long term, the Bank intends to assess other consumer lending segments that adhere to our critical success factors.  This lending is important in our efforts to grow total relationship revenues for our consumer households.
 
Loans outstanding (net of the allowance for loan losses) grew to $220.3 million at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 0.3%, from $220.9 million at December 31, 2008.  The growth of the loan portfolio was generally diversified among commercial and consumer borrowers.  For further information on our loans, see Note 7 of the Bank’s 2009 Audited Financial Statements on page F-18  of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
The following table sets forth information concerning the contractual maturities of the loan portfolio, net of unearned costs and fees.  For amortizing loans, scheduled repayments for the maturity category in which the payment is due are not reflected below, because such information is not readily available.
 
 
99

 
 
   
December 31,
 
Loan Maturities
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Within 1 year
  $ 57,062     $ 50,053  
After 1 year but within 5 yrs
    82,578       74,090  
After 5 yrs but within 15 yrs
    41,763       48,257  
Over 15 years
    48,895       51,352  
    $ 230,298     $ 223,752  
 
CREDIT RISK
 
The Bank manages credit risk by maintaining diversification in its loan portfolio, by establishing and enforcing rigorous underwriting standards, by intensive collection efforts, and by establishing and performing periodic loan classification reviews by management.  Management also attempts to anticipate and allow for credit risks by maintaining an adequate allowance for loan losses, to which credit losses are charged as they are incurred, and to which provisions are added periodically as Management and the board of directors deem appropriate.
 
The provision for loan losses was $11.8 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.  The allowance for loan losses was $10.0 million, or 4.36% of total loans, at December 31, 2009 and $2.9 million, or 1.29%, of total loans at December 31, 2008.  Net charge-offs were $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $4.4 million compared to the $0.2 million for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.
 
The $11.2 million increase in the provision for loan losses for 2009 was primarily attributable to a change in accounting estimate, increased delinquent, non-performing and impaired loans and the deteriorating real estate market.  During 2009, the Bank changed the methodology for estimating the allowance for loan loss.  We have implemented the methodology described in ASC 450 “Contingencies” and ASC 310-40 “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors”  This methodology determines the fair value on impaired loans and utilizes the Bank’s historical loss experience to project losses in the foreseeable future for performing loans.  See “Asset Quality” beginning on page  101 in this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
The below chart depicts the Bank’s allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Balance, January 1
  $ 2,876     $ 2,460     $ 2,029  
Provision for loan losses
    11,778       611       444  
Loans charged off
    (4,630 )     (195 )     (14 )
Recoveries
    8       -       1  
Balance, December 31
  $ 10,032     $ 2,876     $ 2,460  

The allowance for loan losses is based on a periodic evaluation of the loan portfolio and is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to absorb potential losses.  All loans are assigned risk ratings, based on an assessment of the borrower, the structure of the transaction and the available collateral and/or guarantees.  All loans are monitored regularly and the risk ratings are adjusted when appropriate.  This process allows the Bank to take corrective actions on a timely basis.  Management considers a variety of factors, and recognizes the inherent risk of loss that always exists in the lending process.  Management uses a disciplined methodology to estimate the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses.  This methodology includes an evaluation of loss potential from individual problem credits, as well as anticipated specific and general economic factors that may adversely affect collectability.  This assessment includes a review of changes in the composition and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality and past loss experience, review of specific problem loans, current economic conditions that may affect borrowers’ ability to repay, and other factors that may warrant current recognition.  In addition, the Bank’s internal and external auditors, loan review auditors and various regulatory agencies periodically review the adequacy of the allowance as an integral part of their examination process.  Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions or reductions to the allowance based on their judgments of information available at the time of their examination.  These evaluations, however, are inherently subjective as they require material estimates, including, among others, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses in the loan portfolio, and general amounts for historical loss experience, economic conditions, uncertainties in estimating losses and inherent risks in the various credit portfolios, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.  Pursuant to ASC 450 “Contingencies” and ASC 310-40 “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors” impaired loans, consisting of non-accrual and restructured loans, are considered in the methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses.  Impaired loans are generally evaluated based on the expected future cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral if principal repayment is expected to come from the sale or operation of such collateral.
 
 
100

 
 
ASSET QUALITY
 
The Bank had impaired loans totaling $17.5 million at December 31, 2009, compared to $5.9 million at December 31, 2008.  Non-accrual loans totaled $10.3 million at December 31, 2009, up from $4.4 million at December 31, 2008.  The Bank had charge-offs of $4.6 million in 2009, compared with $195 thousand in 2008.  The Bank had recoveries of $8 thousand in 2009, compared with none in 2008.  There was $1.2 million and $1.5 million of other real estate owned as a result of foreclosure or voluntary transfer to the Bank at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  These amounts are included in Other Assets on the Balance Sheets.
 
The tables below set forth non-performing loans and non-performing assets and asset quality ratios at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Non-accrual loans
  $ 10,341     $ 4,387  
Loans 90+ days delinquent still accruing
    4,119       1,585  
Restructured loans
    4,690       1,203  
Non-performing loans
    19,150       7,175  
OREO
    1,155       1,519  
Non-performing assets
  $ 20,305     $ 8,694  
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Non-accrual loans to total loans
    4.49 %     1.96 %
Non-performing loans to total loans
    8.32 %     3.21 %
Non-performing assets to total assets
    5.81 %     3.17 %
Non-accrual loans and 90+ days delinquent to total assets
     4.13      2.18 %
Allowance for loan losses to:
               
Total loans
    4.36 %     1.29 %
Non-performing loans
    52.39 %     40.08 %
Non-performing assets
    49.41 %     33.08 %
 
The table below sets forth types of loans that were non-performing at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
   
December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (dollars in thousands)  
Commercial construction
  $ 2,835     $ 1,443  
Consumer residential
    672       350  
Commercial real estate
    14,786       5,232  
Commercial and industrial
    721       150  
Consumer and other
    136        
Total non—performing loans
  $ 19,150     $ 7,175  

 
101

 
 
The Bank seeks to manage credit risk through the diversification of the loan portfolio and the application of policies and procedures designed to foster sound credit standards and monitoring practices.  While various degrees of credit risk are associated with substantially all investing activities, the lending function carries the greatest degree of potential loss.
 
Asset quality assurance activities include careful monitoring of borrower payment status and a review of borrower current financial information to ensure financial strength and viability.  The Bank has established credit policies and procedures, seeks the consistent application of those policies and procedures across the organization, and adjusts policies as appropriate for changes in market conditions and applicable regulations.  The risk elements which comprise asset quality include loans past due, non-accrual loans, renegotiated loans, other real estate owned, and loan concentrations.
 
All loans are assigned risk ratings, based on an assessment of the borrower, the structure of the transaction and the available collateral and/or guarantees.  All loans are monitored regularly and the risk ratings are adjusted when appropriate.  This process allows the Bank to take corrective actions on a timely basis.
 
A regular reporting and review process is in place to provide for proper portfolio oversight and control, and to monitor those loans identified as problem credits by management.  This process is designed to assess the Bank’s progress in working toward a solution, and to assist in determining an appropriate specific allowance for possible losses.  All loan work-out situations involve the active participation of management, and are reported regularly to the Board.
 
Loan charge-offs are determined on a case-by-case basis.  Loans are generally charged off when principle is likely to be unrecoverable and after appropriate collection steps have been taken.
 
Loan policies and procedures are reviewed internally for possible revisions and changes on a regular basis.  In addition, these policies and procedures, together with the loan portfolio, are reviewed on a periodic basis by various regulatory agencies and by the Bank’s internal, external and loan review auditors, as part of their examination and audit procedures.
 
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ASSETS
 
The Bank’s premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, was $2.7 million and $2.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Bank’s restricted stock holdings at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively.  These consist of stock of the Federal Reserve Bank, FHLB-P, and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank, and are required as part of our relationship with these banks.
 
The Bank owned BOLI of $5.0 million and $4.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Cash flow from these policies will occur over an extended period of time and flow through non-interest income.  The Bank periodically reviews the creditworthiness of the insurance companies that have underwritten the policies.  The cash surrender values of the policies appear on the Bank’s balance sheet and are subject to full regulatory capital requirements.
 
Other assets increased to $6.5 million at December 31, 2009 from $5.1 million at December 31, 2008.  The other asset increase is primarily due to a prepaid FDIC premium of $1.9 million added at December 31, 2009, somewhat offset by the reduction of other real estate owned to $1.2 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $1.5 million at December 31, 2008.
 
DEPOSITS
 
The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts, including checking, savings, money market and time deposits.  Deposits are obtained primarily from the Bank’s service area.  Total deposits grew to $313.9 million at December 31, 2009, an increase of $74.1 million, or 31%, from $237.8 million at December 31, 2008.  In the second half of 2009, the Bank introduced many new initiatives to increase its deposits.  Sales management practices were introduced along with new marketing and pricing strategies.  As a result of these changes, total deposits increased in the second half of the year by over 70% annualized with most of the growth coming from retail money market accounts and retail CDs.   
 
 
102

 
 
The components of deposits were as follows at the dates indicated:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Demand, non-interest bearing
  $ 18,502     $ 20,574  
Demand, interest bearing
    84,996       53,326  
Savings
    9,037       9,213  
Time, $100,000 and over
    76,985       73,535  
Time, other
    124,407       81,194  
Total deposits
  $ 313,927     $ 237,842  

Total time deposits increased $44.7 million, or 30%, to $201.4 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $156.7 million at December 31, 2008.  Time deposits of $100,000 or more were $77.0 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $73.5 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $3.5 million or 5%.  The Bank had brokered deposits of $30.0 million and $20.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Included in time deposits of $100,000 and over, at December 31, 2009 are public fund certificates of deposit of $5.0 million, compared to $23.1 million at December 31, 2008.  During this period, non-interest bearing demand deposits decreased $2.1 million, or 10%, to $18.5 million from $20.6 million.  Interest bearing demand deposits increased $31.7 million, or 59%, to $85.0 million from $53.3 million.  The majority of this increase is in money market accounts that increased to $74.0 million at December 31, 2009 from $42.2 million at December 31, 2008.  Savings deposit accounts decreased $0.2 million, or 2%, to $9.0 million at December 31, 2009 from $9.2 million.  The Bank focused on building deposits in late 2009 by promoting demand accounts and time deposits.
 
At December 31, 2009, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:
 
   
2009
 
   
(in thousands)
 
2010
  $ 169,508  
2011
    20,421  
2012
    7,124  
2013
    1,881  
2014
    2,458  
    $ 201,392  

 
OTHER BORROWINGS
 
The Bank had other borrowings of $11.0 million at December 31, 2009, a 27% decrease from the $15.0 million at December 31, 2008.  The Bank had no short-term advances from the FHLB-P at December 31, 2009 and $4 million at December 31, 2008.  Borrowings decreased primarily due to the increase in deposits.
 
The contractual maturities of long-term advances at December 31, 2009 were as follows:
 
   
2009
 
   
(in thousands)
 
2013
  $ 1,000  
2015 and thereafter
    10,000  
    $ 11,000  
 
 
 
103


 
 
SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
In June 2004, the Bank issued $2.0 million in floating rate subordinated debt that matures on July 23, 2014.  The quarterly interest rate at December 31, 2009 was 3.03%.  Currently, 80% of this subordinated debt is included in the Bank’s Tier II regulatory capital requirement.
 
The Bank issued a subordinated term note during the fourth quarter of 2007.  The note was issued for $1.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 7.50% per annum.  Quarterly interest payments are made on this note in January, April, July and October.  The note was converted to Common Stock in the third quarter of 2009 due to a significant change in the Bank’s board of directors, which triggered a change in control event.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
During 2008, the Bank issued $980 thousand in 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock.  There were $30 thousand of expenses related to the issuance of preferred stock in 2008.  This stock pays a 10% dividend that is non-cumulative.  The preferred shares were exchanged for Common Stock during 2009 in conjunction with a capital raise of $16.7 million.  178,164 shares of Common Stock were exchanged for 98 shares of preferred stock at a price of $5.50 per share.  In addition, 24,500 warrants were issued in the exchange.  Each warrant allows for the purchase of one (1) share of Common Stock at a price of $5.50 per share.  The warrants expire seven (7) years from the date of issuance. 
 
CLASS B NON-VOTING COMMON STOCK
 
In February and March 2010, as part of the equity capital raise that was completed during that time, the Bank issued 4,737,790 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for approximately $19.7 million, and an additional 490,762 shares Class B Non-Voting Common Stock were subsequently issued pursuant to an anti-dilution adjustment.  These shares do not have voting rights, but otherwise are subject to the same dividend, liquidation and other rights as the Bank’s Common Stock.  See “THE REORGANIZATION – Private Offerings,” on page  40 of this prospectus-proxy statement, “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS” beginning on page  61 of this prospectus-proxy statement, and Note 23 – Subsequent Events of the 2009 Audit Financial Statements for further information on the February and March 2010 capital raises. 
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Stockholders’ equity increased to $21.5 million at December 31, 2009 from $16.8 million at December 31, 2008.  This was due to a capital raise of $16.7 million (net of $0.4 million of costs), the conversion of $1.0 million of subordinated debt to Common Stock, a net loss of $13.2 million, and the decrease of $0.2 million in net unrealized losses on investment securities classified by the Bank as AFS.  The unrealized loss in the Bank’s investment securities portfolio is subject to change with fluctuations in interest rates and the market prices of the underlying securities, and is recognized as a component of net income only if realized through the sale of such securities prior to maturity, or if the security would become other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
There are certain limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay cash dividends without prior approval of regulatory authorities.  Cash dividends of $4 thousand on the 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock were declared and paid in 2009 and none were declared and paid in 2008.  For a more detailed description of the Bank’s Stockholders’ Equity, see Note 14 of our 2009 Audited Financial Statements on page  F-21 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
During 2004, the shareholders of the Bank approved the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”), the purpose of which is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Bank by providing members of the board of directors, employees, officers, and executives of the Bank with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders of the Bank.  The 2004 Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of such individuals.  Stock options granted normally vest over three years.
 
The 2004 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board.  It provides for the grant of options, some or all of which may be structured to qualify as Incentive Stock Options if granted to employees, and for the grant of stock appreciation rights (“SARS”), restricted stock and unrestricted stock, for up to a total of 200,000 shares of Bank common stock underlying such awards.  The 2004 Plan replaced the Stock Option Plan approved in 1997 (“1997 Plan”), which provided for an aggregate of 112,500 shares of common stock to be granted pursuant to awards.
 
The following table summarizes changes in stock options outstanding under the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
 
 
104

 
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Number of Options
   
Wtd Avg Exercise Price
   
Number of Options
   
Wtd Avg Exercise Price
   
Number of Options
   
Wtd Avg Exercise Price
 
Outstanding at beginning of Year
    46,827     $ 10.67       48,034     $ 10.67       120,825     $ 9.54  
Options Exercised
                            (36,708 )     8.80  
Options Forfeited
    (1,417 )     10.46       (1,207 )     10.68       (36,083 )     8.81  
Outstanding at December 31
    45,410     $ 10.68       46,827     $ 10.67       48,034     $ 10.67  
Exercisable at December 31
    45,410     $ 10.68       46,827     $ 10.67       42,001     $ 10.75  

 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Liquidity for a financial institution is a measure of that institution’s ability to meet depositors’ needs for funds, to satisfy or fund loan commitments, and for other operating purposes.  Ensuring adequate liquidity is an objective of the Asset/Liability Management process.  The Bank coordinates its management of liquidity with its interest rate sensitivity and capital position.  The Bank’s policy is to maintain a strong liquidity position.
 
The Bank’s investment portfolio provides periodic cash flows through regular maturities and amortization, and can be used as collateral to secure additional liquidity funding.  The Bank’s principal sources of funds are shareholder capital, deposits, debt issuance, principal and interest payments on loans, and other funds from operations.  The Bank also maintains borrowing arrangements with the FHLB-P and the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia to meet short-term liquidity needs.  As of December 31, 2009, the Bank’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB-P was $32.4 million, of which $11.0 million was used in borrowings and $5.1 million was used for letters of credit supporting $5.0 million in public fund certificates of deposit.  The Bank had $8.4 million of pledged mortgage backed securities and $45.3 million of pledged loans as collateral for these borrowings and letters of credit.  As of December 31, 2009, the Bank’s borrowing capacity with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia was $3.8 million, and the Bank had $4.0 million of pledged municipal securities as collateral for this borrowing capacity.
 
The Bank’s operating activities used $2.4 million and generated $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The change was primarily due to the prepayment of $1.9 million in FDIC premiums and a reduction in pre-provision income after charge-offs for the year.
 
Expenses related to investing activities were $23.8 million and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  This increase was primarily due to the higher volume of securities and loans in 2009 compared to 2008.
 
Financing activities provided $88.8 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The increase compared to 2008 was primarily due to increased growth of deposits and a $16.7 million capital raise in 2009.
 
Overall, based on the Bank’s core deposit base and available sources of borrowed funds, management believes that the Bank has adequate resources to meet its short-term and long-term cash requirements within the foreseeable future.
 
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
 
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has adopted risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements for banks like the Bank that are members of the Federal Reserve System.  The Pennsylvania Department of Banking also sets minimum capital requirements.  At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Bank met each of its minimum capital requirements.  Management believes that the Bank would be deemed “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.  Banking regulators have discretion to establish an institution’s classification based on other factors, in addition to the institution’s numeric capital levels.
 
 
105

 
 
Management is not aware of any developments that have occurred and that would, or would be reasonably likely to, cause our classification to be reduced below a level of “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes.  The Bank’s capital classification is determined pursuant to banking regulations to apply the bank regulators’ “prompt corrective action” regulations, and to determine levels of deposit insurance assessments, and may not constitute an accurate representation of our overall financial condition or prospects.  The following table summarizes the required capital ratios and the corresponding regulatory capital positions of the Bank for the periods or dates indicated:
 
   
Actual
     
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
     
To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
     
Amount
     
Ratio
     
Amount
     
Ratio
 
   
(dollar amounts in thousands)
 
As of December 31, 2009:
                                           
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 25,958       11.8 %
  $ 17,648  
    8.0 %
  $ 22,060  
    10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
    21,537       9.8  
    8,824  
    4.0  
    13,236  
    6.0  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    21,537       6.7  
    12,906  
    4.0  
    16,132  
    5.0  
                                                         
As of December 31, 2008:
                                                       
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 22,825       10.5 %
  $ 17,395  
    8.0 %
  $ 21,743  
    10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
    17,105       7.9  
    8,697  
    4.0  
    13,046  
    6.0  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    17,105       6.2  
    11,012  
    4.0  
    13,765  
    5.0  

 
In general, the Bank’s capital increases with the addition of earnings to stockholders’ equity and with sales of stock or the issuance of certain qualifying debt, such as the subordinated debt the Bank issued in 2004 and 2007 (which is included in Tier II and total capital).  Conversely, as the Bank’s assets grow, its capital ratios decrease.  In general, in the past few years, balance sheet growth has been offset by decreases in capital through losses and increases in capital from sales of common stock, debt issuance, growth of the allowance for loan losses and our debt issuances.  In 2009, the $16.7 million capital raise improved our capital ratios.  The Bank plans to grow in the future and to maintain strong capital ratios.  To accomplish both these goals, the Bank will need to raise additional capital to maintain strong capital ratios.
 
The Bank does not presently have any commitments for significant capital expenditures.  The Bank is unaware of any current recommendations by the regulatory authorities which, if they were to be implemented, would have a material effect on liquidity, capital resources, or operations of the Bank.
 
The maintenance of appropriate levels of capital is an important objective of the Bank’s Asset and Liability Management process.  Through its initial capitalization and its subsequent offerings, the Bank has continued to maintain a strong capital position.  Management believes that, under current requirements and regulations, the Bank will meet its minimum capital requirements for the foreseeable future.
 
MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
 
The Bank’s Common Stock is not listed or quoted on any exchange or electronic bulletin board or other quotation service.  Furthermore, there are no brokerage firms that act as market makers in the Bank’s stock.  Consequently, information on current stock trading prices is not readily available.  The Bank currently acts as its own transfer agent and offers to introduce potential buyers and sellers of our stock to each other, but does not make a market in its own stock or attempt to negotiate prices for trades of its stock.  At December 31, 2009, there were approximately 315 shareholders who owned the 5,522,706 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
 
 
 
106

 
 
Based on the information available to us, private sales of the Bank’s Common Stock occurred at around $5.50 per share during 2009 and $4.00 per share during 2008.  This quoted price is limited only to those private transactions known by management and the capital raise conducted in 2009 and there may, in fact, have been additional transactions of which management is unaware, and such transactions could have occurred at higher or lower prices.  The Bank was successful in February 2010 with an additional capital raise of $43.1 million.  There were 8,547,866 shares of Common Stock and 1,565,319 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued at $4.28 per share in this capital raise.  In March of 2010, the Bank sold an additional 761,596 shares of Common Stock and 1,189,202 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, each at $3.76 per share.  As part of the anti-dilution agreement for the shares issued in the capital raise conducted in 2009 and the recent capital raises in February 2010 and March 2010, 2,797,606 million additional shares, including 2,306,844 shares of Common Stock and 490,762 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, were issued to the purchasers in those offerings in order to adjust their per share cost to $3.76.  See “THE REORGANIZATION - Private Offerings,” on page  40 of this prospectus-proxy statement, and Note 23 – Subsequent Events of the 2009 Audited Financial Statements for further information on the February 2010 and March 2010 capital raises.
 
OFF -BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
The Bank is a party to financial instruments and other commitments with off-balance sheet risks.  Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks are incurred in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, including unused portions of lines of credit, and standby letters of credit.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheets.
 
With commitments to extend credit, our exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as for on-balance sheet instruments.  Since they involve credit risk similar to extending a loan, they are subject to the Bank’s Credit Policy and other underwriting standards.
 
As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the following off-balance sheet commitments, financial instruments and other arrangements were outstanding:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Commitments to fund loans
  $ 3,922     $ 4,900  
Unfunded commitments to fund warehouse loans
    28,565       --  
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit
    16,842       20,735  
Letters of credit
    854       1,203  

 
Commitments to fund loans, unfunded commitments to fund warehouse loans, unfunded commitments under lines of credit and letters of credit are agreements to extend credit to or for the benefit of a customer in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business.
 
Commitments to fund loans and unfunded commitments under lines of credit may be obligations of the Bank as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation.  Collateral held varies but may include personal or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.
 
Warehouse loan commitments are agreements to purchase mortgage loans from mortgage bankers that agree to purchase the loans back in a short period of time.  These commitments generally fluctuate monthly as existing loans are repurchased by the mortgage bankers and new loans are purchased by the Bank.
 
Outstanding letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Letters of credit may obligate the Bank to fund draws under those letters of credit whether or not a customer continues to meet the conditions of the extension of credit.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
 
 
107

 
 
OTHER OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
 
Other off-balance sheet arrangements include operating leases for the Bank’s premises.  The Bank leases the premises for its corporate headquarters and main banking office, as well as four branches under operating lease agreements with various terms and at various rentals.  Each lease differs as to whether the Bank has one or more renewal options and on what terms. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank’s approximate future non-cancellable minimum payments under these leases, by year, were as follow:
 
   
(in thousands)
 
2010
  $ 917  
2011
    902  
2012
    922  
2013
    934  
2014
    720  
2015 & Thereafter
    3,671  
    $ 8,066  
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
 
The largest component of the Bank’s total income is net interest income, and the majority of its financial instruments are interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities with various terms and maturities.  One of the primary objectives of management is to maximize net interest income while minimizing interest rate risk.  Interest rate risk is derived from timing differences in the repricing of assets and liabilities, loan prepayments, deposit withdrawals, and differences in lending and funding rates.  The Bank’s Asset/Liability Committee actively seeks to monitor and control the mix of interest rate sensitive assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities.
 
The Bank uses two complementary methods to analyze and measure interest rate sensitivity as part of the overall management of interest rate risk.  They are income simulation modeling and estimates of economic value of equity.  The combination of these two methods provides a reasonably comprehensive summary of the levels of interest rate risk of the Bank’s exposure to time factors and changes in interest rate environments.
 
Income simulation modeling is used to measure the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity and manage its interest rate risk.  Income simulation considers not only the impact of changing market interest rates upon forecasted net interest income, but also other factors such as yield curve relationships, the volume and mix of assets and liabilities, customer preferences and general market conditions.
 
Through the use of income simulation modeling, the Bank has estimated the net interest income for the year ending December 31, 2009, based upon the assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet financial instruments in existence at December 31, 2009.  The Bank has also estimated changes to that estimated net interest income based upon interest rates rising or falling immediately (“rate shocks”).  Rate shocks assume that all interest rates increase or decrease immediately.  The following table reflects the estimated percentage change in estimated net interest income for the year ending December 31, 2009, resulting from changes in interest rates.
 
Net change in net interest income
     
Rate Shocks
 
% Change
 
Up 3%
    6.2 %
Up 2%
    3.5 %
Up 1%
    1.1 %
Down 1%
    -4.8 %
Down 2%
    -9.5 %
Down 3%
    -15.4 %
 
 
 
108

 
 
The net changes in net interest income in all of the “up” rate shocks and in the “down 1%” rate shock are well within the Bank’s interest rate risk policy guidelines.  While the net changes in net interest income in the “down 2%” and “down 3%” rate shocks are slightly higher that the Bank’s interest rate risk policy guidelines, Management does not believe these scenarios are likely.
 
Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) estimates the discounted present value of asset and liability cash flows.  Discount rates are based upon market prices for comparable assets and liabilities.  Upward and downward rate shocks are used to measure volatility of EVE in relation to a constant rate environment.  This method of measurement primarily evaluates the longer term repricing risks and options in the Bank’s balance sheet.  The following table reflects the estimated EVE at risk and the ratio of EVE to EVE adjusted assets at December 31, 2009, resulting from shocks to interest rates.
 
Percent Change Economic Value of Equity
 
 
Rate Shocks
 
From base
   
EVE assets
 
             
Up 3%
    -25.0 %     -1.8 %
Up 2%
    -15.3 %     -1.0 %
Up 1%
    -7.5 %     -0.4 %
Down 1%
    1.0 %     -0.4 %
Down 2%
    -1.3 %     -0.8 %
Down 3%
    -6.8 %     -1.3 %

 
The percent changes of EVE are within the Bank’s interest rate risk policy guidelines.
 
The matching of assets and liabilities may also be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive and by monitoring a bank’s interest rate sensitivity “gap.””  An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period.  The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time period.
 
The following table sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2009, that are anticipated, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown.  Except as stated below, the amount of assets and liabilities shown that reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability.  The table sets forth an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2009, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments, and scheduled rate adjustments within a three-month period and subsequent selected time intervals.  The loan amounts in the table reflect principal balances expected to be repaid and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization and anticipated prepayments of adjustable and fixed rate loans, and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable rate loans.
 
 
109

 
 

   
At December 31, 2009
 
   
3 months or less
   
3 to 6 months
   
6 to 12 months
   
1 to 3
years
   
3 to 5
years
   
over 5
years
   
Total
 
   
(dollars in millions)
 
Interest earning deposits
  $ 64.6     $     $     $     $     $     $ 64.6  
Securities
    4.1       2.8       7.3       17.8       7.2       7.4       46.6  
Loans receivable
    106.7       9.9       18.5       50.4       18.6       18.4       222.5  
Total interest earning assets
    175.4       12.7       25.8       68.2       25.8       25.8       333.7  
Non interest earning assets
                                  18.3       18.3  
Total assets
  $ 175.4     $ 12.7     $ 25.8     $ 68.2     $ 25.8     $ 44.1     $ 352.0  
Other interest bearing deposits
  $ 74.4     $     $     $     $     $ 19.6     $ 94.0  
Time deposits
    39.6       18.5       102.6       37.0       3.7             201.4  
Other borrowings
    5.0                   5.0       1.0             11.0  
Subordinated debt
    2.0                                     2.0  
Total interest bearing liabilities
    121.0       18.5       102.6       42.0       4.7       19.6       308.4  
Non interest bearing liabilities
                                  20.0       20.0  
Stockholders' equity
                                  23.6       23.6  
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 121.0     $ 18.5     $ 102.6     $ 42.0     $ 4.7     $ 63.2     $ 352.0  
Interest sensitivity gap
  $ 54.4     $ (5.8 )   $ (76.8 )   $ 26.2     $ 21.1     $ (19.1 )        
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap
  $ 54.4     $ 48.6     $ (28.2 )   $ (2.0 )   $ 19.1     $ 0.0          
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap to total assets
    31 %     26 %     (13 %)     (1 %)     6 %     0 %        
Cumulative interest earning assets to cumulative interest bearing liabilities
    145 %     135 %     88 %     99 %     107 %     108 %        

 
110

 

As shown above, the Bank has a negative cumulative gap (cumulative interest sensitive assets are lower than cumulative interest sensitive liabilities) within the next year, which generally indicates that an increase in rates may lead to a decrease in net interest income and a decrease in rates may lead to an increase in net interest income.  Interest rate sensitivity gap analysis measures whether assets or liabilities may reprice but does not capture the ability to reprice or the range of potential repricing on assets or liabilities.  Thus indications based on a negative or positive gap position need to be analyzed in conjunction with other interest rate risk management tools.
 
Management believes that the assumptions and combination of methods utilized in evaluating estimated net interest income are reasonable.  However, the interest rate sensitivity of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet financial instruments, as well as the estimated effect of changes in interest rates on estimated net interest income, could vary substantially if different assumptions are used or actual experience differs from the assumptions used in the model.
 
 
111

 
 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
 
GENERAL
 
We are subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Pennsylvania Banking Department and, as a member of the Federal Reserve System, by the Federal Reserve Board.  Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern, among other things, the scope of a bank’s business, the investments a bank may make, the reserves against deposits a bank must maintain, terms of deposit accounts, loans a bank makes, the interest rates it charges and collateral it takes, the activities of a bank with respect to mergers and consolidations and the establishment of branches.
 
PENNSYLVANIA BANKING LAWS
 
Pennsylvania banks that are Federal Reserve members may establish new offices only after approval by the Pennsylvania Banking Department and the Federal Reserve Board.  Approval by these regulators can be subject to a variety of factors, including the convenience and needs of the community, whether the institution is sufficiently capitalized and well managed, issues of safety and soundness, the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community, whether there are significant supervisory concerns with respect to the institution or affiliated organizations, and whether any financial or other business arrangement, direct or indirect, involving the proposed branch and bank “insiders” (directors, officers, employees and 10%-or-greater shareholders) which involves terms and conditions more favorable to the insiders than would be available in a comparable transaction with unrelated parties.
 
Under the Banking Code, the Bank is permitted to branch throughout Pennsylvania.  Pennsylvania law also provides Pennsylvania state chartered institutions elective parity with the power of national banks, federal thrifts, and state-chartered institutions in other states as authorized by the FDIC, subject to a required notice to the Pennsylvania Banking Department.  The Banking Code also imposes restrictions on payment of dividends, as well as minimum capital requirements.
 
 
112

 
Interstate Branching .  Federal law allows the Federal Reserve and FDIC, and the Pennsylvania Banking Code allows the Pennsylvania Banking Department, to approve an application by a state banking institution to acquire interstate branches, unless, in the case of the Federal Reserve and FDIC, the state of the target institution has opted out of interstate branching.  For more information on federal law, see, “FEDERAL BANKING LAWS – Interstate Branching,” beginning on page  113 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Pennsylvania banking laws authorize banks in Pennsylvania to acquire existing branches or branch de novo in other states, and also permits out-of-state banks to acquire existing branches or branch de novo in Pennsylvania.
 
In April 2008, the Banking Regulators in the States of New Jersey, New York, and Pennsylvania entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “Interstate MOU”) to clarify their respective roles, as home and host state regulators, regarding interstate branching activity on a regional basis pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Amendments Act of 1997. The Interstate MOU establishes the regulatory responsibilities of the respective state banking regulators regarding bank regulatory examinations and is intended to reduce the regulatory burden on state chartered banks branching within the region by eliminating duplicative host state compliance exams.
 
Under the Interstate MOU, the activities of branches established by the Bank in New Jersey or New York would be governed by Pennsylvania state law to the same extent that federal law governs the activities of the branch of an out-of-state national bank in such host states. For the Bank, issues regarding whether a particular host state law is preempted are to be determined in the first instance by the Pennsylvania Banking Department. In the event that the Pennsylvania Banking Department and the applicable host state regulator disagree regarding whether a particular host state law is pre-empted, the Pennsylvania Banking Department and the applicable host state regulator would use their reasonable best efforts to consider all points of view and to resolve the disagreement.
 
FEDERAL BANKING LAWS
 
Interstate Branching. The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (called the Interstate Act), among other things, permits bank holding companies to acquire banks in any state. A bank may also merge with a bank in another state.  Interstate acquisitions and mergers are subject, in general, to certain concentration limits and state entry rules relating to the age of the bank.  Under the Interstate Act, the responsible federal regulatory agency is permitted to approve the acquisition of less than all of the branches of an insured bank, or the establishment of a new, or “de novo” branch within a state, by an out-of-state bank or bank holding company without the acquisition of an entire bank, only if the law of the state in which the branch is located permits.  Under the Interstate Act, branches of state-chartered banks that operate in other states are covered by the laws of the chartering state, rather than the host state.  Pennsylvania and New York, among other states, have enacted laws permitting de novo branching and the acquisition of fewer branches than an entire bank, by banks or holding companies located in states that have permit the same types of acquisitions on a reciprocal basis.  New Jersey does not currently permit de novo branching but does acquire acquisition of existing branches by out-of-state banks.  Delaware does not permit either de novo branching or acquisition of existing branches by out of state banks.  Pending federal bank regulatory reform legislation, if enacted, would create a more permissive interstate branching regime by permitting banks to establish branches de novo in any state if a bank chartered by such state would have been permitted to establish the branch.  For more information on interstate branching under Pennsylvania law, see, “PENNSYLVANIA BANKING LAWS – Interstate Branching,” beginning on page  113 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Prompt Corrective Action .  Federal banking law mandates certain “prompt corrective actions,” which Federal banking agencies are required to take, and certain actions which they have discretion to take, based upon the capital category into which a Federally regulated depository institution falls.  Regulations have been adopted by the Federal bank regulatory agencies setting forth detailed procedures and criteria for implementing prompt corrective action in the case of any institution that is not adequately capitalized.  Under the rules, an institution will be deemed to be “adequately capitalized” or better if it exceeds the minimum Federal regulatory capital requirements.  However, it will be deemed “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet the minimum capital requirements, “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3.0%, and “critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.  The rules require an undercapitalized institution to file a written capital restoration plan, along with a performance guaranty by its holding company or a third party.  In addition, an undercapitalized institution becomes subject to certain automatic restrictions including a prohibition on the payment of dividends, a limitation on asset growth and expansion, and in certain cases, a limitation on the payment of bonuses or raises to senior executive officers, and a prohibition on the payment of certain “management fees” to any “controlling person.”  Institutions that are classified as undercapitalized are also subject to certain additional supervisory actions, including increased reporting burdens and regulatory monitoring, a limitation on the institution’s ability to make acquisitions, open new branch offices, or engage in new lines of business, obligations to raise additional capital, restrictions on transactions with affiliates, and restrictions on interest rates paid by the institution on deposits.  In certain cases, bank regulatory agencies may require replacement of senior executive officers or directors, or sale of the institution to a willing purchaser.  If an institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” and continues in that category for four quarters, the statute requires, with certain narrowly limited exceptions, that the institution be placed in receivership.
 
 
113

 
Safety and Soundness; Regulation of Bank Management .  The Federal Reserve Board possesses the power to prohibit us from engaging in any activity that would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and in violation of the law.  Moreover, Federal law enactments have expanded the circumstances under which officers or directors of a bank may be removed by the institution’s Federal supervisory agency; restricted and further regulated lending by a bank to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or related interests thereof; and restricted management personnel of a bank from serving as directors or in other management positions with certain depository institutions whose assets exceed a specified amount or which have an office within a specified geographic area; and restricted management personnel from borrowing from another institution that has a correspondent relationship with the bank for which they work.
 
Capital Rules .  Federal banking agencies have issued certain “risk-based capital” guidelines, which supplemented existing capital requirements.  In addition, the Federal Reserve Board imposes certain “leverage” requirements on member banks such as us.  Banking regulators have authority to require higher minimum capital ratios for an individual bank or bank holding company in view of its circumstances.
 
The risk-based guidelines require all banks to maintain two “risk-weighted assets” ratios.  The first is a minimum ratio of total capital (“Tier 1” and “Tier 2” capital) to risk-weighted assets equal to 8.00%; the second is a minimum ratio of “Tier 1” capital to risk-weighted assets equal to 4.00%.  Assets are assigned to five risk categories, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk.  In making the calculation, certain intangible assets must be deducted from the capital base.  The risk-based capital rules are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets.
 
The risk-based capital rules also account for interest rate risk.  Institutions with interest rate risk exposure above a normal level would be required to hold extra capital in proportion to that risk.  A bank’s exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates is a factor that the banking agencies will consider in evaluating a bank’s capital adequacy.  The rule does not codify an explicit minimum capital charge for interest rate risk.  The Bank currently monitors and manages its assets and liabilities for interest rate risk, and management believes that the interest rate risk rules which have been implemented and proposed will not materially adversely affect our operations.
 
The Federal Reserve Board’s “leverage” ratio rules require member banks which are rated the highest in the composite areas of capital, asset quality, management, earnings and liquidity to maintain a ratio of “Tier 1” capital to “adjusted total assets” (equal to the bank’s average total assets as stated in its most recent quarterly Call Report filed with the Federal Reserve Board, minus end-of-quarter intangible assets that are deducted from Tier 1 capital) of not less than 3.00%.  For banks which are not the most highly rated, the minimum “leverage” ratio will range from 4.00% to 5.00%, or higher at the discretion of the Federal Reserve Board, and is required to be at a level commensurate with the nature of the level of risk of the bank’s condition and activities.
 
For purposes of the capital requirements, “Tier 1” or “core” capital is defined to include common stockholders’ equity and certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus.  “Tier 2” or “qualifying supplementary” capital is defined to include a bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, plus certain types of preferred stock and related surplus, certain “hybrid capital instruments” and certain term subordinated debt instruments.
 
 
114

 
Deposit Insurance Assessments .  The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law and are subject to deposit insurance premium assessments.  The FDIC imposes a risk-based deposit premium assessment system, which was amended pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Act”).  Under this system, the amount of FDIC assessments paid by an individual insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is based on the level of risk incurred in its activities.  The FDIC places a depository institution in one of four risk categories determined by reference to its capital levels and supervisory ratings.  In addition, in the case of those institutions in the lowest risk category, the FDIC further determines its assessment rates based on certain specified financial ratios.  Effective April 1, 2009, a bank’s annual assessment base rates were as follows, depending on the bank’s risk category:
 
  Risk Category
 
I
II
III
IV
 
Minimum
Maximum
     
Annual rates (in basis points)
12
16
22
32
45

The base assessment rate can be adjusted downward based on a bank’s unsecured debt and level of excess capital above the well capitalized threshold, or upward based on a bank’s secured liabilities including FHLB-P advances and repurchase agreements, so that the total risk-based assessment rates will range as follows depending on a bank’s risk category:
 
  Risk Category
 
I
II
III
IV
Initial base assessment rate
12 to 16
22
32
45
Unsecured debt adjustment
–5 to 0
–5 to 0
–5 to 0
–5 to 0
Secured liability adjustment
0 to 8
0 to 11
0 to 16
0 to 22.5
Brokered deposit adjustment
0 to 10
0 to 10
0 to 10
Total base assessment rate
7 to 24
17 to 43
27 to 58
40 to 77.5

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule imposing a 5 basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009.  The amount of the special assessment for any institution will not exceed 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter 2009.  The special assessment was collected on September 30, 2009.
 
On September 29, 2009, the FDIC adopted a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates to be effective on January 1, 2011.
 
On October 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule to require insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012.  The prepaid assessment will be collected on December 30, 2009, along with each institution’s regular quarterly risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009.  For purposes of calculating the prepaid assessment, each institution’s assessment rate will be its total base assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009.  In calculating the prepayment attributable to 2011 and thereafter, it will be calculated using the September 29, 2009 increase in 2011 base assessment rates.  In addition, future deposit growth is to be reflected in the prepayment by assuming that an institution’s third quarter 2009 assessment base will be increased quarterly at a 5 percent annual growth rate through the end of 2012.  The FDIC will begin to draw down an institution’s prepaid assessments on March 30, 2010, representing payment for the regular quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009.  In announcing these initiatives, the FDIC stated that, while the prepaid assessment would not immediately affect bank earnings, each institution would record the entire amount of its prepaid assessment as a prepaid expense asset as of December 30, 2009, the date the payment would be made and, as of December 31, 2009 and each quarter thereafter, record an expense or charge to earnings for its regular quarterly assessment and an offsetting credit to the prepaid assessment until the asset is exhausted.  Once the asset is exhausted, institutions would resume paying and accounting for quarterly deposit insurance assessments as they currently do.
 
 
 
115

 
The Bank’s current regular assessment rate is 22.5 basis points.
 
In addition to deposit insurance assessments, banks are subject to assessments to pay the interest on Financing Corporation bonds.  The Financing Corporation was created by Congress to issue bonds to finance the resolution of failed thrift institutions.  The FDIC sets the Financing Corporation assessment rate every quarter.  The Financing Corporation assessment for us (and all other banks) for the fourth quarter of 2008 was an annual rate of $.0184 for each $100 of deposits.
 
Community Reinvestment Act .  Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the record of a bank holding company and its subsidiary banks must be considered by the appropriate Federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, in reviewing and approving or disapproving a variety of regulatory applications including approval of a branch or other deposit facility, office relocation, a merger and certain acquisitions of bank shares.  Federal banking agencies have recently demonstrated an increased readiness to deny applications based on unsatisfactory CRA performance.  The Federal Reserve Board is required to assess our record to determine if we are meeting the credit needs of the community (including low and moderate neighborhoods) that we serve.  The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 amended the CRA to require, among other things, that the Federal Reserve Board make publicly available an evaluation of our record of meeting the credit needs of our entire community including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods.  This evaluation includes a descriptive rating (outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve, or substantial noncompliance) and a statement describing the basis for the rating.
 
Consumer Protection Laws .  We are subject to a variety of consumer protection laws, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act adopted as part of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the regulations adopted thereunder.  In the aggregate, compliance with these consumer protection laws and regulations involves substantial expense and administrative time on our part.
 
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
 
Prior to the arrival of new management, the Bank had been subject to a January 9, 2008 memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with its regulators that called for strengthened oversight by the board of directors including establishment of a compliance committee, imposed requirements relating to Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and anti-money laundering (“AML”) compliance, called for an earnings and capital improvement plan and strengthened interest rate risk and asset liability management, and required strengthening of policies, procedures and audit and examination exception follow-up.  It also precluded the Bank from declaring or paying dividends that would cause its capital ratios to fall below the higher of the minimum levels for a “well capitalized” classification under Prompt Corrective Action standards or the internal ratios set in the Bank’s capital plan, or redeeming its stock or issuing debt with maturity greater than one year without prior regulatory approval.  As a result of a March 31, 2009 regulatory examination prior to the arrival of new management, the original MOU was replaced with an August 24, 2009 MOU that eliminated the original broad requirements relating to strengthening the board of directors and mandates in BSA/AML compliance, substituting narrower requirements for a back-up BSA officer and employee training, while continuing previous restrictions on dividends, stock redemptions and long-term debt.  The current MOU calls for the Bank to update plans relating to earnings and capital improvement, management and board oversight, credit risk management and liquidity risk, enhancing pre-purchase analysis of investment securities, and a revision to its allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) methodology by November 15, 2009.  Management anticipates making the requested submissions on or ahead of schedule.  
 
BANK HOLDING COMPANY REORGANIZATION AND REGULATION
 
As a bank holding company, Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to additional regulation beyond that to which the Bank is currently subject.
 
 
116

 
The Bank Holding Company Act requires a “company” (including Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., to secure the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any bank.  It also prohibits acquisition by any “company” (including the Bank’s proposed holding company) of more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares of, or interest in, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any bank located outside of the state in which a current bank subsidiary is located unless such acquisition is specifically authorized by laws of the state in which such bank is located.  A bank holding company is prohibited from engaging in or acquiring direct or indirect control of more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares of any company engaged in non-banking activities unless the Federal Reserve Board, by order or regulation, has found such activities to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.  In making this determination, the Federal Reserve Board considers whether the performance of these activities by a bank holding company would offer benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects.  Applications under the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Control Act are subject to review, based upon the record of compliance of the applicant with the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.
 
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. will be required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve Board and any additional information that the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act.  The Federal Reserve Board may also make examinations of the Bank’s proposed holding company and any or all of its subsidiaries.  Further, under Section 106 of the 1970 amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act and the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or provision of credit or provision of any property or services.  The so-called “anti-tie-in” provisions state generally that a bank may not extend credit, lease, sell property or furnish any service to a customer on the condition that the customer provide additional credit or service to the bank, to its bank holding company or to any other subsidiary of its bank holding company or on the condition that the customer not obtain other credit or service from a competitor of the bank, its bank holding company or any subsidiary of its bank holding company.
 
The Federal Reserve Board permits bank holding companies to engage in non-banking activities so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.  A number of activities are authorized by Federal Reserve Board regulation, while other activities require prior Federal Reserve Board approval.  The types of permissible activities are subject to change by the Federal Reserve Board.  Recent revisions to the Bank Holding Company Act contained in the Federal Gramm Leach Bliley Act of 1999 (the “Gramm Leach Bliley Act”) permit certain eligible bank holding companies to qualify as “financial holding companies” and thereupon engage in a wider variety of financial services such as securities and insurance activities.
 
The Gramm Leach Bliley Act repealed certain restrictions on bank and securities firm affiliations, and allows bank holding companies to elect to be treated as a “financial holding company” that can engage in approved “financial activities,” including insurance, securities underwriting and merchant banking.  Banks without holding companies can engage in many of these new financial activities through a “financial subsidiary.” The law also mandates functional regulation of bank securities activities.  Banks’ exemption from broker dealer regulation would be limited to, for example, trust, safekeeping, custodian, shareholder and employee benefit plans, sweep accounts, private placements (under certain conditions), self-directed IRAs, third party networking arrangements to offer brokerage services to bank customers, and the like.  It also requires banks that advise mutual funds to register as investment advisers.  The legislation provides for state regulation of insurance, subject to certain specified state preemption standards.  It establishes which insurance products banks and bank subsidiaries may provide as principal or underwriter, and prohibits bank underwriting of title insurance, but also preempts state laws interfering with affiliations.  The Gramm Leach Bliley Act prohibits approval of new de novo thrift charter applications by commercial entities and limits sales of existing so-called “unitary” thrifts to commercial entities.  The law bars banks, savings and loans, credit unions, securities firms and insurance companies, as well as other “financial institutions,” from disclosing customer account numbers or access codes to unaffiliated third parties for telemarketing or other direct marketing purposes, and enables customers of financial institutions to “opt out” of having their personal financial information shared with unaffiliated third parties, subject to exceptions related to the processing of customer transactions and joint financial services marketing arrangements with third parties, as long as the institution discloses the activity to its customers and requires the third party to keep the information confidential.  It requires policies on privacy and disclosure of information to be disclosed annually, requires federal regulators to adopt comprehensive regulations for ensuring the security and confidentiality of consumers’ personal information, and allows state laws to give consumers greater privacy protections.
 
 
117

 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
Neither the Bank’s nor the Holding Company’s Common Stock is registered with any federal or state securities or banking regulator, and neither entity currently makes periodic securities filings with any regulator.
 
The Bank files quarterly reports of condition on Form FFIEC 041 (“Call Reports”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, Ten Independence Mall, Philadelphia, PA 19106-1574.  The Call Reports are publicly available from the FDIC’s Internet website at http://www2.fdic.gov/idasp/main.asp or the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Internet website at https://cdr.ffiec.gov/public/.  If you wish to obtain a printed copy of an individual Call Report facsimile for periods prior to 2001, please contact the FDIC Public Information Center for ordering instructions and current fees by E-Mail at publicinfo@fdic.gov, by telephone at 877-688-3342 or 703-562-2200, or by fax at 703-562-2296.  You may contact the National Technical Information Service (“NTIS”), a branch of the U.S.  Department of Commerce), at 800-363-2068 or 703-605-6000 to obtain all available Call Reports for a specific period on magnetic tape, cartridge, or CD-ROM format, at a cost.  NTIS has a website for ordering products at http://www.ntis.gov.  Use the Site Index at the bottom to find products in the Banking Information category.  Each Call Report consists of a Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Changes in Equity Capital and other supporting schedules as of the end of or for the period to which the Call Report relates.  The Call Reports are prepared in accordance with regulatory instructions issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council.  These instructions in most, but not all, cases follow U.S. GAAP, including the opinions and statements of the Accounting Principles Board and the Financial Accounting Standards Board.  The Call Reports are not incorporated by reference and are not a part of this prospectus-proxy statement.  While the Call Reports are supervisory and regulatory documents, not primarily accounting documents, and do not provide a complete range of financial disclosure, the reports nevertheless provide important information concerning the Bank.  In addition to filing Call Reports, the Bank has delivered Audited Financial Statements to its shareholders each year, as well as proxy statements together with notices of each annual meeting.
 
The Bank is not subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not therefore required to file reports or other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act.  The Bank maintains a website (http://www.newcenturybank.com) where you may find additional information about the Bank.  The information contained in the website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
Upon written request of any shareholder, a copy of the Bank’s Call Report, the Bank’s audited Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, the Bank’s proxy statement for its 2009 annual meeting of shareholders, and the Bank’s unaudited quarterly financial statements for the fiscal quarters ended March 31, June 30, and September 30, 2009 may be obtained, without charge, on written request to Thomas Brugger, Chief Financial Officer, 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
The Holding Company has filed electronically with the SEC, Washington, D.C., through EDGAR a registration statement (No.  __________) on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, for the registration of Holding Company stock to be issued in the reorganization.  This prospectus-proxy statement constitutes the prospectus that was filed as a part of that registration statement, and does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its annexes and exhibits.  Some items were omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.  Anyone may inspect the registration statement or any other document filed with the SEC without charge at the public reference facilities of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549 and may obtain copies of all or any part of it from the SEC upon payment of the required fees.  The registration statement may also be reviewed on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
 
The Bank currently is not subject to the requirements of the Exchange Act, and files no reports or proxy statements with the SEC pursuant thereto. 
 
 
 
118

 
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 2011
 
Assuming consummation of the reorganization, shareholder proposals submitted pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act for inclusion in the Holding Company’s proxy statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders must be received by the Holding Company no later than __________, which is 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the mailing date of this prospectus-proxy statement. However, if the date of the 2011 Annual Meeting shall be changed by more than 30 days from the date of the Bank’s 2010 Annual Meeting, then the deadline is a reasonable time before the Holding Company begins to print and send its proxy materials.  Any such proposal and our obligation, if applicable, to include it in the Holding Company’s proxy statement, will be subject to Rule 14a-8 of the rules and regulations of the SEC.
 
Assuming consummation of the reorganization, nominations for the election of directors of the Holding Company may be made by any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of directors by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Corporate Secretary of the Holding Company not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for election of directors; provided, however, that if less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice may be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Corporate Secretary of the Holding Company not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice was mailed to shareholders. Each notice shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each nominee, and (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee and the earliest date of acquisition of any of such stock.
 
Assuming consummation of the reorganization, subject to the immediately preceding paragraph relating to shareholder nominations, if a shareholder wishes to present a proposal at the 2011 Annual Meeting but does not intend to have such proposal included in the Holding Company’s proxy statement, and such proposal is properly brought before the 2011 Annual Meeting, then in accordance with Rule 14a-4 under the Exchange Act, if the shareholder has not provided notice of the proposal by ____________ (or if the date of the meeting has changed more than 30 days from the date of the Bank’s 2010 Annual Meeting, a reasonable time before the Holding Company sends its proxy materials), the board of directors of the Holding Company will have the right to exercise its discretionary voting authority on that proposal. The persons designated in the Holding Company’s proxy card will be granted discretionary voting authority with respect to any such shareholder proposal for which the Holding Company does not receive timely notice.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the reorganization will be passed upon for the Holding Company and the Bank by Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, 30 Valley Stream Parkway, Malvern, PA 19355.
 
EXPERTS

The financial statements of New Century Bank including the balance sheets of New Century Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2009 have been attached to this prospectus-proxy statement in reliance upon the report of ParenteBeard LLC, independent registered public accounting firm, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
 
119

 
OTHER BUSINESS
 
We do not presently know of any business other than that described above to be presented to the shareholders for action at the meeting.  Should other business come before the meeting, votes may be cast pursuant to proxies in respect of any such business in the best judgment of the persons acting under the proxies.
 
SHAREHOLDERS WHO DO NOT EXPECT TO ATTEND THE MEETING ARE URGED TO SIGN, DATE AND RETURN PROMPTLY THE ENCLOSED PROXY IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED, WHICH REQUIRES NO ADDITIONAL POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.
 

 
 
120

 
 
ANNEX A
 
PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

Date:           __________, 2010

NEW CENTURY BANK (the "Bank"), a banking institution organized under the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (the "Banking Code"), and NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK (the "Surviving Bank"), an interim bank in organization under the Banking Code, and Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company"), a Pennsylvania business corporation organized under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, hereby enter into this Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the "Plan").

In consideration of their mutual promises and covenants, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto, deeming it to be advantageous to their respective banking associations, corporation and their shareholders, have duly approved this Plan and its execution, and do hereby adopt this Plan setting forth the method, terms and conditions of the merger, including the rights under the Plan of the shareholders of each of the parties, and the agreements concerning the merger:

1. Merger . The Bank shall merge into the Surviving Bank under the charter of the Surviving Bank, under the title of "Customers 1st Bank," and pursuant to the provisions of the Banking Code, by the method, on the terms and subject to the conditions and requirements hereinafter stated. Upon the merger becoming effective, Bank and Surviving Bank shall be merged into and continued in a single institution, the Surviving Bank, which shall be a Pennsylvania chartered bank and which shall be considered the same business and corporate entity as the constituent institutions. The Surviving Bank shall thenceforth be responsible for all of the liabilities and obligations of the Bank.. The Surviving Bank shall, upon consummation of  the merger, engage in the business of a Pennsylvania chartered bank at the principal office and the legally established and approved branch offices of the Bank. Surviving Bank shall maintain the insurance of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the same way as it is now carried by the Bank.

2. Articles of Incorporation of Surviving Bank . When the merger becomes effective, the initial Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Bank shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein.

3. Bylaws of Surviving Bank . When the merger becomes effective, the initial Bylaws of the Surviving Bank shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein, and the principal office and established and authorized branch offices of the Bank shall become the principal office and established and authorized branch offices, respectively, of the Surviving Bank.

4. Board of Directors of Surviving Bank . The persons who shall constitute the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank at the time the merger becomes effective shall be the persons who were then members of the Board of Directors of the Bank.  They shall serve until the subsequent annual meeting of shareholders of Surviving Bank or until their successors are duly qualified and elected. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank which may exist upon or after the effective date of the merger may be filled as provided by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Bank. The officers of the Bank at the time the merger becomes effective shall hold the same offices in the Surviving Bank.
 
 
 
A-1

 

 
5. Conversion of Shares: Exchange of Certificates: Capitalization . Upon the merger becoming effective:

(a) Each three (3) issued and outstanding shares of voting common stock of the Bank shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into one (1) share of voting common stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share.  Each three (3) issued and outstanding shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, if then authorized and issued, shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into one (1) share of Non-Voting Common Stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share.

(b) As soon as practicable after the merger becomes effective, holders of shares of Bank common stock shall be furnished a form letter of transmittal for the tender of their share certificates to the Surviving Bank, which shall act as “Exchange Agent” for the Holding Company, to be exchanged for new certificates for the appropriate number of shares of Holding Company common stock. Holding Company shall be required to issue certificates for Holding Company common stock only upon the actual surrender of Bank shares or an acceptable indemnity agreement or bond from any Bank shareholder who is unable to surrender his or her certificate by reason of loss or destruction of the certificate. Upon surrender for cancellation to the Exchange Agent of one or more certificates for shares of Bank common stock, accompanied by a duly executed letter of transmittal in proper form, or an appropriate indemnity agreement or bond, as the case may be, the Exchange Agent shall, promptly after the effective date of the merger, deliver to each holder of such surrendered Bank certificates new certificates representing the appropriate number of shares of Holding Company common stock. Until certificates for Bank common stock have been surrendered and exchanged as herein provided for certificates of Holding Company common stock, each outstanding certificate for Bank common stock shall be deemed, for all corporate purposes, to be the number of full shares of Holding Company common stock into which the number of shares of Bank common stock shown thereon have been converted. In the event that any certificates for Bank common stock are not surrendered for exchange within two (2) years from the effective date of the merger, the shares of Holding Company common stock that would otherwise have been delivered in exchange for the unsurrendered Bank certificates shall be delivered by the Exchange Agent to the Holding Company, in which event the persons entitled thereto shall look only to the Holding Company for delivery of the Holding Company shares upon surrender of their outstanding certificates for Bank common stock. Following the expiration of such two (2) year period, the Holding Company may sell such unclaimed Holding Company common stock, in which event the sole right of the holders of the unsurrendered outstanding Bank certificates shall be the right to collect the net sale proceeds held for their account by the Holding Company. In the event that Holding Company shall, as required or permitted by law, pay to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania any net sale proceeds relating to unclaimed Holding Company common stock, the holders of unsurrendered outstanding Bank certificates shall thereafter look only to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for payment on account thereof.
 
 
 
A-2

 

 
(c) Prior to the merger becoming effective, the Surviving Bank will have a capital of $100,000 consisting of 100,000 issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, and a surplus of $55,000. Upon the merger becoming effective: (i) the amount and number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank shall be increased to an amount equal to the total, immediately before the merger, of (A) the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank, now being _____ shares, and (B) the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank; (ii) the surplus of the Surviving Bank shall be increased to an amount equal to the total of the surplus of the Bank and the surplus of the Surviving Bank immediately before the merger; and (iii) all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Surviving Bank, as increased by the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Bank, shall be issued to and owned by the Holding Company.

(d) Except as provided below in connection with fractional shares, no cash shall be allocated to shareholders of the Bank or to any other person, firm, or corporation upon and by reason of the merger becoming effective. Cash fees will, however, be paid to attorneys, accountants and other like persons for services rendered in the accomplishment of the merger and reorganization and other phases of the overall transaction; some of these persons may be shareholders of the Bank and of Holding Company.  The Holding Company will not issue any fractional shares of its common stock in the reorganization. Holders of Bank voting common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company common stock or Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will instead receive an amount in cash, rounded to the nearest cent and without interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of such share to which the holder would otherwise have been entitled and (ii) the book-value of one share of voting common stock of the Bank as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately prior to the consummation of the merger.

(e) Each then outstanding warrant or option to acquire shares of the common stock of the Bank heretofore issued by the Bank shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into a warrant or option, respectively, to acquire one-third the number of shares of the Holding Company on the same terms and conditions and shall remain outstanding.  The number of shares of Holding Company stock for which each outstanding option or warrant will be exercisable after the consummation of the merger will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares, subject to the holder’s agreement to any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments of the exercise price to the nearest whole cent.  After the merger becomes effective the Holding Company may, but is not obligated to, issue amended warrant or option agreements reflecting the conversion and the assumption of such warrants or options.

6. Dissenting Shareholders . The rights and remedies of a dissenting shareholder under Sections 1607 and 1222 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, 7 P.S. Sections 1607 and 1222, and, thereby, Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (15 Pa. C.S. Section 1571 et seq.) shall be afforded to any shareholder of the Bank who takes the necessary steps to perfect his or her dissenters rights. The Bank will make whatever payments are to be made to validly dissenting shareholders in the exercise of such rights. Unless otherwise provided by law, shares of the Holding Company not taken by the dissenting shareholders of the Bank shall not be issued.

7. Conditions . The merger provided under this Plan shall take place only if: (i) this Plan is approved (A) by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank and (B) by the Holding Company as a shareholder of the Surviving Bank, in accordance with applicable law; (ii) this Plan, the merger and any constituent steps are approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and (if applicable) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Notice or Application, as applicable, of the Holding Company to form a bank holding company is not objected to, or is otherwise approved, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and all other requirements prescribed by law are satisfied; (iii) the Bank receives an opinion of its special counsel, Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, to the effect that the transactions contemplated herein constitute a tax-free reorganization under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that neither gain nor loss will be recognized for federal income tax purposes to the Bank, the Surviving Bank, the Holding Company or the shareholders of the Bank (other than the dissenting shareholders who elect dissenters' rights), the Surviving Bank and the Holding Company, by reason of the transactions contemplated herein, and as to such further matters relating to the tax consequences of the transactions contemplated hereby, as the Bank may deem advisable; and (iv) there shall be no litigation or proceeding pending or threatened for the purpose of enjoining, restraining or preventing the consummation of the merger in accordance with this Plan.
 
 
 
A-3

 

 
8. Amendment; Termination . At any time before the merger becomes effective, by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of each of the Bank, the Holding Company and the Surviving Bank, this Plan (a) may be amended in any manner not inconsistent with its general purpose, provided that no amendment shall change the share exchange ratio following approval of this Plan by the shareholders of the Bank, or (b) may be terminated for any reason, including without limitation for reasons such as because of the number of shares of common stock of the Bank exercising dissenters' rights, or if it shall appear that the consummation of the Plan would be inadvisable for any reason.  If this Plan is terminated pursuant to this Section, this Plan shall be void and of no further effect, without any liability on the part of any of the parties hereto, or their respective directors, officers, shareholders or agents.

9. Shares of Holding Company Subscribers . The shares of the Holding Company, subscribed for by the initial subscriber or subscribers for common stock of the Holding Company, shall be purchased by such subscriber or subscribers by the payment of each individual incorporator's own cash to the Holding Company. Upon consummation of the merger, each subscriber for common stock of the Holding Company shall sell, surrender and redeem all of such subscriber’s stock subscribed for to the Holding Company for cash.

10. Financing of Initial Capitalization . In order to provide funds with which the Holding Company can purchase shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank for $155,000 (which Surviving Bank shall allocate as follows: Capital - $100,000; Surplus - $50,000; Expense Fund - $5,000), the Holding Company will make a temporary borrowing from an unaffiliated lender.  After consummation of the merger the Surviving Bank will pay a special cash dividend to the Holding Company which will enable the Holding Company to repay the principal amount of said loan in full plus interest.

11. Issuance of Shares . When required by the terms of this Plan, the Holding Company will issue the shares of its common stock which the shareholders of the Bank shall be entitled to receive as hereinabove provided, and will perform all other acts necessary for it to comply with the provisions of this Plan.
 
 
A-4

 

 
12. Assumption and Amendment of Stock Option Plan . Upon the merger becoming effective, without any further action being required:

(a) the Holding Company shall assume all equity compensation, employee retirement and employee benefit plans of the Bank (each, a "Plan");

(b) all then outstanding grants by the Bank under any Plan shall be converted, to the extent required, to grants by the Holding Company under such Plan; and

(c) each Plan shall be deemed amended and restated: (i) to substitute the Holding Company and the common stock of the Holding Company for the Bank and the common stock of the Bank, respectively; and (ii) to provide that eligible participants under the Plan shall include the same category or categories of officers, other employees, and non-employee directors, of the Holding Company and any current or future subsidiary of the Holding Company, including the Bank, as the categories of officers, other employees and non-employee directors of the Bank currently eligible to be participants under the Plan. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company common stock that have been or may be issued or transferred under any Plan immediately after the merger shall be the same as the maximum number of shares of Bank common stock immediately prior to the Merger, and the maximum aggregate number of shares of Holding Company common stock that shall be subject to options or awards under any Plan to any single individual immediately after the merger shall be the same as the maximum number of shares of Bank common stock immediately prior to the merger, subject to any adjustment provisions of the Plan. Approval of this Plan of Merger and Reorganization shall constitute approval of each Plan as so amended by the directors and shareholders of the Bank and Holding Company for all purposes, including, without limitation, for purposes of Sections 162(m) and 422 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the exemptive rules promulgated thereunder.

13. Board of Directors of Holding Company . The persons who shall constitute the Board of Directors of the Holding Company at the time the merger becomes effective shall be the persons who were then members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately prior to the merger. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall, to the extent consistent with the provisions of the Holding Company Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and applicable law, be divided into three classes, with members of one class serving until the first Holding Company annual meeting and members of each of the other two classes serving until successive annual meetings.  The directors in each class shall serve until the annual meeting of shareholders of the Holding Company at which his or her class is to be re-elected or until their successors are duly qualified and elected.  The members of each class shall be designated initially by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy in the Board of Directors of the Holding Company which may exist upon or after the effective date of the merger may be filled as provided by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company.

14. Affiliates; Agreements Relating to Resales of Holding Company Securities .  The Bank shall prepare and deliver to Holding Company, prior to completion of the merger, a list that identifies all persons whom the Bank believes may be deemed to be “affiliates” of Bank or Holding Company under applicable securities laws.  The Bank shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause each person whom it identifies on the list as a potential affiliate to deliver, at or prior to the completion of the transaction, a written agreement that the affiliate will not sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Holding Company shares issued to the affiliate pursuant to the transaction unless the sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition meets one of the following criteria: (1) it is made pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act; (2) it is in compliance with Rule 144; or (3) in the opinion of counsel, it is otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.   Without limiting the foregoing, any shares of Holding Company common stock issued to any persons deemed to be “affiliates” for such persons shall, at the discretion of management, include a legend disclosing applicable restrictions on transfer for such “control shares.”
 
 
 
A-5

 

 
15. Waiver . Any of the terms or conditions of this Plan may be waived in writing at any time by the Bank by action taken by its Board of Directors, whether before or after action by the Bank's shareholders, provided, however, that such action shall be taken only if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such waiver will not have a materially adverse effect on the benefits intended to be granted hereunder to the shareholders of the Bank.

16. Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except as such may be pre-empted by federal law.

17. Entire Agreement . This Plan contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

18. Counterparts . This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

[signature page follows]

 
 
A-6

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this instrument to be
executed by its Chief Executive Officer and its seal affixed, attested by its Secretary, all under
authority of its Board of Directors.

Attest:           [Corporate Seal]
 
 
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
 
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
 
Attest:           [Corporate Seal]
 
 
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK
 
 
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
 
Attest:           [Corporate Seal]
 
 
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
 
 

 
 
A-7

 
 
 
Exhibit A to Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization
 
Draft Articles Of Incorporation of Interim Bank
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

TO THE DEPARTMENT OF BANKING OF
THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA:

 
In compliance with the requirements of the Pennsylvania Banking Code of November 30, 1965, P.L. 847, as amended, the undersigned hereby states that:
 
ARTICLE I
 
Name and Place of Business
 
Section 1 The name of the institution is New Century Interim Bank (the “Bank”).
 
Section 2 The location and post office address of its principal place of business are at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460.
 
ARTICLE II
 
Purpose and Term
 
Section 1 The institution is incorporated for the purpose of receiving deposits, making loans and generally transacting all business permitted to a bank, as defined in the Banking Code of 1965, as amended, and under any present or future laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
 
Section 2 The Bank is to have perpetual existence.
 
Section 3 The institution is incorporated under the provisions of the Banking Code of 1965, as amended.
 
ARTICLE III

Capitalization

Section 1 The total number of shares of all capital stock which the Bank shall have the authority to issue is 41,500,000 shares of capital stock consisting of:

 
(i)
40,000,000 share of voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Voting Common Stock”),

 
(ii)
500,000 shares of nonvoting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Nonvoting Common Stock”), and

 
(iii)
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, any series having such par value or no par value as may be determined by the Bank’s board of directors from time to time as more fully provided in this Article (the “Preferred Stock”).
 
 
 
-1 -

 

 
Section 2 The Bank’s board of directors is hereby authorized and vested with the exclusive authority to establish one or more additional series of common stock and one or more series of preferred stock, without further approval by the shareholders of the Bank, but nevertheless subject to compliance with provisions of applicable law including without limitation applicable provisions of the Pennsylvania Banking Code.
 
Section 3 As to any series of common or preferred stock hereafter established by the Bank’s board of directors, whether or not the shares in such series have par value and, if so, the par value, whether or not the shares in such series have voting rights and if so whether such voting rights are full, limited, multiple or fractional, and the designations, preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, redemption provisions, options, conversion rights and other special rights attributable to the shares in such series, shall be as may be established and changed from time to time by a resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such shares, in each case adopted by the Bank’s board of directors.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have authority to establish any and all of the following:

 
(a)
The distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting any series;

 
(b)
The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and. if so from which date(s)1 the payment date(s) for dividends and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

 
(c)
The voting powers, full or limited, if any, or shares of such series;

 
(d)
Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and. if so, the price(s) at which, and the terms and conditions of which, such shares may be redeemed;

 
(e)
The amount(s) payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Bank;

 
(f)
Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price(s) at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;

 
(g)
Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock of the Bank and, if so. the conversion price(s) or the rate(s) of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any. at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;
 
 
 
-2 -

 

 
 
(h)
The price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued;

 
(i)
Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of serial preferred stock;

 
(j)
Preferences as to dividends or assets which are prior or subordinate to or on parity with any other class or series; and

 
(k)
Designations, qualifications, privileges, limitations, redemption provisions, options, conversion rights and other special rights, including, but not limited to, voting rights, which are greater or lesser than or equal to those of any other class or series, whether or not the other shares are issued or outstanding at the time when the board of directors acts to determine them.

Section 4 Any of the terms of a class or series of preferred shares may be made dependent upon facts ascertainable outside of these articles, or outside of the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such shares adopted by the board of directors pursuant to the authority vested in the board of directors by this Article, provided that the manner in which the facts will operate upon the terms of the class or series is set forth in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such shares adopted by the board of directors.

Section 5 No shareholder of any class of capital stock or any series of any class of capital stock shall have a pre-emptive right to purchase, pro rata or otherwise, additional shares of any class or series of capital stock or any other security of the Bank.

Section 6 The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, has authority to sell any treasury stock and/or authorized but unissued stock or other securities of the Bank, or any options, warrants or other rights to purchase any of the foregoing, upon such terms as the Board of Directors deems advisable.
 
 
ARTICLE IV

The name, occupation, place of residence and post office address of each of the incorporators of the Institution, two-thirds of whom are citizens of the United States of America, and the number of shares subscribed by each are as follows:

Name
Occupation
Place of Residence and Post Office
Address
Number of Shares
of Common Stock  
Subscribed
 
Richard A. Ehst
Banker
1309 East Wyomissing Boulevard, Reading, PA 19611
1,000
Gertrude M. Hackney
Banker
1324 Barrowdale Rd., Rydal, PA 19046
1,000
Robert Philips
Banker
122 Rockwood Rd., Newtown Square, PA 19073
1,000
 
 
 
-3 -

 
 
ARTICLE V
Ownership Limitation
 
Section 1 Except as provided in Article V, Section 2, no shareholder may have Holdings (as defined in Section 4 of this Article) of shares that exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
Section 2 Upon the resolution of at least two-thirds of the Board of Directors, the restriction imposed by Article V, Section 1 may be waived with respect to the Holdings of any shareholders.
 
Section 3 If any shareholder acquires Holdings which cause the violation of the restriction contained in Article V, Section 1, the Board of Directors may (i) terminate all voting rights attributable to the shares owned beneficially by such shareholder (the “Substantial Shareholder”) during the time that Article V, Section 1 is being violated; (ii) commence litigation to require the divestiture of such amount of the shares so that after such divestiture the shareholder would no longer be in violation of the restriction contained in Article V, Section 1; or (iii) take such ether action as is appropriate under the circumstances.
 
Section 4 A shareholder’s Holdings, as such term is used in this Article V are:  (i) the Common Stock the shareholder owns of record; (ii) the Common Stock to which the shareholder has direct or indirect beneficial ownership and (iii) the Common Stock owned of record or beneficially (as defined in this Section) by other shareholder(s) acting together with the shareholder as a group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of Common Stock (such group is hereinafter referred to as a “Shareholder Group”).  The Board of Directors may use, but is not necessarily limited to, the following indicia to determine “beneficial ownership”:  the effect of stock ownership by a person’s spouse and minor children; ownership of shares held by a corporation or foundation of which a Substantial Shareholder is an officer or affiliate; the extent of a Substantial Shareholder’s ownership of partnership shares; transfers pursuant to divorce; installment purchases; stock warrants, grants and options; control over the voting power of any stock; the status of a Substantial Shareholder as trustee, trust beneficiary or settlor of a trust of which part or all of the corpus is shares of the common stock of the Bank; and stock dividends.  The Board of Director’s determination of the existence and membership of a Shareholder Group, of a shareholder’s Holdings and of the record are conclusive, absent proof of bad faith.
 
Section 5 This Article V may not be amended unless approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Bank.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
Control Transactions
 
Section 1 Section 1610 of the Banking Code of 1965 (relating to the right  of shareholders to receive payment for shares following a control transaction) shall not apply to the institution.
 

 
 
-4 -

 

ARTICLE VII
 
The name, occupation, place of residence and post office address of each of the first directors, all of whom shall serve until the first annual meeting of shareholders of the Institution and until their respective successors are elected, are:

Name
Occupation
Place of Residence and Post Office Address
 
Jay S. Sidhu
Banker
5 Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540
Richard A. Ehst
Banker
1309 East Wyomissing Boulevard, Reading, PA 19611
Thomas Brugger
Banker
1142 Lehigh Avenue, Wyomissing, PA 19610
Gertrude M. Hackney
Banker
1324 Barrowdale Rd., Rydal, PA 19046
Robert Philips
Banker
122 Rockwood Rd., Newtown Square, PA 19073

ARTICLE VIII
Acquisition Offers
 
Section 1 The Board of Directors may, if it deems it advisable, oppose a tender, or other offer for the Bank’s securities, whether the offer is in cash or in the securities of a corporation or otherwise.  When considering whether to oppose an offer, the Board of Directors may, but is not legally obligated to, consider any relevant or pertinent issue; by way of illustration, but not of limitation, the Board of Directors may, but shall not be legally obligated to, consider any or all of the following:
 
(a) whether the offer price is acceptable based on the historical and present operating results or financial condition of the Bank;
 
(b) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Bank’s securities in the future;
 
(c) the social and economic effects of the offer or transaction on this Bank and any of its subsidiaries, employees, depositors, loan and other customers, creditors, shareholders and other elements of the communities in which this Bank and any of its subsidiaries operate or are located;
 
(d) the business and financial conditions and earnings prospects of the offeror, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing or likely financial obligations of the offeror, and the possible affect of such conditions upon this Bank and any of its subsidiaries and the other elements of the communities in which this Bank and any of its subsidiaries operate or are located;
 
(e) the value of the securities (if any) which the offeror is offering in exchange for the Bank’s securities, based, on an analysis of the worth of the Bank as compared to the corporation whose securities are being offered;
 
(f) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the offer.
 
Section 2 If the Board of Directors determines that an offer should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to accomplish its purpose including, but not limited to, the following: advising shareholders not to accept the offer; litigation against the offeror; filing complaints with all governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring securities; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued securities or treasury stock or granting options with respect thereto; acquiring a company to create an antitrust or other regulatory problem for the offeror; or obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity.
 
 
 
-5 -

 
 
Section 3 This Article VIII may not be amended unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
Special Voting and Concurrence Provision
 
Section 1 The Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at regular or special meeting duly convened after notice to the shareholders of that purpose, or by a majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting thereof duly convened after notice to the directors of that purpose, (except the directors shall not make or alter any bylaws fixing their qualification, classification or term of office) subject always to the power of the shareholders to change such action of the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
Section 2 No merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Bank nor any action that would result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Bank shall be valid unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank.
 
Section 3 This Article IX may not be amended unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank.
- 0 – 0 – 0 –
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the incorporators have signed and sealed these Articles of Incorporation this ____ day of February, 2010

___________________________________
Richard A. Ehst, Incorporator
 
___________________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney, Incorporator
 
___________________________________
Robert Philips, Incorporator
 


 
 
-6-

 
 
 
Exhibit B to Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization
 
BYLAWS
of
NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK
 
Article I.
 
PURPOSE
 
Section 1.1    New Century Interim Bank will provide banking services to its community in a manner that stimulates community consciousness and vision, involves its customers in forming that vision and provides funds for the achievement of the vision.  The Bank will provide security for its depositors, a sound financial basis for its future and a fair return to its shareholders.
 
Section 1.2    The Bank shall have and continuously maintain in Pennsylvania a registered office.
 
Article 2
 
SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS
 
Section 2.1    All meetings of the shareholders shall be held within the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania at such time and place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 2.2    The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held at such time and place as may be set by the Board of Directors but not later than the thirty-first day of May in each year, when the shareholders shall elect directors to the Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
 
Section 2.3    Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, a majority of the Board of Directors or by one or more shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast at the particular meeting.  If such request is addressed to the Secretary, it shall be signed by the persons making the same and shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  Upon receipt of any such request, the Secretary shall fix the date of such meeting to be held not more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request and shall give due notice thereof.  In the event of the Secretary’s failure within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the request to fix the date or give the notice, the person or persons making the request may issue the call.
 
Section 2.4    Written notice of all meetings other than adjourned meetings of shareholders, stating the place, date and hour, and, in case of special meetings of shareholders, the purpose thereof, shall be served upon, or mailed, postage prepaid, or telegraphed, charges prepaid, at least ten (10) days before such meeting, unless a greater period of notice is required by statute or by these Bylaws, to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the transfer books of the Bank.
 
 
 
-1-

 
 
Article 3
 
QUORUM OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
Section 3.1    The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.  If a meeting cannot be organized for lack of a quorum, those present may adjourn the meeting to such time and place as they may determine.
 
In the case of a meeting for the election of directors which is twice adjourned for lack of a quorum, those present at the second of such adjourned meetings shall constitute a quorum for the election of directors without regard to the other quorum requirements of this section, the articles or bylaws.
 
Article 4
 
VOTING RIGHTS
 
Section 4.1    Except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation, at every shareholders meeting, every shareholder entitled to vote thereat shall have the right to one vote for every share having voting power standing in his or her name on the books of the Bank on the record date fixed for the meeting.  No share shall be voted at any meeting if an installment is due and unpaid thereon.
 
Section 4.2    When a quorum is present at any meeting the voice vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power, present, in person or by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting except as provided differently by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation.
 
Section 4.3    Upon demand made by a shareholder entitled to vote at any election for directors before the voting begins, the election shall be by ballot.
 
Article 5
 
PROXIES
 
Section 5.1    Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.  Every proxy shall be executed in writing by the shareholder or his or her duly authorized attorney in fact and filed with the Secretary of the Bank.  A proxy shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any other agreement or any provision in the proxy to the contrary, but the revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until notice thereof has been given to the Secretary of the Bank.  No unrevoked proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution.  A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker, unless before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or incapacity is given to the Secretary of the Bank.
 
 
 
-2-

 
 
Article 6
 
RECORD DATE
 
Section 6.1    The Board of Directors may fix a time, not more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders, or the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of shares will be made or go into effect, as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect to any such change, conversion or exchange of shares.  The Board of Directors may close the books of the Bank against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of such period, and in such case written or printed notice thereof shall be mailed at least ten (10) days before closing thereof to each shareholder of record at the address appearing on the records of the Bank or supplied by him or her to the Bank for the purpose of notice.  While the stock transfer books of the Bank are closed, no transfer of shares shall be made thereon.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, and vote at, a shareholders meeting, transferees of shares which are transferred on the books of the Bank within ten (10) days next preceding the date of such meeting shall not be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting.
 

 
Article 7
 
VOTING LISTS
 
Section 7.1    The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books for shares of the Bank shall make, at least five (5) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete alphabetical list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, with their addresses and the number of shares held by each, which list shall be kept on file at the registered office or principal place of business of the Bank and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder during normal business hours and at the time and place of the meeting during the entire meeting.  The original transfer books for shares of the Bank, or a duplicate thereof kept in this Commonwealth, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to exercise the rights of a shareholder.
 
Article 8
 
JUDGES OF ELECTION
 
Section 8.1    In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If judges of election are not so appointed, the Chairperson of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or his or her proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting.  The number of judges shall be one or three.  If appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares present and entitled to vote shall determine whether one or three judges are to be appointed.  No person who is a candidate for office shall act as a judge.  The judges of election shall do all such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote, and such other duties as may be prescribed by statute, with fairness to all shareholders, and if requested by the Chairperson of the meeting or any shareholder or his or her proxy, shall make a written report of any matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.  If there are three judges of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be the decision, act or certificate of all.
 
 
 
-3-

 

Article 9
 
CONSENT OF SHAREHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING
 
Section 9.1    Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or of a class of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by all of the shareholders who would be entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose and shall be filed with the Secretary of the Bank.
 
Article 10
 
DIRECTORS
 
Section 10.1                      Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.  All nominations made by any shareholder must be made in writing, delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Bank not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any meeting of the shareholders called for the election of directors.  If less than thirty (30) days’ notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, the nomination shall be delivered or mailed to the Secretary not later than the close of the seventh (7th) day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to shareholders.  Every nomination shall include:
 
 
(a)
the consent of the person nominated to serve as a director;
 
 
(b)
the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee;
 
 
(c)
the principal occupation or employment of the nominee;
 
 
(d)
the number of shares of the Bank beneficially owned by the nominee;
 
 
(e)
the name and address of the notifying shareholder; and
 
 
(f)
the number of shares of the Bank owned by the notifying shareholder.
 
The chairperson of any meeting called for the election of directors shall reject any nomination made by any shareholder which was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section, unless the Board of Directors has agreed to waive said provisions as to such nomination.  In the event that the same person is nominated by more than one shareholder, if at least one nomination for such person complies with this Section, the nomination shall be honored and all votes cast for such nominee shall be counted.  Nominations for the election of directors made by the Board of Directors need not comply with the provisions of this Section.
 
 
 
-4-

 
 
Section 10.2    Within the requirements of law, the exact number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by an affirmative majority vote of the Board of Directors.  However, no increase in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
 
Section 10.3    The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes (Class A, Class B and Class C), as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the whole Board permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year.  At the first annual meeting of shareholders, directors in Class A shall be elected to hold office for one (1) year term; directors in Class B shall be elected to hold office for a two (2) year term; and directors in Class C shall be elected to hold office for a three (3) year term.  Each class shall be elected in a separate election.
 
Section 10.4    Within the requirements of law, the term and number of directors in each class shall be fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors.  The term of office, until otherwise fixed, for all directors elected at each annual meeting held after the first annual meeting shall be three (3) years from the date of their election.  At each annual meeting after the first annual meeting, elections shall be held to elect directors to replace those whose terms have expired.  All directors shall continue in office after the expiration of their term until their successors are elected or appointed and have qualified, except in the event of earlier resignation, removal or disqualification.
 
Section 10.5    Each director shall be required to attend a minimum of 75% of meetings of directors properly called under Article 13, each calendar year.
 
Article 11
 
VACANCIES ON BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 11.1    Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, including vacancies caused by any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum.  Any director chosen to fill a vacancy in any class of directors defined in Section 3 of Article 10 shall become a member of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred.  Such director shall hold office for the remainder of the original term of such vacancy.
 
Article 12
 
POWERS OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 12.1    The business and affairs of the Bank shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Bank and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised and done by the shareholders.
 
 
 
-5-

 
 
Section 12.2    The Board of Directors may appoint each year such number of Advisory Directors as the Board may from time to time determine.
 
Article 13
 
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 13.1    An organization meeting may be held immediately following the annual shareholders meeting without the necessity of notice to the directors to constitute a legally convened meeting, or the directors may meet at such time and place as may be fixed by either a notice or waiver of notice or consent signed by all of such directors.
 
Section 13.2    Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held not less often than semi-annually at a time and place determined by the Board of Directors at the preceding meeting.  One or more directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear one another.
 
Section 13.3    Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairperson of the Board or the President and shall be called at the request of any three Directors on one day’s notice to each director, either personally or by mail, telegram or telephone; special meetings shall be called by the Chairperson of the Board or the President in like manner and on like notice upon the written request of three directors.
 
Section 13.4    At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the directors present at a meeting in person or by conference telephone or similar communications equipment at which a quorum is present in person or by such communications equipment shall be the acts of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.
 
Article 14
 
INFORMAL ACTION BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 14.1 If all the directors shall severally or collectively consent in writing, including but not limited to telegrams and radiograms, to any action to be taken by the Bank, such action shall be as valid a corporate action as though it had been authorized at a meeting of the Board of Directors.
 
Article 15
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 15.1    Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their services or fixed sum and expenses for attendance at regular and special meetings, or any combination of the foregoing as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Bank in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore.
 
 
 
 
-6-

 
 
Article 16
 
COMMITTEES
 
Section 16.1    The standing committees which shall be appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors shall be the Executive Committee, the Audit Committee and such other committees as may be deemed necessary by the Board or shareholders for efficient operation of the institution.
 
Section 16.2    The Executive Committee shall consist of not less than three nor more than five outside directors and such officers as shall be appointed by the board.  The Executive Committee shall meet at such time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, or upon call of the Chairperson of the Board or the President. A majority of voting members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum. The Executive committee shall have and exercise the authority of the Board of Directors in the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors as far as may be permitted by law.
 
Section 16.3    The Audit Committee shall consist of not less than two nor more than five Directors, all of whom shall comply with such independence standards as may be required by the laws governing the bank from time to time, subject to such stricter standards of independence, if any, as the Board may establish from time to time. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The Committee shall effect its own organization.
 
For so long as required by the Department of Banking, the Audit Committee or the Board of Directors shall at least once in each year cause to be made by a certified public accountant selected for the purpose, a complete audit of the books and affairs of the bank.  Upon completion of the audit the certified public accountant shall make a report thereof and its recommendations in accordance with the Department of Banking’s minimum acceptable requirements for directors’ audits to the Board of Directors.
 
Article 17
 
OFFICERS
 
Section 17.1    The officers of the Bank shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its organization meeting and shall be a Chairperson, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers and appoint such agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms, have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person except both the offices of President and of Treasurer.
 
Section 17.2    Chairperson.   The Chairperson of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and directors.  He or she shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the Board of Directors.  He or she shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these Bylaws.  He or she shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.
 
 
 
-7-

 
 
Section 17.3    President.   The President shall have general and active management of the business of the Bank; shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are put into effect, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors to delegate any specific powers, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, to any other officer or officers of the Bank; and shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal under the seal of the Bank, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Bank.
 
Section 17.4    Chief Executive Officer.   The Board of Directors shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or the President as Chief Executive Officer.  He or she shall
supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the Board.  He or she shall have general executive powers as well as any specific powers and duties as may be conferred upon him or her by the Board.

Section 17.5    Vice Presidents.   The Vice Presidents shall have such duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the President in the absence of any assignment by the Board of Directors.  One or more may be designated Executive Vice President.
 
Section 17.6    Secretary.   The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders, of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee.  He or she shall have charge of the corporate records, papers, and the corporate seal of the bank.  He or she shall give notice of all meetings of shareholders, of the Board of Directors and of special meetings of the Executive Committee.
 
Section 17.7    Treasurer.   The Treasurer shall be responsible for all money, funds, securities, fidelity and indemnity bonds and other valuables belonging to the bank; shall cause to be kept proper records of the transactions of the bank; and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Director-, or the President.
 
Section 17.8    The compensation of all officers of the Bank shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 17.9    The Board of Directors may remove any officer or agent elected or appointed, at any time and within the period, if any, for which such person was elected or employed whenever in the Board of Directors’ judgment it is in the best interests of the Bank, and all persons shall be elected and employed subject to the provisions thereof.  If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.
 
 
 
-8-

 
 
Article 18
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
 
Section 18.1    A director of this Bank shall stand in a fiduciary relation to the Bank and shall perform his or her duties as a director, including his or her duties as a member of any committee of the board upon which he or she may serve, in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Bank, and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, skill and diligence, as a person of ordinary prudence would use under similar circumstances.  In performing his or her duty, a director shall be entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by any of the following:
 
 
(a)
one or more officers or employees of the Bank whom  the director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented.
 
 
(b)
Counsel, public accountants or other persons as to  matters  which  the director reasonably believes to be within  the  professional or expert competence of such person.
 
 
(c)
A committee of the board upon which he or she does not serve,  duly designated in accordance with law, as to matters within its designated authority, which committee the director  reasonably believes to merit confidence.
 
A director shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he or she has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause his or her reliance to be unwarranted.
 
Section 18.2  In discharging the duties of their respective positions, the board of directors, committees of the board, and individual directors may, in considering the best interests of the Bank, consider the effects of any action upon employees, upon suppliers and customers of the Bank and upon communities in which offices or other establishments of the Bank are located, and all other pertinent factors. The consideration of those factors shall not constitute a violation of Section 18.1.
 
Section 18.3    Absent a breach of fiduciary duty, lack of good faith or  self-dealing, actions taken as a director or any failure to take any action shall be presumed to be in the best interests of the Bank.
 
Section 18.4    A director of this Bank shall not be personally liable for monetary damages as such for any action taken or for any failure to take any action, unless:
 
 
(a)
the director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office under the provisions of Sections 18.1 and 18.2; and
 
 
(b)
the breach or failure to perform constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness.
 
 
 
-9-

 
 
Section 18.5    The provisions of Section 18.4 shall not apply to:
 
 
(a)
the responsibility or liability of a director pursuant to a criminal statute; or
 
 
(b)
the liability of a director for the payment of taxes pursuant to local, state or federal law.
 
Section 18.6    The Bank shall indemnify any director, officer and/or employee, or any former director, officer and/or employee, who was or is a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or who is called to be a witness in connection with, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer and/or employee of the Bank, or is or was serving at the request of the Bank as a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Bank, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Bank, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.  No indemnification shall be made in respect of any such claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the Bank.
 
Section 18.7    Except as may be otherwise ordered by a court, there shall be a presumption party director, officer and/or employee is entitled to indemnification as provided in Sections 18.6 of this Article unless either a majority of the directors who are not involved in such proceedings (“disinterested directors”) or, if there are less than three disinterested directors, then the holders of one-third of the outstanding shares of the Bank determine that the person is not entitled to such presumption by certifying such determination in writing to the Secretary of the Bank.  In such event the disinterested director(s) or, in the event of certification by shareholders, the Secretary of the Bank shall request of independent counsel, who may be the outside general counsel of the Bank, a written opinion as to whether or not the parties involved are entitled to indemnification under Sections 18.6 of this Article.
 
Section 18.8    Expenses incurred by a director, officer and/or employee in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Bank in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized in the manner provided under Section 18.7 of this Article upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer and/or employee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Bank.
 
Section 18.9    The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity while serving as a director, officer and/or employee and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer and/or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
 
 
-10-

 
 
Section 18.10    The Bank may create a fund of any nature, which may, but need not be, under the control of a trustee, or otherwise secure or insure in any manner its indemnification obligations arising under this Article.
 
Section 18.11    The Bank shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer and/or employee of the Bank, or is or was serving at the request of the Bank as a director, officer and/or employee of a corporation, partnership, joint venture trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Bank would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article.
 
Section 18.12    Indemnification under this Article shall not be made in any case where the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted negligence, willful misconduct or recklessness.
 
Article 19
 
DIVIDENDS
 
Section 19.1    The Board of Directors may, from time to time, at any duly convened regular or special meeting or by unanimous consent in writing, declare and pay dividends upon the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank in cash, property or shares of the Bank, as long as any dividend shall not be in violation of law or the Articles of Incorporation.
 
Section 19.2    Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Bank available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Bank, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall believe to be for the best interests of the Bank, and the Board of Directors may reduce or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
 
Article 20
 
FINANCIAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
 
Section 20.1    The President and the Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting of the shareholders a full and complete statement of the business and affairs of the Bank for the preceding year.
 

 

 
 
-11-

 
 
Article 21
 
INSTRUMENTS
 
Section 21.1    All checks or demands for money and notes of the Bank shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other persons as the Executive Committee or the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
 
Section 21.2    All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments and documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted, on behalf of the Bank by the Chairperson, President or other persons as may be designated by them.
 
Article 22
 
FISCAL YEAR
 
                Section 22.1    The fiscal year of the Bank shall be the calendar year.
 
Article 23
 
NOTICES AND WAIVERS THEREOF
 
Section 23.1    Whenever, under the provisions of applicable law or of the Articles of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, written notice is required to be given to any person, it may be given to such person either personally or by sending a copy thereof through the mail or by telegram, charges prepaid, to his or her address appearing on the books of the Bank or supplied by him or her to the Bank for the purpose of notice.  If the notice is sent by mail or telegraph, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto when deposited in the United States mail or with a telegraph office for transmission to such person.  Such notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders, the general nature of the business to be transacted.
 
Section 23.2    Any written notice required to be given to any person may be waived in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice whether before or after the time stated therein.  Attendance of any person entitled to notice whether in person or by proxy, at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where any person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  Where written notice is required of any meeting, the waiver thereof must specify the purpose only if it is for a special meeting of shareholders.
 

 
-12-

 

Article 24
 
AMENDMENTS
 
Section 24.1    These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock at regular or special meeting duly convened after notice to the shareholders of that purpose, or by a majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting thereof duly convened after notice to the directors of that purpose, (except the directors shall not make or alter any bylaws fixing their qualification, classification or term of office) subject always to the.  power of the shareholders to change such action of the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
Article 25
 
EMERGENCIES
 
Section 1.    In the event of any emergency declared by governmental authorities, the result of a regional or national disaster and of such severity as to prevent the normal conduct and management of the affairs of this bank by its Directors and Officers as contemplated by these bylaws, any three available Directors shall constitute the Executive Committee to exercise the full authority of that Committee until such time as a duly elected Board of Directors can again assume full responsibility and control of the bank.
 
 
 
-13-

 
 
 
Exhibit C to Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.

FIRST. The name of the Corporation is Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
 
SECOND. The location and post office address of the Corporation’s registered office in this Commonwealth is 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460.
 
THIRD. The Corporation is being incorporated under the provisions of the Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (the “Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law”). The corporation is being organized on a stock share basis.  The purpose of the Corporation is and it shall have unlimited power to engage in and to do any lawful act concerning any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under such Law.
 
FOURTH. The term of the Corporation’s existence is perpetual.
 
FIFTH. A. Authorized Shares .  The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 300,000,000 shares, divided into three classes consisting of:
 
(a)  
100,000,000 shares of common stock without par value (“Common Stock”);
(b)  
100,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with the rights, designations, preferences and limitations provided more fully in Sub-Article B of this Article below (“Class B Non-Voting Common Stock”); and
(c)  
100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, having such par value, or no par value, as the board of directors shall fix and determine as provided in Article SIXTH below or as may be permitted by applicable law (“Preferred Stock”).

B.   Statement of Designations Applicable to Class B Non-Voting Common Stock .

Section 1. General .  The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have the rights, designations, preferences and limitations set forth in this Sub-Article.

Section 2. Ranking . In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Corporation, holders of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all the assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to holders of Common Stock, after the rights of the holders of preferred stock have been satisfied.

Section 3. Definitions . As used herein with respect to the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock:

Articles of Incorporation ” shall mean these articles of incorporation of the Corporation, as they have been or may hereafter be amended from time to time.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors.

Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as they have been or may hereafter be amended from time to time.

Common Stock ” means the voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.

Depositary ” means DTC or its nominee or any successor depositary appointed by the Corporation.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company and its successors or assigns.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
 
-1-

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name the shares of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock are registered, which may be treated by the Corporation, Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent as the absolute owner of the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for the purpose of making payment and for all other purposes.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

Registrar ” shall mean the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and its successors and assigns or any other registrar duly appointed by the Corporation.

Transfer Agent ” means the Corporation, acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and its successors and assigns, including any successor transfer agent appointed by the Corporation.  The Corporation may act as its own transfer agent.

Section 4. Dividends and Other Distributions .  The holders of the Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount of dividends per share if, as and when declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. In no event shall any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock unless the shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically, provided that, in the event of a dividend of Common Stock, shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and shares of Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock.

Section 5. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law, herein or as otherwise provided in any statement of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power and each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote, and the holders of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have no voting power, and shall not have the right to participate in any meeting of stockholders or to have notice thereof, except as required by applicable law and except that any action that would significantly and adversely affect the rights of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with respect to the modification of the terms of the securities or dissolution, shall require the approval of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock voting separately as a class.

Section 6. Other Rights, Preferences and Privileges .  Except as expressly provided in this Article FIFTH(B), the rights, preferences and privileges of the Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be in all respects and for all purposes and in all circumstances absolutely and completely identical.

Section 7. Redemptions . The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be redeemable either at the Corporation’s option or at the option of Holders at any time. The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation to redeem, repurchase or retire the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.

Section 8. Listing; Registration . In the event the Corporation lists the Common Stock on any national securities exchange or quotation system or registers the Common Stock under the Securities Act, it shall also list the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at the same time, to the extent such listing or registration is permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, and reasonably feasible.

Section 9. Transfer Agent, Registrar and Paying Agent . The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall initially be the Corporation. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, remove itself or any appointed successor as Transfer Agent; provided that the Corporation shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal.
 
Section 10. Miscellaneous .

(i) The Corporation will pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the conversion of shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock into shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property in a name other than that of the Holder of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be converted and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue or delivery has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or established, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
 
 
 
-2-

 
 
(ii) Whenever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating or otherwise adversely affecting the remaining provisions hereof. If a court of competent jurisdiction should determine that a provision hereof would be valid or enforceable if a period of time were extended or shortened or a particular percentage were increased or decreased, then such court may make such change as shall be necessary to render the provision in question effective and valid under applicable law.

(iii) The headings of the various subdivisions of this Article FIFTH are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.

(iv) If any of the voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all other voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein that can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications limitations and restrictions thereof unless so expressed herein.

SIXTH. There is hereby expressly granted to and vested in the board of directors of the Corporation authority to, pursuant to and in accordance with the Section 1522(b) of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section, divide the authorized and unissued shares of the Corporation into classes or series, or both, and to fix and determine (except as fixed and determined herein), by resolution, the par value, voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, including specifically, but not limited to, the dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights and liquidation preferences, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any entire class if none of the shares in such class have been issued), the number of shares constituting any such series or class, and the terms and conditions of the issue thereof.

SEVENTH. Each holder of record of Common Stock, to the extent such Common Stock has voting rights, shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. No shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate any votes for the election of directors.

EIGHTH. The management, control and government of the Corporation shall be vested in a board of directors consisting of not less than six (6) nor more than twenty-five (25) members in number, as fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation from time to time. The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Each Class shall be as nearly equal in number as possible; subject to the foregoing, the number of Class I, Class II or Class III directors may be changed from time to time by a majority vote of the board of directors. The term of office of each Class shall be three (3) years, so that the term of office of one class of directors shall expire each year when their respective successors have been duly elected by the shareholders and qualified. At each annual election by the shareholders of the Corporation, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be identified as being of the same class as the directors they succeed. If, for any reason, a vacancy occurs on the board of directors of the Corporation, a majority of the remaining directors shall have the exclusive power to fill the vacancy by electing a director to hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which the vacancy occurred. No director of the Corporation shall be removed from office by the vote of shareholders, unless the votes of shareholders cast in favor of the resolution for the removal of such director constitute at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders would be entitled to cast at an annual election of directors.
 
 
 
-3-

 

 
NINTH. Any or all classes of shares of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by uncertificated shares to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, except that shares represented by a certificate that is issued and outstanding shall be represented thereby until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

TENTH. No holder of any class of capital stock of the Corporation shall have preemptive rights, and the Corporation shall have the right to issue and to sell to any person or persons any shares of its capital stock or any option, warrant or right to acquire capital stock, or any securities having conversion or option rights without first offering such shares, rights or securities to any holder of any class of capital stock of the Corporation.

ELEVENTH . Except as set forth below, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are entitled to cast, and if any class of shares is entitled to vote as a separate class, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the outstanding shares of such class (or such greater amount as required by the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation establishing such class) shall be required to approve any of the following ---

(a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other organization;

(b) any share exchange in which an organization, person or entity acquires the issued or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation pursuant to a vote of shareholders;

(c) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Corporation to any other organization, person or entity; or

(d) any transaction similar to, or having similar effect as, any of the foregoing transactions;

--- if, in any of the foregoing cases, as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice thereof and to vote thereon, such other organization, person or entity is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast.

If any of the transactions identified above in this Article ELEVENTH is with an organization, person or entity that is not the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, then the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast shall be required to approve any such transaction. An affirmative vote as provided in the foregoing provisions shall, to the extent permitted by law, be in lieu of the vote of the shareholders otherwise required by law.

The board of directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine, for purposes of this Article ELEVENTH, on the basis of information known to the board, if and when such other corporation, person or entity is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, and/or if any transaction is similar to, or has an effect similar to, any of the transactions identified above in this Article ELEVENTH. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Article ELEVENTH. The Corporation may voluntarily completely liquidate and/or dissolve only in accordance with all applicable laws and only if the proposed liquidation and/or dissolution is approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast.   The provisions of this Article ELEVENTH shall not apply to any transaction which is approved in advance by 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation, at a meeting duly called and held.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Article or any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Corporation’s bylaws, a plan of merger or consolidation may be approved and adopted without the approval of the Corporation’s shareholders in those circumstances where the applicable law, rules and regulations permit the plan to be approved by the board of directors without the approval of the shareholders.
 
 
 
-4-

 

 
TWELFTH. No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of the shareholders of the Corporation to consent in writing to action without a meeting is specifically denied. The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast shall constitute a quorum of shareholders at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

THIRTEENTH. The authority to make, amend, alter, change or repeal the Corporation’s bylaws is hereby expressly and solely granted to and vested in the board of directors of the Corporation, subject always to the power of the shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast, except that Article Eight of the Corporation’s bylaws relating to limitations on directors’ liabilities and indemnification of directors, officers and others may not be amended to increase the exposure to liability for directors or to decrease the indemnification of directors, officers and others except by the affirmative vote of 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the entire board of directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast.

FOURTEENTH. The board of directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another party to (a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (b) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation, (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, or (d) engage in any transaction similar to, or having similar effects as, any of the foregoing transactions, shall, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including without limitation the social and economic effects of the proposed transaction on the depositors, employees, suppliers, customers and other constituents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located, the business reputation of the other party, and the board of directors’ evaluation of the then value of the Corporation in a freely negotiated sale and of the future prospects of the Corporation as an independent entity.

FIFTEENTH. If any corporation, person, entity, or group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, such corporation, person, entity or group shall within thirty (30) days thereafter offer to purchase all shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to vote. Such offer to purchase shall be at a price per share equal to the highest price paid for shares of the respective class or series of capital stock of the Corporation purchased by such corporation, person, entity or group within the preceding twelve months. If such corporation, person, entity or group did not purchase any shares of a particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation within the preceding twelve months, such offer to purchase shall be at a price per share equal to the fair market value of such class or series of capital stock on the date on which such corporation, person, entity or group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation. Such offer shall provide that the purchase price for such shares shall be payable in cash. The provisions of this Article FIFTEENTH shall not apply if 80 percent (80%) or more of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation approve in advance the acquisition of beneficial ownership by such corporation, person, entity or group, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

SIXTEENTH. The Corporation’s board of directors may amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in its Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and all rights conferred upon shareholders and directors herein are hereby granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that the provisions set forth in Articles SEVENTH, EIGHTH, ELEVENTH and TWELFTH through FOURTEENTH, inclusive, of these Articles of Incorporation may not be repealed, altered or amended, in any respect whatsoever, unless such repeal, alteration or amendment is approved by either (a) the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast or (b) the affirmative vote of 80 percent (80%) of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation and the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast.
 
 
 
-5-

 

 
SEVENTEENTH. The Control Transactions provisions of Section 2541 of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section, shall not be applicable to the Corporation. The Disgorgement By Certain Controlling Shareholders Following Attempt to Acquire Control provisions of Section 2571 of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section , shall not be applicable to the Corporation.

NINETEENTH.  The name and address, including number and street, if any, of each incorporator is as follows:

Name
 
Address
Jay S. Sidhu
5 Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540
Richard A. Ehst
1309 East Wyomissing Boulevard, Reading, PA 19611
Thomas Brugger
1142 Lehigh Avenue, Wyomissing, PA 19610

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Incorporators have signed these Articles of Incorporation this 6th day of April, 2010.


                 /s/Jay S. Sidhu                                                                                       
Jay S. Sidhu, Incorporator
 
            /s/ Richard A. Ehst                                                                 
Richard A. Ehst, Incorporator
 
 
                 /s/ Thomas Brugger                                                               
Thomas Brugger, Incorporator
 


 
 
-6-


 
Exhibit D to Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization
 
 
BYLAWS
OF
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE ONE
OFFICES

1.01. Registered Office . The registered office of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be located in such place as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

1.02. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE TWO
SEAL

2.01. Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Pennsylvania.”

ARTICLE THREE
SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

3.01. Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any geographic location within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the executive office of the Corporation. Shareholders shall not be permitted to participate in any meeting of shareholders by means of conference telephone or the Internet or other electronic communications technology, unless the Board of Directors, by resolution so directs with respect to such meeting. Meetings held by means of the Internet conference or telephone or other electronic communications technology shall not be required to be held at a particular geographic location and shall provide shareholders with the opportunity to read or hear the proceedings substantially concurrently with their occurrence, vote on matters submitted to the shareholders and pose questions to the Directors.

3.02. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such day each year as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. At such meetings, Directors shall be elected, reports of the affairs of the Corporation shall be considered, and any other business may be transacted which is within the powers of the shareholders.

3.03. (a) Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of shareholders shall be delivered, personally, by courier service, charges prepaid, by first class, express or bulk mail, postage prepaid, facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication addressed to the shareholder at his or her postal address, facsimile number, e-mail address or other electronic communication location as it appears on the books of the Corporation or as supplied by such shareholder to the Corporation for the purpose of notice, by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or the officer or persons calling the meeting.

(b) Time of Notice . Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days, or in the case of bulk mail not less than twenty (20) days, before the date of the meeting, and in accordance with any laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Corporation (collectively referred to herein as “applicable law”). If the notice is sent by mail or courier, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail or with a courier service for delivery to the shareholder. If the notice is sent by facsimile, e-mail or other electronic communication, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when sent to the shareholder.

(c) Contents of Notice . Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall state the day, hour and geographic location, if any, of the meeting. The notice shall also state the general nature of the business to be transacted if it is a special meeting.

 
-1 -

 
 
(d) Notice of Adjourned Meeting . When a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the new meeting.

3.04. (a) Calling of Special Meetings . Upon request in writing to the Chief Executive Officer, Vice President or Secretary, sent by registered mail or delivered to the officer in person, by any persons entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary of the Corporation shall fix as the date of the meeting a date not less than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request, and cause notice to be delivered to the shareholders entitled to vote thereat in accordance with Section 3.03 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time or date when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

(b) Persons Entitled to Call Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by any of the following: (1) the Board of Directors at a duly called and held meeting of the Board of Directors or upon the unanimous written consent of the members of the Board of Directors; or (2) the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, but only upon receiving written direction of at least a majority of Directors then in office.

(c) Business of Special Meeting . Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the subjects stated in the notice and matters germane thereto, unless all shareholders entitled to vote are present and shall have otherwise consented.
 
3.05. (a) Quorum of and Action by Shareholders . The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all of shareholders are entitled to cast on a particular matter to be acted upon at a meeting (after giving effect to Article FIFTEENTH or any successor “excess shares” provision, in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation), shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of consideration and action on the matter. If a proxy casts a vote on behalf of a shareholder on any issue other than a procedural motion considered at a meeting of shareholders, the shareholder shall be deemed to be present during the entire meeting for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present for consideration of any other issue. If a quorum is present, except in the election of Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater or lesser number or the voting by classes is required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (“BCL”) or other applicable law.

(b) Adjournment for Lack or Loss of Quorum . In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at the meeting, but no other business may be transacted. Meetings at which Directors are to be elected shall be adjourned only from day to day or for such longer periods not exceeding fifteen (15) days each and those shareholders who attend the second of such adjourned meetings, although less than a quorum, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing Directors.  The minimum attendance required for purposes of determining a quorum at an adjourned meeting shall be as provided by applicable law.

3.06. (a) Closing Transfer Books . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may provide, or may authorize any officer to provide, that the share transfer books shall be closed for a stated period not to exceed fifty (50) days, in which case written or printed notice thereof shall be mailed at least ten (10) days before the beginning of such period to each shareholder of record at the address appearing on the books of the Corporation or supplied by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice.

(b) Record Date . In lieu of closing the share transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance, or may authorize any officer to fix, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.
 
 
 
-2 -

 

 
(c) Other Determination of Shareholders . If the share transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, absent subsequent action by the Board of Directors establishing a different record date, the date fifteen (15) days after the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, or the date on which the resolutions of the Board of Directors on any other matter is adopted, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders of record.

(d) Adjourned Meetings . When any determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

3.07. Inspection of Corporate Records . Every shareholder, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, shall have the right to examine, in person or by agent or attorney, during the usual hours for business for any proper purpose, the share register, books or records of account, and records of the proceedings of the incorporators, shareholders and Directors, and make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right of inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the shareholder. In all cases, the demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, at its principal place of business or in care of the person in charge of the actual business office of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section, the Corporation’s principal place of business and its sole actual business office shall be deemed to be the location where the Chief Executive Officer maintains his or her principal office and the person in charge of that office shall be deemed to be the Chief Executive Officer.

3.08. Voting List . The officer or agent having charge of the transfer book for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such a meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open, or otherwise made available in accordance with applicable law, at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof kept in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share or transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

3.09. Voting of Shares . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or any statement or other instrument establishing the voting rights of any class or series of shares, or any amendment to any of the foregoing, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

3.10. Nominations for Directors . Nominations for the election of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of Directors. Nominations made by the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of Directors shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for election of Directors; provided, however, that if less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice was mailed to shareholders.  Notice of nominations, which are proposed by the Board of Directors, shall be given by the Chairman of the Board or any other appropriate officer. Each notice shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each nominee, and (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee and the earliest date of acquisition of any of such stock. The Chairman of a meeting of shareholders may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 
-3 -

 

3.11. Voting by Ballot . Voting by shareholders in elections for Directors shall be by ballot. No shares shall be voted at any meeting upon which shares an installment is due and unpaid.

3.12. Agenda and Inclusion of Materials in Proxy for Annual Meeting .

(a)  Matters to be placed on the agenda for consideration at annual meetings of shareholders may be proposed by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder in accordance with applicable law. Matters proposed for the agenda by shareholders shall be made in accordance with applicable law, by notice in writing, mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not less than forty-five (45) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date materials were mailed to shareholders for the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders. Notice of matters, which are proposed by the Board of Directors, shall be given by the Chairman of the Board or any other appropriate officer. Each notice given by a shareholder shall set forth a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting in accordance with applicable law. The Chairman of the meeting of shareholders may determine and declare to the meeting that a matter proposed for the agenda was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the matter shall be disregarded.

(b)  Any shareholder request to include matters in the Corporation’s proxy material for an annual meeting shall be made in accordance with applicable law, and shall be in writing, mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date materials were mailed to shareholders for the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders, unless the annual meeting of shareholders is to be held more than thirty days before or after such anniversary date, in which case, such notice must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation within a reasonable time for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials for the annual meeting.

3.13. Proxies and Revocation of Proxies . Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. Every proxy shall be executed or authenticated by the shareholder, or by his duly authorized attorney in fact, and filed or transmitted to with the Secretary of the Corporation. A proxy, unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any agreement or any provision to the contrary, but the revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until an executed or authenticated notice thereof shall have been given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its designated agent in writing or by electronic transmission. A telegram, telex, cablegram, datagram, e-mail, Internet communication or other means of electronic transmission from a shareholder or attorney-in-fact, or a photographic, facsimile or similar reproduction of a writing executed by a shareholder or attorney-in-fact:

(1) may, at the discretion of the Secretary, be treated as properly executed or authenticated for purposes of this subsection; and

(2) shall be so treated if it sets forth or utilizes a confidential and unique identification number or other mark furnished by the Corporation to the shareholder for the purposes of a particular meeting or transaction.

No unrevoked proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, authentication or transmission, unless a longer time is expressly provided therein, but in no event shall a proxy unless coupled with an interest, be voted on after three years from the date of its execution. A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or incapacity is given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its designated agent. A shareholder shall not sell his vote or execute a proxy to any person for any sum of money or any other thing of value. A proxy coupled with an interest shall include an unrevoked proxy in favor of a creditor of a shareholder and such proxy shall be valid so long as the debt owed by the shareholder to the creditor remains unpaid.

3.14. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to a shareholder under the provisions of the BCL or under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the shareholder entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice; however, in the case of special meetings, the business to be transacted and the purpose of the meeting shall be stated in the waiver of notice. Attendance of a person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.
 
 
 
-4 -

 

 
3.15. (a) Appointment of Judges of Election . In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election not be so appointed, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or his proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting. The number of judges shall be one (1) or three (3) in number. If appointed at a meeting on the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of all votes entitled to be cast shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) judges are to be appointed. No person who is a candidate for Director shall act as a judge. In case any person appointed as a judge fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the person acting as chairman.

(b) Duties of Judges . The judges of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power and rights of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies, receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result, and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The judges of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability, and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) judges of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

(c) Report of Judges . On request of the chairman of the meeting, or of any shareholder or his proxy, the judges shall be made a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

3.16. Conduct of Meetings . Unless the Board of Directors shall designate another officer or Director of the Corporation to preside and act as the chairman at any regular or special meeting of shareholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside and act as the chairman at any regular or special meeting of shareholders. The chairman of the meeting, consistent with any authority, direction, restriction or limitation given to him by the Board of Directors, shall have any and all powers and authority necessary to conduct an orderly meeting, preserve order and determine any and all procedural matters, including the proper means of obtaining the floor, who shall have the right to address the meeting, the manner in which shareholders will be recognized to speak, imposing reasonable limits on the amount of time at the meeting taken up in remarks by any one shareholder or group of shareholders, the number of times a shareholder may address the meeting, and the person to whom questions should be addressed. Any actions by the Chairman of the Board or any person acting in his place in adopting rules for, or in conducting, a meeting shall be fair to the shareholders. Rules adopted for use at a meeting which are approved in advance by the Board of Directors, and actions taken by the chairman in conducting the meeting pursuant to such rules shall be deemed to be fair to shareholders. The chairman shall announce at the meeting when the polls close for each matter voted upon. If no announcement is made, the ability to cast a vote will be deemed to have closed upon the final adjournment of the meeting. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies, or votes, nor any revocations or changes thereto, may be accepted. In addition, until the business to be completed at a meeting of shareholders is completed, the chairman of a meeting of the shareholders is expressly authorized to temporarily adjourn and postpone the meeting from time to time. The Secretary of the Corporation or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders. In the absence at such meeting of the Secretary and Assistant Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint another person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

3.17. Action Without Meeting . No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of the shareholders of the Corporation to consent in writing to action without a meeting is specifically denied.
 

 
 
-5 -

 
 
ARTICLE FOUR
DIRECTORS

4.01. Directors Defined . “Director” means a director of the Corporation, and “Directors,” when used in relation to any power or duty requiring collective action, means “Board of Directors.”

4.02. Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of the Board of Directors, subject to any limitation imposed by the BCL, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, or these Bylaws as to action which requires authorization or approval by the shareholders.

4.03. (a) Number and Classes of Directors . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be not less than six (6) nor more than twenty-five (25), and the Directors shall be divided into classes and be elected for such terms of office, as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

(b) Qualifications . Directors need not be residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Unless waived by a majority of the Directors in accordance with applicable law, a majority of the Directors shall be persons who are not directors, officers, employees, agents or record or beneficial holders of more than 5% of the voting securities of the Corporation or any corporation or other entity which is a record or beneficial holder of 66-2/3% or more of the issued and outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation.

4.04. (a) Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall exist in the case of the happening of any of the following events: (i) the death or resignation of any Director; (ii) if at any annual, regular or special meeting of shareholders at which any Director is elected, the shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number of Directors to be voted for at that meeting; (iii) an increase in the number of Directors (up to a maximum of twenty-five (25)) by resolution of the Board of Directors; (iv) the removal of a Director by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation; or (v) if the Board of Directors declares vacant the office of any Director for such just cause as the Directors may determine or because such Director has not accepted the office of Director within seventy-five (75) days of being notified of his election by either responding in writing or attending any meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b) Filling of Vacancies . Except as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors (even if less than a quorum of the Board) and each person so elected shall be a Director of the same class as his predecessor until his successor is elected by the shareholders.

4.05. Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such place within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as may be designated from time to time by a majority of the Directors, or may be designated in the notice calling the meeting.

4.06. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held, without call or notice, immediately following each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, and at such other times as the Directors may determine.

4.07. (a) Call of Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, President or by one-third of the Directors.

(b) Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the day, hour, geographic location and purpose of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be delivered at least five (5) days before the meeting, personally, by courier service, charges prepaid, first class or express mail, postage prepaid, facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication, to the postal address, facsimile number, e-mail address or other electronic communication location supplied by the Secretary of the Corporation for the purpose of notice. Notice sent by United States mail shall be deemed to have been delivered when deposited in the United States mail or with a courier service. Notice sent by facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication shall be deemed to have been given when sent.

4.08. Validation of Meetings Defectively Called or Noticed . The transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and noticed and wherever held, are as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the Directors not present signs a waiver of notice. All such waivers shall be filed with corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a Director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such a meeting except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
 
 
 
-6 -

 
 
4.09. Quorum . A majority of the number of Directors in office constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business.

4.10. Majority Action . Every action or decision done or made by a majority of the Directors present at any meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of Directors. Each Director who is present at a meeting will be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken at such meeting unless his dissent to the action is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or, where he is absent from the meeting, his written objection to such action is promptly filed with the Secretary of the Corporation upon learning of the action. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

4.11. Action by Consent of Board Without Meeting . Any action required by the BCL to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or the executive or other committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if, prior or subsequent to the action, a consent or consents thereto by all of the Directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or by all the members of such committee, as the case may be, and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

4.12. (a) Adjournment . In the absence of a quorum a majority of the Directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board.

(b) Notice of Adjourned Meeting . Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting, whether the meeting is a regular meeting or special meeting, need not be given to absent Directors if the time and place are fixed at the meeting adjourned.

4.13. Conduct of Meetings . At every meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or in their absence, an officer of the Corporation designated by one of them, or in the absence of such designation, a chairman chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of the Board of Directors. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

4.14. Participation at Meeting . One or more Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

4.15. Compensation . The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all Directors for services to the Corporation as Directors, officers, or otherwise.

ARTICLE FIVE
COMMITTEES

5.01. Authorization . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may create an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee, a Compensation Committee, and such other permanent or temporary committees as the Board deems necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. Each committee shall have and may exercise such powers as shall be conferred or authorized by resolution of the Board and which are not inconsistent with these Bylaws nor applicable law. The creation of any committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors of any responsibility imposed on it by law.

5.02. Appointment of Committees . The Chief Executive Officer shall submit to the Board of Directors, at its first meeting after the annual meeting of the shareholders, his or her recommendations for the members of and chairman of each committee. The Board shall then appoint, in accordance with such recommendations or otherwise, the members and a chairman for each committee. If the appointees accept their appointment, they shall serve for one (1) year or until their successors are appointed. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill any vacancies occurring on any committee and to remove and replace a member of any committee. Unless otherwise provided, a Director may be a member of more than one (1) committee. If the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is a member of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall be appointed as a full member of the Executive Committee and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as an ex-officio, non-voting member of each committee of which he or she is not a full member.
 
 
 
-7 -

 

 
5.03. Conduct of Committees . A majority of the membership of each committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Each committee shall meet at such times as the committee may decide or as the Board of Directors may require. Special meetings of committees may be called at any time by its chairman, or by the Chairman of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer. Except, for its chairman, each committee may appoint a secretary and such other officers as the committee members deem necessary. Each committee shall have the power and authority to obtain from the appropriate officers of the Corporation all information necessary for the conduct of the proper business of the committee. If required by the Board of Directors, minutes of the proceedings shall be submitted to the Board of Directors upon its request.

5.04. Executive Committee . If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Executive Committee shall meet upon five (5) days’ notice. The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may specifically limit by resolution, or except where action by the entire Board of Directors is specifically required by law.

5.05. Audit Committee . If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Audit Committee shall consist entirely of outside Directors whose emphasis and background shall preferably be in the areas of accounting, finance, or law or who have significant experience with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. The object of the Audit Committee shall be to give additional assurance of the integrity of the financial information distributed to the shareholders and the public at large. The Audit Committee shall review the internal audit controls of the Corporation and shall have the authority to cause and supervise such examinations and audits to be made by public accountants of the books and affairs of the Corporation and subsidiary companies as it, in its discretion, deems advisable. The Audit Committee shall also review audit policies, oversee internal audits, review external audits and review any federal or state examination reports. Members of management of the Corporation, whether or not Directors of the Corporation, may be invited by the Audit Committee to attend meetings thereof.

5.06. Nominating Committee . If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Nominating Committee shall meet at least annually to propose, for consideration by the whole Board, nominees for election as Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE SIX
OFFICERS

6.01. Number and Titles . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one (1) or more Vice Chairman, one (1) or more Executive Vice Chairman, one (1) or more Executive Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries, one (1) or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 of this Article. One person may hold two (2) or more offices. No person shall, however, simultaneously hold the offices of President and Secretary.

6.02. Election . The Board of Directors shall choose, annually, either the President or Chairman of the Board to be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The other officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 or Section 6.05 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and qualified.
 
 
 
-8 -

 

 
6.03. Subordinate Officers . The Chief Executive Officer may appoint, subject to the power of the Board of Directors to approve or disapprove such appointment, such other officers or agents as he may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by the Chairman or the President not inconsistent with these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint any subordinate officers, committees or agents to specify their duty and authority, and to determine their compensation.

6.04. Removal and Resignation . Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer may resign at any time giving written notice to the Board of Directors, to the President or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

6.05. Vacancies . If the office of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal, or otherwise, the Board of Directors shall elect a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor is elected. If any other office becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor is elected or appointed.

6.06. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer either when he has (i) been chosen as Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors or (ii) when the appointed Chief Executive Officer is legally incapable or physically unable to perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer, and shall perform such duties until the Board of Directors appoints a temporary or permanent successor. The Chairman shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the Bylaws.

6.07. Chief Executive Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Chief Executive of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws. Within this authority and in the course of his duties he shall:

(a) Conduct Meeting . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Execute Instruments . When authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law, execute in the name of the Corporation, deeds, conveyances, notices, leases, checks, drafts, bills of exchange, warrants, promissory notes, debentures, contracts, and other papers and instruments in writing, and unless the Board of Directors shall order otherwise by resolution, make such contracts as the ordinary conduct of the Corporation’s business may require.

(c) Hire and Fire Employees . Appoint and remove, employ and discharge, and prescribe the duties and fix the compensation of all agents, employees, and clerks of the Corporation other than the duly appointed officers, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, and control, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, all of the officers, agents, and employees of the Corporation.

(d) Meetings of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, attend in person, or by substitute appointed by him, or by proxy executed by him, and vote on behalf of the Corporation at all meetings of the shareholders of any corporation in which the Corporation holds stock.

6.08. President . The President shall perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer either when he has been chosen as Chief Executive Officer or when the Chairman of the Board is absent or unable to perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties from time to time as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
 
 
 
-9 -

 

 
6.09. Vice Chairman . The Vice Chairman shall have such powers and perform such duties from time to time as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.

6.10. Chief Financial Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chief Executive Officer, and subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the Corporation, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Chief Financial Officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.

6.11. Executive Vice President or Vice President . Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws with respect to the performance of the duties of Chief Executive Officer, in the absence or disability of the President, the Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Executive Vice President or Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions on, the President. The Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.

6.12. Secretary . The Secretary shall:

(a) Certify Bylaws . Certify and keep at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation the original or a copy of its Bylaws, including all amendments or alterations to date.

(b) Minutes of Meetings . Keep the place where the certified Bylaws or a copy thereof are kept, a record of the proceedings of meetings of its Directors, shareholders, Executive Committee, and other committees, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Directors’ meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

(c) Sign or Attest Documents . Sign, certify, or attest such documents as may be required by law for the business of the Corporation.

(d) Notices . See that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by applicable law. In case of the absence or disability of the Secretary or his or her refusal or neglect to act, notice may given and served by an Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or by the Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors.

(e) Custodian of Records and Seals . Be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is engraved, lithographed, printed, stamped, impressed upon or affixed to all certificated shares prior to their issuance, and to all documents or instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws, or which otherwise attested to or certified to by the Secretary.

(f) Share Register . Keep at the place where the certified Bylaws or a copy thereof are kept, or at the office of the transfer agent or registrar, a share register or duplicate share register giving the names of shareholders, their respective addresses, and the number of classes of shares held by each. The secretary shall also keep appropriate, complete, and accurate books or records of account at the Corporation’s registered office or its principal place of business.

(g) Reports and Statements . See that the books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed.
 
 
 
-10 -

 
 
(h) Exhibit Records . Exhibit at all reasonable times to proper persons on such terms as are provided by applicable law on proper application, the Bylaws, the share register, and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and Directors of the Corporation.

(i) Other Duties . In general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

(j) Absence of Secretary . In case of the absence or disability of the Secretary or his or her refusal or neglect to act, the Assistant Secretary, or if there be none, the Treasurer, acting as Assistant Secretary may perform all of the functions of the Secretary. In the absence or inability to act or refusal or neglect to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary and Treasurer, any person thereunto authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors may perform the functions of the Secretary.

6.13. Assistant Secretary . At the request of the Secretary or in his or her absence or disability, any Assistant Secretary, shall perform all the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, he or she shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all restrictions on, the Secretary. The Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Secretary.

6.14. Treasurer .

(a) Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Treasurer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Bylaws.

(b) The Treasurer and such other Officers as may be designated by the Board of Directors shall receive, take care of, and be responsible for all moneys, securities, and evidences of indebtedness belonging to the Corporation, deposit the same in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board of Directors shall direct and shall keep a complete record of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation.

(c) The Treasurer shall sign drafts and such other instruments as may, under these Bylaws or by direction of the Board of Directors, require his official signature, and shall keep a record thereof.

(d) The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may be required by these Bylaws or by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

6.15. Assistant Treasurer . At the request of the Treasurer or in his or her absence or disability, the Assistant Treasurer shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions on the Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer.

6.16. Salaries . The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE SEVEN
ISSUANCE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

7.01. Classes and Series of Shares . The Corporation may issue such shares of stock as are authorized by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Except as provided in the Articles of Incorporation, if a class is divided into series, all the shares of any one series shall have the same conversion, redemption and other rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions.

7.02. Fully Paid Shares . No shares may be issued by the Corporation until the full amount of the consideration for such shares has been paid. When such consideration has been paid to the Corporation, the shares shall be issued to the shareholder in uncertificated form or in certificated form if the shareholder requests physical certificates representing such shares.
 
 
 
-11 -

 

 
7.03. Certificated and Uncertificated Shares Authorized . As authorized in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, any or all classes and series of shares of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by uncertificated shares to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, except that shares represented by a certificate that is issued and outstanding shall continue to be represented thereby until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Shares shall be issued in certificated form if a shareholder requests physical certificates representing such shareholder’s shares. Except as otherwise expressly provided by applicable law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated and certificated shares of the same class and series shall be identical.

7.04. Consideration for Shares . The consideration for the issuance of shares may be paid, in whole or in part, in money, in other property actually received, tangible or intangible, or in labor done for the Corporation. Future services shall not constitute payment, or part-payment, for shares of the Corporation.

7.05. Information Regarding Shares .

(a) Form of Certificates . Certificated shares shall be of such form and style, printed or otherwise, as the Board of Directors may designate, and each certificate shall state all of the following facts:

 
(i)
That the Corporation is organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 
(ii)
The name of the registered holder of the shares represented by the certificate.

 
(iii)
The number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents.

(b) Shares in Classes or Series . If the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or series, each certificated share shall set forth, either on the face or back of the certificate, a full or summary statement of all of the designations, voting rights, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the shares of each class or series authorized to be issued and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, the variations in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each such series, so far as the same have been fixed and determined, and authority of the Board of Directors to fix and determine the designations, voting rights, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the classes and series of shares of the Corporation.  The full or summary statement required by this paragraph (b) to be on the face or back of the certificated share or in the written notice required by paragraph (d) of this Section with respect to uncertificated shares, may be omitted from the certificate or written notice, as the case may be, if it is written on the face or back of such certificate or written notice that such statement, in full, will be furnished by the Corporation to any shareholder upon request and without charge.

(c) Restriction on Transfer . Any restrictions imposed by the Corporation on the sale or other disposition of its shares and on the transfer thereof must be noted conspicuously on each certificated share, or on a written notice given as required by paragraph (d) of this Section in the case of each uncertificated share, to which the restriction applies.

(d) Notice of Rights for Uncertificated Shares . Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered holder of such shares, a written notice containing the information required to be set forth on certificated shares as set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

7.06. Signing Certificates — Facsimile Signatures . All certificated shares shall be signed by such officers as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time, or, in the absence of such any determination, by the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and by either the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal, or a facsimile of the seal of the Corporation. If a certificated share is countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar, any other signatures or countersignatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer of the Corporation or any officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificated share ceases to be an officer of the Corporation, or an officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer of the Corporation, or the officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar, had not ceased to be such at the date of its issue.
 
 
 
-12 -

 

 
7.07. (a) Transfer of Shares . Transfer of certificated or uncertificated shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the shares therefor, and, in the case of certificated shares, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney, lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made which is inconsistent with applicable law.

(b) Transfer of Lost or Destroyed Shares . Where a certificated shares has been lost, apparently destroyed, or wrongfully taken and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and the Corporation registers a transfer of the share(s) represented by the certificate before receiving such notification, the owner is precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering the transfer or any claim to new certificated or uncertificated shares representing such lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken shares.

(c) Replacement of Lost or Destroyed Certificates . Where the holder of certificated shares claims that the certificate has been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue new shares in uncertificated form, unless the holder requests certificated shares, in place of the original certificate if the owner: (i) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser; (ii) files with the Corporation a sufficient indemnity bond; and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board of Directors.

(d) Transfer After Replacement . If, after the issue of new certificated or uncertificated shares as a replacement for a lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken certificated shares, a bona fide purchaser of the original certificate presents it for registration of transfer, the Corporation must register the transfer unless registration would result in over-issue. In addition to any rights on the indemnity bond, the Corporation may recover the new certificated or uncertificated shares from the person to whom such shares were issued or any person taking under him except a bona fide purchaser.

7.08. Transfer Agents and Registrars . The Board of Directors may appoint one (1) or more transfer agents and one (1) or more registrars, each of which shall be an incorporated bank or trust company, either domestic or foreign, either independent or a subsidiary of the Corporation, which shall be appointed at such times and places as the requirements of the Corporation may necessitate and the Board of Directors may designate.

7.09. Conditions of Transfer . A person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof as regards the Corporation, provided that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and written notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its transfer agent, if any, such fact shall be stated in the entry of the transfer. When a transfer of shares is requested and there is reasonable doubt as to the right of the person seeking the transfer, the Corporation or its transfer agent, before recording the transfer of the shares on its books or issuing any certificated or uncertificated shares therefor, may require from the person seeking the transfer reasonable proof of his right to the transfer. If there remains a reasonable doubt of the right to the transfer, the Corporation may refuse a transfer unless the person gives adequate security or a bond of indemnity executed by a corporate surety or by two (2) individual sureties satisfactory to the Corporation as to form, amount and responsibility of sureties. The bond shall be conditioned to protect the Corporation, its officers, transfer agents, and registrars, and any of them against any loss, damage, expense, or other liability (including attorneys’ fees) to the owner of the shares by reason of the recordation of the transfer or the issuance of new shares.
 
ARTICLE EIGHT
LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS’ LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

8.01. Limitation of Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Subchapter B of Chapter 17 of the BCL (15 Pa. C.S. 1711 et seq .) and any amendment to or restatement of such provisions, other applicable provisions of the BCL and any other applicable law, a Director (including a member of any advisory board) of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation, its shareholders or others for monetary damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action unless the Director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office, as set forth in the applicable law, and such breach or failure constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness. The provisions of this Article Eight shall not apply with respect to the responsibility or liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) under any criminal statute or the liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) for the payment of taxes pursuant to local, state or federal law.
 
 
-13 -

 

8.02. (a) Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, any one or more bank subsidiaries of the Corporation (individually and collectively, the “Bank”), or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation or the Bank designated by the Board of Directors or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

(b) Advance of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article Eight and (ii) if requested at the discretion of the Board of Directors, adequate security or a bond to cover any such amounts for which it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to such indemnity.

(c) Indemnification not Exclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article Eight shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which persons seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to actions in such persons’ official capacity and as to their actions in another capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

(d) Insurance, Contracts, Security . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person, may enter into contracts of indemnification with any person, and may create a fund of any nature (which may, but need not, be under the control of a trustee) for the benefit of any person and may otherwise secure in any manner its obligations with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses, whether arising under this Article Eight or otherwise, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article Eight.

8.03. Effective Date . The limitation of liability provided in Section 8.01 of this Article Eight and the right to indemnification provided in Section 8.02 of this Article Eight shall apply to any action or failure to take any action occurring on or after the formation of the Corporation.

8.04. Amendment, Etc . Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, this Article Eight may not be amended or repealed, and a provision inconsistent herewith may not be adopted, except by the affirmative vote of 66-2/3% of the members of the entire Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, except that, if the BCL is amended or any other statute is enacted or amended so as to decrease the exposure of Directors (including a member of any advisory board) to liability or increase the indemnification rights available to Directors (including a member of any advisory board), officers, employees, agents or others, then this Article Eight and any other provisions of these Bylaws inconsistent with such decreased exposure or increased indemnification rights shall be amended, automatically and without any further action on the part of the shareholders or Directors, to reflect such reduced exposure or increased indemnification rights, unless such legislation expressly requires otherwise. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eight by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) of the Corporation or any right to indemnification from the Corporation with respect to any action or failure to take any action occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.


 
-14 -

 
 
ARTICLE NINE
SEVERABILITY

9.01. If a final judicial determination is made or an order is issued by a court or government regulatory agency having jurisdiction that any provision of these Bylaws is unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable, such provisions shall not be rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply to the maximum extent as such court or government regulatory agency may determine or indicate to be reasonable. If, for any reason, any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent permitted by law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provisions, and the remainder of such provisions, together with all other provisions of these Bylaws shall, to the full extent permitted by law, continue in full force and effect.

ARTICLE TEN
AMENDMENTS

10.01. Except and only to the extent otherwise expressly provided in these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the BCL or other applicable law, the authority to make, amend, alter, change, or repeal these Bylaws is hereby expressly and solely granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation, subject always to the power of shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 66-2/3% of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast thereon.

 
-15-

 
 
ANNEX B
 
SECTIONS 1607 AND 1222 OF THE PENNSYLVANIA BANKING CODE
 
Section 1222. Rights of Dissenting Shareholders
 
If a shareholder of an institution shall object to a proposed plan of action of the institution authorized under a section of this act and such section provides that the shareholder shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of a dissenting shareholder, the rights and remedies of such shareholder shall be governed by the provisions of the Business Corporation Law applicable to dissenting shareholders and shall be subject to the limitations on such rights and remedies under those provisions. Shares acquired by an institution as a result of the exercise of such rights by a dissenting shareholder may be held and disposed of as treasury shares or, in the case of a merger or consolidation, as otherwise provided in the plan of merger or consolidation.
 
Section 1607. Rights of Dissenting Shareholders
 
(a) A shareholder of an institution which is a party to a plan in which the proposed merger or consolidation will result in an institution subject to this act who objects to the plan shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of a dissenting shareholder provided under, and subject to compliance with, the provisions of section 1222 of this act.
 
(b) If a shareholder of a national bank which is a party to a plan in which the proposed merger or consolidation will result in an institution subject to this act shall object to the plan and shall comply with the requirements of applicable laws of the United States, the resulting institution shall be liable for the value of his shares as determined in accordance with such laws of the United States. If the laws of the United States do not provide rights of dissenting shareholders or requirements for the exercise of such rights and the valuation of shares, such shareholder shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of a dissenting shareholder under, and subject to compliance with, the provisions of section 1222 of this act.
 
SUBCHAPTER D OF CHAPTER 15 AND SECTION 1930
OF THE PENNSYLVANIA BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW
OF 1988 (15 Pa. C.S.A. §§1571-1580 and 1930) AS AMENDED,
RELATING TO DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

§ 1930. Dissenters rights

        (a)   General rule.   If any shareholder of a domestic business corporation that becomes a party to a merger or consolidation pursuant to a plan of merger or consolidation objects to the plan of merger or consolidation and complies with the provisions of Subchapter D of Chapter 15 (relating to dissenters rights), the shareholder shall be entitled to the rights and remedies of dissenting shareholders therein provided, if any. See also section 1906(c) (relating to dissenters right upon special treatment).

        (b)   Plans adopted by directors only.   Except as otherwise provided pursuant to section 1571(c) (relating to grant of optional dissenters rights), Subchapter D of Chapter 15 shall not apply to any of the shares of a corporation that is a party to a merger or consolidation pursuant to section 1924(b)(1)(i) or (4) (relating to adoption by board of directors).
 
 
B-1

 

 
        (c)   Cross references.   See sections 1571(b) (relating to exceptions) and 1904 (relating to de facto transaction doctrine abolished).

§ 1571. Application and effect of subchapter

        (a)   General rule.   Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) any shareholder (as defined in Section 1572 (relating to definitions)) of a business corporation shall have the right to dissent from, and to obtain payment of the fair value of his shares in the event of, any corporate action, or to otherwise obtain fair value for his shares, where this part expressly provides that a shareholder shall have the rights and remedies provided in this subchapter. See:

Section 1906(c) (relating to dissenters rights upon special treatment).
Section 1930 (relating to dissenters rights).
Section 1931(d) (relating to dissenters rights in share exchanges).
Section 1932(c) (relating to dissenters rights in asset transfers).
Section 1952(d) (relating to dissenters rights in division).
Section 1962(c) (relating to dissenters rights in conversion).
Section 2104(b) (relating to procedure).
Section 2324 (relating to corporation option where a restriction on transfer of a security is held invalid).
Section 2325(b) (relating to minimum vote requirement).
Section 2704(c) (relating to dissenters rights upon election).
Section 2705(d) (relating to dissenters rights upon renewal of election).
Section 2904(b) (relating to procedure)
Section 2907(a) (relating to proceedings to terminate breach of qualifying conditions).
Section 7104(b)(3) (relating to procedure).

        (b)   Exceptions.

        (1)   Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (2), the holders of the shares of any class or series of shares shall not have the right to dissent and obtain payment of the fair market value of the shares under this subchapter if, on the record date fixed to determine the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting at which a plan specified in any of section 1930, 1931(d), 1932(c) or 1952(d) is to be voted on or on the date of the first public announcement that such a plan has been approved by the shareholders by consent without a meeting, the shares are either:

        (i)    listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or

        (ii)   held of record by more than 2,000 persons.

        (2)   Paragraph (1) shall not apply to and dissenters rights shall be available without regard to the exception provided in that paragraph in the case of:

         (i)    (Repealed.)

        (ii)   Shares of any preferred or special class unless the articles, the plan or the terms of the transaction entitle all shareholders of the class or series to vote thereon and require for the adoption of the plan or the effectuation of the transaction the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by all shareholders of the class or series.
 
 
 
B-2

 

 
        (iii)  Shares entitled to dissenters rights under section 1906(c) (relating to dissenters rights upon special treatment).

        (3)   The shareholders of a corporation that acquires by purchase, lease, exchange or other disposition all or substantially all of the shares, property or assets of another corporation by the issuance of shares, obligations or otherwise, with or without assuming the liabilities of the other corporation and with or without the intervention of another corporation or other person, shall not be entitled to the rights and remedies of dissenting shareholders provided in this subchapter regardless of the fact, if it be the case, that the acquisition was accomplished by the issuance of voting shares of the corporation to be outstanding immediately after the acquisition sufficient to elect a majority or more of the directors of the corporation.

        (c)   Grant of optional dissenters rights.   The bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors may direct that all or a part of the shareholders shall have dissenters rights in connection with any corporate action or other transaction that would otherwise not entitle such shareholders to dissenters rights.

        (d)   Notice of dissenters rights.   Unless otherwise provided by statute, if a proposed corporate action that would give rise to dissenters rights under this subpart is submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, there shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of meeting:

        (1)   a statement of the proposed action and a statement that the shareholders have a right to dissent and obtain payment of the fair value of their shares by complying with the terms of this subchapter; and

        (2)   a copy of this subchapter.

        (e)   Other statutes.   The procedures of this subchapter shall also be applicable to any transaction described in any statute other than this part that makes reference to this subchapter for the purpose of granting dissenters rights.

        (f)    Certain provisions of articles ineffective.   This subchapter may not be relaxed by any provision of the articles.

        (g)   Computation of Beneficial Ownership.   For purposes of subsection (b)(1)(ii), shares that are held beneficially as joint tenants, tenants by the entireties, tenants in common or in trust for two or more persons, as fiduciaries or otherwise, shall be deemed to be held beneficially by one person.

        (h)   Cross references.   See sections 1105 (relating to restriction on equitable relief), 1904 (relating to de facto transaction doctrine abolished), 1763(c) (relating to determination of shareholders of record) and 2512 (relating to dissenters rights procedure).

§ 1572. Definitions

        The following words and phrases when used in this subchapter shall have the meanings given to them in this section unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
 
 
B-3

 

 
        "Corporation."    The issuer of the shares held or owned by the dissenter before the corporate action or the successor by merger, consolidation, division, conversion or otherwise of that issuer. A plan of division may designate which one or more of the resulting corporations is the successor corporation for the purposes of this subchapter. The designated successor corporation or corporations in a division shall have sole responsibility for payments to dissenters and other liabilities under this subchapter except as otherwise provided in the plan of division.

        "Dissenter."    A shareholder who is entitled to and does assert dissenters rights under this subchapter and who has performed every act required up to the time involved for the assertion of those rights.

        "Fair value."    The fair value of shares immediately before the effectuation of the corporate action to which the dissenter objects, taking into account all relevant factors, but excluding any appreciation or depreciation in anticipation of the corporate action.

        "Interest."    Interest from the effective date of the corporate action until the date of payment at such rate as is fair and equitable under all the circumstances, taking into account all relevant factors, including the average rate currently paid by the corporation on its principal bank loans.

        "Shareholder."    A shareholder as defined in section 1103 (relating to definitions) or an ultimate beneficial owner of shares, including, without limitation, a holder of depository receipts, where the beneficial interest owned includes an interest in the assets of the corporation upon dissolution.

§ 1573. Record and beneficial holders and owners

        (a)   Record holders of shares.   A record holder of shares of a business corporation may assert dissenters rights as to fewer than all of the shares registered in his name only if he dissents with respect to all the shares of the same class or series beneficially owned by any one person and discloses the name and address of the person or persons on whose behalf he dissents. In that event, his rights shall be determined as if the shares as to which he has dissented and his other shares were registered in the names of different shareholders.

        (b)   Beneficial owners of shares.   A beneficial owner of shares of a business corporation who is not the record holder may assert dissenters rights with respect to shares held on his behalf and shall be treated as a dissenting shareholder under the terms of this subchapter if he submits to the corporation not later than the time of the assertion of dissenters rights a written consent of the record holder. A beneficial owner may not dissent with respect to some but less than all shares of the same class or series owned by the owner, whether or not the shares so owned by him are registered in his name.

§ 1574. Notice of intention to dissent

        If the proposed corporate action is submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders of a business corporation, any person who wishes to dissent and obtain payment of the fair value of his shares must file with the corporation, prior to the vote, a written notice of intention to demand that he be paid the fair value for his shares if the proposed action is effectuated, must effect no change in the beneficial ownership of his shares from the date of such filing continuously through the effective date of the proposed action and must refrain from voting his shares in approval of such action. A dissenter who fails in any respect shall not acquire any right to payment of the fair value of his shares under this subchapter. Neither a proxy nor a vote against the proposed corporate action shall constitute the written notice required by this section.
 
 
B-4

 

 
§ 1575. Notice to demand payment

        (a)   General rule.   If the proposed corporate action is approved by the required vote at a meeting of shareholders of a business corporation, the corporation shall mail a further notice to all dissenters who gave due notice of intention to demand payment of the fair value of their shares and who refrained from voting in favor of the proposed action. If the proposed corporate action is to be taken without a vote of shareholders, the corporation shall send to all shareholders who are entitled to dissent and demand payment of the fair value of their shares a notice of the adoption of the plan or other corporate action. In either case, the notice shall:

        (1)   State where and when a demand for payment must be sent and certificates for certificated shares must be deposited in order to obtain payment.

        (2)   Inform holders of uncertificated shares to what extent transfer of shares will be restricted from the time that demand for payment is received.

        (3)   Supply a form for demanding payment that includes a request for certification of the date on which the shareholder, or the person on whose behalf the shareholder dissents, acquired beneficial ownership of the shares.

        (4)   Be accompanied by a copy of this subchapter.

        (b)   Time for receipt of demand for payment.   The time set for receipt of the demand and deposit of certificated shares shall be not less than 30 days from the mailing of the notice.

§ 1576. Failure to comply with notice to demand payment, etc.

        (a)   Effect of failure of shareholder to act.   A shareholder who fails to timely demand payment, or fails (in the case of certificated shares) to timely deposit certificates, as required by a notice pursuant to section 1575 (relating to notice to demand payment) shall not have any right under this subchapter to receive payment of the fair value of his shares.

        (b)   Restriction on uncertificated shares.   If the shares are not represented by certificates, the business corporation may restrict their transfer from the time of receipt of demand for payment until effectuation of the proposed corporate action or the release of restrictions under the terms of section 1577(a) (relating to failure to effectuate corporate action).

        (c)   Rights retained by shareholders.   The dissenter shall retain all other rights of a shareholder until those rights are modified by effectuation of the proposed corporate action.

§ 1577. Release of restrictions or payment for shares

        (a)   Failure to effectuate corporate action.   Within 60 days after the date set for demanding payment and depositing certificates, if the business corporation has not effectuated the proposed corporate action, it shall return any certificates that have been deposited and release uncertificated shares from any transfer restrictions imposed by reason of the demand for payment.
 
 
B-5

 

 
        (b)   Renewal of notice to demand payment.   When uncertificated shares have been released from transfer restrictions and deposited certificates have been returned, the corporation may at any later time send a new notice conforming to the requirements of section 1575 (relating to notice to demand payment), with like effect.

        (c)   Payment of fair value of shares.   Promptly after effectuation of the proposed corporate action, or upon timely receipt of demand for payment if the corporate action has already been effectuated, the corporation shall either remit to dissenters who have made demand and (if their shares are certificated) have deposited their certificates the amount that the corporation estimates to be the fair value of the shares, or give written notice that no remittance under this section will be made. The remittance or notice shall be accompanied by:

        (1)   The closing balance sheet and statement of income of the issuer of the shares held or owned by the dissenter for a fiscal year ending not more than 16 months before the date of remittance or notice together with the latest available interim financial statements.

        (2)   A statement of the corporation's estimate of the fair value of the shares.

        (3)   A notice of the right of the dissenter to demand payment or supplemental payment, as the case may be, accompanied by a copy of this subchapter.

        (d)   Failure to make payment.   If the corporation does not remit the amount of its estimate of the fair value of the shares as provided by subsection (c), it shall return any certificates that have been deposited and release uncertificated shares from any transfer restrictions imposed by reason of the demand for payment. The corporation may make a notation on any such certificate or on the records of the corporation relating to any such uncertificated shares that such demand has been made. If shares with respect to which notation has been so made shall be transferred, each new certificate issued therefore or the records relating to any transferred uncertificated shares shall bear a similar notation, together with the name of the original dissenting holder or owner of such shares. A transferee of such shares shall not acquire by such transfer any rights in the corporation other than those that the original dissenter had after making demand for payment of their fair value.

§ 1578. Estimate by dissenter of fair value of shares

        (a)   General rule.   If the business corporation gives notice of its estimate of the fair value of the shares, without remitting such amount, or remits payment of its estimate of the fair value of a dissenter's shares as permitted by section 1577(c) (relating to payment of fair value of shares) and the dissenter believes that the amount stated or remitted is less than the fair value of his shares, he may send to the corporation his own estimate of the fair value of the shares, which shall be deemed a demand for payment of the amount or the deficiency.

        (b)   Effect of failure to file estimate.   Where the dissenter does not file his own estimate under subsection (a) within 30 days after the mailing by the corporation of its remittance or notice, the dissenter shall be entitled to no more than the amount stated in the notice or remitted to him by the corporation.
 
 
B-6

 

 
§ 1579. Valuation proceedings generally

        (a)   General rule.   Within 60 days after the latest of:

        (1)   effectuation of the proposed corporate action;

        (2)   timely receipt of any demands for payment under section 1575 (relating to notice to demand payment); or

        (3)   timely receipt of any estimates pursuant to section 1578 (relating to estimate by dissenter of fair value of shares);

if any demands for payment remain unsettled, the business corporation may file in court an application for relief requesting that the fair value of the shares be determined by the court.

        (b)   Mandatory joinder of dissenters.   All dissenters, wherever residing, whose demands have not been settled shall be made parties to the proceeding as in an action against their shares. A copy of the application shall be served on each such dissenter. If a dissenter is a nonresident, the copy may be served on him in the manner provided or prescribed by or pursuant to 42 Pa. C.S. Ch. 53 (relating to bases of jurisdiction and interstate and international procedure).

        (c)   Jurisdiction of the court.   The jurisdiction of the court shall be plenary and exclusive. The court may appoint an appraiser to receive evidence and recommend a decision on the issue of fair value. The appraiser shall have such power and authority as may be specified in the order of appointment or in any amendment thereof.

        (d)   Measure of recovery.   Each dissenter who is made a party shall be entitled to recover the amount by which the fair value of his shares is found to exceed the amount, if any, previously remitted, plus interest.

        (e)   Effect of corporation's failure to file applications.   If the corporation fails to file an application as provided in subsection (a), any dissenter who made a demand and who has not already settled his claim against the corporation may do so in the name of the corporation at any time within 30 days after the expiration of the 60-day period. If a dissenter does not file an application within the 30-day period, each dissenter entitled to file an application shall be paid the corporation's estimate of the fair value of the shares and no more, and may bring an action to recover any amount not previously remitted.

§ 1580. Costs and expenses of valuation proceedings

        (a)   General rule.   The costs and expenses of any proceeding under section 1579 (relating to valuation proceedings generally), including the reasonable compensation and expenses of the appraiser appointed by the court, shall be determined by the court and assessed against the business corporation except that any part of the costs and expenses may be apportioned and assessed as the court deems appropriate against all or some of the dissenters who are parties and whose action in demanding supplemental payment under section 1578 (relating to estimate by dissenter of fair value of shares) the court finds to be dilatory, obdurate, arbitrary, vexatious or in bad faith.

        (b)   Assessment of counsel fees and expert fees where lack of good faith appears.   Fees and expenses of counsel and of experts for the respective parties may be assessed as the court deems appropriate against the corporation and in favor of any or all dissenters if the corporation failed to comply substantially with the requirements of this subchapter and may be assessed against either the corporation or a dissenter, in favor of any other party, if the court finds that the party against whom the fees and expenses are assessed acted in bad faith or in a dilatory, obdurate, arbitrary or vexatious manner in respect to the rights provided by this subchapter.
 
 
B-7

 

 
        (c)   Award of fees for benefits to other dissenters.   If the court finds that the services of counsel for any dissenter were of substantial benefit to other dissenters similarly situated and should not be assessed against the corporation, it may award to those counsel reasonable fees to be paid out of the amounts awarded to the dissenters who were benefited.
 
 
B-8

 
 
ANNEX C
 
New Century Bank

NOMINATING AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
CHARTER

 
I.
AUTHORITY AND MEMBERSHIP

The members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”) are appointed annually by the Board of Directors of New Century Bank (the “Bank”) on the recommendation of the Committee. The members of the Committee shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified by the Board. The Committee shall be comprised of three or more members, all of whom must qualify as independent directors ("Independent Directors") under the standards for the Nasdaq Stock Market issuers or such other exchange or system upon which the Bank's securities are listed, quoted or traded ("Nasdaq") and any standards of independence as may be prescribed for purposes of any federal securities, tax, banking or other laws relating to the Committee's duties and responsibilities. No member of the Committee shall be removed except by majority vote of the Independent Directors then in office.

Director’s fees are the only compensation that a Committee member may receive directly or indirectly from or on behalf of the Bank .

The Board on the recommendation of the Committee will appoint one of the members of the Committee to serve as Committee Chair. The Committee Chair shall serve as the Bank’s Lead Director, and shall, in that capacity, chair the executive sessions of the Board meetings.  The Corporate Secretary shall act as Secretary to the Committee, or at its discretion, the Committee may appoint a Secretary, who need not be a Director. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, shall be the act of the Committee. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members of the Committee present may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is present. No notice of any adjourned meeting need be given other than by announcement at the meeting that is being adjourned.

The Committee has the authority, to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate, to retain independent legal, accounting or other advisors. The Committee shall also have the authority, to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate, to ask the Bank to provide the Committee with the support of one or more Bank employees to assist it in carrying out its duties. The Bank shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined solely by the Committee, for payment of compensation to any advisors employed by the Committee. The Committee may request any officer or employee of the Bank or the Bank’s outside counsel or other advisors to attend a meeting of the Committee or to meet with any members of, or consultant to, the Committee.
 

 
C-1


 

 
II.
PURPOSE OF THE COMMITTEE

The Committee's primary purpose is to:

Develop and recommend to the Board corporate governance policies and guidelines for the Bank and for identifying and nominating director and committee member candidates; and

Nominate directors for election to the Board and appointment to committee membership.

 
III.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMMITTEE
 
 
 
A.
Charter Review

Review and reassess the adequacy of this charter annually and recommend to the Board any proposed changes to this charter; and

Publicly disclose the charter and any such amendments at the times and in the manner required by the SEC and/or any other regulatory body or stock exchange having authority over the Bank, and in all events post such charter and amendments to the Bank's website.

 
B.
Corporate Governance Policies

Recommend to the Board policies to enhance the Board's effectiveness, including the size and composition of the Board, the frequency and structure of Board meetings, the frequency, structure and guidelines for calling executive sessions of Independent Directors, procedures for Board Meetings including distribution of meeting materials, and the formation of new Board committees.

Create and review at least annually, the corporate governance policies of the Bank to ensure that they are appropriate for the Bank and comply with applicable laws,  regulations and listing standards, and to recommend any desirable changes to the Board.

Establish an enforcement mechanism for the Bank's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics;

Consider any other corporate governance issues that arise from time to time, including requests for waivers from the Bank's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or corporate governance policies, and develop appropriate recommendations for the Board.

Review and advise the Board from time to time with respect to the governance structure of the Bank.
 
 
 
C-2

 

 
C.
Board Membership

Investigate and assess the backgrounds and skills required of Board members and those of potential candidates for Board membership.

Nominate candidates to be presented to the Shareholders for election or to the Board for appointment to fill vacancies accordingly, considering the independence and other qualifications of each candidate and seeking an appropriately diversified Board.

Establish training and orientation programs for all new Board members.

Recommend to the Board standards for determining director independence and other qualifications consistent with requirements applicable to Bank’s listing or trading exchange and other legal or regulatory requirements.

 
D.
Committee Memberships

In consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, make recommendations to the Board for: membership on the various Board committees (considering the qualifications for membership on each committee); such changes to the Board’s committee structure and committee functions as the Committee deems advisable: and, committee members to be chairs of Board committees.

 
E.
Board Compensation

Recommend director and committee member and chair compensation for those directors who are not also salaried officers of the Bank to the full Board of Directors.

 
F.
Evaluation of the Board and Committees

Review on at least an annual basis the Board’s performance as a whole, each committee’s performance as a whole.

 
G.
General

Form and delegate authority to subcommittees when appropriate.

Retain or terminate any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, including sole authority to approve the search firm's fees and other retention terms, with such fees to be borne by the Bank.
 
 
 
C-3

 

 
Report to the Board on the Committee’s activities as the Committee deems appropriate or as the Board requests.

Annually review the performance of the Committee.


In performing their responsibilities, Committee members are entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or statements prepared or presented by:

One or more officers or employees of the Bank whom the Committee member reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented;

Counsel, independent auditors, or other persons as to matters which the Committee member reasonably believes to be within the professional or expert competence of such person; or,

Another committee of the Board as to matters within that committee’s designated authority, which committee the Committee member reasonably believes to merit confidence.
 
 
 
C-4

 
 
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER


AUDIT COMMITTEE MISSION

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board of Directors to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities.  The Audit Committee’s primary duties and responsibilities are to:

 
·
Monitor the integrity of the Bank’s financial reporting process and systems of internal controls regarding finance, accounting and regulatory compliance.
 
·
Monitor the independence and performance of the Bank’s independent auditors and outsourced internal auditor.
 
·
Provide an avenue of communication among the independent auditors, management, the internal auditor, and the Board of Directors.

To effectively perform his or her role, each Committee member will obtain an understanding of the detailed responsibilities of Committee membership.

AUDIT COMMITTEE ORGANIZATION

The Audit Committee shall be comprised of two or more directors as determined by the Board, each of whom shall be independent, non-executive directors, free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment.  All members shall have a basic understanding of finance and accounting and be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement.  At least one member of the Committee shall have accounting or related financial management expertise.  One of the members shall be designated “Chairperson.”

The Committee shall meet at least twice per year, and more frequently as circumstances dictate.

The above mission statement sets forth the Committee’s primary roles and responsibilities.  The following serves as a guide in achieving that mission.

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Financial Statement Review Procedures

1.
Review the Bank’s annual audited financial statements prior to filing or distribution.  The review should include discussion with management and independent auditors of significant issues regarding accounting principles, practices, and judgments.  Discuss with Independent Auditors its judgment about the quality, not just acceptability, of the Bank’s accounting principles as applied in its financial reporting.
 
 
 
D-1

 
 

 
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER (Cont.)


ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont.)

Financial Statement Review Procedures (Cont.)

2.
In consultation with management, independent auditors, and internal auditors, consider the integrity of the Bank’s financial reporting processes and controls.  Discuss significant financial risk exposures and steps taken by management to monitor, control, and report such exposures.

3.
Review significant findings prepared by the independent auditors and the internal auditors together with management’s responses.  Gain an understanding of whether internal control recommendations made by internal and independent auditors have been implemented by management.

Independent Auditors

1.
The independent auditors are ultimately accountable to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.  The Audit Committee shall review the independence and performance of the auditors and annually recommend to the Board of Directors the appointment of the independent auditors or approve any discharge of auditors when circumstances warrant.

2.
Review the independent auditors’ timetable, scope and approach of the quarterly reviews and annual examination of the financial statements.

3.
Obtain from the independent auditors their annual communication to the Audit Committee in satisfaction of SAS 61 regarding communication with the Audit Committee, and, if applicable, any commentary on internal contracts or other recommendations.

4.
Review and discuss with the independent auditors all significant relationships they have with the Bank that could impair the auditors’ independence.

Internal Auditors

1.
Approve an Annual Risk Assessment and Audit Plan developed by the internal auditors.

2.
Meet quarterly with the internal auditors to gain an understanding of the effectiveness of the internal audit function.  These meetings will also serve in evaluating their performance.

3.
Review significant reports prepared by the internal auditors together with management’s response and follow-up to these reports.

 
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER (Cont.)

 
 
D-2

 
 
 
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES (Cont.)

Internal Auditors (Cont.)

4.
The Audit Committee may contract for internal audit services as necessary to assess the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls, the accuracy of management reporting and compliance with laws, regulations and bank policy.  The Audit Committee will set forth the
outsourcing vendor’s responsibilities in a written contract the terms of which comply with the “Interagency Policy Statement of Internal Audit and Internal Audit Outsourcing.”

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

1.
Periodically obtain updates from management and compliance auditors regarding compliance with laws and regulations.

2.
Review the findings of any examination by regulatory agencies such as the Federal Reserve, FDIC, or Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

3.
Be familiar with Management’s response to regulatory examinations.

Other Committee Responsibilities

1.
Review and update the Audit Charter annually and submit the charter to the Board of Directors for approval.  Ensure that the charter is included within the Bank’s proxy statement once every three years.

2.
Prepare an annual Audit Committee Report for inclusion in the Bank’s Annual Proxy Statement that states a formal audit charter has been approved and that the Audit Committee has satisfied its responsibility during the year.

3.
Perform other oversight functions as requested by the Board of Directors.  Further, The Audit Committee shall have the power to conduct or authorize investigations into any matters within the committee’s scope of responsibilities.

4.
Maintain minutes of meetings and periodically report to the Board of Directors on significant results of the foregoing activities.

5.
Meet periodically with the internal auditors, the independent (external) auditors, and management in separate executive sessions to discuss any matters that the committee or these groups believe should be discussed privately with the audit committee.

6.
Report Audit Committee actions to the Board of Directors with such recommendations, as the Audit Committee may deem appropriate.


 
 
D-3

 
 
ANNEX E
 
NEW CENTURY BANK

Compensation Committee Charter

Purpose

The purpose of the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) is to assist the Board of Directors ( the “Board”) of New Century Bank (the “Company”) in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to compensation of the executive officers and directors; to oversee the evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”); to oversee the administration of the Company’s executive compensation plans relating to cash compensation, incentive compensation, equity-based awards and other benefits and prerequisites; and to produce an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.

In discharging its role, the Committee is empowered to investigate any matter brought to its attention with access to all books, records, facilities, and personnel of the Company.  The Committee has the power to retain outside counsel, compensation consultants, or other experts and will receive adequate funding from the Company to engage such advisors.  The Committee shall have the sole authority to retain, compensate, terminate, and oversee its executive compensation consultants, who shall be accountable ultimately to the Committee.

Membership

The Committee comprises at least three directors, each of whom shall satisfy all of the “independence” tests of applicable law, rules or regulations, including those of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. (“outside independent directors”).

Areas of Responsibility

The Committee shall:

·  
Develop executive compensation philosophy and strategy, including independent research on executive officer compensation, to determine appropriate levels of executive compensation, including the mix between fixed and incentive compensation, and the mix between short-term and long-term incentive compensation, but without encouraging rewards for undue risk-taking.

·  
Develop executive compensation procedures and programs consistent with approved compensation philosophy and strategy.

·  
Review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation, evaluate the CEO’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and recommend for Board approval the CEO’s compensation level based on this evaluation.
 
 
 
E-1

 

 
·  
Review and recommend for Board approval the compensation level of the second most senior executive officer of the Company (other than the CEO) as recommended by the CEO.

·  
Review and determine or ratify the compensation of the Company’s Section 16 executive officers as recommended to the CEO, and review the compensation of the direct reports to the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), which direct reports are not Section 16 officers.  The Committee’s review will include a review of competitive market data for these individuals and consideration of market conditions.

·  
Oversee administration of executive and management incentive plans, long-term incentive compensation plans for employees and directors, employee stock purchase plans, and other executive and director compensation arrangements.

·  
Approve all officer long-term incentive compensation awards.

·  
Approve awards for executive officers under executive incentive plans.

·  
Ratify any and all subsidiary bonus awards prior to payout.

·  
Oversee administration of defined benefit and defined contribution plans.  The Committee may delegate oversight and administration of any such plan to an administrative committee established thereunder, including the power to adopt plan amendments, but not including any amendments that result in significant increase in costs of benefits or actual or de facto termination of the plan.  The administrative committee shall report all actions taken with respect to any plan promptly to the Committee.

·  
Review/recommend or approve employment agreements, severance agreements or change in control agreements between the Company and Section 16 executive officers.

·  
Approve guidelines for the CEO to use in the CEO’s approval of change-in-control agreements for executive officers who are not Section 16 reporting persons.

·  
Approve promotions of officers at the Executive Vice President level and above, except for the CEO or COO of the Company (which shall be subject to approval by the outside independent directors meeting in Executive Session).   The CEO shall approve promotions of all other officers.

·  
Recommend for Board approval on an annual basis the compensation of non-employee directors, including appropriate levels of compensation for service on Board committees and reimbursement of expenses incidental to a director’s service.  No employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries may receive compensation as a director or committee member.
 
 
 
E-2

 

 
·  
Review and approve of the Company’s disclosure of executive compensation in the Company’s proxy statements.

·  
Oversee the Company’s compliance with regulatory requirements associated with compensation of its officers.

Meetings

The Committee shall meet as frequently as circumstances may require for it to carry out its duties.
 
 
 
E-3

 
 
ANNEX F
 
TAX OPINION OF STRADLEY RONON STEVENS & YOUNG, LLP
 
To be attached by amendment.
 
 

 


NEW CENTURY BANK
MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
 
1.1            GENERAL .  The purpose of this Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New Century Bank, any future holding company of the Bank and their successors (the “Bank”), by linking the personal interests of executive and senior management-level employees of the Bank to those of shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
 
ARTICLE 2
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
 
2.1            EFFECTIVE DATE .  The Plan will be effective as of the date it is approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
 
2.2            TERM .  Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date, and no Offers may be made under the Plan thereafter.  The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Offer that is outstanding on the termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 3
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
 
3.1            DEFINITIONS .  When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1 or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context.  The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
 
(a)           “Bank” means New Century Bank.
 
(b)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
 
(c)           “Change in Control” means:
 
(1)           there occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty  percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;

(2)           There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);
 
 
G-1


 
(3)           A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or

(4)           Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.

(d)           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(e)           “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
 
(f)           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(g)           “Offer” means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a the price of one dollar ($1.00) per share during an Offering Period.
 
(h)           “Offer Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion shall prescribe, evidencing an Offer.
 
(i)           “Offering Period” means a specified period of time during which a Participant may accept an Offer by purchasing up to that number of shares of Stock to which the offer relates.
 
(j)           “Participant” means a person who has been granted an Offer under the Plan.
 
(k)           “Plan” means the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan as set forth herein.
 
(l)           “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date.
 
(m)           “Stock” means the voting common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 8.
 
ARTICLE 4
ADMINISTRATION
 
4.1            COMMITTEE; BOARD APPROVAL .  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Offer awarded under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant of each Offer.  To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall also qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code.  The members of the Committee shall meet such additional criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock exchange rules or exemptions.  The Bank will pay all reasonable expenses of the Committee.
 
 
G-2

 
 
4.2            AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE .  Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
 
(a)           Designate Participants to receive Offers;
 
(b)           Determine the type or types of Offers to be granted to each Participant;
 
(c)           Determine the number of shares of Stock to which an Offer will relate;
 
(d)           Determine the Offering Period with respect to any Offer;
 
(e)           Amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding Offer, with the Participant’s consent unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Offer without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the Plan.
 
(f)           Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the exercise price of an Offer may be paid in, cash, Stock or other property, or an Offer may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
 
(g)           Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Offer;
 
(h)           Establish, adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(i)           Interpret the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Offer;
 
(j)           make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(k)           Retain counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and carrying out its duties under the Plan.
 
4.3            DECISIONS BINDING .  The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Offers granted under the Plan, and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Offer or under the Plan.
 
ARTICLE 5
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
 
5.1            NUMBER OF SHARES .  Subject to adjustment provided in Section 8.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be seven hundred thousand (700,000).
 
5.2            LAPSED OFFERS .  To the extent that an Offer terminates, is cancelled, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, shares of Stock subject to the Offer will not be available for the grant of another Offer under the Plan.
 
5.3            STOCK DISTRIBUTED .  Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Offer may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
 
 
G-3

 
 
ARTICLE 6
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
6.1            ELIGIBILITY .  Employees who hold executive and other senior management-level positions with the Bank shall be potentially eligible to receive Offers under the Plan.  In making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any employee, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
 
6.2            ACTUAL PARTICIPATION .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals those to whom Offers shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Offer.  No individual shall have any right to be granted an Offer under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 7
OFFERS
 
7.1            GENERAL .  The Committee is authorized to grant Offers to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)           EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price per share of Stock under an Offer shall be one dollar ($1.00).
 
(b)           OFFERING PERIOD.  The Offering Period with respect to an Offer must begin and end within the same calendar year.
 
(c)           VESTING CONDITIONS.  Shares of Stock acquired by a Participant upon exercise of an Offer shall be subject to forfeiture and non-transferable until the first to occur of (i) a Change in Control within seven (7) years following the beginning of the Offering Period, (ii) the completion of an acquisition by the Bank of another Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institution or its assets in a transaction constituting a Change in Control for such other institution (determined for such purposes as if “Bank” in the definition of “Change in Control” were the other institution) within seven (7) years following the beginning of the Offering Period, or (iii) the Participant’s death while in the employ of the Bank.  The shares of Stock acquired by the Participant shall be redeemed by the Bank in exchange for one dollar ($1.00) per share if his or her employment is terminated prior to the occurrence of one of the  vesting events described in the preceding sentence.
 
(d)           TRANSFERABILITY.  Each Offer granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  No right or interest of a Participant in any Offer may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any Offer for any reason.
 
(e)           PAYMENT.  An Offer shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Offer is being exercised and containing such other information as the Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check, certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six months.  The right to acquire the shares pursuant to an Offer shall terminate if payment for the shares is not made prior to the close of the Offering Period.
 
(f)           STOCK CERTIFICATES.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Offers, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be applicable.  All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded.  The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
 
 
G-4

 
 
EVIDENCE OF GRANT.  All Offers shall be evidenced by an Offer Agreement.  The Offer Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 7.1.

ARTICLE 8
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
 
8.1            GENERAL .
 
(a)           SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Offers shall be appropriately adjusted.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with respect to which Offers may be granted as the Committee may deem appropriate.
 
(b)           OUTSTANDING OFFERS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT CONSIDERATION.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Offer (by rounding up or down to the next whole number of shares) and the purchase price per share of Stock of each such Offer.
 
(c)           OUTSTANDING OFFERS – CERTAIN MERGERS.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Offer outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Offer would have received in such merger or consolidation.
 
(d)           OUTSTANDING OFFERS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS.  In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to:
 
(1)           cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Offer outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Offer was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to such Offer, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B) the purchase price per share of such Offer; or
 
 
 
G-5

 
 
(2)           provide for the exchange of each Offer outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an Offer with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Stock is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the Offer, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the Offer, or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Offer was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Offer, or any combination thereof.
 
(e)           OUTSTANDING OFFERS – OTHER CHANGES.  In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Offers outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of each Offer as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
 
(f)           NO ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES.  Except to the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares subject to outstanding Offers, and no adjustment in the number of shares available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
 
(g)           NO OTHER RIGHTS.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Offer or the exercise price of any Offer.
 
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
 
9.1            AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION .  At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of Stock for which Offers may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula for determination of the exercise price of Offers, (iv) extend the term of the Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive Offers; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
 
9.2            OFFERS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including without limitation, the provisions of Article 8, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Offer previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 10
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
10.1            NO RIGHTS TO OFFERS .  No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Offer under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.
 
 
G-6

 
 
10.2            NO STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS .  No Offer gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Offer.
 
10.3            WITHHOLDING .  The Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan.  A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Offer, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations.
 
10.4            NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES .  Nothing in the Plan or any Offer Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Bank.
 
10.5            INDEMNIFICATION .  To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank   and any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
 
10.6            GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS .  The obligation of the Bank to transfer shares of Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required.  The Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of Stock transferred under the Plan.  If the shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
 
10.7            GOVERNING LAW .  The Plan and the terms of all Offers shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of America.
 

G-7

 
 



NEW CENTURY BANK
2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN


ARTICLE 11
PURPOSE
 
11.1            GENERAL .  The purpose of this Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New Century Bank, and any future holding company of the Bank and their successors (the “Bank”) by linking the personal interests of employees, officers, executives and Non-Employee Directors of the Bank to those of Bank shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
 
ARTICLE 12
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
 
12.1            EFFECTIVE DATE .  The Plan will be effective as of the date it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”).  However, no Option shall be exercisable unless and until the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
 
12.2            TERM .  Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date, and no Options may be granted under the Plan thereafter.  The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Option that is outstanding on the termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 13
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
 
13.1            DEFINITIONS .  When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1 or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context.  The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
 
(a)           “Bank” means New Century Bank.
 
(b)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
 
(c)           “Capital Raising Transaction” means the sale of equity securities of the Bank pursuant to the offering described in the Confidential Private Offering Memorandum dated January 20, 2010 (as supplemented by the Supplement thereto dated January 21, 2010), and any subsequent sale of equity securities, or subsequent offering of equity securities in connection with an acquisition or business combination, the result of which it to increase the tangible net worth of the Bank.
 
(d)           “Cause” means actions of or failure to act by a Participant which would authorize the forfeiture of fringe benefits or other remuneration under his or her written contract of employment with the Bank or, if there is no written contract of employment, (l) the willful material failure to perform the duties to the Bank required of the Participant (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Participant or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Participant has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Participant in misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by the Participant  or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Participant from his then present position, or receipt of a written directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Participant or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Participant from his then present position; or (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony.  For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Participant's part shall be considered ''willful'' unless done or omitted to be done by the Participant in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank.  Any act or omission to act by the Participant in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.
 
 
H-1

 
 
(e)           “Change in Control” means:
 
(1)           There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty  percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;

(2)           There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);

(3)           A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or

(4)           Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.

(f)            “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(g)           “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
 
(h)           "Employee" shall mean an individual who is an employee of the Bank under general common law principles. An individual who is an "Employee," as so defined, may also be a member of the Board or the Board of Directors of the Bank (but not a Non-Employee Director).
 
(i)           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(j)           “Fair Market Value” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of Stock on a particular date determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
 
(k)           “Incentive Stock Option” means an option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
 
 
H-2

 
 
(l)           “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
 
(m)           “Option” means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.
 
(n)           “Option Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion shall prescribe, evidencing an Option.
 
(o)           “Participant” means a person whohas been granted an Option under the Plan.
 
(p)           “Plan” means the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan as set forth herein.
 
(q)           “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date.
 
(r)           “Stock” means the voting common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 8.
 
ARTICLE 14
ADMINISTRATION
 
14.1            COMMITTEE; BOARD APPROVAL .  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Option awarded under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant of each Option.  To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall also qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code.  The members of the Committee shall meet such additional criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock exchange rules or exemptions.  The Bank will pay all reasonable expenses of the Committee.
 
14.2            AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE .  Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
 
(a)           Designate Participants to receive Options;
 
(b)           Determine the type or types of Options to be granted to each Participant;
 
(c)           Determine the number of shares of Stock to which an Option will relate;
 
(d)           Determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted under the Plan including but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Option, any restrictions on the exercisability of an Option, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
 
(e)           Amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding Option, with the Participant’s consent unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Option without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the Plan.
 
 
H-3

 
 
(f)           Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the exercise price of an Option may be paid in, cash, Stock or other property, or an Option may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
 
(g)           Prescribe the form of each Option Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;
 
(h)           Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Option;
 
(i)           Establish, adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(j)           Interpret the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Option Agreement;
 
(k)           Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(l)           Retain counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and carrying out its duties under the Plan.
 
14.3            DECISIONS BINDING .  The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Options granted under the Plan, any Option Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Option or under the Plan.
 
ARTICLE 15
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
 
15.1            NUMBER OF SHARES .  Subject to adjustment provided in Section 8.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be the that number representing fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank as of the Effective Date; provided that such number shall be increased, as and when unexercised options and warrants to acquire capital stock of the Bank outstanding as of the Effective Date are exercised or anti-dilution obligations become performable by the Bank, by fifteen percent (15%) of the shares of capital stock that become outstanding as a result of such exercises or the honoring of such anti-dilution rights; and provided, further, that the total number of shares available for grant under the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (a) seven million and five hundred thousand (7,500,000) shares or (b) fifteen percent (15%) of the number of shares of Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued in consideration of cash or other property after December 31, 2009 by the Bank and any successor bank or holding company.
 
15.2            LAPSED OPTIONS .  To the extent that an Option terminates, is cancelled, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Option will again be available for the grant of an Option under the Plan.
 
15.3            STOCK DISTRIBUTED .  Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Option may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
 
15.4            LIMITATION ON NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTIONS .  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the adjustment in Section 8.1, but subject to any restrictions of applicable law and the other terms and conditions of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to Options may be granted to any one Participant during a fiscal year of the Bank shall be five million (5,000,000) shares.
 
 
 
H-4

 
 
ARTICLE 16
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
16.1            ELIGIBILITY .  Employees shall be potentially eligible to receive Options under the Plan.  In making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any Employee, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such Employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
 
16.2            ACTUAL PARTICIPATION .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals those to whom Options shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Option.  No individual shall have any right to be granted an Option under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 17
STOCK OPTIONS
 
17.1            GENERAL .  The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)           EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.
 
(b)           TERM OF OPTION.  No Option shall be exercisable after the date that is 10 years from the date it is granted.
 
(c)           TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. Options shall be exercisable only to the extent provided below.
 
(1)           A Participant shall have a vested right to exercise an Option upon the first to occur of (A) the fifth (5 th ) one (1)-year anniversary of the Capital Raising Transaction to which it relates, (B) a Change in Control, (C) the Participant’s termination of employment without Cause, (D) the Participant’s death, or (E) such other event as the Committee shall specify in the Option Agreement as necessary to comply with the Bank’s obligations under an employment agreement with the Participant.  All unvested Options shall be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of employment for Cause or as a result of his or her voluntary resignation from employment.

(2)           Notwithstanding the achievement of a vested right to exercise pursuant to paragraph (1) above, an Option shall be exercisable only when  (a) if the Stock under the Option is not listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system at the time, the “Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value” (as hereinafter defined) of the Stock first equals or exceeds five dollars and five cents ($5.05), which was one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value of the Stock as of March 31, 2010 , or (b) if the Stock under the Option is listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system, the trading price of such Stock as quoted by such stock market or quotation system equals or exceeds $5.05 per share .  For this purpose, the Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value of the Stock shall be determined as (A) the amount derived by dividing the common shareholders’ equity, minus intangible assets and goodwill, by the number of shares of common stock outstanding, (B) assuming that all outstanding option and warrants to acquire stock are then exercised, and (C) assuming performance of all anti-dilution obligations under such options and warrants and other anti-dilution agreements as of the date of determination.  If the condition set forth in this paragraph (2) is satisfied prior to the achievement of a vested right to exercise an Option pursuant to paragraph (1) above, the Option shall be exercisable immediately upon achievement of a vested right to exercise pursuant to paragraph (1).

(3)           Nothing in this subsection (c) shall be construed to extend the exercise period of any Option beyond the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of its grant.

(d)           TRANSFERABILITY.  Each Option granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  No right or interest of a Participant in any Option may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any Option for any reason.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Plan, a Participant who holds Options (but not Incentive Stock Options) may transfer such Options to his or her spouse, lineal ascendants, lineal descendants, or to a duly established trust for the benefit of one or more of these individuals.  Options so transferred may thereafter be transferred only to the Participant who originally received the grant or to an individual or trust to whom the Participant could have initially transferred the Options pursuant to this Section 7.1(d).  Options which are transferred pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) shall be exercisable by the transferee according to the same terms and conditions as applied to the Participant (for example, such Options shall terminate automatically, upon the termination of employment or service as a Director of the Participant for Cause)
 
 
 
H-5

 
 
(e)           PAYMENT.  An Option shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and containing such other information as the Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check, certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six months. In addition, if the terms of a Stock Option so provide, the optionee may pay the exercise price by directing the Company to withhold from those shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of the Stock Option that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value as of the date of exercise equal to the Stock Option’s exercise price, or the applicable portion of the Stock Option’s exercise price if the Stock Option is not exercised in full.  The shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of the aggregate-share limitation set forth in Section 4, above.
 
(f)           STOCK CERTIFICATES.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Options, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be applicable.  All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded.  The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
 
(g)           EVIDENCE OF GRANT.  All Options shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement.  The Option Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 7.1.
 
7.2            INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS .   Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan must comply with the following additional rules, which in case of conflict shall control over other provisions of this Plan that might otherwise be applicable:

(a)           INDIVIDUAL DOLLAR LIMITATION.  The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision.  To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Options that are not Incentive Stock Options.

(b)           TEN PERCENT OWNERS.  An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of allo classes of Stock of the Bank only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisaable for no more than five years from the date of grant.

(c)           RIGHT TO EXERCISE.  During a Paticipant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.
 
 
H-6

 

 
ARTICLE 18
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
 
18.1            GENERAL .
 
(a)           SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Options shall be appropriately adjusted.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with respect to which Options may be granted as the Committee may deem appropriate.
 
(b)           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT CONSIDERATION.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Option and the exercise price per share of Stock of each such Option.
 
(c)           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – CERTAIN MERGERS.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Option outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Option would have received in such merger or consolidation.
 
(d)           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS.  In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to:
 
(1)           cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Option was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to such Option, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B) the exercise price of such Option; or
 
(2)           provide for the exchange of each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an option with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Stock is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the option, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the option, or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Option was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Option, or any combination thereof.
 
(e)           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – OTHER CHANGES.  In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Options outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of each Option as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
 
 
H-7

 
 
(f)           NO ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES.  Except to the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares subject to outstanding Options, and no adjustment in the number of shares available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
 
(g)           NO OTHER RIGHTS.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Option or the exercise price of any Option.
 
ARTICLE 19
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
 
19.1            AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION .  At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula for determination of the exercise price of Options, (iv) extend the term of the Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive Options; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
 
19.2            OPTIONS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including without limitation, the provisions of Article 8, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Option previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 20
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
20.1            NO RIGHTS TO OPTIONS .  No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Option under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.
 
20.2            NO STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS .  No Option gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Option.
 
20.3            WITHHOLDING .  The Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan.  A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Option, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations.
 
 
H-8

 
 
20.4            NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES .  Nothing in the Plan or any Option Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Bank.
 
20.5            INDEMNIFICATION .  To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank   and any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
 
20.6            FRACTIONAL SHARES .  No fractional shares of stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.
 
20.7            GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS .  The obligation of the Bank to transfer shares of Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required.  The Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of Stock transferred under the Plan.  If the shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
 
20.8            GOVERNING LAW .  The Plan and the terms of all Options shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of America.
 

H-9

 

 
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 20. Indemnification of Officers and Directors .
 
Subchapter D of PBCL provides for indemnification of, and insurance for any person who is or was a representative of the Company and specifically empowers the Company to indemnify, subject to the standards therein prescribed, any person who is or was a representative of the Company in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought or threatened by reason of the fact that he is or was a representative of the Company. Article 8.02 of the Company’s Bylaws requires the Company to indemnify each of the Company’s directors and officers in such capacity in which any such director or officer acts for or on behalf of the Company including as an employee or agent.
 
Article 8 of the Company’s bylaws provide for indemnification of officers and directors, as follows:
 
Section 8.01 provides that, to the fullest extent under Subchapter B of Chapter 7 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, the Company’s directors shall not be personally liable to the Company or its shareholders or others for monetary damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action unless the director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office and such breach or failure constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness.  This section does not apply to the responsibility or liability of such director under any criminal statute or with respect to the payment of taxes pursuant to local, state or federal law.
 
Section 8.02(a) provides for the indemnification of any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact of such person’s involvement as a director, officer, employee or agents of the Company or its bank subsidiaries or any other director or indirect subsidiary of the Company of the bank serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
 
Section 8.02(b) requires the Company to pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of any action suit or proceeding  upon the receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of a director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized under the Articles of Incorporation and ii) if requested at the discretion of the board of directors, adequate security or a bond to cover such amounts for which it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to such indemnity.
 
Section 8.02(c) provides the right to indemnification and advancement of expenses is not exclusive of any other right to which such persons seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders, or disinterested Directors or otherwise.
 
Section 8.02(d) provides that the Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person, may enter into contracts of indemnification with any person and may create a fund of any nature for the benefit of any person and may otherwise secure in any manner its obligations with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses regardless of the source of the indemnification right and without respect to whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person under the articles of incorporation.
 
 

 
 
 
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statements .
 
Schedules
 
(a)           Exhibits. The following exhibits are submitted:
 
Exhibit No.
Description
   
2.1
   
3.1
   
3.2
   
4.1
   
4.2
 
4.3
   
4.4
   
4.5
   
4.6
   
4.7  Stock Option Agreement, dated as of July 10, 1997, by and between New Century Bank and NexTier Bank, f/k/a Citizens Incorporated  
   
4.8
   
4.9
   
5.1
Opinion of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP *
   
8.1
Tax Opinion of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP *
   
10.1 +
   
10.2
   
10.3 +
   
10.4 +
   
10.5 +
   
10.6
   
10.7  New Century Bank 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan
   
10.8 
   
 
 

 
 
 
10.9
   
10.10
   
10.11
   
10.12 +
   
10.13
   
10.14
   
10.15 
   
10.16  Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Qualified Stock Options granted under 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan to Robert Philips and James McKeighan  
 
13.1
   
21.1
   
23.1
Consent of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP (included in Exhibit 5) *
   
23.2
   
24.1
Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature page of the registration statement)
   
99.1
Form of Proxy Card for shareholders of New Century Bank *
_________
*  To be filed by amendment.
+  Management Contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
(b)           The following financial statement schedules are furnished:
 
13.1 – Annual Report to Security Holders
 

(c)           Not applicable.
 
Item 22. Undertakings .
 
(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.
 
(2) The undersigned registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (h)(1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415 (§230.415 of this chapter), will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.
 
(4) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against liability arising under the Securities Act (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
 
 

 

 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Phoenixville, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on April 21, 2010.
 
 
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
   
   
 
By:   /s/ Jay S. Sidhu        
 
Jay S. Sidhu, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
By so signing, each of the undersigned, in his capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be, of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., does hereby appoint Jay Sidhu and Thomas Brugger, and each of them severally, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name, place and stead, in his capacity as a director or officer, or both, as the case may be, of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc., any and all amendments to this Registration Statement and post-effective amendments thereto and all instruments necessary or incidental in connection therewith, including any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents shall have full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, every act whatsoever requisite or necessary to be done in the premises as fully, and for all intents and purposes, as each of the undersigned might or could do in person, the undersigned hereby ratifying and approving the acts of said attorneys-in-fact and each of them and their substitutes lawfully done or caused to be done by virtue of this power of attorney.
 
In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement was signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the April 21, 2010.
 
Signature
 
Title(s)
     
     
     
     
/s/ Jay S. Sidhu
 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jay S. Sidhu
 
(principal executive officer)
     
     
     
     
/s/ Thomas Brugger
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Thomas Brugger
 
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)






/s/ Richard A. Ehst
 
President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Richard A. Ehst
   
     
     
     
     
/s/ Bhanu Choudhrie
 
Director
Bhanu Choudhrie
   
     
     
     
     
/s/ Kenneth B. Mumma
 
Director
Kenneth B. Mumma
   
     
     
     
     
/s/ Daniel K. Rothermel
 
Director
Daniel K. Rothermel
   
     
     
     
     
     
/s/ John J. Sickler
 
Director
John J. Sickler
   
     
     
     
     
     
/s/ T. Lawrence Way
 
Director
T. Lawrence Way
   
     
     
     
     
     
/s/ Steven J. Zuckerman
 
Director
Steven J. Zuckerman
   



 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit No.
Description
   
2.1
   
3.1
   
3.2
   
4.1
   
4.2
 
4.3
   
4.4
   
4.5
   
4.6
   
4.7  Stock Option Agreement, dated as of July 10, 1997, by and between New Century Bank and NexTier Bank, f/k/a Citizens Incorporated  
   
4.8
   
4.9
   
5.1
Opinion of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP *
   
8.1
Tax Opinion of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP *
   
10.1 +
   
10.2
   
10.3 +
   
10.4 +
   
10.5 +
   
10.6
   
10.7  New Century Bank 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan
   
10.8 
   
 
 

 
 
 
10.9
   
10.10
   
10.11
   
10.12 +
   
10.13
   
10.14
   
10.15 
   
10.16  Form of Stock Option Agreement for Non-Qualified Stock Options granted under 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan to Robert Philips and James McKeighan 
 
13.1
   
21.1
   
23.1
Consent of Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP (included in Exhibit 5) *
   
23.2
   
24.1
Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature page of the registration statement)
   
99.1
Form of Proxy Card for shareholders of New Century Bank *
_________
*  To be filed by amendment.
+  Management Contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.


 

 
NEW CENTURY BANK
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Audited Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
Audited Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
Audited Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
Audited Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
Notes to Audited Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007

 
 
 
F-1

 

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of New Century Bank
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of New Century Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009. New Century Bank’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of New Century Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ ParenteBeard LLC
 
Reading, Pennsylvania
April 19, 2010
 
 
F-2


 
BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(dollar amounts in thousands,
except per share data)
 
ASSETS
           
Cash and due from banks
  $ 4,171     $ 2,486  
Interest earning deposits
    58,978       1,494  
Federal funds sold
    5,658       2,315  
Cash and cash equivalents
    68,807       6,295  
Securities available for sale, at fair value
    44,588       30,268  
Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost fair value 2009 $0; 2008 $2,382
          2,235  
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses 2009 $10,032;  2008 $2,876
    220,266       220,876  
Bank premises and equipment, net
    2,719       2,764  
Restricted stock, at cost
    2,026       1,793  
Bank owned life issuance
    4,955       4,751  
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
    6,399       5,056  
Total assets
  $ 349,760     $ 274,038  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Liabilities:
               
Deposits:
               
Demand, non-interest bearing
  $ 18,502     $ 20,574  
Interest bearing
    295,425       217,268  
Total deposits
    313,927       237,842  
Borrowings
    11,000       15,000  
Subordinated debt
    2,000       3,000  
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
    1,330       1,347  
Total liabilities
    328,257       257,189  
Stockholders' equity:
               
Preferred stock, par value $1,000 per share; shares issued and outstanding 2009 - 0; 2008 - 98
          980  
Common stock, par value $1.00 per share;
               
40,500,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding 2009 - 5,522,706;  2008 - 2,021,078
    5,522       2,021  
Stock Warrants; warrants issued and outstanding  2009 - 670,136; 2008 - 0
    863        
Surplus
    28,380       14,093  
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings
    (13,229 )     10  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (33 )     (255 )
Total stockholders' equity
    21,503       16,849  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
  $ 349,760     $ 274,038  
See Notes to Financial Statements
               
 
 
F-3

 

 
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
 
Interest income:
                 
Loans receivable, including fees
  $ 12,142     $ 13,644     $ 15,286  
Securities, taxable
    1,140       1,419       1,884  
Securities, non-taxable
    191       413       410  
Other
    13       26       79  
Total interest income
    13,486       15,502       17,659  
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
    5,729       6,832       8,858  
Borrowed funds
    461       1,112       1,571  
Subordinated debt
    146       194       164  
Total interest expense
    6,336       8,138       10,593  
Net interest income
    7,150       7,364       7,066  
Provision for loan losses
    11,778       611       444  
Net interest (loss) income after provision for loan losses
    (4,628 )     6,753       6,622  
Other income:
                       
Service fees
    528       637       526  
Bank owned life insurance
    229       218       156  
Gain (loss) on sale of securities
    236       (361 )      
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets
    (31 )     -        
Impairment charge on securities
    (15 )     (940 )     (394 )
Other
    96       96       68  
Total other income (loss)
    1,043       (350 )     356  
Other expenses:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    4,267       3,651       3,450  
Occupancy
    1,261       1,280       1,213  
Technology, communication and bank operations
    1,000       901       829  
Advertising and promotion
    191       231       321  
Professional services
    736       402       271  
FDIC assessments, taxes, and regulatory fees
    892       445       328  
Impairment charge on foreclosed assets
    350       100        
Other real estate owned
    305       115       1  
Other
    648       529       495  
Total other expenses
    9,650       7,654       6,908  
(Loss) income before taxes
    (13,235 )     (1,251 )     70  
Income tax benefit
          (426 )     (160 )
Net (loss) income
  $ (13,235 )   $ (825 )   $ 230  
Basic and diluted (loss) income per share
  $ (3.66 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.11  
See Notes to Financial Statements
                       
 
 
 
F-4


 

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
For Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007
 
   
Preferred stock
   
Number of common stock shares issued
   
Common stock
   
Surplus
   
Number of Stock Warrants issued
   
Stock Warrants
   
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings
   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
Total
 
   
(dollar amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $       1,984,370     $ 1,984     $ 13,837           $     $ 605     $ (187 )   $ 16,239  
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net income
                                                    230               230  
Change in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of taxes
                                                            38       38  
Total comprehensive income
                                                                    268  
Exercise of 36,708 stock options
          36,708       37       286                               323  
Balance, December 31, 2007
          2,021,078       2,021       14,123                   835       (149 )     16,830  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Net loss
                                                    (825 )             (825 )
Change in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of taxes
                                                            (106 )     (106 )
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                    (931 )
Preferred Stock Series A issued
    980                       (30 )                                     950  
Balance, December 31, 2008
    980       2,021,078       2,021       14,093                   10       (255 )     16,849  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                                       
Net loss
                                                    (13,235 )             (13,235 )
Change in net unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of taxes
                                                            222       222  
Total comprehensive loss
                                                                    (13,013 )
Dividends paid on preferred stock Series A
                                                    (4 )             (4 )
 Preferred stock Series A exchanged for common stock
    (980 )     178,164       178       802                                      
Subordinated debt converted to common stock
            213,219       213       787                                     1,000  
Common stock shares issued
            3,110,245       3,110       13,561                                     16,671  
Warrants issued
                        (863 )     670,136       863                        
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $       5,522,706     $ 5,522     $ 28,380       670,136     $ 863     $ (13,229 )   $ (33 )   $ 21,503  
See Notes to Financial Statements
                                                                       
 
 
 
F-5

 

 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
For Years Ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Cash Flows (used in) provided by Operating Activities
 
(in thousands)
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (13,235 )   $ (825 )   $ 230  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in), provided by operating activities:
                       
Provision for loan losses
    11,778       611       444  
Provision for depreciation and amortization
    726       846       700  
Deferred income tax benefit
    (394 )     (17 )     (372 )
Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts
    184       1       15  
(Gain) loss on sale of securities
    (236 )     361        
Impairment charge on securities
    15       940       394  
Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate
    31              
Impairment charge on foreclosed real estate
    350       100        
Earnings on investment in bank owned life insurance
    (204 )     (204 )     (147 )
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets
    (1,868 )     (853 )     30  
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
    425       427       (56 )
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities
    (2,428 )     1,387       1,238  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                       
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (34,489 )     (5,910 )     (6,870 )
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal repayments on securities available for sale
    8,425       8,887       9,697  
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
    11,816       4,267       2,613  
Sales of securities held to maturity
    2,263              
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal repayments on securities held to maturity
    39       243       389  
Net increase in loans
    (14,507 )     (11,264 )     (36,881 )
Purchases of bank premises and equipment
    (430 )     (545 )     (1,416 )
Purchase of life insurance
                (4,400 )
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate
    3,071             260  
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
    (23,812 )     (4,322 )     (36,608 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                       
Net increase in deposits
    76,085       17,497       37,912  
Net decrease in short—term borrowed funds
    (4,000 )     (11,900 )     (6,100 )
Proceeds from long—term borrowed funds
          1,000       15,000  
Repayment of long—term borrowed funds
          (5,000 )     (10,750 )
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt
                1,000  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    16,671              
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
                323  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
          950        
Dividends on preferred stock
    (4 )            
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
    88,752       2,547       37,385  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    62,512       (388 )     2,015  
Cash and Cash Equivalents — Beginning
    6,295       6,683       4,668  
Cash and Cash Equivalents — Ending
  $ 68,807     $ 6,295     $ 6,683  
Supplementary Cash Flows Information
                       
Interest paid
  $ 5,030     $ 8,248     $ 10,534  
Income taxes (refund) paid
  $ (165 )   $ 152     $ 240  
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities
                       
Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans
  $ 3,088     $ 1,619     $ 260  
Exchange of preferred shares to common stock
  $ 980     $     $  
Conversion of subordinated term note to common stock
  $ 1,000     $     $  
See Notes to Financial Statements
                       
 
 
F-6

 

 
NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
New Century Bank was incorporated March 25, 1994 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and is a Pennsylvania state chartered bank.  The Bank commenced operations on June 26, 1997 and provides full banking services.  The Bank is subject to regulation of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Reserve Bank.  The area served by the Bank is principally the western suburbs of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
 
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported balances of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported balances of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the potential impairment of restricted stock, the valuation of deferred tax assets, determination of other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities, and the fair value of financial instruments.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks with a maturity date of three months or less, and federal funds sold.
 
Securities
 
Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.
 
Securities classified as available for sale are those securities that the Bank intends to hold for an indefinite period of time but not necessarily to maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses are reported as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect.  Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of the specific securities sold, are included in earnings and recorded at the trade date.  Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities.  Equity securities include restricted stock of the Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank, which are carried at cost.
 
Securities classified as held to maturity are those debt securities the Bank has both the intent and ability to hold to maturity regardless of changes in market conditions, liquidity needs or changes in general economic conditions.  These securities are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount, computed by a method which approximates the interest method over the terms of the securities.
 
Other-than-temporary impairment means management believes the security’s impairment is due to factors that could include its inability to pay interest or dividends, its potential for default, and/or other factors. When a held to maturity or available for sale debt security is assessed for other-than-temporary impairment, management has to first consider (a) whether the Bank intends to sell the security, and (b) whether it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. If one of these circumstances applies to a security, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized in the statement of operations equal to the full amount of the decline in fair value below amortized cost. If neither of these circumstances applies to a security, but the Bank does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred that must be separated into two categories: (a) the amount related to credit loss, and (b) the amount related to other factors. In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss, management compares the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. The portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings (as the difference between the fair value and the present value of the estimated cash flows), while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the statement of operations, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income. When a debt security becomes other-than-temporarily impaired, its amortized cost basis is reduced to reflect the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss.
 
 
F-7

 
Restricted Stock
 
Restricted stock which represents required investment in the capital stock of a Federal Home Loan Bank and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank, is carried at cost as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. In December 2008, the FHLB of Pittsburgh notified member banks that it was suspending dividend payments and the repurchase of capital stock.  Management evaluates the restricted stock for impairment in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 01-6, Accounting by Certain Entities (Including Entities With Trade Receivables) That Lend to or Finance the Activities of Others .  Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on their assessment of the ultimate recoverability of their cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value.  The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of their cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB, and (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the FHLB.
 
Management believes no impairment charge is necessary related to the restricted stock as of December 31, 2009.
 
Loans Receivable
 
Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees.  Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance.  Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield (interest income) of the related loans.  The Bank is generally amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loans.
 
The accrual of interest is generally discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing.  A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is well secured.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed. Interest received on nonaccrual loans is applied against principal until all principal has been repaid.  Thereafter, interest payments are recognized as income until all unpaid interest has been received.  Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a minimum of six months and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.
 
 
F-8

 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through provisions for loan losses charged against income.  Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Bank’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors.  This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
 
The allowance consists of specific and general components.  The specific component relates to impaired loans.  For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience and expected loss given default derived from the Bank’s internal risk rating process, adjusted for qualitative factors.
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.  Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
 
Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement.
 
 
F-9

 
 
Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Most of the Bank’s activities are with customers located in southeastern Pennsylvania.  Note 6 discusses the types of securities that the Bank invests in.  Note 7 discusses the types of lending in which the Bank engages.  Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is influenced by the region’s economy.  The Bank does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.  Commercial real estate, including commercial construction loans, represented 66% and 67% of the total portfolio at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets
 
Transfers of financial assets, including loan participations sold, are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
 
Foreclosed Real Estate
 
Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis.
 
After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the real estate is carried at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less the cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other expenses.  Foreclosed real estate is included in other assets. The balance in foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1,155 thousand and $1,519, respectively.
 
Bank Premises and Equipment
 
Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the related assets:
 
 
Years
Leasehold improvements
3 – 25
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
5 – 10
IT equipment and software
3 –  5

Advertising Costs
 
The Bank follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.  Advertising costs were $191 thousand, $231 thousand, and $321 thousand, respectively for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.
 
Earnings per Share
 
Basic earnings per share represents net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustments to income that would result from the assumed issuance.  The weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding was 3,618,002, 2,021,078 and 2,004,097 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  The weighted average number of dilutive shares was -0- in 2009 and 2008.  Options to purchase 45,410 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 716,921 shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2009 were not included in diluted earnings per share since their exercise price exceeded the fair value of the related common stock.
 
 
F-10

 
 
Income Taxes
 
The Bank accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes).  On January 1, 2008, the Bank adopted accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which sets out a consistent framework to determine the appropriate level of tax reserves to maintain for uncertain tax positions.
 
The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred.  Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues.  The Bank determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method.  Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur.
 
Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods.  Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination.  The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent;  the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation process, if any.  A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.  The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank maintained a valuation allowance for deferred federal income tax assets.
 
The Bank recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
 
Stock Based Compensation
 
Stock compensation accounting guidance (FASB ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation) requires that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements.  That cost will be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued.  The stock compensation accounting guidance covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including stock options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and employee share purchase plans.
 
The stock compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for all stock awards be calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period.  For awards with graded-vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.  A Black-Scholes model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Bank’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards.
 
 
F-11

 
 
Comprehensive Income
 
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income.  Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains on securities available for sale, and unrealized losses related to factors other than credit on debt securities.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 22.  Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment.  Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded in the balance sheet when they are funded.
 
Reclassifications
 
Certain amounts reported in the 2008 and 2007 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2009 presentation.  These reclassifications did not impact the Bank’s financial position or results of operations.
 
Change in Accounting Estimates
 
In 2009, the Bank refined the methodology for calculating the allowance for loan losses.  FASB ASC 450, Contingencies , considers two sections for estimating the allowance for loan losses.  The first section is identifying individual problem assets and determining the current fair value using current appraisals, comparative asset values, discounted non-current appraisals, condition of the asset, and other relevant factors.  The second section for estimating the allowance is for performing loans.  The Bank considers eight years of historical trends by risk ratings by loan category, charge-offs by loan category, and delinquencies by loan category.  The Bank includes additional allowance amounts by loan category based on one year trends in local, regional, and national qualitative factors such as: unemployment, real estate sales, concentrations of credit, portfolio factors, and availability of current customer financial information.  The impact of this change in methodology was to increase the allowance for loan losses by approximately $0.8 million in 2009 from the amount that would have been reported under the previous methodology.  This change in accounting estimate was applied prospectively.  The remaining $11 million of the provision for loan losses was due to specific reserves required on collateral deficient loans and loan charge-offs as a result of events arising in the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
NOTE 3 – RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
Effective July 1, 2009, changes to the source of authoritative U. S. GAAP, the FASB Accounting Standards Codification™ (“FASC”), will be communicated through an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”).  ASUs will be published for all authoritative U.S. GAAP promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), regardless of the form in which such guidance may have been issued prior to the release of the FASB Codification.
 
 
F-12

 
 
In August 2009, FASB issued ASU No. 2009-5, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures: Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value.” This ASU provides clarification on measuring liabilities at fair value when a quoted price in an active market is not available and was effective for the first reporting period beginning after issuance. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
 
In June 2009, FASB issued ASU 2009-17, Consolidations (Topic 810) – Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities.  FASB ASC Topic 810 must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter with early application prohibited. Adoption of this Statement, effective January 1, 2010, will not have a material effect on the Bank’s operations or financial condition.
 
In May 2009, FASB issued an update to Topic 855 – Subsequent Events. This update established general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition. See Note 23 for the required disclosures.
 
In April 2009, FASB issued three updates intended to provide additional application guidance and enhance disclosures regarding fair value measurements and impairment of securities. The update to Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures provides guidelines for determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifying transactions that are not orderly. The update to Topic 825 – Financial Instruments enhances consistency in financial reporting by increasing the frequency of fair value disclosures. The update to Topic 320 – Investments – Debt and Equity Securities provides additional guidance designed to create greater clarity and consistency in accounting for and presenting impairment losses on securities. These updates were effective for annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
 
In April 2009, FASB issued an update to Topic 805 – Business Combinations. This update addresses application issues on initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. This update was effective for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations for which the acquisition was on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
 
In December 2008, FASB issued an update to Topic 715 – Compensation – Retirement Benefits. This update provides guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
 
 
F-13

 
 
In November 2008, FASB issued an update to Topic 323 – Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures. This update clarifies the accounting for certain transactions and impairment considerations involving equity method investments and was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operation or financial condition.
 
In June 2008, FASB issued an update to Topic 260 – Earnings Per Share. This update states that unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. This update was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operation or financial condition.
 
In April 2008, FASB issued updates to Topic 350 – Intangibles – Goodwill and Other and Topic 275 – Risks and Uncertainties. These updates amend the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. These updates were effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
 
In February 2008, FASB issued an update to Topic 860 – Transfer and Servicing. This update provides guidance on a repurchase financing, which is a repurchase agreement that relates to a previously transferred financial asset between the same counterparties, that is entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the initial transfer. This update was effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
 
In December 2007, FASB issued an update to Topic 805 – Business Combinations. This update requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all (and only) the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; and requires the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information they need to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. This update was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. At December 31, 2009, adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
 
In December 2007, FASB issued an update to Topic 810 – Consolidations. This update requires that a reporting entity provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the non-controlling owners. This update was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Adoption of this guidance has had no material impact on results of operations or financial condition.
 
NOTE 4 – RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS
 
The Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, these reserve balances amounted to $25 thousand and $25 thousand, respectively.
 
 
F-14

 
 
NOTE 5 – EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if (i) options to issue common stock were exercised, (ii) warrants to issue common stock were exercised, (iii) preferred stock shares were exchanged for common stock shares, and (iv) subordinated debentures were converted to common stock shares.  Potential common shares that may be issued related to outstanding stock options are determined using the treasury stock method.  For the year ended December 31, 2009, there were 98 preferred shares that were exchanged for 178,164 common stock shares at an average share price of $5.50.  This exchange was related to the capital raise that occurred in the second and third quarters of 2009.  For the same period, we converted $1,000,000 of subordinated debentures for 213,219 common stock shares at an average share price of $4.69.  This conversion was related to the change in control language of the debentures related to turnover on the Board of Directors.  This change occurred in the third quarter when five directors resigned from the Board of Directors.  There were no options or warrants exercised in 2009 or 2008, and 36,708 options exercised at an average share price of $8.80 in 2007.  There were no preferred stock or subordinated debentures converted or exchanged in 2008 or 2007.  All stock options and warrants outstanding, 762,331 and 46,827 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were not dilutive due to losses in 2009 and 2008 even though they had some intrinsic value.  Accordingly, the diluted loss per share for each period was not affected by the impact of stock options outstanding.
 
The computation of basic and diluted (loss) income per share for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, are presented below:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(amounts in thousands, except per share data)
 
Basic and diluted (loss) income  per share:
                 
                   
Net (loss) income
  $ (13,235 )   $ (825 )   $ 230  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    3,618       2,021       2,004  
Basic (loss) income per share
  $ (3.66 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.11  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    3,618       2,021       2,004  
Effect of Diluted Securities:
                       
Options and warrants
                35  
Convertible preferred stock
                 
Convertible subordinated debt
                 
      3,618       2,021       2,039  
Diluted (loss) income per share
  $ (3.66 )   $ (0.41 )   $ 0.11  

NOTE 6 – INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
The amortized cost and approximate fair value of available for sale and held to maturity securities as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized as follows:
 
   
December 31, 2009
 
   
Amortized Cost
   
Gross Unrealized Gains
   
Gross Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Available for Sale:
                       
U.S. Treasury and government agency
  $ 435     $ 17     $     $ 452  
Mortgage-backed securities
    39,314       317       (228 )     39,403  
Asset-backed securities
    843             (4 )     839  
Municipal securities
    4,048       3       (157 )     3,894  
    $ 44,640     $ 337     $ (389 )   $ 44,588  
       
 
 
 
F-15

 
 
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
Amortized Cost
   
Gross Unrealized Gains
   
Gross Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Available for Sale:
                               
U.S. Treasury and government agency
  $ 1,073     $ 13     $     $ 1,086  
Mortgage-backed securities
    17,228       255       (420 )     17,063  
Asset-backed securities
    2,159       30       (11 )     2,178  
Municipal securities
    10,135       38       (286 )     9,887  
Corporate bonds
    45       3             48  
Equity securities
    15             (9 )     6  
    $ 30,655     $ 339     $ (726 )   $ 30,268  
Held to Maturity:
                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 2,235     $ 147     $     $ 2,382  
    $ 2,235     $ 147     $     $ 2,382  

The amortized cost and fair value of available for sale securities as of December 31, 2009, by contractual maturity, are shown below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because the securities may be called or prepaid with or without any penalties.
 
   
Available for Sale Amortized Cost
   
Fair Value
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Due after one year through five years
  $ 435     $ 452  
Due after ten years
    4,048       3,894  
      4,483       4,346  
Mortgage-backed securities
    39,314       39,403  
Asset-backed securities
    843       839  
    $ 44,640     $ 44,588  
                 
Proceeds from the sale of available for sale securities were $11,816 thousand, $4,267 thousand and $2,613 thousand in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Proceeds from the sale of held to maturity securities was $2,263 thousand in 2009.  There were no sales of held to maturity securities in 2008 or 2007.  There was a gain on the sale of available for sale and held to maturity securities in 2009 of $236 thousand.  The Bank sold available for sale securities and three held to maturity securities in the first quarter of 2009.  The Bank’s decision to sell all of its held to maturity securities resulted from concerns of the economy and the resulting impact on asset quality, the opportunity to take advantage of gains that existed in the three securities, and to help maintain regulatory capital ratios within the “Well Capitalized” status before raising capital in June 2009.  The Bank does not intend to purchase any HTM securities in the foreseeable future.  There was a loss on the sale of available for sale securities in 2008 of $361 thousand and no gain or loss on the sale of securities in 2007. The Bank recorded other than temporary impairment charges of $15 thousand, $940 thousand, and $394 thousand in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
 
F-16

 
 
The Bank’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
   
December 31, 2009
 
 
 
 
Less than 12 months
   
12 months or more
   
Total
 
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Available for Sale:
                                   
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 10,142     $ (21 )   $ 1,934     $ (207 )   $ 12,076     $ (228 )
Asset-backed securities
    122             717       (4 )     839       (4 )
Municipal securities
    374       (1 )     1,949       (156 )     2,323       (157 )
Total investment securities available for sale
  $ 10,638     $ (22 )   $ 4,600     $ (367 )   $ 15,238     $ (389 )
       
   
December 31, 2008
 
 
 
 
Less than 12 months
   
12 months or more
   
Total
 
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
   
Fair Value
   
Unrealized Losses
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Available for Sale:
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 3,821     $ (222 )   $ 3,854     $ (198 )   $ 7,675     $ (420 )
Asset-backed securities
    1,023       (11 )                 1,023       (11 )
Municipal securities
    5,510       (286 )                 5,510       (286 )
Equity securities
    6       (9 )                 6       (9 )
Total investment securities available for sale
  $ 10,360     $ (528 )   $ 3,854     $ (198 )   $ 14,214     $ (726 )

In 2008, the Bank incurred $940 thousand in expense when it determined that the FHLMC preferred stock and the Lehman Bros. Holding floater note had been other-than-temporarily impaired.  In 2009, the Bank completed the write down of the FHLMC preferred stock for $15 thousand and sold the Lehman Bros Holding floater for a $14 thousand gain.  At December 31, 2009, there were nine available for sale securities in the less than twelve month category and sixteen available for sale securities in the twelve month or more category.  At December 31, 2008, there were forty three available for sale securities in the less than twelve months category and thirty two available for sale securities in the twelve months or more category.  In management’s opinion, the unrealized losses reflect primarily changes in interest rates, such as but not limited to changes in economic conditions and the liquidity of the market, subsequent to the acquisition of specific securities. The Bank does not intend to sell and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the securities prior to maturity or market price recovery.  Management believes that as of December 31, 2009 there is no other than temporary impairment of these securities.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the Bank pledged municipal and mortgage-backed securities to the Federal Reserve for $4.0 million and Federal Home Loan Bank for $8.4 million as collateral for borrowings.
 
 
F-17

 
 
NOTE 7 - LOANS RECEIVABLE
 
The composition of net loans receivable at December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Commercial construction
  $ 19,161     $ 31,421  
Residential construction
    2,581       3,849  
Consumer residential
    27,422       26,987  
Commercial real estate
    133,433       119,087  
Commercial and Industrial
    25,290       33,762  
Consumer and other
    5,524       8,126  
Warehouse loans
    16,435       -  
Total loans
    229,846       223,232  
Unearned net loan origination costs and fees
    452       520  
Allowance for loan losses
    (10,032 )     (2,876 )
Net loans
  $ 220,266     $ 220,876  

NOTE 8 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
The changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 are as follows:
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Balance, January 1
  $ 2,876     $ 2,460     $ 2,029  
Provision for loan losses
    11,778       611       444  
Loans charged off
    (4,630 )     (195 )     (14 )
Recoveries
    8             1  
Balance, December 31
  $ 10,032     $ 2,876     $ 2,460  

Non-Performing Assets
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Non-accrual loans
  $ 10,341     $ 4,387  
Loans 90 days past due and still accruing
    4,119       1,585  
Restructured Loans
    4,690       1,203  
Other real estate owned
    1,155       1,519  
Balance, ending
  $ 20,305     $ 8,694  
                 

As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Bank had impaired loans of $17.5 million, $5.9 million and $1.9 million, respectively, requiring an allowance for loan losses of $6,763 thousand, $376 thousand, and $134 thousand, respectively.  During 2009, 2008, and 2007, the average recorded investment in these impaired loans was $12.2 million, $6.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively, and the interest income recognized on impaired loans was $737 thousand, $172 thousand and $131 thousand, respectively.
 
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued amounted to $10.3 million and $4.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  There are $4.1 million and $1.6 million of loans with balances past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest, but which management expects will eventually be paid in full, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Included in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are troubled debt restructuring loans that were classified as impaired.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $3.8 million commercial real estate loans that were modified in trouble debt restructurings and impaired.  In addition to these amounts the Bank had troubled debt restructurings that were performing in accordance with their modified terms of $5.5 million in commercial real estate loans and that were not performing in accordance with their modified terms of $0.7 million in residential real estate loans at December 31, 2009.
 
 
F-18

 
 
NOTE 9 - BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
The components of bank premises and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Leasehold improvements
  $ 2,917     $ 3,105  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    815       995  
IT equipment and software
    1,422       1,359  
Automobiles
    51       51  
Construction in process
    52       5  
      5,257       5,515  
Less accumulated depreciation
    2,538       2,751  
    $ 2,719     $ 2,764  

NOTE 10 - DEPOSITS
 
The components of deposits at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Demand, non-interest bearing
  $ 18,502     $ 20,574  
Demand, interest bearing
    84,996       53,326  
Savings
    9,037       9,213  
Time, $100,000 and over
    76,985       73,535  
Time, other
    124,407       81,194  
Total deposits
  $ 313,927     $ 237,842  

At December 31, 2009, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:
 
   
2009
 
   
(in thousands)
 
2010
  $ 169,508  
2011
    20,421  
2012
    7,124  
2013
    1,881  
2014
    2,458  
    $ 201,392  

Included in time deposits, $100,000 and over, at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are public fund certificates of deposit of $5 million and $23 million, respectively.  These certificates of deposit have a maturity of less than one year.
 
NOTE 11 - LEASE COMMITMENTS AND TOTAL RENTAL EXPENSE
 
In 2007, the Bank moved its corporate office and operations center into a new facility and leases the premises under an operating lease agreement expiring July 2022, with an option to extend the agreement for two additional six-year periods.  The Bank also leases four branch locations: one is under an operating lease agreement which expires November 2013; one is an operating lease agreement which expires January 2014, but includes the option to extend the agreement for an additional five-year period; one is under an operating lease agreement which expires November 2014; one is an operating lease which expires December 2013, but includes the option to extend the agreement for three additional five-year periods. Additionally we have a lending office operating lease which expires August 2010, and a prospective branch location under a five year operating lease.
 
 
F-19

 
 
Approximate future non-cancellable minimum lease payments by year are as follows:
 
   
(in thousands)
 
2010
  $ 917  
2011
    902  
2012
    922  
2013
    934  
2014
    720  
2015 & Thereafter
    3,671  
    $ 8,066  

Rent expense, which includes reimbursements to the lessor for real estate taxes, was approximately $788 thousand, $729 thousand, and $731 thousand for the years ended  December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Included in 2007 rent expense was $178 thousand related to incentives included in the new lease contract, which will be amortized over the term of the lease.
 
NOTE 12 - OTHER BORROWINGS AND SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
At December 31, 2009, the Bank had long-term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $11 million with an average interest rate of 3.24%.  At December 31, 2008, the Bank had short-term and long-term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank totaling $4 million and $11 million, respectively, with an average interest rate of 4.47% and 3.24%, respectively.
 
The contractual maturities of fixed rate long-term advances at December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 
   
2009
 
   
(in thousands)
 
2013
  $ 1,000  
2015 and thereafter
    10,000  
    $ 11,000  

The $10.0 million in Federal Home Loan Bank advances maturing in 2015 and thereafter are convertible select advances.  One $5.0 million advance may be converted to a floating rate advance any quarter.  The rate would be the three month LIBOR plus 17 basis points.  The other $5.0 million advance may be converted to a floating rate advance any quarter after May 2011.  The rate would be the three month LIBOR plus 18 basis points.  If these advances convert to a floating rate, we have the right to prepay the advance with no penalty.
 
The Bank has a total borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia of approximately $16.3 million and $3.8 million, respectively.  The public fund certificates of deposit discussed in Note 10, are backed by a $5.1 million letter of credit issued at the Federal Home Loan Bank.  Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are secured by certain qualifying assets of the Bank totaling $71.4 million.
 
 
 
F-20

 
 
The Bank issued a subordinated term note during the second quarter of 2004. The note was issued for $2.0 million at a floating rate based upon the three-month LIBOR rate, determined quarterly, plus 2.75% per annum. Quarterly interest payments are made on this note in January, April, July and October. At December 31, 2009, the quarterly interest rate was 3.03%. The note matures in the third quarter of 2014.
 
The Bank issued a subordinated term note during the fourth quarter of 2007. The note was issued for $1.0 million at a fixed rate of 7.50% per annum. Quarterly interest payments were made on this note in January, April, July and October. The note was converted to voting common stock in the third quarter of 2009 due to a significant change in the Board of Directors.  See Note 14 – Stockholders’ Equity for a more detailed discussion.
 
NOTE 13 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
The Bank has a 401(k) profit sharing plan whereby eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their salary to the Plan. The Bank provides a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of the contribution made by the employee. Employer contributions for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 were approximately $56 thousand, $60 thousand, and $55 thousand, respectively.
 
NOTE 14 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
During 2009, the Bank sold 3,110,245 shares of common stock at $5.50 per share, which resulted in net proceeds of $16.7 million.  In addition, 692,421 warrants were issued in the offering.  Each warrant allows for the purchase of one (1) share of common stock at $5.50 per share.  The warrants expire in seven (7) years.  Holders of these shares of common stock and warrants are beneficiaries of anti-dilution agreements (2009) providing each of them price protection until March 31, 2011, such that if we issue any shares of our common stock at or prior to that date at a price less than $5.50, we will issue sufficient additional shares to them to maintain the values of their holdings of common stock at the new, lower issuance price.  See Note 23 for Subsequent Events for a discussion of the capital raise that was completed in February 2010 and the impact it has on the anti-dilution agreements (2009).  The cost of raising this capital was $0.4 million.
 
The new Chairman and CEO managed a private equity firm before joining the Bank.  He was instrumental in raising the net proceeds of $16.7 million and received 670,136 warrants as an incentive to raise more than $10.0 million in capital before he joined the Bank.  The fair value of the warrants that he received was calculated using a Black-Scholes model and recorded as a separate component of Stockholders’ Equity.  As warrants are exercised, their value will return to Surplus in addition to the proceeds.  See Note 24 for Subsequent Events for a discussion of the capital raise that was completed in February 2010 and the impact it has on the anti-dilution agreements (2009).
 
The fair value of warrants issued during 2009 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
Expected life
7 years
Expected volatility
20.00%
Range of risk-free interest rates
2.93% - 3.19%
Weighted average fair value of options granted
$1.29
   
 
 
 
F-21

 
 
The expected volatility is based on historic volatility of the Bank’s common stock.  The risk-free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the awards are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.  The expected life is based on their expiration date.
 
The Bank issued $980 thousand in 10% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock during 2008.  This stock pays a 10% dividend that is non-cumulative.  The preferred shares were exchanged for common stock during 2009 in conjunction with the capital raise of $16.7 million.  178,164 shares of common stock were exchanged for 98 shares of preferred stock at a price of $5.50 per share.  In addition, 24,500 warrants were issued in the exchange.  Each warrant allows for the purchase of one (1) share of common stock at $5.50 per share.  The warrants expire in seven (7) years.
 
During 2009, $1.0 million of subordinated debt, issued in December 2007, was converted to common stock.  The conversion was required under the terms of the subordinated term note due to the significant change in the membership of the Board of Directors.  Based on the terms of the subordinated term note, 213,219 shares of common stock were issued at a price of $4.69 per share to the holders of the subordinated debt.
 
The Pennsylvania Department of Banking has certain restrictions for paying dividends on all classes of stock.
 
NOTE 15 - COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America require that revenue, expenses, gains and losses are to be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.
 
The only components of other comprehensive income (loss) are unrealized holding gains (losses), net of deferred taxes, on securities available for sale.
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
         
(in thousands)
       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities
  $ 556     $ (1,462 )   $ 57  
Reclassification adjustment for impairment charges recognized in income on available for sale securities
    15       940       -  
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses recognized in income on available for sale and held to maturity securities
    (236 )     361       -  
Net unrealized gains (losses)
    335       (161 )     57  
Income tax effect
    (113 )     55       (19 )
Net of tax amount
  $ 222     $ (106 )   $ 38  

NOTE 16 - STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
During 2004, the stockholders of the Bank approved the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan (“2004 Plan”), the purpose of which is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Bank by linking the personal interests of the members of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s employees, officers and executives to those of the Bank’s stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to stockholders of the Bank. The 2004 Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of members of the Board of Directors, employees, officers and executives of the Bank.  Stock options granted normally vest over three years.
 
 
F-22

 
 
The 2004 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.  It provides for the grant of options, some or all of which may be structured to qualify as Incentive Stock Options if granted to employees, and for the grant of stock appreciation rights (“SARS”), restricted stock and unrestricted stock up to a total of 200,000 shares of Common Stock.  The 2004 Plan replaced the Stock Option Plan approved in 1997 (“1997 Plan”), which provided for an aggregate of 112,500 shares of common stock to be granted.
 
Under the 1997 Plan, the Bank, in connection with the initial stock offering, issued to the Incorporators options to acquire 60,750 shares of common stock as well as granted to two of its executive officers stock options to purchase 11,875 shares of common stock.  The options issued have either been exercised at a price of $8.80 per share or have expired.
 
The remaining 39,875 shares of common stock otherwise available under the 1997 Plan ceased to be available for grant when the 2004 Plan was approved. Under the 2004 Plan, the Bank issued to its employees stock options to purchase 52,200 shares at a weighted average price of $10.68 per share, which expire ten years from the grant date.
 
The following summarizes changes in stock options outstanding under the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan and the 1997 Stock Option Plan for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Number of Options
   
Wtd Avg Exercise Price
   
Number of Options
   
Wtd Avg Exercise Price
   
Number of Options
   
Wtd Avg Exercise Price
 
Outstanding at beginning of Year
    46,827     $ 10.67       48,034     $ 10.67       120,825     $ 9.54  
Options Exercised
                            (36,708 )     8.80  
Options Forfeited
    (1,417 )     10.46       (1,207 )     10.68       (36,083 )     8.81  
Outstanding at December 31
    45,410     $ 10.68       46,827     $ 10.67       48,034     $ 10.67  
Exercisable at December 31
    45,410     $ 10.68       46,827     $ 10.67       42,001     $ 10.75  

No stock options were granted in either 2009 or 2008.  The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding stock options at December 31, 2009 is approximately 6 years.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding was $0 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
NOTE 17 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
The components of income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Current
  $ 394     $ (409 )   $ 212  
Deferred
    (394 )     (17 )     (372 )
    $     $ (426 )   $ (160 )
 
 

 
F-23


Effective tax rates differ from the federal statutory rate of 34% applied to income (loss) before income tax (benefit) due to the following:
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(in thousands)
 
   
Amount
   
% of pretax income
   
Amount
   
% of pretax income
   
Amount
   
% of pretax income
 
Federal income tax at statutory rate
  $ (4,500 )     -34.00 %   $ (425 )     -34.00 %   $ 24       34.00 %
Tax exempt interest
    (104 )     -0.79 %     (183 )     -14.63 %     (175 )     -250.74 %
Interest disallowance
    12       0.09 %     23       1.84 %     31       44.42 %
Bank owned life insurance
    (69 )     -0.53 %     (69     -5.53 %     (50 )     -71.64 %
Recordation of valuation allowance
    4,653       35.15 %     360       28.78 %     -       0.00 %
Other
    9       0.08 %     (132 )     -10.52 %     10       14.33 %
Effective income tax rate
  $ -       0.00 %   $ (426 )     -34.1 %   $ (160 )     -229.6 %


The components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
(in thousands)
 
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 3,411     $ 978     $ 836  
Net unrealized losses on securities
    18       132       77  
Bank premises and equipment
    230       193       104  
Impairment charge on securities
    139       216       134  
OREO expenses
    104              
Non-accrual interest
    239              
Net operating losses
    3,922              
Other
    72       20        
Total deferred tax assets
    8,135       1,539       1,151  
Valuation allowance
    (6,605 )     (360 )      
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
    1,530       1,179       1,151  
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Deferred loan costs
    (71 )            
Cash basis conversion
                (44 )
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (71 )           (44 )
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 1,459     $ 1,179     $ 1,107  

In 2009, the Bank generated net operating income tax losses of approximately $5.7 million which are available to be carried back to prior open tax years.  The Bank recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for tax credits.
 
Management evaluated the deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach which considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including historical profitability and projections of future reversals of temporary differences and future taxable income. The Bank is required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income or stockholders’ equity if management determines, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Bank estimates future taxable income based on management approved business plans and ongoing tax planning strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period based on changes in tax laws or variances between projected operating performance, actual results and other factors.
 
 
F-24

 
 
The Bank established a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset amount of $5.9 million as of December 31, 2009.  The remaining deferred tax asset of $1.5 million is related to projected reversals of temporary differences in 2009 that are projected to be carried back to prior open years.
 
NOTE 18 - TRANSACTIONS WITH EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
The Bank has had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with its executive officers, directors, principal stockholders, their immediate families and affiliated companies (commonly referred to as related parties), on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others.  There were no related party loans at December 31, 2009 and $4 thousand at December 31, 2008.  During 2009, there were $1 thousand in new advances and no new loans to such related parties and repayments totaled $5 thousand.
 
Some current directors, nominees for director and executive officers of the Bank and entities or organizations in which they were executive officers or the equivalent or owners of more than 10% of the equity were customers of and had transactions with or involving the Bank in the ordinary course of business during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.  None of these transactions involved amounts in excess of 5% of the Bank’s consolidated gross revenues during 2009 or $200,000, nor was the Bank indebted to any of the foregoing persons or entities in an aggregate amount in excess of 5% of the Bank’s total consolidated assets at December 31, 2009.  Additional transactions with such persons and entities may be expected to take place in the ordinary course of business in the future.
 
On June 17, 2009, the Bank entered into a Consulting Agreement with Kenneth B.  Mumma, its former Chairman and CEO, pursuant to which the Bank agreed to engage Mr. Mumma as a consultant until December 31, 2011.  During the period of his engagement, Mr. Mumma has agreed to provide from 20 to 40 hours of consulting services per month, for a consulting fee of $13,500 per month plus reimbursement of expenses incurred by him in performing the services.  The agreement also provides non-compete covenants for a period ending one year after the term of the consulting agreement.  During 2009, the Bank paid an aggregate of $67,500 in consulting fees to Mr. Mumma under the agreement.
 
During 2009, the Bank paid director John Sickler $30,000 in consulting fees in connection with Mr. Sickler’s services as interim Chairman of the board of directors of the Bank from January 2009 to June 2009, and $50,000 in connection with the 2009 private offering.  Mr. Sickler also received immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 9,091 shares of the Bank’s Common Stock with a grant date fair value of $11,727 (as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718).  Such warrants were subject to an anti-dilution adjustment in April 2010.  See "ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS" beginning on page 61 of this prospectus-proxy statement.
 
NOTE 19 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
 
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets.
 
The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.
 
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Commitments to fund loans
  $ 3,922     $ 4,900  
Unfunded commitments to fund warehouse loans
    28,565        
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit
    16,842       20,735  
Letters of credit
    854       1,203  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Warehouse loan commitments are agreements to purchase mortgage loans from mortgage bankers that agree to purchase the loans back in a short period of time.  These commitments generally fluctuate monthly as existing loans are repurchased by the mortgage bankers and new loans are purchased the Bank.
 
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation.  Collateral held varies but may include personal or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.
 
 
F-25

 
 
Outstanding letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  The majority of these standby letters of credit expire within the next twelve months.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending other loan commitments.  The Bank requires collateral supporting these letters of credit as deemed necessary.  Management believes that the proceeds obtained through a liquidation of such collateral would be sufficient to cover the maximum potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees.  The current amount of the liabilities as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is not material.
 
NOTE 20 – LEGAL CONTINGENCIES
 
Various legal claims also arise from time to time in the normal course of business which, in the opinion of management, will have no material effect on the Bank’s financial statements.
 
NOTE 21 - REGULATORY MATTERS
 
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary-actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
 
As of December 31, 2009, the most recent notification received from federal banking agencies categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
 
The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are presented below:
 
 
F-26

 
 
   
Actual
     
For Capital Adequacy Purposes
     
To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
     
Amount
     
Ratio
     
Amount
     
Ratio
 
   
(dollar amounts in thousands)
 
As of December 31, 2009:
                                           
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 25,958       11.8 %
  $ 17,648  
    8.0 %
  $ 22,060  
    10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
    21,537       9.8  
    8,824  
    4.0  
    13,236  
    6.0  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    21,537       6.7  
    12,906  
    4.0  
    16,132  
    5.0  
                                                         
As of December 31, 2008:
                                                       
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 22,825       10.5 %
  $ 17,395  
    8.0 %
  $ 21,743  
    10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
    17,105       7.9  
    8,697  
    4.0  
    13,046  
    6.0  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
    17,105       6.2  
    11,012  
    4.0  
    13,765  
    5.0  


The Bank is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it may declare due to regulatory considerations. The Pennsylvania Banking Code provides that cash dividends may be declared and paid only out of accumulated net earnings.
 
NOTE 22 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
The Bank uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.  In accordance with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices.  However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial instruments.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.
 
The recent fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions.  If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate.  In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment.  The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.
 
Level 1:                      Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
 
Level 2:                      Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
 
Level 3:                      Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no market activity).
 
 
F-27

 
 
An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
For financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 
   
As of December 31, 2009
 
   
(Level 1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
   
(Level 2) Significant Other Observable Inputs
   
(Level 3) Significant Unobservable Inputs
   
Total Fair Value
 
   
(in thousands)
 
U.S. Treasury and government agency
  $ 452     $     $     $ 452  
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,207       38,196             39,403  
Asset-backed securities
          839             839  
Municipal securities
          3,894             3,894  
    $ 1,659     $ 42,929     $     $ 44,588  
                                 

   
As of December 31, 2008
 
   
(Level 1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
   
(Level 2) Significant Other Observable Inputs
   
(Level 3) Significant Unobservable Inputs
   
Total Fair Value
 
   
(in thousands)
 
U.S. Treasury and government agency
  $     $ 1,086     $     $ 1,086  
Mortgage-backed securities
    905       16,158             17,063  
Asset-backed securities
          2,178             2,178  
Municipal securities
          9,887             9,887  
 Corporate bonds
          48             48  
Equity securities
          6             6  
    $ 905     $ 29,363     $     $ 30,268  


The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:
 
   
December 31, 2009
 
   
(Level 1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
   
(Level 2) Significant Other Observable Inputs
   
(Level 3) Significant Unobservable Inputs
   
Total Fair Value
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Impaired Loans
  $     $     $ 12,455     $ 12,455  
Other Real Estate Owned
                1,155       1,155  
    $     $     $ 13,610     $ 13,610  
 
 
 
F-28

 
 
   
December 31, 2008
 
   
(Level 1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
   
(Level 2) Significant Other Observable Inputs
   
(Level 3) Significant Unobservable Inputs
   
Total Fair Value
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Impaired Loans
  $     $     $ 5,872     $ 5,872  
Other Real Estate Owned
                1,519       1,519  
    $     $     $ 7,391     $ 7,391  

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Bank since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Bank’s assets and liabilities.  Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Bank’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful.  The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
 
Cash and cash equivalents (carried at cost):
 
The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and short-term instruments approximate those assets’ fair values.
 
Securities:
 
The fair value of securities available for sale (carried at fair value) and held to maturity (carried at amortized cost) are determined by obtaining quoted market prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1), or matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices.
 
The carrying amount of restricted investment in bank stock approximates fair value, and considers the limited marketability of such securities.
 
Loans receivable (carried at cost):
 
The fair values of loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market rates at the balance sheet date that reflect the credit and interest rate-risk inherent in the loans.  Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity or call dates, projected repayments and prepayments of principal. Generally, for variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.
 
Impaired loans (carried at fair value):
 
Impaired loans are those that are accounted for under FASB ASC 450, Contingencies, in which the Bank has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral.  Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds.  These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.
 
 
F-29

 
 
Accrued interest receivable and payable (carried at cost):
 
The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
 
Deposit liabilities (carried at cost):
 
The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts).  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.
 
Short-term borrowings (carried at cost):
 
The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings approximate their fair values.
 
Long-term debt (carried at cost):
 
Fair values of FHLB advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices for new FHLB advances with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.  These prices obtained from this active market represent a market value that is deemed to represent the transfer price if the liability were assumed by a third party.
 
Subordinated debt (carried at cost):
 
Fair values of subordinated debt are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on market rates currently offered on such debt with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.
 
Off-balance sheet financial instruments (disclosed at cost):
 
Fair values for the Bank’s off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, taking into account, the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.
 
The Bank has issued public fund certificates of deposit that are backed by letters of credit issued at the Federal Home Loan Bank.  The Bank does not foresee the need to utilize these letters of credit.  The estimated fair value approximates the recorded deferred fee amounts, which are not significant.
 
The estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments were as follows at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
 
F-30

 
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Carrying Amount
   
Fair Value
   
Carrying Amount
   
Fair Value
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 68,807     $ 68,807     $ 6,295     $ 6,295  
Securities available for sale
    44,588       44,588       30,268       30,268  
Securities held to maturity
                2,235       2,382  
Loans receivable, net
    220,266       213,901       220,876       221,211  
Restricted stock
    2,026       2,026       1,793       1,793  
Accrued interest receivable
    2,055       2,055       1,542       1,542  
Liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    313,927       316,377       237,842       240,084  
Subordinated debt
    2,000       2,000       3,000       3,000  
Borrowings
    11,000       11,290       15,000       17,148  
Accrued interest payable
    575       575       660       660  
Off-balance sheet financial instruments:
                               
Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit
                       
Standby letters of credit issued on the Bank's behalf
                       

NOTE 23 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
New Century Bank has evaluated events subsequent to December 31, 2009, both recognized and non-recognized, for their impact on the reported results and disclosures and determined that the following items are material subsequent events.
 
In February 2010, the Bank sold 10,113,185 total shares, which included 6,564,597 of its Common Stock and 3,548,588 of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at a price of $4.28 per share, and in March 2010 1,950,798 total shares, which included 761,596 of its Common Stock and 1,189,202 of its Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at a price of $3.76 per share.  Taking into account the impact of anti-dilution agreements issued to investors in the February offering, the result of the two offerings was the issuance of 13.4 million shares in those offerings. As a result, further shares have also been issued to existing investors pursuant to anti-dilution agreements between the Bank and those investors.  Following the close of these transactions, no investor owns or controls more than 9.9% of the aggregate outstanding shares of the Bank’s Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, including for purposes of this calculation any shares issuable under unexercised warrants.
 
Each investor who participated in this capital raise and owns more than 9% of the common equity of the Bank has been identified by the Bank as a lead investor.  The February and March 2010 offerings resulted in seven lead investors and they each received warrants equal to 5% of the shares that they purchased, having exercise prices (after taking into account anti-dilution repricing) of $3.76 per share.  The number of warrants issued for purposes of Common Stock totaled 253,885, and the number of warrants issued for purposes of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock totaled 204,638. The lead investors also have the right to invest in future capital raises until February 17, 2011 at the issuance price of $3.76 per share.
 
In conjunction with the 2009 capital raise, investors entered into anti-dilution agreements (2009) providing them each with price protection until March 31, 2011, such that if the Bank issues any share of common stock at or prior to that date at a price less than $5.50 per share, the Bank will issue sufficient additional shares to the holders of the agreements to maintain the values of their holding of common stock at the new, lower issuance price.  Due to the February and March 2010 capital raises both being conducted at per share prices less than $5.50 per share, the anti-dilution provisions of the 2009 agreements become effective in 2010.  The Bank considers the issuance of these 2,797,606 anti-dilutive shares to be a nonrecognized subsequent event as of the balance sheet date and, therefore, will not recognize the transaction until the date the shares were issued.
 
The Bank agreed to extend and amend the anti-dilution agreements with shareholders who purchased shares in June 2009 or later, to extend anti-dilution protections from June 30, 2010  through March 31, 2011 for any capital raising transactions at a price or value below $3.76 per share, but, after June 30, 2010, only where the capital raising transaction involves share issuances for cash.  For further information on the terms of the anti-dilution agreements, see, “ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENTS,” beginning on page 61 .
 
In March 2010, the Bank decided to change the name of the bank to Customers 1st Bank.  The reason for the change is that the new name better conveys the new mission and vision of the Bank.  The other reason is that it is more cost effective to change the name in its early stages before spending money to build the brand through marketing efforts and before the Bank incurs significant costs such as building signage.  Assuming the approval of Proposal 5 by shareholders, this name change will be effected in connection with the merger of the Bank into the merger subsidiary in the reorganization.
 
 
 
 F-31

Exhibit 2.1
 
 
PLAN OF MERGER AND REORGANIZATION

Date:           __________, 2010

NEW CENTURY BANK (the "Bank"), a banking institution organized under the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (the "Banking Code"), and NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK (the "Surviving Bank"), an interim bank in organization under the Banking Code, and Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company"), a Pennsylvania business corporation organized under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, hereby enter into this Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the "Plan").

In consideration of their mutual promises and covenants, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto, deeming it to be advantageous to their respective banking associations, corporation and their shareholders, have duly approved this Plan and its execution, and do hereby adopt this Plan setting forth the method, terms and conditions of the merger, including the rights under the Plan of the shareholders of each of the parties, and the agreements concerning the merger:

1. Merger . The Bank shall merge into the Surviving Bank under the charter of the Surviving Bank, under the title of "Customers 1st Bank," and pursuant to the provisions of the Banking Code, by the method, on the terms and subject to the conditions and requirements hereinafter stated. Upon the merger becoming effective, Bank and Surviving Bank shall be merged into and continued in a single institution, the Surviving Bank, which shall be a Pennsylvania chartered bank and which shall be considered the same business and corporate entity as the constituent institutions. The Surviving Bank shall thenceforth be responsible for all of the liabilities and obligations of the Bank.. The Surviving Bank shall, upon consummation of  the merger, engage in the business of a Pennsylvania chartered bank at the principal office and the legally established and approved branch offices of the Bank. Surviving Bank shall maintain the insurance of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the same way as it is now carried by the Bank.

2. Articles of Incorporation of Surviving Bank . When the merger becomes effective, the initial Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Bank shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein.

3. Bylaws of Surviving Bank . When the merger becomes effective, the initial Bylaws of the Surviving Bank shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein, and the principal office and established and authorized branch offices of the Bank shall become the principal office and established and authorized branch offices, respectively, of the Surviving Bank.

4. Board of Directors of Surviving Bank . The persons who shall constitute the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank at the time the merger becomes effective shall be the persons who were then members of the Board of Directors of the Bank.  They shall serve until the subsequent annual meeting of shareholders of Surviving Bank or until their successors are duly qualified and elected. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors of the Surviving Bank which may exist upon or after the effective date of the merger may be filled as provided by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Bank. The officers of the Bank at the time the merger becomes effective shall hold the same offices in the Surviving Bank.
 
 
 
-1-

 

 
5. Conversion of Shares: Exchange of Certificates: Capitalization . Upon the merger becoming effective:

(a) Each three (3) issued and outstanding shares of voting common stock of the Bank shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into one (1) share of voting common stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share.  Each three (3) issued and outstanding shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, if then authorized and issued, shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into one (1) share of Non-Voting Common Stock of the Holding Company, par value $1.00 per share.

(b) As soon as practicable after the merger becomes effective, holders of shares of Bank common stock shall be furnished a form letter of transmittal for the tender of their share certificates to the Surviving Bank, which shall act as “Exchange Agent” for the Holding Company, to be exchanged for new certificates for the appropriate number of shares of Holding Company common stock. Holding Company shall be required to issue certificates for Holding Company common stock only upon the actual surrender of Bank shares or an acceptable indemnity agreement or bond from any Bank shareholder who is unable to surrender his or her certificate by reason of loss or destruction of the certificate. Upon surrender for cancellation to the Exchange Agent of one or more certificates for shares of Bank common stock, accompanied by a duly executed letter of transmittal in proper form, or an appropriate indemnity agreement or bond, as the case may be, the Exchange Agent shall, promptly after the effective date of the merger, deliver to each holder of such surrendered Bank certificates new certificates representing the appropriate number of shares of Holding Company common stock. Until certificates for Bank common stock have been surrendered and exchanged as herein provided for certificates of Holding Company common stock, each outstanding certificate for Bank common stock shall be deemed, for all corporate purposes, to be the number of full shares of Holding Company common stock into which the number of shares of Bank common stock shown thereon have been converted. In the event that any certificates for Bank common stock are not surrendered for exchange within two (2) years from the effective date of the merger, the shares of Holding Company common stock that would otherwise have been delivered in exchange for the unsurrendered Bank certificates shall be delivered by the Exchange Agent to the Holding Company, in which event the persons entitled thereto shall look only to the Holding Company for delivery of the Holding Company shares upon surrender of their outstanding certificates for Bank common stock. Following the expiration of such two (2) year period, the Holding Company may sell such unclaimed Holding Company common stock, in which event the sole right of the holders of the unsurrendered outstanding Bank certificates shall be the right to collect the net sale proceeds held for their account by the Holding Company. In the event that Holding Company shall, as required or permitted by law, pay to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania any net sale proceeds relating to unclaimed Holding Company common stock, the holders of unsurrendered outstanding Bank certificates shall thereafter look only to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for payment on account thereof.
 
 
 
-2-

 

 
(c) Prior to the merger becoming effective, the Surviving Bank will have a capital of $100,000 consisting of 100,000 issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, and a surplus of $55,000. Upon the merger becoming effective: (i) the amount and number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank shall be increased to an amount equal to the total, immediately before the merger, of (A) the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank, now being _____ shares, and (B) the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank; (ii) the surplus of the Surviving Bank shall be increased to an amount equal to the total of the surplus of the Bank and the surplus of the Surviving Bank immediately before the merger; and (iii) all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Surviving Bank, as increased by the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Bank, shall be issued to and owned by the Holding Company.

(d) Except as provided below in connection with fractional shares, no cash shall be allocated to shareholders of the Bank or to any other person, firm, or corporation upon and by reason of the merger becoming effective. Cash fees will, however, be paid to attorneys, accountants and other like persons for services rendered in the accomplishment of the merger and reorganization and other phases of the overall transaction; some of these persons may be shareholders of the Bank and of Holding Company.  The Holding Company will not issue any fractional shares of its common stock in the reorganization. Holders of Bank voting common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock who would otherwise be entitled to a fractional share of Holding Company common stock or Holding Company Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will instead receive an amount in cash, rounded to the nearest cent and without interest, equal to the product of (i) the fraction of such share to which the holder would otherwise have been entitled and (ii) the book-value of one share of voting common stock of the Bank as of the final day of the quarter ended immediately prior to the consummation of the merger.

(e) Each then outstanding warrant or option to acquire shares of the common stock of the Bank heretofore issued by the Bank shall, ipso facto, and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, become and be converted into a warrant or option, respectively, to acquire one-third the number of shares of the Holding Company on the same terms and conditions and shall remain outstanding.  The number of shares of Holding Company stock for which each outstanding option or warrant will be exercisable after the consummation of the merger will be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares, subject to the holder’s agreement to any necessary corresponding upward rounding adjustments of the exercise price to the nearest whole cent.  After the merger becomes effective the Holding Company may, but is not obligated to, issue amended warrant or option agreements reflecting the conversion and the assumption of such warrants or options.

6. Dissenting Shareholders . The rights and remedies of a dissenting shareholder under Sections 1607 and 1222 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, 7 P.S. Sections 1607 and 1222, and, thereby, Subchapter D of Chapter 15 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (15 Pa. C.S. Section 1571 et seq.) shall be afforded to any shareholder of the Bank who takes the necessary steps to perfect his or her dissenters rights. The Bank will make whatever payments are to be made to validly dissenting shareholders in the exercise of such rights. Unless otherwise provided by law, shares of the Holding Company not taken by the dissenting shareholders of the Bank shall not be issued.

7. Conditions . The merger provided under this Plan shall take place only if: (i) this Plan is approved (A) by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Bank and (B) by the Holding Company as a shareholder of the Surviving Bank, in accordance with applicable law; (ii) this Plan, the merger and any constituent steps are approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and (if applicable) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Notice or Application, as applicable, of the Holding Company to form a bank holding company is not objected to, or is otherwise approved, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and all other requirements prescribed by law are satisfied; (iii) the Bank receives an opinion of its special counsel, Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, to the effect that the transactions contemplated herein constitute a tax-free reorganization under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that neither gain nor loss will be recognized for federal income tax purposes to the Bank, the Surviving Bank, the Holding Company or the shareholders of the Bank (other than the dissenting shareholders who elect dissenters' rights), the Surviving Bank and the Holding Company, by reason of the transactions contemplated herein, and as to such further matters relating to the tax consequences of the transactions contemplated hereby, as the Bank may deem advisable; and (iv) there shall be no litigation or proceeding pending or threatened for the purpose of enjoining, restraining or preventing the consummation of the merger in accordance with this Plan.
 
 
 
-3-

 

 
8. Amendment; Termination . At any time before the merger becomes effective, by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of each of the Bank, the Holding Company and the Surviving Bank, this Plan (a) may be amended in any manner not inconsistent with its general purpose, provided that no amendment shall change the share exchange ratio following approval of this Plan by the shareholders of the Bank, or (b) may be terminated for any reason, including without limitation for reasons such as because of the number of shares of common stock of the Bank exercising dissenters' rights, or if it shall appear that the consummation of the Plan would be inadvisable for any reason.  If this Plan is terminated pursuant to this Section, this Plan shall be void and of no further effect, without any liability on the part of any of the parties hereto, or their respective directors, officers, shareholders or agents.

9. Shares of Holding Company Subscribers . The shares of the Holding Company, subscribed for by the initial subscriber or subscribers for common stock of the Holding Company, shall be purchased by such subscriber or subscribers by the payment of each individual incorporator's own cash to the Holding Company. Upon consummation of the merger, each subscriber for common stock of the Holding Company shall sell, surrender and redeem all of such subscriber’s stock subscribed for to the Holding Company for cash.

10. Financing of Initial Capitalization . In order to provide funds with which the Holding Company can purchase shares of common stock of the Surviving Bank for $155,000 (which Surviving Bank shall allocate as follows: Capital - $100,000; Surplus - $50,000; Expense Fund - $5,000), the Holding Company will make a temporary borrowing from an unaffiliated lender.  After consummation of the merger the Surviving Bank will pay a special cash dividend to the Holding Company which will enable the Holding Company to repay the principal amount of said loan in full plus interest.

11. Issuance of Shares . When required by the terms of this Plan, the Holding Company will issue the shares of its common stock which the shareholders of the Bank shall be entitled to receive as hereinabove provided, and will perform all other acts necessary for it to comply with the provisions of this Plan.
 
 
-4-

 

 
12. Assumption and Amendment of Stock Option Plan . Upon the merger becoming effective, without any further action being required:

(a) the Holding Company shall assume all equity compensation, employee retirement and employee benefit plans of the Bank (each, a "Plan");

(b) all then outstanding grants by the Bank under any Plan shall be converted, to the extent required, to grants by the Holding Company under such Plan; and

(c) each Plan shall be deemed amended and restated: (i) to substitute the Holding Company and the common stock of the Holding Company for the Bank and the common stock of the Bank, respectively; and (ii) to provide that eligible participants under the Plan shall include the same category or categories of officers, other employees, and non-employee directors, of the Holding Company and any current or future subsidiary of the Holding Company, including the Bank, as the categories of officers, other employees and non-employee directors of the Bank currently eligible to be participants under the Plan. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company common stock that have been or may be issued or transferred under any Plan immediately after the merger shall be the same as the maximum number of shares of Bank common stock immediately prior to the Merger, and the maximum aggregate number of shares of Holding Company common stock that shall be subject to options or awards under any Plan to any single individual immediately after the merger shall be the same as the maximum number of shares of Bank common stock immediately prior to the merger, subject to any adjustment provisions of the Plan. Approval of this Plan of Merger and Reorganization shall constitute approval of each Plan as so amended by the directors and shareholders of the Bank and Holding Company for all purposes, including, without limitation, for purposes of Sections 162(m) and 422 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the exemptive rules promulgated thereunder.

13. Board of Directors of Holding Company . The persons who shall constitute the Board of Directors of the Holding Company at the time the merger becomes effective shall be the persons who were then members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately prior to the merger. The Board of Directors of the Holding Company shall, to the extent consistent with the provisions of the Holding Company Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws and applicable law, be divided into three classes, with members of one class serving until the first Holding Company annual meeting and members of each of the other two classes serving until successive annual meetings.  The directors in each class shall serve until the annual meeting of shareholders of the Holding Company at which his or her class is to be re-elected or until their successors are duly qualified and elected.  The members of each class shall be designated initially by the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy in the Board of Directors of the Holding Company which may exist upon or after the effective date of the merger may be filled as provided by the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company.

14. Affiliates; Agreements Relating to Resales of Holding Company Securities .  The Bank shall prepare and deliver to Holding Company, prior to completion of the merger, a list that identifies all persons whom the Bank believes may be deemed to be “affiliates” of Bank or Holding Company under applicable securities laws.  The Bank shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause each person whom it identifies on the list as a potential affiliate to deliver, at or prior to the completion of the transaction, a written agreement that the affiliate will not sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Holding Company shares issued to the affiliate pursuant to the transaction unless the sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition meets one of the following criteria: (1) it is made pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act; (2) it is in compliance with Rule 144; or (3) in the opinion of counsel, it is otherwise exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.   Without limiting the foregoing, any shares of Holding Company common stock issued to any persons deemed to be “affiliates” for such persons shall, at the discretion of management, include a legend disclosing applicable restrictions on transfer for such “control shares.”
 
 
 
-5-

 

 
15. Waiver . Any of the terms or conditions of this Plan may be waived in writing at any time by the Bank by action taken by its Board of Directors, whether before or after action by the Bank's shareholders, provided, however, that such action shall be taken only if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such waiver will not have a materially adverse effect on the benefits intended to be granted hereunder to the shareholders of the Bank.

16. Governing Law . This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except as such may be pre-empted by federal law.

17. Entire Agreement . This Plan contains the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

18. Counterparts . This Plan may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

[signature page follows]

 
 
-6-

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this instrument to be
executed by its Chief Executive Officer and its seal affixed, attested by its Secretary, all under
authority of its Board of Directors.

Attest:           [Corporate Seal]
 
 
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
 
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
 
Attest:           [Corporate Seal]
 
 
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
NEW CENTURY INTERIM BANK
 
 
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
 
Attest:           [Corporate Seal]
 
 
_____________________________
Gertrude M. Hackney
Secretary
Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
By: ____________________________
Jay S. Sidhu
Chairman & CEO
 
 

 -7-
 

Exhibit 3.1
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.

FIRST. The name of the Corporation is Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc.
 
SECOND. The location and post office address of the Corporation’s registered office in this Commonwealth is 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460.
 
THIRD. The Corporation is being incorporated under the provisions of the Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (the “Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law”). The corporation is being organized on a stock share basis.  The purpose of the Corporation is and it shall have unlimited power to engage in and to do any lawful act concerning any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under such Law.
 
FOURTH. The term of the Corporation’s existence is perpetual.
 
FIFTH. A. Authorized Shares .  The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 300,000,000 shares, divided into three classes consisting of:
 
(a)  
100,000,000 shares of common stock without par value (“Common Stock”);
(b)  
100,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with the rights, designations, preferences and limitations provided more fully in Sub-Article B of this Article below (“Class B Non-Voting Common Stock”); and
(c)  
100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, having such par value, or no par value, as the board of directors shall fix and determine as provided in Article SIXTH below or as may be permitted by applicable law (“Preferred Stock”).

B.   Statement of Designations Applicable to Class B Non-Voting Common Stock .

Section 1. General .  The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have the rights, designations, preferences and limitations set forth in this Sub-Article.

Section 2. Ranking . In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of the Corporation, holders of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all the assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to holders of Common Stock, after the rights of the holders of preferred stock have been satisfied.

Section 3. Definitions . As used herein with respect to the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock:

Articles of Incorporation ” shall mean these articles of incorporation of the Corporation, as they have been or may hereafter be amended from time to time.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors.

Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as they have been or may hereafter be amended from time to time.

Common Stock ” means the voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.

Depositary ” means DTC or its nominee or any successor depositary appointed by the Corporation.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company and its successors or assigns.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
 
-1-

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name the shares of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock are registered, which may be treated by the Corporation, Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent as the absolute owner of the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock for the purpose of making payment and for all other purposes.

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

Registrar ” shall mean the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and its successors and assigns or any other registrar duly appointed by the Corporation.

Transfer Agent ” means the Corporation, acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock, and its successors and assigns, including any successor transfer agent appointed by the Corporation.  The Corporation may act as its own transfer agent.

Section 4. Dividends and Other Distributions .  The holders of the Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be entitled to receive an equal amount of dividends per share if, as and when declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. In no event shall any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock unless the shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically, provided that, in the event of a dividend of Common Stock, shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and shares of Common Stock shall only be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock.

Section 5. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law, herein or as otherwise provided in any statement of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power and each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote, and the holders of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall have no voting power, and shall not have the right to participate in any meeting of stockholders or to have notice thereof, except as required by applicable law and except that any action that would significantly and adversely affect the rights of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock with respect to the modification of the terms of the securities or dissolution, shall require the approval of the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock voting separately as a class.

Section 6. Other Rights, Preferences and Privileges .  Except as expressly provided in this Article FIFTH(B), the rights, preferences and privileges of the Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall be in all respects and for all purposes and in all circumstances absolutely and completely identical.

Section 7. Redemptions . The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be redeemable either at the Corporation’s option or at the option of Holders at any time. The Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation to redeem, repurchase or retire the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.

Section 8. Listing; Registration . In the event the Corporation lists the Common Stock on any national securities exchange or quotation system or registers the Common Stock under the Securities Act, it shall also list the shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at the same time, to the extent such listing or registration is permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, and reasonably feasible.

Section 9. Transfer Agent, Registrar and Paying Agent . The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock shall initially be the Corporation. The Corporation may, in its sole discretion, remove itself or any appointed successor as Transfer Agent; provided that the Corporation shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal.
 
Section 10. Miscellaneous .

(i) The Corporation will pay any and all documentary stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the conversion of shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock into shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property in a name other than that of the Holder of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to be converted and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue or delivery has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or established, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
 
 
 
-2-

 
 
(ii) Whenever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision hereof is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating or otherwise adversely affecting the remaining provisions hereof. If a court of competent jurisdiction should determine that a provision hereof would be valid or enforceable if a period of time were extended or shortened or a particular percentage were increased or decreased, then such court may make such change as shall be necessary to render the provision in question effective and valid under applicable law.

(iii) The headings of the various subdivisions of this Article FIFTH are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof.

(iv) If any of the voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein is invalid, unlawful or incapable of being enforced by reason of any rule of law or public policy, all other voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof set forth herein that can be given effect without the invalid, unlawful or unenforceable voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional and other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof shall, nevertheless, remain in full force and effect, and no voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof herein set forth shall be deemed dependent upon any other such voting powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock and qualifications limitations and restrictions thereof unless so expressed herein.

SIXTH. There is hereby expressly granted to and vested in the board of directors of the Corporation authority to, pursuant to and in accordance with the Section 1522(b) of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section, divide the authorized and unissued shares of the Corporation into classes or series, or both, and to fix and determine (except as fixed and determined herein), by resolution, the par value, voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, including specifically, but not limited to, the dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption rights and liquidation preferences, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Common Stock, Class B Non-Voting Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any entire class if none of the shares in such class have been issued), the number of shares constituting any such series or class, and the terms and conditions of the issue thereof.

SEVENTH. Each holder of record of Common Stock, to the extent such Common Stock has voting rights, shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. No shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate any votes for the election of directors.

EIGHTH. The management, control and government of the Corporation shall be vested in a board of directors consisting of not less than six (6) nor more than twenty-five (25) members in number, as fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation from time to time. The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. Each Class shall be as nearly equal in number as possible; subject to the foregoing, the number of Class I, Class II or Class III directors may be changed from time to time by a majority vote of the board of directors. The term of office of each Class shall be three (3) years, so that the term of office of one class of directors shall expire each year when their respective successors have been duly elected by the shareholders and qualified. At each annual election by the shareholders of the Corporation, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be identified as being of the same class as the directors they succeed. If, for any reason, a vacancy occurs on the board of directors of the Corporation, a majority of the remaining directors shall have the exclusive power to fill the vacancy by electing a director to hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which the vacancy occurred. No director of the Corporation shall be removed from office by the vote of shareholders, unless the votes of shareholders cast in favor of the resolution for the removal of such director constitute at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders would be entitled to cast at an annual election of directors.
 
 
 
-3-

 

 
NINTH. Any or all classes of shares of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by uncertificated shares to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, except that shares represented by a certificate that is issued and outstanding shall be represented thereby until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

TENTH. No holder of any class of capital stock of the Corporation shall have preemptive rights, and the Corporation shall have the right to issue and to sell to any person or persons any shares of its capital stock or any option, warrant or right to acquire capital stock, or any securities having conversion or option rights without first offering such shares, rights or securities to any holder of any class of capital stock of the Corporation.

ELEVENTH . Except as set forth below, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are entitled to cast, and if any class of shares is entitled to vote as a separate class, the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the outstanding shares of such class (or such greater amount as required by the provisions of these Articles of Incorporation establishing such class) shall be required to approve any of the following ---

(a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other organization;

(b) any share exchange in which an organization, person or entity acquires the issued or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation pursuant to a vote of shareholders;

(c) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Corporation to any other organization, person or entity; or

(d) any transaction similar to, or having similar effect as, any of the foregoing transactions;

--- if, in any of the foregoing cases, as of the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice thereof and to vote thereon, such other organization, person or entity is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast.

If any of the transactions identified above in this Article ELEVENTH is with an organization, person or entity that is not the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, then the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast shall be required to approve any such transaction. An affirmative vote as provided in the foregoing provisions shall, to the extent permitted by law, be in lieu of the vote of the shareholders otherwise required by law.

The board of directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine, for purposes of this Article ELEVENTH, on the basis of information known to the board, if and when such other corporation, person or entity is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to cast five percent (5%) or more of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, and/or if any transaction is similar to, or has an effect similar to, any of the transactions identified above in this Article ELEVENTH. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Article ELEVENTH. The Corporation may voluntarily completely liquidate and/or dissolve only in accordance with all applicable laws and only if the proposed liquidation and/or dissolution is approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast.   The provisions of this Article ELEVENTH shall not apply to any transaction which is approved in advance by 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation, at a meeting duly called and held.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Article or any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation or the Corporation’s bylaws, a plan of merger or consolidation may be approved and adopted without the approval of the Corporation’s shareholders in those circumstances where the applicable law, rules and regulations permit the plan to be approved by the board of directors without the approval of the shareholders.
 
 
 
-4-

 

 
TWELFTH. No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of the shareholders of the Corporation to consent in writing to action without a meeting is specifically denied. The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast shall constitute a quorum of shareholders at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

THIRTEENTH. The authority to make, amend, alter, change or repeal the Corporation’s bylaws is hereby expressly and solely granted to and vested in the board of directors of the Corporation, subject always to the power of the shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast, except that Article Eight of the Corporation’s bylaws relating to limitations on directors’ liabilities and indemnification of directors, officers and others may not be amended to increase the exposure to liability for directors or to decrease the indemnification of directors, officers and others except by the affirmative vote of 66-2/3 percent (66-2/3%) of the entire board of directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast.

FOURTEENTH. The board of directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another party to (a) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (b) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation, (c) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, or (d) engage in any transaction similar to, or having similar effects as, any of the foregoing transactions, shall, in connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including without limitation the social and economic effects of the proposed transaction on the depositors, employees, suppliers, customers and other constituents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located, the business reputation of the other party, and the board of directors’ evaluation of the then value of the Corporation in a freely negotiated sale and of the future prospects of the Corporation as an independent entity.

FIFTEENTH. If any corporation, person, entity, or group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, such corporation, person, entity or group shall within thirty (30) days thereafter offer to purchase all shares of capital stock of the Corporation issued, outstanding and entitled to vote. Such offer to purchase shall be at a price per share equal to the highest price paid for shares of the respective class or series of capital stock of the Corporation purchased by such corporation, person, entity or group within the preceding twelve months. If such corporation, person, entity or group did not purchase any shares of a particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation within the preceding twelve months, such offer to purchase shall be at a price per share equal to the fair market value of such class or series of capital stock on the date on which such corporation, person, entity or group becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation. Such offer shall provide that the purchase price for such shares shall be payable in cash. The provisions of this Article FIFTEENTH shall not apply if 80 percent (80%) or more of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation approve in advance the acquisition of beneficial ownership by such corporation, person, entity or group, of shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to cast in the aggregate 25 percent (25%) or more of all votes entitled to be cast by all issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

SIXTEENTH. The Corporation’s board of directors may amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in its Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and all rights conferred upon shareholders and directors herein are hereby granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that the provisions set forth in Articles SEVENTH, EIGHTH, ELEVENTH and TWELFTH through FOURTEENTH, inclusive, of these Articles of Incorporation may not be repealed, altered or amended, in any respect whatsoever, unless such repeal, alteration or amendment is approved by either (a) the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80 percent (80%) of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast or (b) the affirmative vote of 80 percent (80%) of the members of the board of directors of the Corporation and the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast.
 
 
 
-5-

 

 
SEVENTEENTH. The Control Transactions provisions of Section 2541 of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section, shall not be applicable to the Corporation. The Disgorgement By Certain Controlling Shareholders Following Attempt to Acquire Control provisions of Section 2571 of the Business Corporation Law and any amendment to or restatement of such section , shall not be applicable to the Corporation.

NINETEENTH.  The name and address, including number and street, if any, of each incorporator is as follows:

Name
 
Address
Jay S. Sidhu
5 Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540
Richard A. Ehst
1309 East Wyomissing Boulevard, Reading, PA 19611
Thomas Brugger
1142 Lehigh Avenue, Wyomissing, PA 19610

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Incorporators have signed these Articles of Incorporation this 6th day of April, 2010.


                 /s/Jay S. Sidhu                                                                                       
Jay S. Sidhu, Incorporator
 
            /s/ Richard A. Ehst                                                                 
Richard A. Ehst, Incorporator
 
 
                 /s/ Thomas Brugger                                                               
Thomas Brugger, Incorporator
 


-6-
 

Exhibit 3.2
 
BYLAWS
OF
CUSTOMERS 1ST BANCORP, INC.

ARTICLE ONE
OFFICES

1.01. Registered Office . The registered office of Customers 1st Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be located in such place as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

1.02. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE TWO
SEAL

2.01. Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Pennsylvania.”

ARTICLE THREE
SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

3.01. Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders shall be held at any geographic location within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of such designation, shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the executive office of the Corporation. Shareholders shall not be permitted to participate in any meeting of shareholders by means of conference telephone or the Internet or other electronic communications technology, unless the Board of Directors, by resolution so directs with respect to such meeting. Meetings held by means of the Internet conference or telephone or other electronic communications technology shall not be required to be held at a particular geographic location and shall provide shareholders with the opportunity to read or hear the proceedings substantially concurrently with their occurrence, vote on matters submitted to the shareholders and pose questions to the Directors.

3.02. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such day each year as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. At such meetings, Directors shall be elected, reports of the affairs of the Corporation shall be considered, and any other business may be transacted which is within the powers of the shareholders.

3.03. (a) Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of shareholders shall be delivered, personally, by courier service, charges prepaid, by first class, express or bulk mail, postage prepaid, facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication addressed to the shareholder at his or her postal address, facsimile number, e-mail address or other electronic communication location as it appears on the books of the Corporation or as supplied by such shareholder to the Corporation for the purpose of notice, by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or the officer or persons calling the meeting.

(b) Time of Notice . Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall be delivered not less than ten (10) days, or in the case of bulk mail not less than twenty (20) days, before the date of the meeting, and in accordance with any laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Corporation (collectively referred to herein as “applicable law”). If the notice is sent by mail or courier, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail or with a courier service for delivery to the shareholder. If the notice is sent by facsimile, e-mail or other electronic communication, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when sent to the shareholder.

(c) Contents of Notice . Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall state the day, hour and geographic location, if any, of the meeting. The notice shall also state the general nature of the business to be transacted if it is a special meeting.

 
-1 -

 
 
(d) Notice of Adjourned Meeting . When a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the new meeting.

3.04. (a) Calling of Special Meetings . Upon request in writing to the Chief Executive Officer, Vice President or Secretary, sent by registered mail or delivered to the officer in person, by any persons entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary of the Corporation shall fix as the date of the meeting a date not less than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request, and cause notice to be delivered to the shareholders entitled to vote thereat in accordance with Section 3.03 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time or date when a meeting of shareholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

(b) Persons Entitled to Call Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by any of the following: (1) the Board of Directors at a duly called and held meeting of the Board of Directors or upon the unanimous written consent of the members of the Board of Directors; or (2) the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, but only upon receiving written direction of at least a majority of Directors then in office.

(c) Business of Special Meeting . Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the subjects stated in the notice and matters germane thereto, unless all shareholders entitled to vote are present and shall have otherwise consented.
 
3.05. (a) Quorum of and Action by Shareholders . The presence, in person or by proxy, of shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes which all of shareholders are entitled to cast on a particular matter to be acted upon at a meeting (after giving effect to Article FIFTEENTH or any successor “excess shares” provision, in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation), shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of consideration and action on the matter. If a proxy casts a vote on behalf of a shareholder on any issue other than a procedural motion considered at a meeting of shareholders, the shareholder shall be deemed to be present during the entire meeting for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present for consideration of any other issue. If a quorum is present, except in the election of Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater or lesser number or the voting by classes is required by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended (“BCL”) or other applicable law.

(b) Adjournment for Lack or Loss of Quorum . In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes cast at the meeting, but no other business may be transacted. Meetings at which Directors are to be elected shall be adjourned only from day to day or for such longer periods not exceeding fifteen (15) days each and those shareholders who attend the second of such adjourned meetings, although less than a quorum, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing Directors.  The minimum attendance required for purposes of determining a quorum at an adjourned meeting shall be as provided by applicable law.

3.06. (a) Closing Transfer Books . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may provide, or may authorize any officer to provide, that the share transfer books shall be closed for a stated period not to exceed fifty (50) days, in which case written or printed notice thereof shall be mailed at least ten (10) days before the beginning of such period to each shareholder of record at the address appearing on the books of the Corporation or supplied by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice.

(b) Record Date . In lieu of closing the share transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance, or may authorize any officer to fix, a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.
 
 
 
-2 -

 

 
(c) Other Determination of Shareholders . If the share transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, absent subsequent action by the Board of Directors establishing a different record date, the date fifteen (15) days after the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, or the date on which the resolutions of the Board of Directors on any other matter is adopted, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders of record.

(d) Adjourned Meetings . When any determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

3.07. Inspection of Corporate Records . Every shareholder, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, shall have the right to examine, in person or by agent or attorney, during the usual hours for business for any proper purpose, the share register, books or records of account, and records of the proceedings of the incorporators, shareholders and Directors, and make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right of inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the shareholder. In all cases, the demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, at its principal place of business or in care of the person in charge of the actual business office of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section, the Corporation’s principal place of business and its sole actual business office shall be deemed to be the location where the Chief Executive Officer maintains his or her principal office and the person in charge of that office shall be deemed to be the Chief Executive Officer.

3.08. Voting List . The officer or agent having charge of the transfer book for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such a meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open, or otherwise made available in accordance with applicable law, at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof kept in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share or transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

3.09. Voting of Shares . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or any statement or other instrument establishing the voting rights of any class or series of shares, or any amendment to any of the foregoing, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

3.10. Nominations for Directors . Nominations for the election of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder entitled to vote for the election of Directors. Nominations made by the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of Directors shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for election of Directors; provided, however, that if less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice was mailed to shareholders.  Notice of nominations, which are proposed by the Board of Directors, shall be given by the Chairman of the Board or any other appropriate officer. Each notice shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each nominee, and (iii) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee and the earliest date of acquisition of any of such stock. The Chairman of a meeting of shareholders may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 
-3 -

 

3.11. Voting by Ballot . Voting by shareholders in elections for Directors shall be by ballot. No shares shall be voted at any meeting upon which shares an installment is due and unpaid.

3.12. Agenda and Inclusion of Materials in Proxy for Annual Meeting .

(a)  Matters to be placed on the agenda for consideration at annual meetings of shareholders may be proposed by the Board of Directors or by any shareholder in accordance with applicable law. Matters proposed for the agenda by shareholders shall be made in accordance with applicable law, by notice in writing, mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not less than forty-five (45) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date materials were mailed to shareholders for the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders. Notice of matters, which are proposed by the Board of Directors, shall be given by the Chairman of the Board or any other appropriate officer. Each notice given by a shareholder shall set forth a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting in accordance with applicable law. The Chairman of the meeting of shareholders may determine and declare to the meeting that a matter proposed for the agenda was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the matter shall be disregarded.

(b)  Any shareholder request to include matters in the Corporation’s proxy material for an annual meeting shall be made in accordance with applicable law, and shall be in writing, mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date materials were mailed to shareholders for the prior year’s annual meeting of shareholders, unless the annual meeting of shareholders is to be held more than thirty days before or after such anniversary date, in which case, such notice must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation within a reasonable time for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials for the annual meeting.

3.13. Proxies and Revocation of Proxies . Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. Every proxy shall be executed or authenticated by the shareholder, or by his duly authorized attorney in fact, and filed or transmitted to with the Secretary of the Corporation. A proxy, unless coupled with an interest, shall be revocable at will, notwithstanding any agreement or any provision to the contrary, but the revocation of a proxy shall not be effective until an executed or authenticated notice thereof shall have been given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its designated agent in writing or by electronic transmission. A telegram, telex, cablegram, datagram, e-mail, Internet communication or other means of electronic transmission from a shareholder or attorney-in-fact, or a photographic, facsimile or similar reproduction of a writing executed by a shareholder or attorney-in-fact:

(1) may, at the discretion of the Secretary, be treated as properly executed or authenticated for purposes of this subsection; and

(2) shall be so treated if it sets forth or utilizes a confidential and unique identification number or other mark furnished by the Corporation to the shareholder for the purposes of a particular meeting or transaction.

No unrevoked proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, authentication or transmission, unless a longer time is expressly provided therein, but in no event shall a proxy unless coupled with an interest, be voted on after three years from the date of its execution. A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the maker unless before the vote is counted or the authority is exercised, written notice of such death or incapacity is given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its designated agent. A shareholder shall not sell his vote or execute a proxy to any person for any sum of money or any other thing of value. A proxy coupled with an interest shall include an unrevoked proxy in favor of a creditor of a shareholder and such proxy shall be valid so long as the debt owed by the shareholder to the creditor remains unpaid.

3.14. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given to a shareholder under the provisions of the BCL or under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the shareholder entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice; however, in the case of special meetings, the business to be transacted and the purpose of the meeting shall be stated in the waiver of notice. Attendance of a person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.
 
 
 
-4 -

 

 
3.15. (a) Appointment of Judges of Election . In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint judges of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If judges of election not be so appointed, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder or his proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting. The number of judges shall be one (1) or three (3) in number. If appointed at a meeting on the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of all votes entitled to be cast shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) judges are to be appointed. No person who is a candidate for Director shall act as a judge. In case any person appointed as a judge fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the person acting as chairman.

(b) Duties of Judges . The judges of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power and rights of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies, receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result, and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The judges of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability, and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) judges of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

(c) Report of Judges . On request of the chairman of the meeting, or of any shareholder or his proxy, the judges shall be made a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

3.16. Conduct of Meetings . Unless the Board of Directors shall designate another officer or Director of the Corporation to preside and act as the chairman at any regular or special meeting of shareholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside and act as the chairman at any regular or special meeting of shareholders. The chairman of the meeting, consistent with any authority, direction, restriction or limitation given to him by the Board of Directors, shall have any and all powers and authority necessary to conduct an orderly meeting, preserve order and determine any and all procedural matters, including the proper means of obtaining the floor, who shall have the right to address the meeting, the manner in which shareholders will be recognized to speak, imposing reasonable limits on the amount of time at the meeting taken up in remarks by any one shareholder or group of shareholders, the number of times a shareholder may address the meeting, and the person to whom questions should be addressed. Any actions by the Chairman of the Board or any person acting in his place in adopting rules for, or in conducting, a meeting shall be fair to the shareholders. Rules adopted for use at a meeting which are approved in advance by the Board of Directors, and actions taken by the chairman in conducting the meeting pursuant to such rules shall be deemed to be fair to shareholders. The chairman shall announce at the meeting when the polls close for each matter voted upon. If no announcement is made, the ability to cast a vote will be deemed to have closed upon the final adjournment of the meeting. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies, or votes, nor any revocations or changes thereto, may be accepted. In addition, until the business to be completed at a meeting of shareholders is completed, the chairman of a meeting of the shareholders is expressly authorized to temporarily adjourn and postpone the meeting from time to time. The Secretary of the Corporation or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders. In the absence at such meeting of the Secretary and Assistant Secretary, the chairman of the meeting may appoint another person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

3.17. Action Without Meeting . No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of the shareholders of the Corporation to consent in writing to action without a meeting is specifically denied.
 

 
 
-5 -

 
 
ARTICLE FOUR
DIRECTORS

4.01. Directors Defined . “Director” means a director of the Corporation, and “Directors,” when used in relation to any power or duty requiring collective action, means “Board of Directors.”

4.02. Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of the Board of Directors, subject to any limitation imposed by the BCL, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, or these Bylaws as to action which requires authorization or approval by the shareholders.

4.03. (a) Number and Classes of Directors . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be not less than six (6) nor more than twenty-five (25), and the Directors shall be divided into classes and be elected for such terms of office, as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

(b) Qualifications . Directors need not be residents of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Unless waived by a majority of the Directors in accordance with applicable law, a majority of the Directors shall be persons who are not directors, officers, employees, agents or record or beneficial holders of more than 5% of the voting securities of the Corporation or any corporation or other entity which is a record or beneficial holder of 66-2/3% or more of the issued and outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation.

4.04. (a) Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall exist in the case of the happening of any of the following events: (i) the death or resignation of any Director; (ii) if at any annual, regular or special meeting of shareholders at which any Director is elected, the shareholders fail to elect the full authorized number of Directors to be voted for at that meeting; (iii) an increase in the number of Directors (up to a maximum of twenty-five (25)) by resolution of the Board of Directors; (iv) the removal of a Director by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation; or (v) if the Board of Directors declares vacant the office of any Director for such just cause as the Directors may determine or because such Director has not accepted the office of Director within seventy-five (75) days of being notified of his election by either responding in writing or attending any meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b) Filling of Vacancies . Except as provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors (even if less than a quorum of the Board) and each person so elected shall be a Director of the same class as his predecessor until his successor is elected by the shareholders.

4.05. Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such place within or without the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as may be designated from time to time by a majority of the Directors, or may be designated in the notice calling the meeting.

4.06. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held, without call or notice, immediately following each annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, and at such other times as the Directors may determine.

4.07. (a) Call of Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, President or by one-third of the Directors.

(b) Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the day, hour, geographic location and purpose of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be delivered at least five (5) days before the meeting, personally, by courier service, charges prepaid, first class or express mail, postage prepaid, facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication, to the postal address, facsimile number, e-mail address or other electronic communication location supplied by the Secretary of the Corporation for the purpose of notice. Notice sent by United States mail shall be deemed to have been delivered when deposited in the United States mail or with a courier service. Notice sent by facsimile transmission, e-mail or other electronic communication shall be deemed to have been given when sent.

4.08. Validation of Meetings Defectively Called or Noticed . The transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and noticed and wherever held, are as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the Directors not present signs a waiver of notice. All such waivers shall be filed with corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a Director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such a meeting except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
 
 
 
-6 -

 
 
4.09. Quorum . A majority of the number of Directors in office constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business.

4.10. Majority Action . Every action or decision done or made by a majority of the Directors present at any meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of Directors. Each Director who is present at a meeting will be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken at such meeting unless his dissent to the action is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or, where he is absent from the meeting, his written objection to such action is promptly filed with the Secretary of the Corporation upon learning of the action. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

4.11. Action by Consent of Board Without Meeting . Any action required by the BCL to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or the executive or other committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if, prior or subsequent to the action, a consent or consents thereto by all of the Directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or by all the members of such committee, as the case may be, and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

4.12. (a) Adjournment . In the absence of a quorum a majority of the Directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board.

(b) Notice of Adjourned Meeting . Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting, whether the meeting is a regular meeting or special meeting, need not be given to absent Directors if the time and place are fixed at the meeting adjourned.

4.13. Conduct of Meetings . At every meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or in their absence, an officer of the Corporation designated by one of them, or in the absence of such designation, a chairman chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall preside. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of the Board of Directors. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

4.14. Participation at Meeting . One or more Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

4.15. Compensation . The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all Directors for services to the Corporation as Directors, officers, or otherwise.

ARTICLE FIVE
COMMITTEES

5.01. Authorization . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, may create an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee, a Compensation Committee, and such other permanent or temporary committees as the Board deems necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. Each committee shall have and may exercise such powers as shall be conferred or authorized by resolution of the Board and which are not inconsistent with these Bylaws nor applicable law. The creation of any committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors of any responsibility imposed on it by law.

5.02. Appointment of Committees . The Chief Executive Officer shall submit to the Board of Directors, at its first meeting after the annual meeting of the shareholders, his or her recommendations for the members of and chairman of each committee. The Board shall then appoint, in accordance with such recommendations or otherwise, the members and a chairman for each committee. If the appointees accept their appointment, they shall serve for one (1) year or until their successors are appointed. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill any vacancies occurring on any committee and to remove and replace a member of any committee. Unless otherwise provided, a Director may be a member of more than one (1) committee. If the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation is a member of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall be appointed as a full member of the Executive Committee and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as an ex-officio, non-voting member of each committee of which he or she is not a full member.
 
 
 
-7 -

 

 
5.03. Conduct of Committees . A majority of the membership of each committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Each committee shall meet at such times as the committee may decide or as the Board of Directors may require. Special meetings of committees may be called at any time by its chairman, or by the Chairman of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer. Except, for its chairman, each committee may appoint a secretary and such other officers as the committee members deem necessary. Each committee shall have the power and authority to obtain from the appropriate officers of the Corporation all information necessary for the conduct of the proper business of the committee. If required by the Board of Directors, minutes of the proceedings shall be submitted to the Board of Directors upon its request.

5.04. Executive Committee . If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Executive Committee shall meet upon five (5) days’ notice. The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may specifically limit by resolution, or except where action by the entire Board of Directors is specifically required by law.

5.05. Audit Committee . If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Audit Committee shall consist entirely of outside Directors whose emphasis and background shall preferably be in the areas of accounting, finance, or law or who have significant experience with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. The object of the Audit Committee shall be to give additional assurance of the integrity of the financial information distributed to the shareholders and the public at large. The Audit Committee shall review the internal audit controls of the Corporation and shall have the authority to cause and supervise such examinations and audits to be made by public accountants of the books and affairs of the Corporation and subsidiary companies as it, in its discretion, deems advisable. The Audit Committee shall also review audit policies, oversee internal audits, review external audits and review any federal or state examination reports. Members of management of the Corporation, whether or not Directors of the Corporation, may be invited by the Audit Committee to attend meetings thereof.

5.06. Nominating Committee . If created by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, the Nominating Committee shall meet at least annually to propose, for consideration by the whole Board, nominees for election as Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE SIX
OFFICERS

6.01. Number and Titles . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one (1) or more Vice Chairman, one (1) or more Executive Vice Chairman, one (1) or more Executive Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries, one (1) or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 of this Article. One person may hold two (2) or more offices. No person shall, however, simultaneously hold the offices of President and Secretary.

6.02. Election . The Board of Directors shall choose, annually, either the President or Chairman of the Board to be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The other officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 or Section 6.05 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and qualified.
 
 
 
-8 -

 

 
6.03. Subordinate Officers . The Chief Executive Officer may appoint, subject to the power of the Board of Directors to approve or disapprove such appointment, such other officers or agents as he may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by the Chairman or the President not inconsistent with these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint any subordinate officers, committees or agents to specify their duty and authority, and to determine their compensation.

6.04. Removal and Resignation . Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer may resign at any time giving written notice to the Board of Directors, to the President or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

6.05. Vacancies . If the office of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal, or otherwise, the Board of Directors shall elect a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor is elected. If any other office becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor is elected or appointed.

6.06. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer either when he has (i) been chosen as Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors or (ii) when the appointed Chief Executive Officer is legally incapable or physically unable to perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer, and shall perform such duties until the Board of Directors appoints a temporary or permanent successor. The Chairman shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the Bylaws.

6.07. Chief Executive Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Chief Executive of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Bylaws. Within this authority and in the course of his duties he shall:

(a) Conduct Meeting . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Execute Instruments . When authorized by the Board of Directors or required by law, execute in the name of the Corporation, deeds, conveyances, notices, leases, checks, drafts, bills of exchange, warrants, promissory notes, debentures, contracts, and other papers and instruments in writing, and unless the Board of Directors shall order otherwise by resolution, make such contracts as the ordinary conduct of the Corporation’s business may require.

(c) Hire and Fire Employees . Appoint and remove, employ and discharge, and prescribe the duties and fix the compensation of all agents, employees, and clerks of the Corporation other than the duly appointed officers, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, and control, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, all of the officers, agents, and employees of the Corporation.

(d) Meetings of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, attend in person, or by substitute appointed by him, or by proxy executed by him, and vote on behalf of the Corporation at all meetings of the shareholders of any corporation in which the Corporation holds stock.

6.08. President . The President shall perform the duties of Chief Executive Officer either when he has been chosen as Chief Executive Officer or when the Chairman of the Board is absent or unable to perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties from time to time as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.
 
 
 
-9 -

 

 
6.09. Vice Chairman . The Vice Chairman shall have such powers and perform such duties from time to time as may be prescribed for him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.

6.10. Chief Financial Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chief Executive Officer, and subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the Corporation, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Chief Financial Officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.

6.11. Executive Vice President or Vice President . Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws with respect to the performance of the duties of Chief Executive Officer, in the absence or disability of the President, the Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Executive Vice President or Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions on, the President. The Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Bylaws.

6.12. Secretary . The Secretary shall:

(a) Certify Bylaws . Certify and keep at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation the original or a copy of its Bylaws, including all amendments or alterations to date.

(b) Minutes of Meetings . Keep the place where the certified Bylaws or a copy thereof are kept, a record of the proceedings of meetings of its Directors, shareholders, Executive Committee, and other committees, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Directors’ meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

(c) Sign or Attest Documents . Sign, certify, or attest such documents as may be required by law for the business of the Corporation.

(d) Notices . See that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by applicable law. In case of the absence or disability of the Secretary or his or her refusal or neglect to act, notice may given and served by an Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or by the Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors.

(e) Custodian of Records and Seals . Be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is engraved, lithographed, printed, stamped, impressed upon or affixed to all certificated shares prior to their issuance, and to all documents or instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws, or which otherwise attested to or certified to by the Secretary.

(f) Share Register . Keep at the place where the certified Bylaws or a copy thereof are kept, or at the office of the transfer agent or registrar, a share register or duplicate share register giving the names of shareholders, their respective addresses, and the number of classes of shares held by each. The secretary shall also keep appropriate, complete, and accurate books or records of account at the Corporation’s registered office or its principal place of business.

(g) Reports and Statements . See that the books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed.
 
 
 
-10 -

 
 
(h) Exhibit Records . Exhibit at all reasonable times to proper persons on such terms as are provided by applicable law on proper application, the Bylaws, the share register, and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and Directors of the Corporation.

(i) Other Duties . In general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

(j) Absence of Secretary . In case of the absence or disability of the Secretary or his or her refusal or neglect to act, the Assistant Secretary, or if there be none, the Treasurer, acting as Assistant Secretary may perform all of the functions of the Secretary. In the absence or inability to act or refusal or neglect to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary and Treasurer, any person thereunto authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors may perform the functions of the Secretary.

6.13. Assistant Secretary . At the request of the Secretary or in his or her absence or disability, any Assistant Secretary, shall perform all the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, he or she shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all restrictions on, the Secretary. The Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Secretary.

6.14. Treasurer .

(a) Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Treasurer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the Bylaws.

(b) The Treasurer and such other Officers as may be designated by the Board of Directors shall receive, take care of, and be responsible for all moneys, securities, and evidences of indebtedness belonging to the Corporation, deposit the same in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board of Directors shall direct and shall keep a complete record of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation.

(c) The Treasurer shall sign drafts and such other instruments as may, under these Bylaws or by direction of the Board of Directors, require his official signature, and shall keep a record thereof.

(d) The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may be required by these Bylaws or by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

6.15. Assistant Treasurer . At the request of the Treasurer or in his or her absence or disability, the Assistant Treasurer shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions on the Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer.

6.16. Salaries . The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE SEVEN
ISSUANCE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

7.01. Classes and Series of Shares . The Corporation may issue such shares of stock as are authorized by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Except as provided in the Articles of Incorporation, if a class is divided into series, all the shares of any one series shall have the same conversion, redemption and other rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions.

7.02. Fully Paid Shares . No shares may be issued by the Corporation until the full amount of the consideration for such shares has been paid. When such consideration has been paid to the Corporation, the shares shall be issued to the shareholder in uncertificated form or in certificated form if the shareholder requests physical certificates representing such shares.
 
 
 
-11 -

 

 
7.03. Certificated and Uncertificated Shares Authorized . As authorized in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, any or all classes and series of shares of the Corporation, or any part thereof, may be represented by uncertificated shares to the extent determined by the Board of Directors, except that shares represented by a certificate that is issued and outstanding shall continue to be represented thereby until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Shares shall be issued in certificated form if a shareholder requests physical certificates representing such shareholder’s shares. Except as otherwise expressly provided by applicable law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated and certificated shares of the same class and series shall be identical.

7.04. Consideration for Shares . The consideration for the issuance of shares may be paid, in whole or in part, in money, in other property actually received, tangible or intangible, or in labor done for the Corporation. Future services shall not constitute payment, or part-payment, for shares of the Corporation.

7.05. Information Regarding Shares .

(a) Form of Certificates . Certificated shares shall be of such form and style, printed or otherwise, as the Board of Directors may designate, and each certificate shall state all of the following facts:

 
(i)
That the Corporation is organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 
(ii)
The name of the registered holder of the shares represented by the certificate.

 
(iii)
The number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents.

(b) Shares in Classes or Series . If the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or series, each certificated share shall set forth, either on the face or back of the certificate, a full or summary statement of all of the designations, voting rights, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the shares of each class or series authorized to be issued and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, the variations in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each such series, so far as the same have been fixed and determined, and authority of the Board of Directors to fix and determine the designations, voting rights, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the classes and series of shares of the Corporation.  The full or summary statement required by this paragraph (b) to be on the face or back of the certificated share or in the written notice required by paragraph (d) of this Section with respect to uncertificated shares, may be omitted from the certificate or written notice, as the case may be, if it is written on the face or back of such certificate or written notice that such statement, in full, will be furnished by the Corporation to any shareholder upon request and without charge.

(c) Restriction on Transfer . Any restrictions imposed by the Corporation on the sale or other disposition of its shares and on the transfer thereof must be noted conspicuously on each certificated share, or on a written notice given as required by paragraph (d) of this Section in the case of each uncertificated share, to which the restriction applies.

(d) Notice of Rights for Uncertificated Shares . Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered holder of such shares, a written notice containing the information required to be set forth on certificated shares as set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

7.06. Signing Certificates — Facsimile Signatures . All certificated shares shall be signed by such officers as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time, or, in the absence of such any determination, by the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and by either the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal, or a facsimile of the seal of the Corporation. If a certificated share is countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar, any other signatures or countersignatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer of the Corporation or any officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificated share ceases to be an officer of the Corporation, or an officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer of the Corporation, or the officer or employee of the transfer agent or registrar, had not ceased to be such at the date of its issue.
 
 
 
-12 -

 

 
7.07. (a) Transfer of Shares . Transfer of certificated or uncertificated shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the shares therefor, and, in the case of certificated shares, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney, lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made which is inconsistent with applicable law.

(b) Transfer of Lost or Destroyed Shares . Where a certificated shares has been lost, apparently destroyed, or wrongfully taken and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and the Corporation registers a transfer of the share(s) represented by the certificate before receiving such notification, the owner is precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering the transfer or any claim to new certificated or uncertificated shares representing such lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken shares.

(c) Replacement of Lost or Destroyed Certificates . Where the holder of certificated shares claims that the certificate has been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue new shares in uncertificated form, unless the holder requests certificated shares, in place of the original certificate if the owner: (i) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser; (ii) files with the Corporation a sufficient indemnity bond; and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board of Directors.

(d) Transfer After Replacement . If, after the issue of new certificated or uncertificated shares as a replacement for a lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken certificated shares, a bona fide purchaser of the original certificate presents it for registration of transfer, the Corporation must register the transfer unless registration would result in over-issue. In addition to any rights on the indemnity bond, the Corporation may recover the new certificated or uncertificated shares from the person to whom such shares were issued or any person taking under him except a bona fide purchaser.

7.08. Transfer Agents and Registrars . The Board of Directors may appoint one (1) or more transfer agents and one (1) or more registrars, each of which shall be an incorporated bank or trust company, either domestic or foreign, either independent or a subsidiary of the Corporation, which shall be appointed at such times and places as the requirements of the Corporation may necessitate and the Board of Directors may designate.

7.09. Conditions of Transfer . A person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof as regards the Corporation, provided that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and written notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary of the Corporation or its transfer agent, if any, such fact shall be stated in the entry of the transfer. When a transfer of shares is requested and there is reasonable doubt as to the right of the person seeking the transfer, the Corporation or its transfer agent, before recording the transfer of the shares on its books or issuing any certificated or uncertificated shares therefor, may require from the person seeking the transfer reasonable proof of his right to the transfer. If there remains a reasonable doubt of the right to the transfer, the Corporation may refuse a transfer unless the person gives adequate security or a bond of indemnity executed by a corporate surety or by two (2) individual sureties satisfactory to the Corporation as to form, amount and responsibility of sureties. The bond shall be conditioned to protect the Corporation, its officers, transfer agents, and registrars, and any of them against any loss, damage, expense, or other liability (including attorneys’ fees) to the owner of the shares by reason of the recordation of the transfer or the issuance of new shares.
 
ARTICLE EIGHT
LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS’ LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

8.01. Limitation of Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Subchapter B of Chapter 17 of the BCL (15 Pa. C.S. 1711 et seq .) and any amendment to or restatement of such provisions, other applicable provisions of the BCL and any other applicable law, a Director (including a member of any advisory board) of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation, its shareholders or others for monetary damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action unless the Director has breached or failed to perform the duties of his or her office, as set forth in the applicable law, and such breach or failure constitutes self-dealing, willful misconduct or recklessness. The provisions of this Article Eight shall not apply with respect to the responsibility or liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) under any criminal statute or the liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) for the payment of taxes pursuant to local, state or federal law.
 
 
-13 -

 

8.02. (a) Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, any one or more bank subsidiaries of the Corporation (individually and collectively, the “Bank”), or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation or the Bank designated by the Board of Directors or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

(b) Advance of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of (i) an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article Eight and (ii) if requested at the discretion of the Board of Directors, adequate security or a bond to cover any such amounts for which it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to such indemnity.

(c) Indemnification not Exclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article Eight shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which persons seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors, or otherwise, both as to actions in such persons’ official capacity and as to their actions in another capacity while holding office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director (including a member of any advisory board), officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such person.

(d) Insurance, Contracts, Security . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person, may enter into contracts of indemnification with any person, and may create a fund of any nature (which may, but need not, be under the control of a trustee) for the benefit of any person and may otherwise secure in any manner its obligations with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses, whether arising under this Article Eight or otherwise, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article Eight.

8.03. Effective Date . The limitation of liability provided in Section 8.01 of this Article Eight and the right to indemnification provided in Section 8.02 of this Article Eight shall apply to any action or failure to take any action occurring on or after the formation of the Corporation.

8.04. Amendment, Etc . Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, this Article Eight may not be amended or repealed, and a provision inconsistent herewith may not be adopted, except by the affirmative vote of 66-2/3% of the members of the entire Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes which all shareholders of the Corporation are then entitled to cast, except that, if the BCL is amended or any other statute is enacted or amended so as to decrease the exposure of Directors (including a member of any advisory board) to liability or increase the indemnification rights available to Directors (including a member of any advisory board), officers, employees, agents or others, then this Article Eight and any other provisions of these Bylaws inconsistent with such decreased exposure or increased indemnification rights shall be amended, automatically and without any further action on the part of the shareholders or Directors, to reflect such reduced exposure or increased indemnification rights, unless such legislation expressly requires otherwise. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eight by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a Director (including a member of any advisory board) of the Corporation or any right to indemnification from the Corporation with respect to any action or failure to take any action occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.


 
-14 -

 
 
ARTICLE NINE
SEVERABILITY

9.01. If a final judicial determination is made or an order is issued by a court or government regulatory agency having jurisdiction that any provision of these Bylaws is unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable, such provisions shall not be rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply to the maximum extent as such court or government regulatory agency may determine or indicate to be reasonable. If, for any reason, any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws not held so invalid, and each such other provision shall, to the full extent permitted by law, continue in full force and effect. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid in part, such invalidity shall in no way affect the remainder of such provisions, and the remainder of such provisions, together with all other provisions of these Bylaws shall, to the full extent permitted by law, continue in full force and effect.

ARTICLE TEN
AMENDMENTS

10.01. Except and only to the extent otherwise expressly provided in these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the BCL or other applicable law, the authority to make, amend, alter, change, or repeal these Bylaws is hereby expressly and solely granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation, subject always to the power of shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of shareholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least 66-2/3% of the votes that all shareholders are entitled to cast thereon.
 
 
-15-
 

Exhibit 4.1
 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Exhibit 4.2
 
 

 
 
 

Exhibit 4.3
 
 
NEW CENTURY BANK,
as Issuer
 
to
 
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Securities Registrar
 
 

 
INDENTURE
 
Dated as of June 29, 2004
 
 

 
FLOATING RATE SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES DUE 2014


 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page           

 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 1.01. Definitions
1
Section 1.02. Compliance Certificates and Opinions
6
Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
7
Section 1.04. Notices, etc. to Trustee and Issuer
8
Section 1.05. Notice to Holders; Waiver
8
Section 1.06. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
8
Section 1.07. Successors and Assigns
8
Section 1.08. Separability Clause
8
Section 1.09. Benefits of Indenture
9
Section 1.10. Governing Law
9
Section 1.11. Business Day Convention
9

ARTICLE II
DEBT SECURITY FORMS

Section 2.01. Forms Generally
9
Section 2.02. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication
9

ARTICLE III
THE DEBT SECURITIES

Section 3.01. Authentication, Delivery and Dating
10
Section 3.02. Denominations
10
Section 3.03. Execution
10
Section 3.04. Registration, Transfer and Exchange
11
Section 3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Debt Securities
14
Section 3.06. Redemption at Maturity
15
Section 3.07. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
15
Section 3.08. Additional Amounts
16
Section 3.09. Cancellation
17
Section 3.10. Computation of Interest
18
Section 3.11. CUSIP Numbers
19
Section 3.12. Persons Deemed Owners
19
 
ARTICLE IV
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
20
Section 4.02. Application of Trust Money
21
Section 4.03. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held
21
 
 
 
i

 
Section 4.04. Return of Unclaimed Moneys
21

ARTICLE V
REMEDIES

Section 5.01. Events of Default
22
Section 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
22
Section 5.03. Defaults; Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
23
Section 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
24
Section 5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims without Possession of Debt Securities
25
Section 5.06. Application of Money Collected
25
Section 5.07. Limitation on Suits
25
Section 5.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest
26
Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
26
Section 5.10. Right and Remedies Cumulative
26
Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
27
Section 5.12. Control by Holders
27
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Event of Default
27
Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs
27

ARTICLE VI
THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities
28
Section 6.02. Notice of Defaults
29
Section 6.03. Certain Rights of Trustee
29
Section 6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Debt Securities
30
Section 6.05. May Hold Debt Securities
30
Section 6.06. Money Held in Trust
30
Section 6.07. Compensation and Reimbursement
31
Section 6.08. Disqualification, Conflicting Interests
32
Section 6.09. Corporate Trustee Required, Eligibility
32
Section 6.10. Resignation and Removal, Appointment of Successor
32
Section 6.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
34
Section 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
34
Section 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims against Issuer
34
Section 6.14. Appointment of Authenticating Agent
34
 
ARTICLE VII
HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

Section 7.01. Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders
35
Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communication to Holders
36

ARTICLE VIII
CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

Section 8.01. Acts of Holders
37
 
 
 
ii

 
 
Section 8.02. Proof of Ownership; Proof of Execution of Instruments by Holders
37
Section 8.03. Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound
38

ARTICLE IX
HOLDERS'MEETINGS

Section 9.01. Purposes of Meetings
38
Section 9.02. Call of Meetings by Trustee
39
Section 9.03. Call of Meetings by Issuer or Holders
39
Section 9.04. Qualifications for Voting
39
Section 9.05. Regulations
39
Section 9.06. Voting
40
Section 9.07. No Delay of Rights by Meeting
40
Section 9.08. Quorum; Actions
40

ARTICLE X
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
 
Section 10.01. Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms
41
Section 10.02. Successor Corporation Substituted
42
Section 10.03. Opinion of Counsel
42

ARTICLE XI
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 11.01. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders
42
Section 11.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders
43
Section 11.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures
44
Section 11.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures
44
Section 11.05. Reference in Debt Securities to Supplemental Indentures
44
Section 11.06. Subordination Unimpaired
44
Section 11.07. Notice of Supplemental Indenture
44

ARTICLE XII
COVENANTS

Section 12.01. Payment of Principal and Interest
44
Section 12.02. Tax Treatment of the Debt Securities
45
Section 12.03. Maintenance of Office or Agency
45
Section 12.04. Money for Debt Securities; Payments To Be Held in Trust
45
Section 12.05. Officers' Certificate as to Default
47
Section 12.06. Regulatory Reports
47

ARTICLE XIII
TAX EVENT REDEMPTION

Section 13.01. Tax Event Redemption
47
Section 13.02. Notice of Redemption
48
 
 
iii

 
 
Section 13.03. Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption
48

ARTICLE XIV
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 14.01. Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations
49

ARTICLE XV
SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

Section 15.01. Agreement to Subordinate
49
Section 15.02. Obligation of the Issuer Unconditional
51
Section 15.03. Limitations on Duties to Holders of Senior Indebtedness
51
Section 15.04. Notice to Trustee of Facts Prohibiting Payments
51
Section 15.05. Application by Trustee of Moneys Deposited with It
52
Section 15.06. Subrogation
52
Section 15.07. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of Bank or Holders of Senior Indebtedness
52
Section 15.08. Authorization of Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Debt Securities
53
Section 15.09. Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness
53
Section 15.10. Article XV Not to Prevent Defaults (Including Events of Default)
53
Section 15.11. Article Applicable to Paying Agents
53

EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A FORM OF DEBT SECURITY

 
iv

 

THIS INDENTURE dated as of June 29, 2004, between New Century Bank (the "Issuer"), having its principal office at 513 Kimberton Road, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Securities Registrar hereunder (the "Trustee"), having its Corporate Trust Office at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.
 
RECITALS OF THE ISSUER
 
WHEREAS, for its lawful purposes, the Issuer has duly authorized the issuance of its Floating Rate Subordinated Debt Securities Due 2014 (the "Debt Securities") under this Indenture and, to provide for, among other things, the execution, authentication, delivery and administration thereof, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and
 
WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer in accordance with its terms have been done and performed.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Debt Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Debt Securities as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
 
Section 1.01. Definitions . For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
 
(a) the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I, and include the plural as well as the singular;
 
(b) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term "generally accepted accounting principles" with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the date of such computation;
 
(c) the words "herein," "hereof' and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and
 
(d) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an "Article" or a "Section" is to an Article or Section of this Indenture.
 
Certain terms, used principally in Article III and Article VI, are defined in those respective Articles.
 
 

 
 

 

"Act" when used with respect to any Holder has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
 
"Additional Amounts" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.08.
 
"Additional Provisions" has the meaning set forth in Section 15.01.
 
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
"Authenticating Agent" has the meaning specified in Section 6.14.
 
"Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Issuer, or the executive or any other committee of that board duly authorized to act in respect hereof
 
"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
 
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions or trust companies in Wilmington, Delaware, The City of New York or Philadelphia, Pennsylvania are permitted or required by law or executive order to close.
 
"Calculation Agent" means the Person identified as "Trustee" in the first paragraph hereof
 
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as in effect on the date hereof
 
"Corporate Trust Office" means the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date of execution of this instrument is located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001.
 
The term "corporation" includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.
 
"Debt Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Debt Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
 
"Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.03.
 
"Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.


 
2

 

"Dollar" or "$" means such currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
 
"Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.
 
"FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
"Federal Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
"Holder" of a Debt Security means the Person in whose name the Debt Security is registered in the Security Register.
 
"Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed, or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof
 
"Interest Payment Date" means January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year, commencing on October 23, 2004, subject to Section 1.11.
 
"Interest Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07.
 
"Interest Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period, a per annum rate of interest equal to LIBOR, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Interest Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, will be 1. 5 8%), plus 2.75%, provided , however , that the Interest Rate for any Interest Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.
 
"Issuer" means the Person named as the "Issuer" in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Issuer" shall mean such successor corporation.
 
"Issuer Authorized Officer" means any executive officer of the Issuer who is authorized to sign an Issuer Request or Issuer Order on behalf of the Issuer.
 
"Issuer Request" and "Issuer Order" mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by two Issuer Authorized Officers and delivered to the Trustee.
 
"LIBOR" means the London Interbank Offered Rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to Section 3.10(b):
 
"LIBOR Banking Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b)(1).
 
"LIBOR Business Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b)(1).
 
"LIBOR Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(b).
 
"Maturity Date" means October 23, 2014.


 
3

 

"Maturity Price" of any Debt Security means the principal amount thereof and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Maturity Date.
 
"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Issuer Authorized Officers and delivered to the Trustee.
 
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel to the Issuer and who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, that is delivered to the Trustee.
 
"Outstanding" when used with respect to Debt Securities means, as of the date of determination, all Debt Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
 
(i) Debt Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
 
(ii) Debt Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Debt Securities; provided, however, that if such Debt Securities or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and
 
(iii) Debt Securities that have been paid pursuant to Section 3.05 or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Debt Securities which have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Debt Securities in respect of which there. shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Debt Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Debt Securities are valid obligations of the Issuer;
 
provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities Outstanding have performed any Act hereunder, Debt Securities owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such Act, only Debt Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Debt Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right to act with respect to such Debt Securities and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.
 
"Paying Agent" means the Trustee or any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Debt Securities on behalf of the Issuer.


 
4

 

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, estate, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.
 
"Place of Payment" means the place or places where the principal of and interest on the Debt Securities are payable.
 
"Predecessor Security" of any particular Debt Security means every previous Debt Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debt Security, and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debt Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.05 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security.
 
"Purchaser" means NBC Capital Markets, Inc., or its designee.
 
"Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on the Debt Securities on any Interest Payment Date means the fifteenth day prior to an Interest Payment Date, whether or not such date is a Business Day.
 
"Responsible Officer" when used with respect to the Trustee means any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office with direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, other trust officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at the Trustee's Corporate Trust Office because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
 
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.
 
"Security Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.04(a).
 
"Senior Indebtedness" means the principal of and any premium on the following, whether outstanding on the date of execution of the Indenture or thereafter created, assumed or incurred: (a) any obligation of, or any obligation guaranteed by, the Issuer for the repayment of borrowed money (including general unsecured creditors), whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other written instruments, and similar obligations arising from off-balance sheet guarantees and direct credit substitutes including its obligations to the Federal Reserve Bank or the FDIC, if any, and any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to the Issuer or the purchase or guarantee of any of its assets by the FDIC pursuant to the provisions of 12 USC 1823(c), (d) or (e), if applicable, (b) deposits, (c) obligations under bankers' acceptances and letters of credit, (d) obligations associated with derivative products such as interest rate and foreign exchange rate contracts, commodity and currency contracts and similar arrangements, (e) any deferred obligations of, or any such obligation guarantees by, the Issuer for the payment of the purchase price of property or assets, (f) obligations of the Issuer as lessee under any lease of real or personal property required to be capitalized under generally



 
5

 

accepted accounting principles at the time and (g) any amendments, deferrals, renewals, extensions or refundings of any such indebtedness or obligations referred to in clauses (a) or (c) - (f) above; provided , that Senior Indebtedness will not include (i) obligations, renewals, extensions or refundings referred to in clauses (a) or (c) - (g) that specifically by their terms rank junior to, or equally with, the Debt Securities in right of payment upon the happening of any event of the kind specified in the first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 15.01 and (ii) the Debt Securities.
 
"Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.
 
"Subsidiary" means a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock, membership interests or partnership interests, as the case may be, of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Issuer and one or more other Subsidiaries. For the purposes of this definition, "voting stock" means stock having voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only for so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
 
"Tax Event" means the receipt by the Issuer of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of any change (including any announced prospective change) in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts on the Debt Securities as provided in Section 3.08.
 
"Tax Redemption Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.01.
 
"Tax Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 13.01.
 
"Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean such successor Trustee.
 
"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.
 
"United States" means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories and its possessions.
 
"United States Alien" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08.
 
Section 1.02. Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an


 
6

 

Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
 
Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
 
(a) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
 
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
 
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
 
(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
 
Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
 
Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or representations or Opinion of Counsel with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or representation or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
 
Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.


 
7

 

Section l.04. Notices, etc. to Trustee and Issuer. Any Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,
 
(a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration; or
 
(b) the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer.
 
Any such Act or other document shall be in the English language.
 
Section l.05. Notice to Holders: Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event by the Issuer or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, or transmitted via facsimile to such Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, within the time prescribed. In any case where notice is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.
 
In the event of suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give notice by mail, then such notification as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice for every purpose hereunder.
 
Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance on such waiver.
 
Section l.06. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
Section l.07. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the parties hereto shall bind their respective successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of their permitted successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
 
Section l.08. Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


 
8

 

Section 1.09. Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their respective successors hereunder, the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
 
Section 1.10. Governing Law . This Indenture and the Debt Securities shall each be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles of said State other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law.
 
Section 1.11. Business Day Convention . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof If the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business Day.
 
ARTICLE II
 
DEBT SECURITY FORMS
 
Section 2.01. Forms Generally . The Debt Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Debt Securities shall be issued in registered, certificated form without coupons, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Issuer may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange on which the Debt Securities may be listed or of any automated quotation system on which the Debt Securities may be quoted, or to conform to usage, all as determined by the officers executing the Debt Securities as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities.
 
The definitive Debt Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debt Securities, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities.
 
Section 2.02. Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication . The form of the Trustee's certificate of authentication to be borne by the Debt Securities shall be substantially as follows:



 
9

 

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 
This is one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
 
not in its individual capacity but solely
as Trustee
 
 
By:
____________________________________
   
Authorized Signatory
 
ARTICLE III
 
THE DEBT SECURITIES
 
Section 3.0l. Authentication, Delivery and Dating . (a) Upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer will execute and deliver Debt Securities in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $2,000,000 to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of the Debt Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver the Debt Securities. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, prior to the authentication and delivery of the Debt Securities, an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the issuance of the Debt Securities have been complied with and as to the absence of any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, a Default.
 
(b) The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate any Debt Securities if the issuance of such Debt Securities pursuant to this Indenture will adversely affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the Debt Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
 
(c) Each Debt Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.
 
(d) No Debt Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Debt Security a certificate of authentication substantially in one of the forms provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or by an Authenticating Agent by manual signature of one of its authorized officers, and such certificate upon any Debt Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Debt Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
 
Section 3.02. Denominations . The Debt Securities shall be issuable only in registered form in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $l,000 in excess thereof and shall be payable only in Dollars.
 
Section 3.03. Execution . The Debt Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Issuer Authorized Officer. The signature of any Issuer Authorized Officer may be manual or facsimile.



 
10

 

Debt Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Debt Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Debt Securities.
 
Section 3.04. Registration, Transfer and Exchange . (a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register for the Debt Securities (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of the Debt Securities and of transfers and exchanges of the Debt Securities and the address at which notice and demand to or upon the Issuer in respect of this Indenture and the Debt Securities may be served by the Holders of Debt Securities. The Trustee is hereby appointed "Security Registrar" for the purpose of registering Debt Securities and registering transfers and exchanges of Debt Securities as herein provided; provided, however, that the Issuer may appoint co­Security Registrars. Such Security Register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable period of time. At all reasonable times the Security Register shall be open for inspection by the Issuer.
 
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Debt Security at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee, one or more new Debt Securities of any authorized denomination or denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.
 
At the option of the Holder, Debt Securities may be exchanged for other Debt Securities of any authorized denomination or denominations of like tenor and aggregate principal amount containing identical terms and conditions, upon surrender of the Debt Securities to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose.
 
Whenever any Debt Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Debt Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
 
(b) All Debt Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Debt Securities shall be valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Debt Securities surrendered for such transfer or exchange.
 
Every Debt Security presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Security Registrar) be duly endorsed, and be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

 
11

 

No service charge will be made for any transfer or exchange of Debt Securities except as provided in Section 3.05. The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration, transfer or exchange of Debt Securities, other than those expressly provided in this Indenture to be made at the Issuer's own expense or without expense or without charge to the Holders.
 
The Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable, shall not be required to register, transfer or exchange Debt Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the Tax Redemption Date and ending at the close of business on the Tax Redemption Date.
 
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt Securities may not be transferred except in compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth below, unless otherwise determined by the Issuer in accordance with applicable law which legend shall be placed on each Debt Security:
 
THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE "FDIC").
 
THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND OTHER SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS HOLDERS, IS UNSECURED AND IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE ISSUER.
 
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.
 
NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO ANY APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER FEDERAL LAW OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM ANY APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR (C) IF SUCH OFFER, SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS NOT SUBJECT TO REGISTRATION UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (B) OR (C) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. ,
 
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE


 
12

 

BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), (EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96- 23,95-60,91-38,90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.
 
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATE AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
 
THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.
 
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.04 or any other provision of this Indenture to the contrary, any or all of the Debt Securities initially issued to the Purchaser (the "Initial Securities") may be transferred by the Purchaser to any transferee selected by it and, upon delivery to the Security Registrar, of originals or copies (which may be by


 
13

 

facsimile or other form of electronic transmission) of a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Security Registrar duly executed by the Purchaser or the Purchaser's attorney duly authorized in writing (it being understood that no signature guarantee shall be required), then the Security Registrar shall, and is authorized to, record and register on the Security Register the transfer of such Initial Securities to such transferee; thereupon, the Security Registrar is authorized to confirm in writing to the transferee and, if requested, to the transferor of such Initial Securities that such transfer has been registered in the Securities Register and that such transferee is the Holder of such Initial Securities. The Initial Securities to be transferred, duly endorsed by the Purchaser, shall be surrendered to the Security Registrar at the time the transfer conditions specified in the immediately preceding sentence are satisfied or within five (5) Business Days after the Security Registrar has registered the transfer of such Initial Securities in the Securities Register, and promptly after such surrender, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, and is authorized to, authenticate a Debt Security in the name of the transferee as the new Holder of the Initial Securities evidenced thereby. Until the Initial Securities so transferred are surrendered to the Security Registrar, such Initial Securities may not be transferred by such new Holder. No other conditions, restrictions or other provisions of this Indenture or any other document shall apply to a transfer of Initial Securities by the Purchaser.
 
Section 3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Debt Securities . If (i) any mutilated Debt Security is surrendered to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office or (ii) the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Debt Security, and there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any Paying Agent harmless, and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee receives notice that such Debt Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, then the Issuer shall execute and upon Issuer Request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security, a new Debt Security of like tenor, form, terms and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding.
 
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Debt Security, pay the amount due on such Debt Security in accordance with its terms.
 
Upon the issuance of any new Debt Security under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in respect thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
 
Every new Debt Security issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debt Securities duly issued hereunder.
 
The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities.



 
14

 

Section 3.06. Redemption at Maturity . (a) The Debt Securities shall, on the Maturity Date, subject to prior written approval from the FDIC in accordance with Section 3.13, become due and payable at the Maturity Price and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Maturity Price) the Debt Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any Debt Security on or after the Maturity Date, such Debt Security shall be paid by the Issuer at the Maturity Price. If any Debt Security shall not be so paid upon such surrender thereof, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Maturity Date at the Interest Rate.
 
(b) On or prior to the Maturity Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust), in immediately available funds, an amount in Dollars sufficient to pay the Maturity Price on the Maturity Date.
 
Section 3.07. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved . (a) Each Debt Security will bear interest at the then applicable Interest Rate (i) in the case of the initial Interest Period, for the period from, and including, the date of original issuance of such Debt Security to, but excluding, the initial Interest Payment Date and (ii) thereafter, for the period from, and including, the first day following the end of the preceding Interest Period to, but excluding, the applicable Interest Payment Date or the Tax Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as applicable (each such period, an "Interest Period"), on the principal thereof, on any overdue principal and any overdue installment of interest (to the extent legally enforceable), payable on each Interest Payment Date, commencing on October 23,2004, and on the Maturity Date or Tax Redemption Date, as applicable. Interest on any Debt Security that is payable and is punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest installment, except that interest payable on the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid upon presentation and surrender of the related Debt Security.
 
(b) Any interest on any Debt Security that is payable but is not punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date ("Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such a Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:
 
(1) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debt Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as



 
15

 

in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Holders of such Debt Securities at their addresses as they appear in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii).
 
(2) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Debt Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
 
(c) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debt Security delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debt Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, that were carried by such other Debt Security.
 
Section 3.08. Additional Amounts . The Issuer will, subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth below, pay as additional interest to each Holder that is a United States Alien (as defined below) such amounts (the "Additional Amounts") as may be necessary so that every net payment received by such Holder, after deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed upon or as a result of such payment by the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), will not be less than the amount the Holder would have received in respect of such Debt Security had no such deduction or withholding been imposed. However, the Issuer will not be required to make any such payment of additional interest for or on account of:
 
(a) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for (i) the existence of any present or former connection between such Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor or beneficiary of, or a person holding a power over, such Holder, if such Holder is an estate or a trust, or a member or shareholder of such Holder, if such Holder is a partnership or a corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such Holder (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, person holding a power, member or shareholder) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof or being or having been engaged in trade or business or present therein or having or having had a permanent establishment therein or (ii) such Holder's past or present


 
16

 

status as a personal holding company, foreign personal holding company or private foundation or other tax-exempt organization with respect to the United States or as a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;
 
(b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or personal property tax or any similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;
 
(c) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from a payment on a Debt Security;
 
(d) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for a failure to comply with any applicable certification, documentation, information or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the Holder or the beneficial owner of such Debt Security if, without regard to any tax treaty, such compliance is required by statute or regulation of the United States as a precondition to relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge; or
 
(e) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on a Holder that actually or constructively owns 10 percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Issuer or that is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Issuer through stock ownership;
 
nor shall such additional interest be paid with respect to a payment on a Debt Security to a Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner would not have been entitled to the additional interest had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner held the Debt Security directly.
 
The term "United States Alien" means any person who, for United States federal income tax purposes, is a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien individual, a nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or a foreign partnership one or more of the members of which is, for United States federal income tax purposes, a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien individual or a nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.
 
Whenever in this Indenture or the Debt Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or interest on the Debt Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Amounts provided for in this paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.
 
Section 3.09. Cancellation . All Debt Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by it or, if surrendered to the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debt Securities shall be issued in



 
17

 

lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All Debt Securities canceled by any Authenticating Agent shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Debt Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Debt Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Debt Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Debt Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Debt Securities held by the Trustee shall be returned to the Issuer. The acquisition of any Debt Securities by the Issuer shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented thereby unless and until such Debt Securities are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.
 
Section 3.10. Computation of Interest .
 
(a) The amount of interest payable for any Interest Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in such Interest Period.
 
(b) LIBOR shall be determined by the Calculation Agent for each Interest Period (other than the first Interest Period in which case LIBOR will be equal to l.58% per annum) in accordance with the following provisions:
 
(1) On the second LIBOR Business Day ( provided , that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign currency deposits) in London (a "LIBOR Banking Day"), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to the Interest Payment Date that commences such Interest Period (each such day, a "LIB OR Determination Date"), LIBOR shall equal the rate, as obtained by the Calculation Agent for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) page 3750 or such other page as may replace such page 3750, as of 11 :00 a.m. (London time) on such LIB OR Determination Date, as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News or any successor service ("Telerate Page 3750"). "LIBOR Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate before 12:00 noon (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be LIBOR for such LIBOR Determination Date.
 
(2) If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market for three-month U. S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date


 
18

 

made by the Calculation Agent to the Reference Banks. If, on such LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in the City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on such LIBOR Determination Date for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, "Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent.
 
(3) If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for such Interest Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Interest Period.
 
( c) All percentages resulting from any calculations on the Debt Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward).
 
(d) On each LIB OR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify in writing the Issuer and the Paying Agent of the applicable Interest Rate that applies to the related Interest Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of the Holder of any Debt Securities, inform such Holder of the Interest Rate that applies to the related Interest Period. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Issuer and the Holders of the Debt Securities. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation Agent or the Issuer as to the applicable Interest Rate. The Issuer shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Debt Securities that is included in any payment and reportable for taxable income calculation purposes.
 
Section 3.11. CUSIP Numbers . The Issuer in issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Debt Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.
 
Section 3.12. Persons Deemed Owners . The Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Debt Security is registered as the owner of such Debt Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and (subject to



 
19

 

Section 3.07) interest, if any, on, such Debt Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Debt Security be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary. All payments made to any Holder, or upon such Holder's order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon such Debt Security.
 
SECTION 3.13. Federal Regulatory Approval Required .
 
The Debt Securities may not be repaid, repurchased or redeemed on acceleration without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve. Within 30 days after receipt of a declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 5.02, the Issuer will apply to the Federal Reserve for approval of repayment prior to maturity.
 
In the event that the Issuer obtains such prior written approval, the Issuer shall notify the Holders and the Trustee, and will arrange for prompt payment on the Debt Securities.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
 
Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture, shall, upon Issuer Order, cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange herein expressly provided for and rights to receive payments of principal of and interest) and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when
 
(a)          either
 
(1) all Debt Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A) Debt Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.05 and (B) Debt Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 12.04) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(2) all Debt Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,
 
(A) have become due and payable, or
 
(B) will become due and payable within one year,
 
and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Debt Securities for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Debt Securities that have become due and payable) or to the date of redemption; provided, however, in the event a petition for relief under



 
20

 

the Federal bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, is filed with respect to the Issuer within 91 days after the deposit, or the FDIC or any other Person is appointed to act as a receiver or conservator or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer within 91 days after the deposit, and the Trustee is required to return the moneys then on deposit with the Trustee to the Issuer, the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture with respect to such Debt Securities shall not be deemed terminated or discharged;
 
(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer;
 
(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; and
 
(d) the Issuer shall have received prior written approval for such discharge from the FDIC pursuant to Section 3.13.
 
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 6.07, the obligations of the Issuer to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.14, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (2) of clause (a) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section 12.04 shall survive.
 
Section 4.02. Application of Trust Money . Subject to Section 6.07 and the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 12.04, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Debt Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest, except that such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by applicable law.
 
Section 4.03. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held . Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys then held by any Paying Agent of the Debt Securities (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.
 
Section 4.04. Return of Unclaimed Moneys . Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for payment of the principal of or interest on Debt Securities and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the Holders for two years after the date upon which the principal of or interest on such Debt Securities, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Issuer by the Trustee or such Paying Agent on written demand; and the Holders shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for any payment which such Holders may



 
21

 

be entitled to collect and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.
 
ARTICLE V
 
REMEDIES
 
Section 5.01. Events of Default . "Event of Default" means anyone of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law, pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
 
(a) a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered adjudging the Issuer bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition or similar relief for the Issuer under the Federal bankruptcy laws, or any other similar applicable law of any governmental unit, domestic or foreign, and such decree or order shall have continued undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or a decree or order or other decision of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of the FDIC or any other Person to act as a receiver or conservator or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer or of a substantial part of its property, or for the involuntary winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged and unstayed for a period of 90 days; or, under the provisions of any insolvency, bankruptcy, or other law for the relief or aid of creditors or depositors, any court, or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises shall assume custody or control of the Issuer or of a substantial part of its property, and such custody and control shall not be terminated or stayed within 90 days from the date of assumption of such custody or control; or any substantial part of the property of the Issuer shall be sequestered or attached and shall not be returned to the possession of the Issuer or released from such attachment within 90 days thereafter; or
 
(b) the Issuer shall institute proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition or similar relief under the Federal bankruptcy laws, or any other similar applicable law of any governmental unit, domestic or foreign, or shall consent to the filing of any such petition or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver or conservator or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of it or of a substantial part of its property, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or if corporate action shall be taken by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the aforesaid purposes.
 
Section 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities may declare the principal amount of and all accrued but unpaid interest on the Debt Securities to be due and payable immediately,



 
22

 

by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount and interest shall become immediately due and payable, subject to regulatory approval pursuant to Section 3.13. Upon payment of such amounts, all obligations of the Issuer in respect of the payment of principal of and interest on the Debt Securities shall terminate.
 
At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article V provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
 
(a)  the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay
 
(1) all overdue installments of interest on all Debt Securities,
 
(2) the principal of any Debt Securities that have become due and payable otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the Interest Rate,
 
(3) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue installments of interest on each Debt Security at the Interest Rate, and
 
(4) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and
 
(b) all Defaults have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied.
 
No such rescission and waiver shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
Section 5.03. Defaults; Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .
"Default," wherever used herein, means anyone of the following events (whatever the reason for such Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
 
(a) an Event of Default has occurred;
 
(b) the Issuer fails to pay the principal of any Debt Security at the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date and such failure is continued for seven days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article XV hereof; or
 
(c) the Issuer fails to pay any installment of interest on an Interest Payment Date and such failure is continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by Article XV hereof



 
23

 

The Issuer covenants that, if a Default shall occur, it will, upon demand of the Trustee and subject to Section 3.13 hereof, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, the entire amount then due and payable on the Debt Securities (x) in the case of a Default specified in clause (a) or (b) above, for the principal and interest, if any, and interest upon the overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the Interest Rate, and (y) in the case of a Default specified in clause ( c) above, for the interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the Interest Rate; and in each case, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
 
If the Issuer fails to pay such amount forthwith upon such demand and if the necessary approvals under Section 3.13 have been obtained, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities, and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities wherever situated.
 
If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
 
Section 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceedings, or any voluntary or involuntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities, or the property of the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Debt Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,
 
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and
 
(b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;



 
24

 

and any receiver, assignee, trustee, custodian, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each such Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
 
Nothing herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debt Securities or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
 
Section 5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims without Possession of Debt Securities . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Debt Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any Debt Security or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name, as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
 
Section 5.06. Application of Money Collected . Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the Debt Securities in respect of which money has been collected and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
 
FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07;
 
SECOND: To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer if and to the extent required by Article XV;
 
THIRD: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Debt Securities, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Debt Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and
 
FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Issuer.
 
Section 5.07. Limitation on Suits . No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
 
(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Default;


 
25

 

(b) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
 
(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee, in its reasonable discretion, against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
 
(d) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
 
(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities;
 
it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given at law or in equity.
 
Section 5.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest . Subject only to the provisions of Article XV, the Holder of any Debt Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal on the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, and (subject to Section 3.07) interest (including any Additional Amounts) on the Interest Payment Dates, and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment and interest thereon, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
 
Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
 
Section 5.10. Right and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Indenture, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.


 
26

 

Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or any acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
 
Section 5.12. Control by Holders . The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities; provided, that:
 
(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this

(b) subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith being advised by counsel shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed might result in personal liability for the Trustee or would be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not joining in any such direction; and
 
(c) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.
 
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Event of Default. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities may, by written notice, on behalf of all Holders waive any past Event of Default hereunder and its consequences.
 
Upon any such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of the Debt Securities under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Debt Security by his or her acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant, but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder or group of Holders holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder of a Debt Security for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on such Debt Security on or after the Maturity or the Tax Redemption Date or the relevant Interest Payment Date.



 
27

 

ARTICLE VI
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
Section 6.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities . (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default or Default,
 
(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
 
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely; as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon an Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counselor any other certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counselor any other such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture.
 
(b) In case a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, with respect to the Debt Securities, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
 
(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
 
(1) this clause shall not be construed to limit the effect of clause (a) above;
 
(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
 
(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it, with respect to the Debt Securities, in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders ofa majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Debt Securities; and
 
(4) the Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.
 
 


 
28

 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and Section 6.02.
 
Section 6.02. Notice of Defaults . Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder, the Trustee shall by the pertinent methods provided in Section 1.05 give notice to all Holders of each default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Debt Security, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders; provided further , that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.01(a) no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof; and provided further , that the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of default unless either (a) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge of such default or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Issuer or any other obligor on the Debt Security or any Holder, except with respect to a default pursuant to Sections 5.03(b) or 5.03(c) hereof (other than a default resulting from the default in the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, if the Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable) of which the Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge. For the purpose of this Section, the term "default" means any event that is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, a Default.
 
Section 6.03. Certain Rights of Trustee . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:
 
(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
 
(b) any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Issuer Request or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
 
(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate;
 
(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counselor any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
 
(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders



 
29

 

pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
 
(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney;
 
(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and
 
(h) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to Debt Securities such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
 
Section 6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Debt Securities . The recitals contained herein and in the Debt Securities, except the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or the Debt Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of any Debt Securities or the proceeds thereof.
 
Section 6.05. May Hold Debt Securities . The Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Security Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer or the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.
 
Section 6.06. Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent (except the Issuer) in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall be under any liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuer. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys, if any, shall be paid from time to time to the Issuer upon the written order of the Issuer, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice


 
30

 

Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Issuer.
 
Section 6.07. Compensation and Reimbursement . The Issuer agrees
 
(a) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation in Dollars for all services rendered by it hereunder as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the Issuer and the Trustee (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision oflaw in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
 
(b) to reimburse the Trustee in Dollars upon its written request for all documented reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel); except any such expense, disbursement or advance attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and
 
(c) to indemnify in Dollars the Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense except to the extent such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense results from the negligence or bad faith of such indemnitee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
 
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Sections 5.01(a) and 5.01(b), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws.
 
As security for the performance of the obligations of the Issuer under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Debt Securities, upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of amounts due on the Debt Securities.
 
The obligations of the Issuer under this Section to compensate, reimburse and indemnify the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness under this Indenture and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge or other termination of this Indenture and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debt Security to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debt Securities or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Issuer.



 
31

 

Section 6.08. Disqualification, Conflicting Interests . If the Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of § 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Indenture.
 
Section 6.09. Corporate Trustee Required, Eligibility . There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that shall be an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.
 
The Issuer may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Issuer, serve as Trustee.
 
If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.
 
Section 6.10. Resignation and Removal Appointment of Successor . (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.11.
 
(b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time and a successor Trustee appointed by Act of the Holders ofa majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.
 
(d) If at any time:
 
(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 6.08 after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debt Security for at least six months, or
 
(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debt Security for at least six months, or



 
32

 

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered in respect of the Trustee in an involuntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law; or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have been entered for the appointment of a receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trustee or of its property or affairs, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation, winding up or liquidation, or
 
(4) the Trustee shall commence a voluntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trustee or its property or affairs, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or shall take corporate action in furtherance of any such action,
 
then, in any such case, (i) the Issuer by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee or (ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debt Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuer, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.11. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a maj ority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debt Security for at least six months may, subject to Section 5.14, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(f) The Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 1.05 to the Holders. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.



 
33

 

Section 6.1l. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor . (a) In the case of an appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, each such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of the amounts then due to it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.07, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 6.07.
 
(b) Upon request of any successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section.
 
(c) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.
 
Section 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided, that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Debt Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Debt Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Debt Securities .: In case any Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Debt Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee.
 
Section 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims against Issuer . If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Issuer (or any such other obligor).
 
Section 6.14. Appointment of Authenticating Agent . As long as any Debt Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may upon the request of the Issuer, by an instrument in writing, appoint an authenticating agent (the "Authenticating Agent") which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Debt Securities issued upon exchange, registration of transfer, partial redemption or pursuant to Section 3.05. Debt Securities authenticated by such Authenticating Agent shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and



 
34

 

obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by such Trustee. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities by the Trustee or to the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a Certificate of Authentication executed on behalf of such Trustee by such Authenticating Agent Such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (determined as provided in Section 6.09 with respect to the Trustee) and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.
 
Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be the Authenticating Agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent. Any Authenticating Agent may at any time, and if it shall cease to be eligible shall, resign by giving written notice of resignation to the applicable Trustee and to the Issuer.
 
Upon receiving such a notice of resignation, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall upon Issuer Request appoint a successor Authenticating Agent, and the Issuer shall provide notice of such appointment to the Holders in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 1.05. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent. The Issuer agrees to pay to the Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services. The Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such at the direction of the Trustee.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER
 
Section 7.01. Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders . The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
 
(a) on each Regular Record Date for an Interest Payment Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date; and
 
(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; .



 
35

 

except that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 7.01 so long as the Trustee is in possession thereof by reason of its acting as Security Registrar.
 
Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communication to Holders . (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 or received by it in the capacity of Paying Agent or Security Registrar (if so acting) hereunder.
 
The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished, destroy any information received by it as Paying Agent or Security Registrar (if so acting) hereunder upon delivering to itself as Trustee, not earlier than 45 days after an Interest Payment Date, a list containing the names and addresses of the Holders obtained from such information since the delivery of the next previous list, if any, and destroy any list delivered to itself as Trustee which was compiled from information received by it as Paying Agent or Security Registrar (if so acting) hereunder upon the receipt of a new list so delivered.
 
(b) If a Holder applies in writing to the Trustee, and furnishes to the Trustee reasonable proof that it has owned a Debt Security for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the Holder desires to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Debt Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election either:
 
(1) afford such Holder access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), or
 
(2) inform such Holder as to the approximate number of Holders whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Holders the form of proxy or other communication, specified in such application.
 
If the Trustee shall elect not to afford the Holder access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon written request of such applicant, mail to the Holders whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender the Trustee shall mail to such applicant a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. In the event that the applicants decide to proceed despite the Trustee's opinion and obtain an order of a court of competent jurisdiction directing the Trustee to mail the



 
36

 

applicable material, after entry of such order and renewal of such tender, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Holders; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.
 
(c) Every Holder of Debt Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent.shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with Section 7.02(b), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 7.02(b).
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
CONCERNING THE HOLDERS
 
Section 8.01. Acts of Holders . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent or proxy duly appointed in writing, and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities may take any Act, the fact that the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced by (a) the instrument or instruments executed by Holders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or by (b) the record of Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article IX, or by (c) a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders.
 
Section 8.02. Proof of Ownership; Proof of Execution of Instruments by Holders . The ownership of the Debt Securities shall be proved by the Security Register or by a certificate of the Security Registrar.
 
Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01, 6.03 and 9.05, proof of the execution of a writing appointing an agent or proxy and of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or such Holder's agent or proxy shall be sufficient and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer if made in the following manner:
 
The fact and date of the execution by any such person of any instrument may be proved by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized to take acknowledgment of deeds, that the person executing such instrument acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof, or by an affidavit of a witness to such execution sworn to before any such notary or other such officer. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or association or a member of a partnership on behalf of such corporation, association or partnership, as the case


 
37

 

may be, or by any other person acting in a representative capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such person's authority.
 
The record of any Holders' meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 9.06.
 
The Trustee may in any instance require further proof with respect to any of the matters referred to in this Section so long as the request is a reasonable one.
 
If the Issuer shall solicit an Act from the Holders, the Issuer may, at its option, by Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to take such Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed.
 
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Debt Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Debt Security and any Debt Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Debt Security.
 
Section 8.03. Revocation of Consents: Future Holders Bound . At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any Act by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities specified in this Indenture in connection with such Act, any Holder of a Debt Security the number, letter or other distinguishing symbol of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities the Holders of which have consented to such Act may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of ownership as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such Act so far as it concerns such Debt Security. Except as aforesaid, any such Act taken by the Holder of any Debt Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of such Debt Security and of any Debt Securities issued on transfer or in lieu thereof or in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or such other Debt Securities.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
HOLDERS' MEETINGS
 
Section 9.01. Purposes of Meetings . A meeting of Holders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX for any of the following purposes:
 
(a) to give any notice to the Issuer or to the Trustee, or to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V;



 
38

 

(b) to remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article VI;
 
(c) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.02; or
 
(d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.
 
Section 9.02. Call of Meetings by Trustee . The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders to take any action specified in Section 9.01, to be held at such time or times and at such place in New York or Wilmington, Delaware as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Holders, setting forth the time and place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given to Holders in the manner and to the extent provided in Section l.05. Such notice shall be given not less than 20 days or more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.
 
Section 9.03. Call of Meetings by Issuer or Holders . In case at any time the Issuer, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of not less than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have given the notice of such meeting within 20 days after the receipt of such request, then the Issuer or such Holders may determine the time or times and the place or places for such meetings and may call such meetings to take any action authorized in Section 9.01, by giving notice thereof as provided in Section 9.02.
 
Section 9.04. Qualifications for Voting . To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders a Person shall be a Holder or a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as agent or proxy by such Holder. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee with respect to which such meeting is being held and its counsel and any representatives of the Issuer and its counsel.
 
Section 9.05. Regulations . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debt Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate.
 
The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Issuer or by Holders as provided in Section 9.03, in which case the Issuer or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by a majority vote at the meeting.



 
39

 

Subject to the provisos in the definition of "Outstanding," at any meeting each Holder or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Debt Securities held or represented by such Holder; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debt Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Outstanding Debt Securities held by such chairman or instruments in writing duly designating such chairman as the person to vote on behalf of Holders. Any meeting of Holders with respect to which a meeting was duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02 or 9.03 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of such Holders present and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
 
Section 9.06. Voting . The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders with respect to which such meeting is being held shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such Holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debt Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was transmitted as provided in Section 9.02. The record shall show the serial numbers of the Debt Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Issuer and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee.
 
Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.
 
Section 9.07. No Delay of Rights by Meeting . Nothing in this Article IX contained shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Holders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to any Holder under any of the provisions of the Indenture or of the Debt Securities.
 
Section 9.08. Quorum; Actions . The Persons entitled to vote a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned



 
40

 

meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 9.02, except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Debt Securities which shall constitute a quorum.
 
Except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 11.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 11. 02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a not less than such specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities.
 
Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Debt Securities duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.
 
ARTICLE X
 
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
 
Section 10.01. Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms . The Issuer shall not merge or consolidate with or into any other entity or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or capital stock to any Person authorized to acquire and operate the same, unless:
 
(a) the entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Issuer (the "successor corporation") shall be a corporation or other banking organization organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the Debt Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed;
 
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Issuer as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Issuer at the time of such transaction, no Default, and no




 
41

 

event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and
 
(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, and the assumption by any successor entity, and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 
Section 10.02. Successor Corporation Substituted . Upon any consolidation with or merger into any other corporation, or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Issuer in accordance with Section 10.01, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Issuer herein, and thereafter, the predecessor corporation shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Debt Securities.
 
Section 10.03. Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Sections 6.01 and 6.03, shall be protected in relying upon an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease and any such assumption complies with the provisions of this Article.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
 
Section 11.01. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders . Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
 
(a) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Issuer and the assumption by such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Debt Securities contained; or
 
(b) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer; or
 
(c) to add any additional Defaults or Events of Default; or
 
(d) to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture, provided, that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Outstanding Debt Security created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision and as to which such supplemental indenture would apply; or



 
42

 

(e) to establish the form or terms of Debt Securities; or
 
(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.11; or
 
(g) to evidence any changes to Section 6.08 or 6.09 permitted by the terms
thereof; or
 
(h) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture that shall not be inconsistent with any provision of this Indenture; provided , that such other provisions shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Outstanding Debt Securities created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture in any material respect.
 
Section 11.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders . With the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture of such Debt Securities; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without such consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Debt Security affected thereby,
 
(a) change the Maturity Date of the Debt Securities or any Interest Payment Date, or reduce the principal amount of any Debt Security or change the manner of calculating the Interest Rate thereon, or change any of the redemption provisions or reduce the amount provable in bankruptcy or insolvency pursuant to Section 5.04, or change the Place of Payment where, or the currency in which, any Debt Security or any interest thereon is payable, or impair or affect the right of any Holder of Debt Securities to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date thereof; or
 
(b) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities, the consent of whose Holders is required for any supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture; or
 
(c) modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section 5.13, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Debt Security affected thereby; provided , however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to "the Trustee" and concomitant changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.11 and 11.01(f)



 
43

 

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
 
Section 11.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures . In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that adversely affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise in a material way.
 
Section 11.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
 
Section 11.05. Reference in Debt Securities to Supplemental Indentures . Debt Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debt Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Debt Securities.
 
Section 11.06. Subordination Unimpaired . No supplemental indenture entered into under this Article shall modify, directly or indirectly, the provisions of Article XV or the definition of Senior Indebtedness in Section 1.01 in any manner that might alter or impair the subordination of the Debt Securities with respect to Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless each holder of such Senior Indebtedness has consented thereto in writing.
 
Section 11.07. Notice of Supplemental Indenture . Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 11.02, the Issuer shall transmit to the Holders a notice setting forth the substance of such supplemental indenture.
 
ARTICLE XII
 
COVENANTS
 
Section 12.01. Payment of Principal and Interest . The Issuer covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Debt Securities, that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Debt Securities in accordance with the terms of the Debt Securities and this Indenture. At the option of the Issuer, each installment of interest on the Debt Securities on any Interest Payment Date other than the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable,



 
44

 

may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest payable to the order of the Holders of Debt Securities entitled thereto as they appear on the registrar or (ii) by wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United States designated by a Holder to the paying agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or any Debt Security, if an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities or a trustee thereof is the Holder of any Debt Security, then all payments in respect of such Debt Security shall be made by the Issuer in immediately available funds when due.
 
Section 12.02. Tax Treatment of the Debt Securities . The Company will treat the Debt Securities as indebtedness, and the interest payable in respect of such Debt Securities (including any Additional Amounts) as interest, for all US. federal income tax purposes. All payments in respect of such Debt Securities will be made free and clear of US. withholding tax provided, that (i) any beneficial owner thereof that is a "United States person" within the meaning of Section 770 1 (a)(30) of the Code (A) has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any substitute or successor form) in the manner required establishing its status as a "United States person" for US. federal income tax purposes, and (B) the Internal Revenue Service has neither notified the Issuer that the taxpayer identification number furnished by such beneficial owner is incorrect nor notified the Issuer that there is underreporting by such beneficial owner, and (ii) any beneficial owner thereof that is not a "United States person" within in the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code has provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, or Internal Revenue Service Form W-8EXP, as applicable (or any substitute or successor form) in the manner required establishing its non-US. status for U. S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Section 12.03. Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Issuer will maintain in Wilmington, Delaware, in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania or in each Place of Payment an office or agency where Debt Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Debt Securities may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Debt Securities and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
 
The Issuer may also from time to time designate different or additional offices or agencies to be maintained for such purposes (in or outside of such Place of Payment), and may from time to time rescind any such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligations described in the preceding paragraph. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.
 
Section 12.04. Money for Debt Securities: Payments To Be Held in Trust. If the Issuer shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect of Debt Securities, it will, on or before each Interest Payment Date and the Redemption Date, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit



 
45

 

of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the interest and principal interest so becoming due, respectively, until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
 
Whenever the Issuer shall have one or more Paying Agents it will, prior to each Interest Payment Date and the Maturity Date or Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, deposit with any such Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto, and (unless any such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
 
The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:
 
(a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of or interest in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
 
(b) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities) in the making of any payment of principal of or interest on the Debt Securities; and
 
(c) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.
 
The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, and, upon such payment by the Issuer or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Issuer or such Paying Agent, as applicable, shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.
 
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Debt Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer upon Issuer Request, or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust, and the Holder of such Debt Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be transmitted in the manner and to the extent provided by Section l.05, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.




 
46

 

Section 12.05. Officers' Certificate as to Default. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, on or before a date not more than four months after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, so long as Debt Securities are Outstanding hereunder, an Officers' Certificate (one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive, principal financial or principal accounting officer of the Issuer), stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Issuer is in default in the performance and observation of any of the terms,' provisions and conditions of this Indenture, and, if the Issuer shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature thereof of which they may have knowledge. Such compliance shall be determined without regard to periods of grace or notice requirements.
 
Section 12.06. Regulatory Reports . Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Issuer will deliver to the Holder(s) (i) a copy of the Issuer's audited financial statements (including balance sheet and income statement) covering the related annual period and (ii) the report of the independent accountants with respect to such financial statements and so long as an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities or a trustee thereof is a Holder of any Debt Security, the Issuer will deliver to the Holder(s) a copy of the Issuer's quarterly regulatory financial reports promptly following its filing with the Issuer's federal regulatory authority (including each "Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income" on reporting form FFIEC 031 or 041, or the Federal Reserve Board's Forms FRY -6 and FRY -9, or the Office of Thrift Supervision's "Thrift Financial Report" form, as applicable, or such other similar quarterly regulatory reporting form as may be amended and in affect from time to time).
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
T AX EVENT REDEMPTION
 
Section 13.01. Tax Event Redemption . If a Tax Event shall occur and be continuing, the Issuer shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Issuer of prior approval from the Issuer's appropriate federal regulatory authority (if then required under the applicable regulations or guidelines of such regulatory authority) to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole but not in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event (the "Tax Redemption Date"), at the Tax Redemption Price.
 
"Tax Redemption Price" means an amount in cash equal to 104.20% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to July 23, 2005 and thereafter equal to the percentage for the principal amount of the Debt Securities that is specified below for the Tax Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Tax Redemption Date:
 

Tax Redemption During the 12-Month  
Period Beginning July 23,  
   
Percentage of Principal Amount
 
2005
103.360%
 
2006
102.520%
 
 
47

 
 
 
2007
101.680%
 
2008
100.840%
 
2009 and thereafter
100%
 

 
Section 13.02. Notice of Redemption . In case the Issuer shall desire to exercise the right to redeem the Debt Securities, it shall fix a Tax Redemption Date and shall mail a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the Tax Redemption Date to the Holders of the Debt Securities at their last addresses as the same appear on the Security Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Debt Security shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security.
 
Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debt Securities to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the Tax Redemption Price at which Debt Securities are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue.
 
The Issuer will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days prior to the Tax Redemption Date as to the Tax Redemption Price at which the Debt Securities are to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed.
 
Section 13.03 .. Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption . If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 13.02, the Debt Securities with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Tax Redemption Date and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable Tax Redemption Price, together with any Additional Amounts, and on and after said Tax Redemption Date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of such Debt Securities at the Tax Redemption Price) interest on the Debt Securities shall cease to accrue. Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Tax Redemption Date specified in such notice of redemption, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem the Debt Securities on the Tax Redemption Date at the Tax Redemption Price. On presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debt Securities shall be paid and redeemed by the Issuer at the Tax Redemption Price.



 
48

 

ARTICLE XIV
 
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
Section 14.01. Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations . No recourse for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Debt Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any such Debt Security, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Issuer or of any successor corporation of the Issuer, either directly or through the Issuer or any successor corporation of the Issuer, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debt Securities.
 
ARTICLE XV
 
SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES
 
Section 15.01. Agreement to Subordinate . The Issuer, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Debt Security likewise covenants and agrees by such Holder's acceptance thereof, that the obligation of the Issuer to make any payment on account of the principal of and interest on each and all of the Debt Securities shall, to the extent and in the manner provided herein, be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the Issuer's obligations to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.
 
In the event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of or relating to the Issuer as a whole, whether voluntary or involuntary, all obligations of the Issuer to holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to be paid in full before any payment, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on any account of the principal of or interest on any of the Debt Securities. In the event of any such proceeding, after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Indebtedness, the Holders shall be entitled ratably to be paid from the remaining assets of the Issuer the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid principal of and interest, if any, on the Debt Securities. In addition, in the event of any such proceeding, if any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (other than securities of the Issuer or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent provided in these subordination provisions with respect to the indebtedness evidenced by the Debt Securities, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding and to any securities issued in respect thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment), including any such payment or distribution that may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Issuer being subordinated to the payment of the Debt Securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders before all Senior Indebtedness is paid



 
49

 

in full, such payment or distribution shall be held (in trust if received by such Holders) for the benefit of and shall be paid over to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
 
The subordination provisions of the foregoing paragraph shall not be applicable to amounts at the time due and owing on the Debt Securities on account of the unpaid principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities for the payment of which funds have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or have been set aside by the Issuer in trust in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; nor shall such provisions impair any rights, interests, remedies or powers of any secured creditor of the Issuer in respect of any security the creation of which is not prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture.
 
The Holders of Debt Securities and the Trustee, in respect of any claims of the Holders to payment of any principal or interest in respect of any Debt Securities, by their acceptance thereof will be deemed to have waived any right of set-off or counterclaim that such Holders or (subject to Section 6.07) the Trustee, respectively, in such respect, might otherwise have.
 
The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings or any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up or relating to the Issuer as a whole, whether voluntary or involuntary, or of any default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that would prevent the Trustee from making any payment in respect of the Debt Securities under this Section. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, shall be entitled to assume that, and may act as if, no such event has occurred unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the Corporate Trust Office has received at the. Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Issuer or anyone or more holders of Senior Indebtedness or any receiver or conservator of the Issuer (who shall have been certified or otherwise established to the satisfaction of the Trustee to be such a holder or trustee) written notice thereof Upon any distribution of assets of the Issuer referred to in this Article, the Trustee and Holders shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon a certificate of the receiver or conservator, or any order or decree entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article. In the absence of a certificate from any such liquidating trustee, receiver, conservator, agent or other Person, the Trustee, subject to Section 6.01, shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder) as evidence that such Person is a holder of such Senior Indebtedness (or is such a trustee or representative). In the event that the Trustee determines, in its discretion, that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person, as a holder of Senior Indebtedness, to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section, the Trustee may request


 
50

 

such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, as to the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, and as to other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Section, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.
 
Section 15.02. Obligation of the Issuer Unconditional. Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture is intended to or shall impair, as between the Issuer and the Holders, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to such Holders the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Debt Securities when, where and as the same shall become due and payable, all in accordance with the terms of the Debt Securities, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of such Holders and creditors of the Issuer other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Debt Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Issuer received upon the exercise of any such remedy.
 
Section 15.03. Limitations on Duties to Holders of Senior Indebtedness . In the event and during the continuation of any default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Senior Indebtedness beyond any applicable period of grace, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated because of a default, then, unless and until such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, no payment of principal of or interest, if any, on the Debt Securities, or in respect of any redemption, exchange, retirement, purchase or other acquisition of any of the Debt Securities shall be made by the Issuer.
 
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 15.03, such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior. Indebtedness (or their representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness.
 
Section 15.04. Notice to Trustee of Facts Prohibiting Payments . The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of any fact known to the Issuer that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not at any time be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of funds to or by the Trustee unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to its Corporate Trust Division shall have received at the


 
51

 

Corporate Trust Office written notice thereof from the Issuer or from one or more holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor who shall have been certified by the Issuer or otherwise established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee to be such a holder or trustee; and, prior to the receipt of such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided , however , that if prior to the fifth Business Day preceding the date upon which by the terms hereof any such funds may become payable, or if prior to the third Business Day preceding the date of the execution of instruments pursuant to Section 4.01 acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such funds the notice provided for in this Section, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys and/or apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it on or after such date; provided, however, no such application shall affect the obligations under this Article of the Persons receiving such moneys from the Trustee.
 
Section 15.05. Application by Trustee of Moneys Deposited with It. Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, any deposit of a sum by the Issuer with the Trustee or any agent (whether or not in trust) for any payment of the principal of or interest on any Debt Securities shall, except as provided in Section 15.04, be subject to the provisions of Section 15.01.
 
Section 15.06. Subrogation . Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Issuer applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the Debt Securities shall be paid in full, and none of the payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to which the Holders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article or of payments made, pursuant to the provisions of this Article, to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by the Holders or the Trustee shall, as among the Issuer, its creditors other than the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Issuer to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness; it being understood that the provisions of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.
 
Section 15.07. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of Issuer or Holders of Senior Indebtedness . No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Issuer or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Issuer with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof with which any such holder may have or be otherwise charged. The holders of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time or from time to time and in their absolute discretion, change the manner, place or terms of payment, change or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, any such Senior Indebtedness, or amend or supplement any instrument pursuant to which any such Senior Indebtedness is issued or by which it may be secured, or release any security therefor, or exercise or refrain from exercising any other of their rights under the Senior Indebtedness including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, all without notice to or assent from the



 
52

 

Holders or the Trustee and without affecting the obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Holders under this Article.
 
Section 15.08. Authorization of Trustee to Effectuate Subordination of Debt Securities . Each Holder of a Debt Security, by his or her acceptance thereof, authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provided in this Article. If, in the event of any proceeding or other action relating to the Issuer referred to in the second paragraph of Section 15.01, a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in such proceeding or action is not filed by or on behalf of the Holders prior to 15 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, then the holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness shall have the right to file and are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders.
 
Section 15.09. Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness . The Trustee shall be entitled to all of the rights set forth in this Article in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it in its individual capacity to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.
 
With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Holders, the Issuer or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.
 
Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.07.
 
Section 15.10. Article XV Not to Prevent Defaults (Including Events of Default) . The failure to make a payment pursuant to the terms of the Debt Securities by reason of any provision in this Article shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default (including an Event of Default, if any).
 
Section 15.11. Article Applicable to Paying Agents . The term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall (unless the context shall otherwise require) be construed as extending to and including each Paying Agent appointed by the Issuer and acting hereunder within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if the Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that Sections 15.04 and 15.09 shall not apply to the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer if the Issuer or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.
 
* * * * *



 
53

 

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 
 
 
 


 
 
54

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
 

 
New Century Bank
     
 
By: /s/ Kenneth B. Mumma
 
Name: Kenneth B. Mumma
 
Title: Chairman and CEO
 
 
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
 
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Securities Registrar
     
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
     
_

 
55

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
 
New Century Bank
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
   
 
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
 
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and Securities Registrar
     
 
By:
/s/ Denise M. Geran
 
Name:
Denise M. Geran
 
Title:
Vice President



 
56

 

EXHIBIT A

 

 

EXHIBIT A
 
FORM OF FLOATING RATE SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITY DUE 2014
 
[FACE OF SECURITY]
 
THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (THE "FDIC").
 
THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND OTHER SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS HOLDERS, IS UNSECURED AND IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE ISSUER.
 
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.
 
NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO ANY APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER FEDERAL LAW OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS NOT SUBJECT TO ANY SUCH REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM ANY APPLICABLE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OR (C) IF SUCH OFFER, SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS NOT SUBJECT TO REGISTRATION UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (B) OR (C) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A Copy OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
 
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"),(EACH A "PLAN"), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD


 
 

 

THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96- 23,95-60,91-38,90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION.
 
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATE AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
 
THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND. SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY.



 
 

 



Certificate No. ___________________
CUSIP:  ___________________

Floating Rate Subordinated Debt Security Due 2014

of

New Century Bank

New Century Bank, aPennsylvania bank (the "Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee for the benefit of [HOLDER_OF _DEBT_SECURITIES] (the "Holder"), or registered assigns, the principal sum of $2,000,000 on October 23,2014, and to pay interest thereon from June 29,2004, or the most recent interest payment date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly in arrears on January 23, April 23, July 23 and October 23 of each year, commencing October 23,2004 (each such date, an "Interest Payment Date"), at a floating rate per annum, which, with respect to any Interest Period (as defined in the Indenture) will be equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Indenture), as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date (as defined in the Indenture) for such Interest Period (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, will be 1.58%), plus 2.75% (the "Interest Rate") ( provided , however , that the applicable Interest Rate for any Interest Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application), until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on any overdue principal and (without duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for each such Interest Period, compounded quarterly. The amount of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant Interest Period. The interest installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date other than the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date (as defined on the reverse hereof), as applicable, will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in the Indenture) is registered at the close of business on the "Regular Record Date" for such interest installment, which shall be the fifteenth day prior to such Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day. Any such interest installment not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Debt Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the Holders of the Debt Securities not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, all as more fully provided in the Indenture, or in any other lawful manner consistent with the provisions of the Indenture.
 
Payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security due on the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date as applicable, shall be made in immediately available funds against presentation and surrender of this Debt Security at the office or agency of the Trustee maintained for that purpose in Wilmington, Delaware, or at the office or agency of any other Paying Agent appointed by the Issuer maintained for that purpose in



 
 

 

Wilmington, Delaware. Payment of interest on this Debt Security due on any Interest Payment Date other than the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, shall be made at the option of the Issuer by check mailed to the Holder hereof at such address as shall appear in the Security Register or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account with a banking institution located in the United States designated by a Holder to the paying agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture or the Debt Security, if a Holder of this Debt Security is an entity that holds a pool of trust preferred securities and/or debt securities or a trustee thereof, payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security shall be made in immediately available funds when due at such place and to such account as any such party may designate. All payments in respect of this Debt Security shall be payable in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Indenture, if any Interest Payment Date, other than the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof If the Maturity Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business Day.
 
The indebtedness evidenced by this Debt Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture), and this Debt Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each Holder of this Debt Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints the Trustee or such Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each Holder hereof, by such Holder's acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions.
 
The Issuer waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, and all other demands notices.
 
This Debt Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture hereinafter referred to and shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee.
 
The provisions of this Debt Security are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.



 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has duly executed this certificate.

 
New Century Bank
 
 
By:
 
Name:
 
Title:,
 
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 
This is one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 

 
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
 
 
By:
   
Authorized Officer
 
Dated:                 ,  




 
 

 

[REVERSE OF SECURITY]
 
This Debt Security is one of a duly authorized series of Debt Securities of the Issuer, all issued orto be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture"), dated as of June 29, 2004, duly executed and delivered between the Issuer and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Debt Securities of which this Debt Security is a part.
 
Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event (as defined in the Indenture), this Debt Security may become due and payable, in whole but not in part, at any time, within 90 days following the occurrence of such Tax Event (the "Tax Redemption Date"), at the Tax Redemption Price.
 
"Tax Redemption Price" means an amount in cash equal to 104.20% of the principal amount of this Debt Security to be redeemed prior to July 23,2005 and thereafter equal to the percentage for the principal amount of this Debt Security that is specified below for the Tax Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Tax Redemption Date:


Tax Redemption During the 12-Month  
Period Beginning July 23,  
   
Percentage of Principal Amount
 
2005
103.360%
 
2006
102.520%
 
2007
101.680%
 
2008
100.840%
 
2009 and thereafter
100%

Any redemption pursuant to the preceding paragraph will be made FDIC, if then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of the FDIC, upon not less than 30 days' nor more than 60 days' prior written notice.
 
In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Debt Securities may be declared due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration shall become due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture. Any such redemption will be made, subject to the receipt by the Issuer of prior approval from the FDIC.
 
Payment at maturity is subject to the receipt by the Issuer of prior written approval from the FDIC.



 
 

 

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Issuer and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby, as specified in the Indenture, to execute supplemental. indentures for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Debt Securities; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, among other things, without the consent of the Holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the Maturity Date of the Debt Securities or any Interest Payment Date, or reduce the principal amount of any Debt Security or change the manner of calculating the Interest Rate thereon, or change any of the redemption provisions, or reduce the amount provable in bankruptcy or insolvency pursuant to Section 5.04 of the Indenture, or change the Place of Payment where, or the currency in which, any Debt Security or any interest thereon is payable, or impair or affect the right of any Holder of Debt Securities to institute suit for the payment thereof, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture or any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or any Event of Defaults thereunder and their consequences. The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby as provided in the Indenture, on behalf of all of the Holders of the Debt Securities, to waive any past Event of Default. Any such waiver by the registered Holder of this Debt Security (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Debt Security and of any Debt Security issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any notation of such waiver is made upon this Debt Security.
 
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debt Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.
 
As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, this Debt Security is transferable by the Holder hereof on the Security Register of the Issuer, upon surrender of this Debt Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Trustee in Wilmington, Delaware accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Debt Securities of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto.
 
The Debt Securities are issuable only in registered certificated form without coupons. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, Debt Securities are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.



 
 

 

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Debt Security, the Issuer, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and the Security Registrar may deem and treat the Holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Debt Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security and for all other purposes, and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any transfer agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
 
No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on this Debt Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Issuer or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.
 
All terms used in this Debt Security that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
 
THIS DEBT SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OF SAID STATE OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.
 
 
 

 


 
Exhibit 4.4
 
NEW CENTURY BANK

ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT

THIS ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of ______, 20__ by NEW CENTURY BANK ("Bank”) in favor of ______________________________ (the "Purchaser").

RECITALS

A. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, pursuant to a certain contemporaneous Confidential Subscription Agreement (as it may have been amended, the “Subscription Agreement”) the Purchaser is purchasing from the Bank shares (the “Purchased Shares”) of the Bank's voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Voting Common Stock”) and/or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock (the “Class B Non-Voting Common Stock”) at a price of $____ per Purchased Share (the “Purchase Price”).

B. By this Agreement, the Bank desires to set forth the Bank’s agreements regarding a possible adjustment in the number of Purchased Shares as a result of a Diluting Issuance (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of closing on the Subscription Agreement and the parties’ agreement to complete performance under it, and the mutual promises, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Bank hereby agrees as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

(a) "Additional Common Shares" means all Common Stock (including reissued shares) Issued (or deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 2) after the date of this Agreement. Additional Common Shares does not include, however, any Common Stock Issued upon conversion of preferred stock outstanding on the date of this Agreement; the Shares; or Common Stock Issued as incentive or in a nonfinancing transaction to employees, officers, directors or consultants to the Bank.

(b) “Common Stock” means Voting Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.

(c) "Convertible Securities" means any evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.

(d) "Issue" means to grant, issue, sell, assume or fix a record date for determining persons entitled to receive any security (including Options) whichever of the foregoing is the first to occur.

 
-1-

 

(e) "Option" means any right, option or warrant to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

SECTION 2. DEEMED ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL COMMON SHARES.

The shares of Common Stock ultimately Issuable upon exercise of an Option (including the shares of Common Stock ultimately Issuable upon conversion or exercise of a Convertible Security Issuable pursuant to an Option) are deemed to be Issued when the Option is Issued. The shares of Common Stock ultimately Issuable upon conversion or exercise of a Convertible Security (other than a Convertible Security Issued pursuant to an Option) shall be deemed Issued upon Issuance of the Convertible Security.

SECTION 3. ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER PURCHASED SHARES FOR DILUTING ISSUANCES.

3.1 Weighted Average Adjustment . If, at any time on or before June 30, 2010, the Bank Issues (or pursuant to Section 2 is deemed to issue) Additional Common Shares after the date of this Agreement and the consideration per Additional Common Share (determined pursuant to Section 5) (the “New Issue Price”) is less than the Purchase Price (as it may have been deemed adjusted pursuant to this Agreement) (a "Diluting Issuance"), other than with respect to shares issued to (a) the Bank's employees, officer or directors in connection with their employment or retention of services not to exceed the number of Shares reserved in the Bank's existing equity financing plans, or (b) customers or vendors in connection with bona fide business transactions, the Bank shall, concurrently with such Issue, issue to Purchaser, at no additional cost or price to Purchaser, an additional number of shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying the number of Purchased Shares by a fraction:

(I) the numerator of which is the Purchase Price immediately before such Issue, and

(II) the denominator of which is the New Issue Price.

The additional shares of Common Stock to be issued to Purchaser at any time under this Agreement shall be allocated as between Voting Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock on whichever of the following bases is applicable:

 
(i)
If Purchaser did not elect in the Subscription Agreement to be subject to potential restrictions on transfer pursuant to Article VII of the Subscription Agreement, that number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to Purchaser at any time under this Agreement shall include Voting Common Stock to the extent, but only to the extent, that the total number of shares of Voting Common Stock owned and deemed owned by Purchaser (taking into account all shares of Voting Common Stock owned by Purchaser and all shares of Voting Common Stock for which any warrants or options held by the Purchaser after such issuance are exercisable) do not exceed 4.9% of all shares of Voting Common Stock of the Bank then issued and outstanding.

 
-2-

 

 
(ii)
If Purchaser elected to be subject to the potential restrictions on transfer pursuant to Article VII of the Subscription Agreement, that number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to Purchaser at any time under this Agreement shall include Voting Common Stock to the extent, but only to the extent, that the total number of shares of Voting Common Stock owned and deemed owned by Purchaser (taking into account all shares of Voting Common Stock owned by Purchaser and all shares of Voting Common Stock for which any warrants or options held by the Purchaser after such issuance are exercisable) do not exceed 9.9% of all shares of Voting Common Stock of the Bank then issued and outstanding.   If, at the time of issuance, Purchaser shall have obtained any prior regulatory approvals for Purchaser to own or be deemed to own 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Voting Common Stock of the Bank, the Bank will issue to the Purchaser such number of shares of Voting Common Stock as shall not exceed the maximum number of shares of Voting Common Stock that the Purchaser is authorized to own pursuant to applicable federal and state change in bank control laws and regulations, taking into account any such approvals.

If, as the result of the application of paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) of this Section at any time of reference, shares of Voting Common Stock must comprise less than all of the shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Purchaser by the Bank, the balance of any shares of Common Stock to be issued by the Bank shall be issued in the form of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.

3.2 Adjustment of Number of Purchased Shares and Purchase Price for Subsequent Issues . Upon each issuance of additional shares of Common Stock to Purchaser under this Agreement:  (i) the number of “Purchased Shares” for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be increased by the number of additional shares of Common Stock then being issued to Purchaser, and (ii) the “Purchase Price” shall be deemed reduced to the New Issue Price for the share issuance causing the adjustment.  The number of Purchased Shares and the Purchase Price, determined as adjusted pursuant to this paragraph, shall thereafter be deemed the number of Purchased Shares and the Purchase Price for purposes of applying the provisions of this Agreement upon a subsequent issuance by the Bank of Additional Common Shares.

SECTION 4. NO ADJUSTMENT FOR ISSUANCES FOLLOWING DEEMED ISSUANCES.

No adjustment to the number of Purchased Shares or the Purchase Price shall be made upon the exercise of Options or conversion of Convertible Securities.

SECTION 5. COMPUTATION OF CONSIDERATION.

The consideration received by the Bank for the Issue of any Additional Common Shares shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash shall be valued at the amount of cash received by the Bank, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends.

(b) Property, other than cash, shall be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of the Issue as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

 
-3-

 

 

(c) The consideration for Additional Common Shares Issued together with other property of the Bank for consideration that covers both shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) The consideration per Additional Common Share for Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:

(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Bank for the Issue of the Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Bank upon exercise of the Options or conversion of the Convertible Securities, by

(ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) ultimately Issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion of such Convertible Securities.

SECTION 6. GENERAL.

6.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to rules of conflict of laws or choice of law, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law.

6.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, the Purchaser and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns, but Purchaser agrees that Purchaser shall not be authorized to assign Purchaser’s rights or delegate Purchaser’s obligations under this Agreement to anyone.

6.3 Entire Agreement . Except as set forth below, this Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

6.4 Notices, etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed (a) if to Purchaser at Purchaser's address as set forth in  the  Subscription Agreement, or at such other address at Purchaser shall have furnished to the Bank in writing, or (b) if to the Bank, at the Bank's address set forth in the Subscription Agreement, or at such other address as the Bank shall have furnished to the Purchaser in writing.

6.5 Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 
-4-

 

6.6 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.  All words, including defined terms, used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender, number, tense or other derivation of the word as the circumstances require.

6.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

SECTION 7. EFFECTIVENESS.

This Agreement shall be deemed to take effect upon, completion of closing and disbursement of Purchaser's subscription proceeds to Bank, on the Purchaser's purchase of the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

Attest:
 
 
_________________________________
Name:
Title:
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
 
By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:


-5-

 
 
 

Exhibit 4.5
 
 
NEW CENTURY BANK

MODIFICATION TO ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT

THIS MODIFICATION TO ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT (this “Modification”) is entered into as of _______ __, 20__ by and between NEW CENTURY BANK ("Bank”) and the shareholder who name appears on the signature page of this Modification (the "Purchaser").

Recitals

In connection with a private placement of shares of Bank’s common stock in _____, 20__, Bank and Purchaser entered into an Anti-Dilution Agreement (the “Agreement”), providing Purchaser price protection with respect to the Shares until June 30, 2010, such that if the Bank issues any shares of its common stock or Class B Non-Voting Common Stock at or prior to that date at a price less than $___ per share (the “Purchase Price”), the Bank will issue sufficient additional shares to the Purchaser to maintain the values of Purchaser’s Shares at the new, lower issuance price.  The parties wish to modify the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, the Bank and Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

1. Change in Expiration Date .  The date, “June 30, 2010,” set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read, “March 31, 2011.”

2. Modification to Types of Issuances for Which Protection is Provided .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement or this Modification, adjustments shall be made for an “Issue” of “Additional Common Shares” occurring after June 30, 2010 if the only consideration for the Additional Common Shares in the Issue is cash.

3. Reaffirmation as Modified .  The Agreement, as modified by this Modification, is hereby ratified and reaffirmed and remains in full force and effect.

4. General .

(a) Governing Law . This Modification shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to rules of conflict of laws or choice of law, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law.

(b) Successors and Assigns . This Modification shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, the Purchaser and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns, but Purchaser agrees that Purchaser shall not be authorized to assign Purchaser’s rights or delegate Purchaser’s obligations under this Modification to anyone.

(c) Entire Agreement . Except as set forth below, this Modification constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof.

(d) Severability . In case any provision of this Modification shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Modification shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(e) Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Modification are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Modification.  All words, including defined terms, used in this Modification will be construed to be of such gender, number, tense or other derivation of the word as the circumstances require.

(f) Counterparts . This Modification may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.


 
-1-

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bank and Purchaser have duly executed this Modification as of the date first set forth above.

Name of Purchaser:
 
________________________________
 
 
By: _________________________________
Name:
Title:
Name of Bank:
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
 
By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

Exhibit 4.6
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is made as of March 23, 2005, by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank (the “Bank"), and UNIVEST CORPORATION OF PENNSYLVANIA, a Pennsylvania business corporation ("Univest").

Background

Univest is the shareholder of record and beneficial owner of 135,834 shares of the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Bank (the "Common Stock"), which currently represents 8.53% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Bank. In order to induce Univest to purchase such shares and in connection with such purchase, the Bank agreed to provide Univest with the right to purchase additional shares of Common Stock in order to maintain its percentage ownership interest from time to time of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Bank and Univest are making this agreement to provide Univest with a purchase option in the circumstances described below and set forth the terms and conditions of such purchase option.

Agreements

     1.            Option to Purchase Shares . (a) Upon each Sale (as defined in this paragraph), Univest shall have the right to purchase from the Bank and the Bank shall be obligated to sell to Univest the number of shares of Common Stock (in each case, "Additional Shares") at the price per share determined in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

(b) Upon each Sale Univest shall have the right to purchase up to the number of Additional Shares which shall make Univest's percentage ownership of the outstanding Common Stock after giving effect to the Sale and the purchase of Additional Shares equal to its percentage ownership of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Sale.

(c) The price per share of Additional Shares shall be equal to the price per share of Common Stock in the Sale. In the event that the purchase price for shares of Common Stock in the Sale is paid in property other than cash, the purchase price of each Additional Share for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the cash value of such property per share of Common Stock in the Sale as determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank in good faith prior to the Sale.

(d) For purposes of this agreement, the term "Sale" means the issuance and sale shares of Common Stock by the Bank (i) in an amount greater than or equal to $500,000 or (ii) in amounts less than $500,000 if they aggregate to at least $500,000, other than (A) a sale to Univest or pursuant to an offer which was made to, among others, Univest and which by its terms could have been accepted by Univest, (B) a sale of treasury stock and (C) a grant of shares of Common Stock or a sale upon exercise of an option granted pursuant to any stock bonus, stock option or similar plan maintained by the Bank for the directors, officers and/or employee of the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank.

 
-1-

 

2. Notice of Sale and Exercise of Option . Within ten business days after each Sale the Bank shall give notice of the Sale to Univest, including the number of shares of Common Stock sold and the purchase price per share (each a "Sale Notice"). Univest may then exercise its right to purchase Additional Shares by delivering to the Bank (a) an irrevocable election to purchase Additional Shares (in the form of Exhibit A to this agreement) specifying the number of Additional Shares to be purchased and the total purchase price (each an "Exercise Notice") and (b) payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares in immediately available funds. In order to be effective for the purchase of Additional Shares on account of a Sale, the Bank must receive an Exercise Notice and payment for the Additional Shares by the 15th business day following the date on which the Bank gave to Univest a Sale Notice with respect to the Sale. The Bank shall issue and deliver to Univest the certificates for Additional Shares within fourteen business days after its receipt of each timely and proper Exercise Notice and the purchase price for such Additional Shares. Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Bank shall not have the right to issue any shares of common stock for purposes of a Sale with respect to which this agreement and the option granted hereunder applies unless and until there are sufficient authorized but unissued shares of common stock of the Bank to permit both the Sale as well as the exercise of the option granted hereunder.

3. Rights as Shareholder . Univest shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Bank with respect to any Additional Shares by virtue of this agreement prior to the purchase of such Additional Shares and the payment thereof as provided in this agreement. Upon the purchase and payment of such Additional Shares, Univest shall have all rights as a shareholder with respect to any such Additional Shares.

4. Taxes . Univest shall be responsible for all federal, state and local taxes payable by it on account of its receipt of the option provided in this agreement and its purchase of Additional Shares pursuant to this agreement.

5. Binding Effect; No Assignment . This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and Univest and their respective successors. Univest may not transfer or assign any of its rights under this agreement (whether or not in connection with the disposition of shares of Common Stock by Univest) without the prior written consent of the Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

6. Notices . All notices and other communications relating to this agreement shall be in writing and (except for notices, elections and other communications under Paragraph 2 of this agreement, which shall be by certified mail, return receipt requested) shall be sent to the address set forth below of the recipient party (or at such other address as such party may designate in writing to the other party) and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, upon such delivery, if made by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt), upon confirmed receipt thereof or if mailed by registered or certified U.S. mail (with return receipt), upon receipt of the mailed notice or other communication:

(a) if to the Bank:

 
-2-

 

New Century Bank
513 Kimberton Road
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460
Attention: Kenneth B. Mumma,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Fax Number: 610-933-6922

and

(b) if to Univest:

Univest Corporation of Pennsylvania
14 North Main Street
Souderton, Pennsylvania 18964
Attention: William Aichele
Chief Executive Officer
Fax Number: 215-721-2408

7. Governing Law . This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

8. Duration . Except as otherwise provided in this agreement, this agreement shall remain in effect unless and until (a) Univest shall no longer own any shares of Common Stock of the Bank or (b) the consolidation or merger of the Bank with or into another company and the Bank shall not be the surviving entity.

9. Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization . In the event that all outstanding shares of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for any other stock or securities of the Bank by reason of any reclassification, reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Bank shall cause effective provisions to be made so that Univest shall thereafter have the right to purchase such other stock and/or securities by exercising the option provided in this agreement.

10. No Fractional Shares; Limit on Option Exercise and Issue of Shares . The Bank shall not be required to sell fractions of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this agreement. If Univest would, except for this paragraph, have the right to purchase any fraction of a share of Common Stock pursuant to this agreement, the Bank will round down and sell to Univest only the largest whole number of Additional Shares to which Univest is otherwise entitled. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Univest shall not have the right to purchase any Additional Shares and the Bank shall not be obligated to issue any Additional Shares if, immediately after or as a result of such purchase or issuance Univest and any "affiliates" of Univest (as defined pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the regulations thereunder) together would control more than 9.99% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of the Bank.

 
-3-

 


11.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Univest . Univest hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Bank as follows:

(a) Univest will acquire Additional Shares in good faith for the purpose of investment in the Bank and not for the purpose of resale or for distributing or publicly selling Additional Shares to others, or for dividing Univest' participation with others in Additional Shares or any portion thereof issued pursuant to this agreement. Univest will acquire Additional Shares only for its own account. There is no present arrangement or agreement for the sale, pledge or other transfer to any person of any Additional Shares that may be acquired by Univest and Univest is not presently aware of any particular occasion, event or circumstance upon the occurrence or happening of which Univest would be obligated or would intend to sell any Additional Shares.

(b) Univest further understands and acknowledges that the Bank has not registered the issuance of the option provided by this agreement and will not register the sale of Additional Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act") or under the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction.

(c) Univest' principal office is located in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

(d) Univest is familiar with the business, financial condition and operations of the Bank, has been given the opportunity to inspect the Bank's financial, corporate and other records and to conduct such further due diligence regarding the Bank as Univest deems appropriate.

(e) Univest is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Bank through purchases of Additional Shares.

(f) In the event that Univest at any time contemplates the disposition (whether by sale, exchange, gift, or other form of transfer) of any Additional Shares, Univest will first notify the Bank of such proposed disposition and will thereafter cooperate with the Bank in complying with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws which, in the opinion, reasonably exercised, of the Bank or its counsel, must be satisfied prior to the making of such disposition. Univest will not sell, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any or all Additional Shares unless Univest delivers to the Bank, by an attorney reasonably satisfactory to the Bank's legal counsel, a written opinion, reasonably satisfactory to the Bank and its legal counsel, to the effect that one or more exemptions from registration under applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations are available with respect to such disposition. Neither the Bank nor any transfer agent for the Bank shall be obligated to transfer or record the transfer of any Additional Shares until the provisions of this paragraph have been satisfied. If required in the judgment, reasonably exercised, of the Bank's legal counsel to comply with applicable securities laws or regulations, the Bank or its transfer agent may require appropriate legends to be place on any certificates for Additional Shares to be delivered pursuant to this agreement and any certificates to be delivered upon transfer of Additional Shares by Univest. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to all Additional Shares and to any securities into which Additional Shares may be converted, combined or divided, whether in connection with a merger, reclassification, recapitalization or reorganization of the Bank or otherwise, as well as all securities of the Bank distributed on the Additional Shares and such other securities. Univest agrees to indemnify the Bank against, and hold it harmless from, all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) which arise as a result of a sale, exchange or other transfer of any Additional Shares other than as permitted by this paragraph. The foregoing agreement of Univest to indemnify and hold harmless the Bank shall survive Univest's purchase of Additional Shares, any resale of such shares and any modification or termination of this agreement.

 
-4-

 



(g) The Bank is relying upon Univest's representations, warranties and covenants contained in this agreement in granting the option provided in this agreement.

12. Further Conditions to Sale of Additional Shares . The Bank shall not be obligated to sell any Additional Shares to Univest pursuant to this agreement unless in each case the Bank, in good faith, determines that such sale (a) may be made without registration or qualification of the sale pursuant to the 1933 Act or applicable state securities laws and (b) would not violate or contravene any other applicable law. Upon request of the Bank, as a condition to each sale of Additional Shares, Univest shall execute and deliver to the Bank a certificate containing such representations, warranties and covenants as the Bank may reasonably request to enable it to make the foregoing determinations.

13. Waiver and Amendment . Any provision of this agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefits of such provision, but no such waiver shall be effective unless it is contained in a written waiver executed by such party. This agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except by the execution and delivery of a written agreement by the Bank and Univest.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Bank and Univest, intending to be legally bound, has caused this agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

NEW CENTURY BANK
UNIVEST CORPORATION OF
 
PENNSYLVANIA
   
   
By: /s/ Kenneth B. Mumma
By: /s/ Wallace H. Bieler
   
   
Name: Kenneth B. Mumma
Name: Wallace H. Bieler
Title: Chairman and
Title: Chief Operation Officer,
Chief Executive Officer
Sr. Executive Vice President, and
 
Chief Financial Officer

 
-5-
 



Exhibit 4.7
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
 STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is made as of July __, 1997, by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank (the “Bank”), and CITIZENS INCORPORATED, a Pennsylvania business corporation (“Citizens”).
 
Background
 
Citizens is the shareholder of record and beneficial owner of 30,247 shares of the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Bank (the “Common Stock”).  In order to induce Citizens to purchase such shares and in connection with such purchase, the Bank agreed to provide Citizens with the right to purchase additional shares of Common Stock in order to maintain its percentage ownership interest from time to time of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.  The Bank and Citizens are making this agreement to provide Citizens with a purchase option in the circumstances described below and set forth the terms and conditions of such purchase option.
 
Agreements
 
1.            Option to Purchase Shares .  (a) Upon each Sale (as defined in this paragraph), Citizens shall have the right to purchase from the Bank and the Bank shall be obligated to sell to Citizens the number of shares of Common Stock (in each case, “Additional Shares”) at the price per share determined in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
 
(b) Upon each Sale Citizens shall have the right to purchase up to the number of Additional Shares which shall make Citizens’ percentage ownership of the outstanding Common Stock after giving effect to the Sale and the purchase of Additional Shares equal to its percentage ownership of the outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Sale.
 
(c) The price per share of Additional Shares shall be equal to the price per share of Common Stock in the Sale.  In the event that the purchase price for shares of Common Stock in the Sale is paid in property other than cash, the purchase price of each Additional Share for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the cash value of such property per share of Common Stock in the Sale as determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank in good faith prior to the Sale.
 
(d) For purposes of this agreement, the term “Sale” means the issuance and sale shares of Common Stock by the Bank, other than (i) a sale to Citizens or pursuant to an offer which by its terms could have been accepted by Citizens, (ii) a sale of treasury stock and (iii) a grant of shares of Common Stock or a sale upon exercise of an option granted pursuant to any stock bonus, stock option or similar plan maintained by the Bank for the directors, officers and/or employee of the Bank or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank.
 
2.   Notice of Sale and Exercise of Option .  Within ten business days after each Sale the Bank shall give notice of the Sale to Citizens, including the number of shares of Common Stock sold and the purchase price per share (each a “Sale Notice”).  Citizens may then exercise its right to purchase Additional Shares by delivering to the Bank (a) an irrevocable election to purchase Additional Shares (in the form of Exhibit A to this agreement) specifying the number of Additional Shares to be purchased and the total purchase price (each an “Exercise Notice”) and (b) payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares in immediately available funds.  In order to be effective for the purchase of Additional Shares on account of a Sale, the Bank must receive an Exercise Notice and payment for the Additional Shares by the tenth business day following the date on which the Bank gave to Citizens a Sale Notice with respect to the Sale.  The Bank shall issue and deliver to Citizens the certificates for Additional Shares within fourteen business days after its receipt of each timely and proper Exercise Notice and the purchase price for such Additional Shares.
 

 
-1-

 

 
3.   Rights as Shareholder .  Citizens shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Bank with respect to any Additional Shares by virtue of this agreement prior to the purchase of such Additional Shares and the issuance and delivery of the certificates for such Additional Shares as provided in this agreement.
 
4.   Taxes .  Citizens shall be responsible for all federal, state and local taxes payable by it on account of its receipt of the option provided in this agreement and its purchase of Additional Shares pursuant to this agreement.
 
5.   Binding Effect; No Assignment .  This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and Citizens and their respective successors.  Citizens may not transfer or assign any of its rights under this agreement (whether or not in connection with the disposition of shares of Common Stock by Citizens) without the prior written consent of the Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
6.   Notices .  All notices and other communications relating to this agreement shall be in writing and (except for notices, elections and other communications under Paragraph 2 of this agreement, which shall be by certified mail, return receipt requested) shall be deemed given if delivered personally, by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt) or by registered or certified U.S. mail (with return receipt) to a party at its address set forth below or such other address as such party may designate in writing to the other party:
 
(a) if to the Bank:
 
New Century Bank
P.O. Box 747
Route 113 and Pothouse Roads
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460
Attention:  Kenneth B. Mumma,
Chairperson of the Board, and
 
Richard F. Stevens,
Chief Executive Officer,
 
and
 

 
-2-

 

(b) if to Citizens:
 
Citizens Incorporated
204 South Jackson Street
P.O. Box 250
Evans City, Pennsylvania 16033
Attention:  Chief Executive Officer.
 
7.   Governing Law .  This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
 
8.   Duration .  Except as otherwise provided in this agreement, this agreement shall remain in effect unless and until (a) Citizens shall no longer own any shares of Common Stock of the Bank or (b) the consolidation or merger of the Bank with or into another company and the Bank shall not be the surviving entity.
 
9.   Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization .  In the event that all outstanding shares of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for any other stock or securities of the Bank by reason of any reclassification, reorganization or other change of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Bank shall cause effective provisions to be made so that Citizens shall thereafter have the right to purchase such other stock and/or securities by exercising the option provided in this agreement.
 
10.   No Fractional Shares; Limit on Option Exercise and Issue of Shares .  The Bank shall not be required to sell fractions of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this agreement.  If Citizens would, except for this paragraph, have the right to purchase any fraction of a share of Common Stock pursuant to this agreement, the Bank will round down and sell to Citizens only the largest whole number of Additional Shares to which Citizens is otherwise entitled.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Citizens shall not be obligated to purchase any Additional Shares and the Bank shall not be obligated to issue any Additional Shares if, immediately after or as a result of such purchase or issuance Citizens and any “affiliates” of Citizens (as defined pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the regulations thereunder) together would control more than 4.99% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of the Bank.
 
11.   Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Citizens .  Citizens hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Bank as follows:
 
(a)  Citizens will acquire Additional Shares in good faith for the purpose of investment in the Bank and not for the purpose of resale or for distributing or publicly selling Additional Shares to others, or for dividing Citizens’ participation with others in Additional Shares or any portion thereof issued pursuant to this agreement.  Citizens will acquire Additional Shares only for its own account.  There is no present arrangement or agreement for the sale, pledge or other transfer to any person of any Additional Shares that may be acquired by Citizens and Citizens is not presently aware of any particular occasion, event or circumstance upon the occurrence or happening of which Citizens would be obligated or would intend to sell any Additional Shares.
 

 
-3-

 

 
(b) Citizens further understands and acknowledges that the Bank has not registered the issuance of the option provided by this agreement and will not register the sale of Additional Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) or under the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction.
 
(c) Citizens’ principal office is located in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
 
(d) Citizens is familiar with the business, financial condition and operations of the Bank, has received the Bank’s Offering Circular dated January 10, 1995, together with the supplements thereto dated December 29, 1995, June 28, 1996, and March 12, 1997 (the “Offering Circular”), has been given the opportunity to inspect the Bank’s financial, corporate and other records and to conduct such further due diligence regarding the Bank as Citizens deems appropriate.
 
(e) Citizens is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its prospective investment in the Bank through purchases of Additional Shares.
 
(f) In the event that Citizens at any time contemplates the disposition (whether by sale, exchange, gift, or other form of transfer) of any Additional Shares, Citizens will first notify the Bank of such proposed disposition and will thereafter cooperate with the Bank in complying with all applicable requirements of federal and state laws which, in the opinion of the Bank or its counsel, must be satisfied prior to the making of such disposition.  Citizens will not sell, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any or all Additional Shares unless (a) Citizens delivers to the Bank, by an attorney satisfactory to the Bank’s legal counsel, a written opinion, satisfactory to the Bank and its legal counsel, to the effect that one or more exemptions from registration under applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations are available with respect to such disposition.  Neither the Bank nor any transfer agent for the Bank shall be obligated to transfer or record the transfer of any Additional Shares until the provisions of this paragraph have been satisfied.  If required in the judgment of the Bank’s legal counsel to comply with applicable securities laws or regulations, the Bank or its transfer agent may require appropriate legends to be place on any certificates for Additional Shares to be delivered pursuant to this agreement and any certificates to be delivered upon transfer of Additional Shares by Citizens.  The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to all Additional Shares and to any securities into which Additional Shares may be converted, combined or divided, whether in connection with a merger, reclassification, recapitalization or reorganization of the Bank or otherwise, as well as all securities of the Bank distributed on the Additional Shares and such other securities.  Citizens agrees to indemnify the Bank against, and hold it harmless from, all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) which arise as a result of a sale, exchange or other transfer of any Additional Shares other than as permitted by this paragraph.  The foregoing agreement of Citizens to indemnify and hold harmless the Bank shall survive Citizens’ purchase of Additional Shares, any resale of such shares and any modification or termination of this agreement.
 

 
-4-

 

(g) The Bank is relying upon Citizens’ representations, warranties and covenants contained in this agreement in granting the option provided in this agreement.
 
12.   Further Conditions to Sale of Additional Shares .  The Bank shall not be obligated to sell any Additional Shares to Citizens pursuant to this agreement unless in each case the Bank, in good faith, determines that such sale (a) may be made without registration or qualification of the sale pursuant to the 1933 Act or applicable state securities laws and (b) would not violate or contravene any other applicable law or the articles of incorporation of the Bank.  Upon request of the Bank, as a condition to each sale of Additional Shares, Citizens shall execute and deliver to the Bank a certificate containing such representations, warranties and covenants as the Bank may reasonably request to enable it to make the foregoing determinations.
 
13.   Waiver and Amendment .  Any provision of this agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefits of such provision, but no such waiver shall be effective unless it is contained in a written waiver executed by such party.  This agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except by the execution and delivery of a written agreement by the Bank and Citizens.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Bank and Citizens, intending to be legally bound, has caused this agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer.
 

NEW CENTURY BANK
CITIZENS INCORPORATED
   
   
   
By: /s/ Richard F. Stevens     
By: /s/ S.J. Irvine III               
Name: Richard F. Stevens
Name: S.J. Irvine III
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
-5-
 
 

 
Exhibit 4.8

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS WARRANT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID.
WARRANT
to purchase ____ shares of
Common Stock (par value $1.00 per share) and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
of New Century Bank
Issue Date: _________ __, 20__

1.   Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

Bank ” means New Century Bank, a Pennsylvania bank with main office in Phoenixville, Chester County, Pennsylvania.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Bank, including any duly authorized committee thereof.

Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking
institutions in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.

Charter ” means, with respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.

“Class B Non-Voting Common Stock ” means the Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Bank, par value $1.00 per share.

“Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Bank, par value $1.00 per share.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exercise Price ” means $____ per share of Common Stock.

Expiration Time ” means ______ __, 20__.

“Issue Date” means the Issue Date first set forth above.

Person ” has the meaning given to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
Regulatory Approvals ” with respect to the Warrantholder, means, to the extent applicable and required to permit the Warrantholder to exercise this Warrant and own Shares without the Warrantholder being in violation of applicable law, rule or regulation, the receipt of any necessary approvals and authorizations of, filings and registrations with, notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

Subscription Agreement ” means the Confidential Subscription Agreement dated in ________ __, 20__ between the Bank and the Warrantholder pursuant to which this Warrant has been issued, including all annexes and schedules thereto.

Warrant ” means this Warrant, issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

Warrantholder ” means _____.

2 . Number of Shares; Exercise Price . This certifies that, for value received, the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, to acquire from the Bank, in whole or in part, after the receipt of all applicable Regulatory Approvals, if any, the following (the “Shares” ) at a purchase price per share equal to the Exercise Price:

(a) up to an aggregate of __ (__) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, and

(b) up to an aggregate of ______ ________ (_____) fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock.

3. Exercise of Warrant; Term .

(a) To the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the right to purchase the Shares represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part by the Warrantholder at any time or from time to time after the Issue Date. However, in any event, this Warrant must be exercised no later than 5:00 p.m., prevailing Philadelphia time on Expiration Date (the “ Expiration Time ”), or it shall expire automatically and be of no further force or effect, nor shall the Warrantholder be able to exercise this Warrant as to any further Shares after the Expiration Time.
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
(b) This Warrant may be exercised by (A) the surrender of this Warrant, with the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly completed and executed on behalf of the Warrantholder, at the principal executive office of the Bank located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (or such other office or agency of the Bank in the United States as it may designate by notice in writing to the Warrantholder at the address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Bank), and (B) payment to the Bank in collected funds of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased.

(c) If the Warrantholder does not exercise this Warrant in its entirety, the Warrantholder will be entitled to receive from the Bank within a reasonable time, and in any event not exceeding three (3) Business Days after delivery of this Warrant to the Bank in connection with an exercise, a new warrant in substantially identical form for the purchase of that number of Shares equal to the difference between the number of Shares subject to this Warrant and the number of Shares as to which this Warrant is so exercised.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, the Warrantholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that its exercise of this Warrant for Shares is subject to the condition that the Warrantholder will have first received any applicable Regulatory Approvals.

4. Changes in Capital Structure . (a) (1) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be appropriately adjusted. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Bank may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number of Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant as the Bank’s board of directors may deem appropriate.

(2) Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Common Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Common Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Bank’s board of directors shall proportionally adjust the number of Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price per Share.

(3) Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Common Stock receive securities of another corporation), the number of Share issuable under this Warrant immediately prior to the date of such merger or consolidation shall be converted into the securities which a holder of that number of Shares would have received in such merger or consolidation.

(4) In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Common Stock receive  securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Bank’s board of directors shall provide for the exchange of this Warrant for a warrant with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which this Warrant is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Bank’s board of directors in its absolute discretion in the Exercise Price or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Warrantholder in partial consideration for the exchange of the Warrant, or any combination thereof.
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
(b) In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Section, the Bank’s board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant on the date on which such change occurs, and in the Exercise Price, as the Bank’s board of directors may reasonably consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

           (c) Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, Warrantholder shall not have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the
number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

5 . Issuance of Shares . Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be issued in such name or names as the Warrantholder may designate and will be delivered to such named Person or Persons within a reasonable time, not to exceed three Business Days after the date on which this Warrant has been duly exercised in accordance with the terms of this Warrant.

6. Authorization . The Bank hereby represents and warrants that any Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 will be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges (other than liens or charges created by the Warrantholder, income and franchise taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of the Warrant or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith). The Bank agrees that the Shares so issued will be deemed to have been issued to the Warrantholder as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price are delivered to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Bank may then be closed or certificates representing such Shares may not be actually delivered on such date. The Bank will at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued voting Common Stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at any time. The Bank will use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Shares may be issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation or of any requirement of any securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded.
 
 
 
 

 

 
7. No Rights as Stockholders; Transfer Books . This Warrant does not entitle the Warrantholder  to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Bank prior to the date of exercise hereof. The Bank will at no time close its transfer books against transfer of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.

8. Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of certificates for Shares to the Warrantholder upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Bank .
 
9. Transfer/Assignment . Neither this Warrant nor any rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part.

10 . Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . Upon receipt by the Bank of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of a bond, indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Bank, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Bank shall make and deliver, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares as provided for in such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

11 . Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.

12. Adjustments and Other Rights . For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or any portion thereof, if any event occurs that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Bank, would require adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable in order to fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of the Subscription Agreement and this Warrant, then the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
13. Details Regarding Adjustment of Exercise Price . Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be adjusted as provided in this Warrant, the Bank shall forthwith file at the principal office of the Bank a statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Exercise Price that shall be in effect and the number of Shares into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment, and the Bank shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each Warrantholder at the address appearing in the Bank’s records.

14. No Impairment . The Bank will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Bank, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder.

15. Governing Law . This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance  with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the Bank and the Warrantholder agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Bank at the address in Section 17 below and upon the Warrantholder at the address for the Warrantholder set forth in the registry maintained by the Bank pursuant to Section 8 hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Bank and the Warrantholder hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

16. Binding Effect. This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Bank.

17. Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Bank and the Warrantholder .
 
18. Notices . Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given promptly, in writing, shall be hand delivered, sent via confirmed facsimile, overnight courier or mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below (or such other addresses of which they give notice to each other in accordance with the provisions hereof) and shall be deemed effective on the date sent via confirmed facsimile (provided written confirmation of delivery is received), the date delivered personally or by receipted delivery service, the next Business Day after delivered to an overnight courier service, or three (3) days after the date mailed:
 
 
 
 

 

 

If to the Bank:

New Century Bank
99 Bridge Street
Phoenixville, PA 19460
Tel.: (610) 933-2271
Fax. (610) 933-6922
Attention: Jay S. Sidhu,
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer


If to Warrantholder:

Print Name:
Address:
Telephone Number:
Telecopier Facsimile Number:

with a copy to:
Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley Stream Parkway
Malvern, PA 19103
Tel.: (610) 640-5806
Fax: (610) 640-1965
Attention: David F. Scranton, Esquire

19. FDIC Restriction . The Bank has been advised that the FDIC may require some or all of the Bank’s shareholders to agree to restrictions on the transfer of the shares they own or acquire of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock as a condition to the Bank’s participation in FDIC assisted transactions, on terms and conditions that may be comparable to those set forth in the FDIC policy statement. If, pursuant to a box to be checked on the signature page of the Subscription Agreement, the Warrantholder elected to be bound by Article VII of the Subscription Agreement and such restriction on transfer as the FDIC may require, not to exceed three (3) years from the date of the latest of any FDIC-assisted transactions in which the Bank participates (herein, the “FDIC Restriction”), the provisions of Article VII of the Subscription Agreement shall apply to any Shares issued pursuant to exercises of this Warrant.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
20 . Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Subscription Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements or undertakings with respect thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer.

Dated:

Attest:
NEW CENTURY BANK
   
   
By: _______________________________
By: _____________________
Name:
 
Title:
 


 
 

 


[Form of Notice of Exercise]
Date: _______________

TO: New Century Bank

RE: Election to Purchase Shares

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Warrant dated ______ __, 20__ issued by New Century Bank in the name of the undersigned (the “Warrant”), hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock set forth below (the “Shares”). The undersigned understands and agrees that the number of Shares issuable upon this exercise may be limited or conditioned by requirements for “Regulatory Approvals” (as defined in the Warrant), and that any shares to be issued on this exercise of the Warrant the issuance of which is subject to any Regulatory Approvals shall not be issued unless and until any such Regulatory Approvals are received.

The undersigned, in accordance with Section 3 of the Warrant, hereby delivers to you the aggregate Exercise Price for such Shares in the manner set forth in Section 3(b) of the Warrant. If any Regulatory Approvals are required, the undersigned (and the Bank by acceptance of the funds) agree that the portion of the Exercise Price, if any, attributable to Shares that cannot be issued until receipt of Regulatory Approvals shall be escrowed on mutually acceptable terms until receipt of any applicable Regulatory Approvals.

Number of Shares of Common Stock: _________________

Number of Shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock: _________________

 
Holder: ________________________________
 
By: _______________________________
 
Name: ________________________________
 
Title: ________________________________
 
 


 
Exhibit 4.9
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS WARRANT. ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS OF THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID.

 
WARRANT
to purchase 373,407 Shares of
Voting Common Stock
of New Century Bank

 
Issue Date: June 30, 2009
 
1.  Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, when used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated.
 
"Bank" means New Century Bank, a Pennsylvania bank with main office in Phoenixville, Chester County, Pennsylvania.
 
"Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Bank, including any duly authorized committee thereof.
 
"business day" means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.
 
"Charter" means, with respect to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.
 
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
"Exercise Price" means $5.50 per share of Voting Common Stock. "Expiration Time" means June 30, 2016.
 
"Issue Date" means the Issue Date first set forth above.
 
"Person" has the meaning given to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.
 
"Regulatory Approvals" with respect to the Warrantholder, means, to the extent applicable and required to permit the Warrantholder to exercise this Warrant for shares of Voting Common Stock and to own such Voting Common Stock without the Warrantholder being in violation of applicable law, rule or regulation, the receipt of any necessary approvals and authorizations of flings and registrations with, notifications to, or expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period under, the Hart-ScottRodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 
"SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


 
 

 
 
 
 
"Shares" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.
 
"Subscription Agreement" me.ans the Subscription Agreement dated as of June 10, 2009 between the Bank and the Warrantholder, as amended by Amendment to Subscription Agreement dated as of June 29, 2009, including all annexes and schedules thereto.
 
"Voting Common Stock" means the voting common stock of the Bank, par value $1.00 per share. "Warrant" means this Warrant, issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.
 
" Warrant " means this Warrant, issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.
 
"Warrantholder" means Jay Sidhu .
 
2.   Number of Shares; Exercise Price . This certifies that, for value received, the Warrantholder is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafer set forth, to acquire from the Bank, in whole or in part, after the receipt of all applicable Regulatory Approvals, if any, up to an aggregate of 373,407 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Voting Common Stock (the " Shares "), at a purchase price per share equal to the Exercise Price.
 
3.   Exercise of Warrant; Term .
 
(a) To the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the right to purchase the Shares represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part by the Warrantholder at any time or from time to time afer the Issue Date. However, in any event, this Warrant must be exercised no later than 5:00 p.m., prevailing Philadelphia time on the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Issue Date (the "Expiration Time"), or it shall expire automatically and be of no further force or effect, nor shall the Warrantholder be able to exercise this Warrant as to any further Shares after the Expiration Time.
 
(b) This Warrant may be exercised by (A) the surrender of this Warrant, with the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly completed and executed on behalf of the Warrantholder, at the principal executive office of the Bank located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (or such other office or agency of the Bank in the United States as it may designate by notice in writing to the Warrantholder at the address of the Warrantholder appearing on the books of the Bank), and (B) payment to the Bank in collected funds of the Exercise Price for the Shares thereby purchased.
 
(c) If the Warrantholder does not exercise this Warrant in its entirety, the Warrantholder will be entitled to receive from the Bank within a reasonable time, and in any event not exceeding three (3) business days after delivery of this Warrant to the Bank in connection with an exercise, a new warrant in substantially identical form for the purchase of that number of Shares equal to the difference between the number of Shares subject to this Warrant and the number of Shares as to which this Warrant is so exercised.
 
(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, the Warrantholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that its exercise of this Warrant for Shares is subject to the condition that the Warrantholder will have first received any applicable Regulatory Approvals.
 
4.   Changes in Capital Structure .  (a) (1) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the number of shares of Voting Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be appropriately adjusted. In the event of any change in the number of shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Bank may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number of Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant as the Bank's board of directors may deem appropriate.
 
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
(2) Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Voting Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Voting Common Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Voting Common Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Bank's board of directors shall proportionally adjust the number of Shares issuable on exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price per Share.
 
(3) Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Voting Common Stock receive securities of another corporation), the number of Share issuable under this Warrant immediately prior to the date of such merger or consolidation shall be converted into the securities which a holder of that number of Shares would have received in such merger or consolidation.
 
(4) In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Voting Common Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Bank's board of directors shall provide for the exchange of this Warrant for a warrant with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which this Warrant is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Bank's board of directors in its absolute discretion in the Exercise Price or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Warrantholder in partial consideration for the exchange of the Award, or any combination thereof.
 
(b) In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Section, the Bank's board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant on the date on which such change occurs, and in the Exercise Price, as the Bank's board of directors may reasonably consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
 
(c) Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, Warrantholder shall not have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.
 
5.   Issuance of Shares; Authorization . Certificates for Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant will be issued in such name or names as the Warrantholder may designate and will be delivered to such named Person or Persons within a reasonable time, not to exceed three business days after the date on which this Warrant has been duly exercised in accordance with the terms of this Warrant. The Bank hereby represents and warrants that any Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 will be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges (other than liens or charges created by the Warrantholder, income and franchise taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of the Warrant or taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously therewith). The Bank agrees that the Shares so issued will be deemed to have been issued to the Warrantholder as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price are delivered to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Warrant, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books of the Bank may then be closed or certificates representing such Shares may not be actually delivered on such date. The Bank will at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued voting common stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of this Warrant, the aggregate number of shares of Voting Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant at any time. The Bank will use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Shares may be issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation or of any requirement of any securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
6. No Rights as Stockholders ; Transfer Books . This Warrant does not entitle the Warrantholder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Bank prior to the date of exercise hereof. The Bank will at no time close its transfer books against transfer of this Warrant in any manner which interferes with the timely exercise of this Warrant.
 
7.   Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of certificates for Shares to the Warrantholder upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Warrantholder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificates, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Bank.
 
8.   Transfer/Assignment . Neither this Warrant nor any rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part.
 
9.   Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . Upon receipt by the Bank of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of a bond, indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Bank, or, in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Bank shall make and deliver, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor and representing the right to purchase the same aggregate number of Shares as provided for in such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.
 
10.   Saturdays. Sundays, Holiday etc . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is a business day.
 
11. Adjustments and Other Rights . For so long as the Original Warrantholder holds this Warrant or any portion thereof, if any event occurs that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Bank, would require adjustment of the Exercise Price or number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable in order to fairly and adequately protect the purchase rights of the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of the Subscription Agreement and this Warrant, then the Board of Directors shall make such adjustments in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors, to protect such purchase rights as aforesaid.
 
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
12. Whenever the Exercise Price or the number of Shares into which this Warrant is exercisable shall be adjusted as provided in this Section, the Bank shall forthwith file at the principal office of the Bank a statement showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Exercise Price that shall be in effect and the number of Shares into which this Warrant shall be exercisable after such adjustment, and the Bank shall also cause a copy of such statement to be sent by mail, first class postage prepaid, to each Warrantholder at the address appearing in the Bank's records.
 
13. No Impairment . The Bank will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Bank, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Warrantholder.
 
14. Governing Law . This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the federal law of the United States if and to the extent such law is applicable, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. Each of the Bank and the Warrantholder agrees (a) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Columbia for any civil action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) that notice may be served upon the Bank at the address in Section 17 below and upon the Warrantholder at the address for the Warrantholder set forth in the registry maintained by the Bank pursuant to Section 8 hereof. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Bank and the Warrantholder hereby unconditionally waives trial by jury in any civil legal action or proceeding relating to the Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
 
15. Binding Effect . This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Bank.
 
16. Amendments . This Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived only with the written consent of the Bank and the Warrantholder.
 
17. Notices . Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given promptly, in writing, shall be hand delivered, sent via confirmed facsimile, overnight courier or mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below (or such other addresses of which they give notice to each other in accordance with the provisions hereof) and shall be deemed effective on the date sent via confirmed facsimile (provided written confirmation of delivery is received), the date delivered personally or by receipted delivery service, the next business day after delivered to an overnight courier service, or three (3) days after the date mailed:



 
- 5 -

 





If to the Bank:
If to Warrantholder:
   
New Century Bank
Print Name: Jay Sidhu
99 Bridge Street
 
Phoenixville, PA 19460
Address:
5 Chardonnay Circle
Tel.: (484) 359-7111
 
Mohnton, PA 19540
Fax. (610) 933-6922
                                                                    
Attention: Robert G. Philips
Telephone Number: (610) 301-6476
Secretary
Telecopier Facsimile Number: (610) 933-6922
   


with a copy to:

 
Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley Stream Parkway
Malvern, PA 19103
Tel.: (610) 640-5806
Fax: (610) 640-1965
Attention: David F. Scranton, Esquire



 
18. Entire Agreement . This Warrant and the Subscription Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous arrangements or undertakings with respect thereto.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


 
- 6 -

 


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Warrant to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer.

 
Dated: June 30, 2009


Attest:
NEW CENTURY BANK
   
   
By: /s/ Robert G. Philips
By: /s/ James W. McKeighan, III
Name: Robert G. Philips
       James W. McKeighan, III
Title: Secretary
       President




 
[Signature Page to Warrant]
 
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
[Form of Notice of Exercise]

 
Date: __________________
 
TO:   New Century Bank

 
RE:   Election to Purchase Voting Common Stock
 
The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant, hereby agrees to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares of Voting Common Stock set forth below. The undersigned, in accordance with Section 3 of the Warrant, hereby delivers to you the aggregate Exercise Price for such shares of Voting Common Stock in the manner set forth in Section 3(B) of the Warrant.

 
Number of Shares of Voting Common Stock: _______________________

 
 
Holder: __________________
 
By:                                                                                          
 
Name:                                              
 
Title:                                                

 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 8 -

Exhibit 10.1
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
 
1.1            GENERAL .  The purpose of this Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New Century Bank, any future holding company of the Bank and their successors (the “Bank”), by linking the personal interests of executive and senior management-level employees of the Bank to those of shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
 
ARTICLE 2
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
 
2.1            EFFECTIVE DATE .  The Plan will be effective as of the date it is approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
 
2.2            TERM .  Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date, and no Offers may be made under the Plan thereafter.  The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Offer that is outstanding on the termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 3
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
 
3.1            DEFINITIONS .  When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1 or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context.  The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
 
(a)           “Bank” means New Century Bank.
 
(b)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
 
(c)           “Change in Control” means:
 
(1)           there occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty  percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;

(2)           There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);
 
 
 
-1-

 

 
(3)           A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or

(4)           Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.

(d)           “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(e)           “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
 
(f)           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(g)           “Offer” means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a the price of one dollar ($1.00) per share during an Offering Period.
 
(h)           “Offer Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion shall prescribe, evidencing an Offer.
 
(i)           “Offering Period” means a specified period of time during which a Participant may accept an Offer by purchasing up to that number of shares of Stock to which the offer relates.
 
(j)           “Participant” means a person who has been granted an Offer under the Plan.
 
(k)           “Plan” means the New Century Bank Management Stock Purchase Plan as set forth herein.
 
(l)           “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date.
 
(m)           “Stock” means the voting common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 8.
 
ARTICLE 4
ADMINISTRATION
 
4.1            COMMITTEE; BOARD APPROVAL .  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Offer awarded under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant of each Offer.  To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall also qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code.  The members of the Committee shall meet such additional criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock exchange rules or exemptions.  The Bank will pay all reasonable expenses of the Committee.
 
 
 
-2-

 
 
 
4.2            AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE .  Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
 
(a)           Designate Participants to receive Offers;
 
(b)           Determine the type or types of Offers to be granted to each Participant;
 
(c)           Determine the number of shares of Stock to which an Offer will relate;
 
(d)           Determine the Offering Period with respect to any Offer;
 
(e)           Amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding Offer, with the Participant’s consent unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Offer without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the Plan.
 
(f)           Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the exercise price of an Offer may be paid in, cash, Stock or other property, or an Offer may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
 
(g)           Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Offer;
 
(h)           Establish, adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(i)           Interpret the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Offer;
 
(j)           make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(k)           Retain counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and carrying out its duties under the Plan.
 
4.3            DECISIONS BINDING .  The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Offers granted under the Plan, and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Offer or under the Plan.
 
ARTICLE 5
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
 
5.1            NUMBER OF SHARES .  Subject to adjustment provided in Section 8.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be seven hundred thousand (700,000).
 
5.2            LAPSED OFFERS .  To the extent that an Offer terminates, is cancelled, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, shares of Stock subject to the Offer will not be available for the grant of another Offer under the Plan.
 
5.3            STOCK DISTRIBUTED .  Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Offer may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
 
 
 
-3-

 
 
 
ARTICLE 6
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
6.1            ELIGIBILITY .  Employees who hold executive and other senior management-level positions with the Bank shall be potentially eligible to receive Offers under the Plan.  In making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any employee, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
 
6.2            ACTUAL PARTICIPATION .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals those to whom Offers shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Offer.  No individual shall have any right to be granted an Offer under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 7
OFFERS
 
7.1            GENERAL .  The Committee is authorized to grant Offers to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)           EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price per share of Stock under an Offer shall be one dollar ($1.00).
 
(b)           OFFERING PERIOD.  The Offering Period with respect to an Offer must begin and end within the same calendar year.
 
(c)           VESTING CONDITIONS.  Shares of Stock acquired by a Participant upon exercise of an Offer shall be subject to forfeiture and non-transferable until the first to occur of (i) a Change in Control within seven (7) years following the beginning of the Offering Period, (ii) the completion of an acquisition by the Bank of another Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institution or its assets in a transaction constituting a Change in Control for such other institution (determined for such purposes as if “Bank” in the definition of “Change in Control” were the other institution) within seven (7) years following the beginning of the Offering Period, or (iii) the Participant’s death while in the employ of the Bank.  The shares of Stock acquired by the Participant shall be redeemed by the Bank in exchange for one dollar ($1.00) per share if his or her employment is terminated prior to the occurrence of one of the  vesting events described in the preceding sentence.
 
(d)           TRANSFERABILITY.  Each Offer granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  No right or interest of a Participant in any Offer may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any Offer for any reason.
 
(e)           PAYMENT.  An Offer shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Offer is being exercised and containing such other information as the Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check, certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six months.  The right to acquire the shares pursuant to an Offer shall terminate if payment for the shares is not made prior to the close of the Offering Period.
 
(f)           STOCK CERTIFICATES.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Offers, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be applicable.  All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded.  The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
 
 
 
-4-

 
 
 
EVIDENCE OF GRANT.  All Offers shall be evidenced by an Offer Agreement.  The Offer Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 7.1.

ARTICLE 8
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
 
8.1            GENERAL .
 
(a)           SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Offers shall be appropriately adjusted.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with respect to which Offers may be granted as the Committee may deem appropriate.
 
(b)           OUTSTANDING OFFERS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT CONSIDERATION.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Offer (by rounding up or down to the next whole number of shares) and the purchase price per share of Stock of each such Offer.
 
(c)           OUTSTANDING OFFERS – CERTAIN MERGERS.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Offer outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Offer would have received in such merger or consolidation.
 
(d)           OUTSTANDING OFFERS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS.  In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to:
 
(1)           cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Offer outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Offer was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to such Offer, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B) the purchase price per share of such Offer; or
 
 
 
 
-5-

 
 
 
(2)           provide for the exchange of each Offer outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an Offer with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Stock is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the Offer, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the Offer, or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Offer was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Offer, or any combination thereof.
 
(e)           OUTSTANDING OFFERS – OTHER CHANGES.  In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Offers outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of each Offer as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
 
(f)           NO ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES.  Except to the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares subject to outstanding Offers, and no adjustment in the number of shares available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
 
(g)           NO OTHER RIGHTS.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Offer or the exercise price of any Offer.
 
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
 
9.1            AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION .  At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of Stock for which Offers may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula for determination of the exercise price of Offers, (iv) extend the term of the Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive Offers; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
 
9.2            OFFERS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including without limitation, the provisions of Article 8, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Offer previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 10
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
10.1            NO RIGHTS TO OFFERS .  No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Offer under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.
 
 
 
-6-

 
 
 
10.2            NO STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS .  No Offer gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Offer.
 
10.3            WITHHOLDING .  The Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan.  A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Offer, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations.
 
10.4            NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES .  Nothing in the Plan or any Offer Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Bank.
 
10.5            INDEMNIFICATION .  To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank   and any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
 
10.6            GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS .  The obligation of the Bank to transfer shares of Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required.  The Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of Stock transferred under the Plan.  If the shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
 
10.7            GOVERNING LAW .  The Plan and the terms of all Offers shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of America.
 
-7-
 

 
Exhibit 10.2
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
2010 STOCK OPTION PLAN


ARTICLE 11
PURPOSE
 
11.1            GENERAL .  The purpose of this Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New Century Bank, and any future holding company of the Bank and their successors (the “Bank”) by linking the personal interests of employees, officers, executives and Non-Employee Directors of the Bank to those of Bank shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
 
ARTICLE 12
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
 
12.1            EFFECTIVE DATE .  The Plan will be effective as of the date it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”).  However, no Option shall be exercisable unless and until the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
 
12.2            TERM .  Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date, and no Options may be granted under the Plan thereafter.  The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Option that is outstanding on the termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 13
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
 
13.1            DEFINITIONS .  When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1 or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context.  The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
 
(a)           “Bank” means New Century Bank.
 
(b)           “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
 
(c)           “Capital Raising Transaction” means the sale of equity securities of the Bank pursuant to the offering described in the Confidential Private Offering Memorandum dated January 20, 2010 (as supplemented by the Supplement thereto dated January 21, 2010), and any subsequent sale of equity securities, or subsequent offering of equity securities in connection with an acquisition or business combination, the result of which it to increase the tangible net worth of the Bank.
 
(d)           “Cause” means actions of or failure to act by a Participant which would authorize the forfeiture of fringe benefits or other remuneration under his or her written contract of employment with the Bank or, if there is no written contract of employment, (l) the willful material failure to perform the duties to the Bank required of the Participant (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Participant or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Participant has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Participant in misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by the Participant  or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Participant from his then present position, or receipt of a written directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Participant or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Participant from his then present position; or (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony.  For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Participant's part shall be considered ''willful'' unless done or omitted to be done by the Participant in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank.  Any act or omission to act by the Participant in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.
 
 
 
-1-

 
 
 
(e)           “Change in Control” means:
 
(1)           There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty  percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;

(2)           There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);

(3)           A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or

(4)           Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.

(f)            “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(g)           “Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
 
(h)           "Employee" shall mean an individual who is an employee of the Bank under general common law principles. An individual who is an "Employee," as so defined, may also be a member of the Board or the Board of Directors of the Bank (but not a Non-Employee Director).
 
(i)           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(j)           “Fair Market Value” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of Stock on a particular date determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
 
(k)           “Incentive Stock Option” means an option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
 
 
 
-2-

 
 
 
(l)           “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
 
(m)           “Option” means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.
 
(n)           “Option Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion shall prescribe, evidencing an Option.
 
(o)           “Participant” means a person whohas been granted an Option under the Plan.
 
(p)           “Plan” means the New Century Bank 2010 Stock Option Plan as set forth herein.
 
(q)           “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date.
 
(r)           “Stock” means the voting common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 8.
 
ARTICLE 14
ADMINISTRATION
 
14.1            COMMITTEE; BOARD APPROVAL .  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Option awarded under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant of each Option.  To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall also qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code.  The members of the Committee shall meet such additional criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock exchange rules or exemptions.  The Bank will pay all reasonable expenses of the Committee.
 
14.2            AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE .  Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
 
(a)           Designate Participants to receive Options;
 
(b)           Determine the type or types of Options to be granted to each Participant;
 
(c)           Determine the number of shares of Stock to which an Option will relate;
 
(d)           Determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted under the Plan including but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Option, any restrictions on the exercisability of an Option, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
 
(e)           Amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding Option, with the Participant’s consent unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Option without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the Plan.
 
 
 
-3-

 
 
 
(f)           Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the exercise price of an Option may be paid in, cash, Stock or other property, or an Option may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
 
(g)           Prescribe the form of each Option Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;
 
(h)           Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Option;
 
(i)           Establish, adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(j)           Interpret the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Option Agreement;
 
(k)           Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(l)           Retain counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and carrying out its duties under the Plan.
 
14.3            DECISIONS BINDING .  The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Options granted under the Plan, any Option Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Option or under the Plan.
 
ARTICLE 15
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
 
15.1            NUMBER OF SHARES .  Subject to adjustment provided in Section 8.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan shall be the that number representing fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Bank as of the Effective Date; provided that such number shall be increased, as and when unexercised options and warrants to acquire capital stock of the Bank outstanding as of the Effective Date are exercised or anti-dilution obligations become performable by the Bank, by fifteen percent (15%) of the shares of capital stock that become outstanding as a result of such exercises or the honoring of such anti-dilution rights; and provided, further, that the total number of shares available for grant under the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (a) seven million and five hundred thousand (7,500,000) shares or (b) fifteen percent (15%) of the number of shares of Stock and Class B Non-Voting Common Stock issued in consideration of cash or other property after December 31, 2009 by the Bank and any successor bank or holding company.
 
15.2            LAPSED OPTIONS .  To the extent that an Option terminates, is cancelled, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Option will again be available for the grant of an Option under the Plan.
 
15.3            STOCK DISTRIBUTED .  Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Option may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
 
15.4            LIMITATION ON NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTIONS .  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the adjustment in Section 8.1, but subject to any restrictions of applicable law and the other terms and conditions of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to Options may be granted to any one Participant during a fiscal year of the Bank shall be five million (5,000,000) shares.
 
 
 
 
-4-

 
 
 
ARTICLE 16
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
16.1            ELIGIBILITY .  Employees shall be potentially eligible to receive Options under the Plan.  In making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any Employee, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such Employee, his or her present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
 
16.2            ACTUAL PARTICIPATION .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals those to whom Options shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Option.  No individual shall have any right to be granted an Option under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 17
STOCK OPTIONS
 
17.1            GENERAL .  The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)           EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.
 
(b)           TERM OF OPTION.  No Option shall be exercisable after the date that is 10 years from the date it is granted.
 
(c)           TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. Options shall be exercisable only to the extent provided below.
 
(1)           A Participant shall have a vested right to exercise an Option upon the first to occur of (A) the fifth (5 th ) one (1)-year anniversary of the Capital Raising Transaction to which it relates, (B) a Change in Control, (C) the Participant’s termination of employment without Cause, (D) the Participant’s death, or (E) such other event as the Committee shall specify in the Option Agreement as necessary to comply with the Bank’s obligations under an employment agreement with the Participant.  All unvested Options shall be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of employment for Cause or as a result of his or her voluntary resignation from employment.

(2)           Notwithstanding the achievement of a vested right to exercise pursuant to paragraph (1) above, an Option shall be exercisable only when  (a) if the Stock under the Option is not listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system at the time, the “Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value” (as hereinafter defined) of the Stock first equals or exceeds five dollars and five cents ($5.05), which was one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value of the Stock as of March 31, 2010 , or (b) if the Stock under the Option is listed on a national stock market or other national securities quotation system, the trading price of such Stock as quoted by such stock market or quotation system equals or exceeds $5.05 per share .  For this purpose, the Fully Diluted Tangible Book Value of the Stock shall be determined as (A) the amount derived by dividing the common shareholders’ equity, minus intangible assets and goodwill, by the number of shares of common stock outstanding, (B) assuming that all outstanding option and warrants to acquire stock are then exercised, and (C) assuming performance of all anti-dilution obligations under such options and warrants and other anti-dilution agreements as of the date of determination.  If the condition set forth in this paragraph (2) is satisfied prior to the achievement of a vested right to exercise an Option pursuant to paragraph (1) above, the Option shall be exercisable immediately upon achievement of a vested right to exercise pursuant to paragraph (1).

(3)           Nothing in this subsection (c) shall be construed to extend the exercise period of any Option beyond the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date of its grant.

(d)           TRANSFERABILITY.  Each Option granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  No right or interest of a Participant in any Option may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any Option for any reason.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Plan, a Participant who holds Options (but not Incentive Stock Options) may transfer such Options to his or her spouse, lineal ascendants, lineal descendants, or to a duly established trust for the benefit of one or more of these individuals.  Options so transferred may thereafter be transferred only to the Participant who originally received the grant or to an individual or trust to whom the Participant could have initially transferred the Options pursuant to this Section 7.1(d).  Options which are transferred pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) shall be exercisable by the transferee according to the same terms and conditions as applied to the Participant (for example, such Options shall terminate automatically, upon the termination of employment or service as a Director of the Participant for Cause)
 
 
 
 
-5-

 
 
 
(e)           PAYMENT.  An Option shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and containing such other information as the Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check, certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six months. In addition, if the terms of a Stock Option so provide, the optionee may pay the exercise price by directing the Company to withhold from those shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of the Stock Option that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value as of the date of exercise equal to the Stock Option’s exercise price, or the applicable portion of the Stock Option’s exercise price if the Stock Option is not exercised in full.  The shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of the aggregate-share limitation set forth in Section 4, above.
 
(f)           STOCK CERTIFICATES.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Options, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be applicable.  All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded.  The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
 
(g)           EVIDENCE OF GRANT.  All Options shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement.  The Option Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 7.1.
 
7.2            INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS .   Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan must comply with the following additional rules, which in case of conflict shall control over other provisions of this Plan that might otherwise be applicable:

(a)           INDIVIDUAL DOLLAR LIMITATION.  The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision.  To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Options that are not Incentive Stock Options.

(b)           TEN PERCENT OWNERS.  An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of allo classes of Stock of the Bank only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisaable for no more than five years from the date of grant.

(c)           RIGHT TO EXERCISE.  During a Paticipant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.
 
 
 
-6-

 
 

 
ARTICLE 18
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
 
18.1            GENERAL .
 
(a)           SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Options shall be appropriately adjusted.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with respect to which Options may be granted as the Committee may deem appropriate.
 
(b)           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT CONSIDERATION.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Option and the exercise price per share of Stock of each such Option.
 
(c)           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – CERTAIN MERGERS.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Option outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Option would have received in such merger or consolidation.
 
(d)           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS.  In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to:
 
(1)           cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Option was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to such Option, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B) the exercise price of such Option; or
 
(2)           provide for the exchange of each Option outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an option with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Stock is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the option, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the option, or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Option was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Option, or any combination thereof.
 
(e)           OUTSTANDING OPTIONS – OTHER CHANGES.  In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Options outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of each Option as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
 
 
 
-7-

 
 
 
(f)           NO ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES.  Except to the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares subject to outstanding Options, and no adjustment in the number of shares available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
 
(g)           NO OTHER RIGHTS.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Option or the exercise price of any Option.
 
ARTICLE 19
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
 
19.1            AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION .  At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of Stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula for determination of the exercise price of Options, (iv) extend the term of the Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive Options; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
 
19.2            OPTIONS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including without limitation, the provisions of Article 8, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Option previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 20
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
20.1            NO RIGHTS TO OPTIONS .  No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Option under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.
 
20.2            NO STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS .  No Option gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Option.
 
20.3            WITHHOLDING .  The Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan.  A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Option, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations.
 
 
 
-8-

 
 
 
20.4            NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES .  Nothing in the Plan or any Option Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Bank.
 
20.5            INDEMNIFICATION .  To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank   and any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
 
20.6            FRACTIONAL SHARES .  No fractional shares of stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.
 
20.7            GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS .  The obligation of the Bank to transfer shares of Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required.  The Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of Stock transferred under the Plan.  If the shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
 
20.8            GOVERNING LAW .  The Plan and the terms of all Options shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of America.
 
-9-
 

Exhibit 10.3
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
THIS AGREEMENT, made as of June 17, 2009 ("Effective Date"), is by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with its main office located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (“Bank") and JAY S. SIDHU, an individual with principal residence at 5 Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540 ("Executive").

 
Background

 
A.           Bank wishes to secure the services of Executive as the Bank's Chief Executive Officer on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
 
B.           Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafer, Executive is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement (this "Agreement") upon the terms and conditions set forth.
 
C.           The Bank's Board of Directors has approved this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:
 
1.            Employment . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement between the parties dated May 19, 2009 ("Definitive Agreement"), Bank agrees to employ Executive as its Chief Executive Officer during the "Term" defined in Section 2 of this Agreement. Executive shall report to and be subject solely to direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank. The Bank agrees to appoint Executive its Chief Executive Officer immediately upon commencement of employment hereunder. He shall have the powers and authority ordinarily given to the respective positions described above as provided under the Bylaws of the Bank. Executive will have such duties as normally apply to such positions. Executive shall devote a substantial portion of his working time, abilities and attention to the business of the Bank, and will fulfill all of the duties required of him as Chief Executive Officer. The Bank acknowledges that Executive may serve as the chief executive officer of one, non-competing financial institution. The Board of Directors will consult with Executive from time to time to develop a plan with respect to the time and structure of his activities on behalf of Bank in light of his other business activities. The services of Executive shall be rendered principally in Phoenixville, PA, but Executive shall undertake such traveling on behalf of Bank as may be reasonably required.
 
2.            Term of Employment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of employment hereunder shall be for the three (3)-year period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the day preceding the three (3)-year anniversary of the Effective Date. As of each one (1)-year anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of employment hereunder shall be extended for another one (1) year, automatically, unless either party delivers notice to the contrary to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to such one (1)-year anniversary, in which case the term of employment hereunder shall expire as of the date to which it was last extended pursuant to this sentence. Such notice shall be delivered in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 15. References in this Agreement to the "Term" shall refer both to such initial term and any successive terms.
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
3.            Compensation . In consideration of the services to be rendered by Employee, Bank shall pay to Executive during the initial Term:
 
(a)           A base salary of not less than Two Hundred and Twenty Five Thousand dollars ($225,000) per annum for each year of the Term, payable in equal installments over such payroll cycles as the Bank pays its executive offices generally, with any salary for initial or final partial months or other payroll periods being prorated based on the number of calendar days in question. It is understood that the Board of Directors of the Bank shall review Executive's performance and make a determination regarding increases in his salary at least once in every calendar year during the Term.
 
(b)           Incentive Compensation in an amount not to exceed one hundred percent (100%) of Executive's base salary, in such form, and at such time as is provided in such executive incentive plan for Executive as shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and in effect from time to time. Such incentive compensation may take the form of cash payments ("Cash Bonus"), transfers of stock or stock options (collectively, "Equity Awards"). Equity Awards shall be subject to such restrictions, vesting and other conditions and limitations as set forth in the executive incentive plan developed for Executive.
 
(c)           In addition to any Equity Awards which may be granted to Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) above, Executive and the Bank agree that in connection with one or more successful acquisitions by the Bank of other financial institutions, or the issuance of shares of common stock of the Bank to raise capital, the Bank shall issue to Executive options or warrants to acquire up to ten percent (10%) of the shares issued in connection with any such acquisition or capital-raising transaction, with appropriate consideration given to the then authorized capital levels as approved by the shareholders of the Bank.
 
4.            Reimbursement of Expenses; Retirement Plan .
 
4.1            Reimbursement of Expenses . During the Term, Bank shall reimburse
Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties, as well as those incurred in furtherance of or in connection with the business of Bank, including but not limited to traveling, entertainment, dining and other expenses. In lieu of reimbursement of Executive of his costs of using his personal automobile for business purposes pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Bank shall provide a car allowance to Executive of up to one thousand dollars ($1,000) per month.
 
4.2            Retirement Plan . The Board of Directors shall develop and implement a nonqualified retirement income plan for Executive which shall be designed to provide him with an annual pension commencing upon his retirement from the Bank at or after age sixty-five (65), subject to the Executive's ability to qualify for a variable life insurance policy, which the Bank will own to informally fund such obligation. The goal of the plan shall be to provide an annual pension of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) for fifteen (15) years, but the annual amount will be less or more than the target depending upon the performance of the investments inside the informal funding vehicle. The Board of Directors will review the plan on or about the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and determine whether it is appropriate to increase the target amount and the informal funding thereof in light of Executive's compensation at that time.

 

 
-2-

 

 
Executive shall become vested in this pension after completing seven (7) years of continuous service with the Bank, or upon his termination of employment under circumstances that would result in the Bank's obligation to pay Severance Compensation under Section 5.5 below (and as defined therein).
 
5.            Termination of Employment .
 
5.1            Termination by Bank; "Cause." Bank shall have the right to terminate Executive's employment hereunder at any time, with or without "Cause" (as defined below). In the event of any termination by Bank, Bank shall give Executive forty-five (45) days prior notice of any termination without Cause, but shall not be obligated to give Executive prior notice of a termination with Cause. Bank shall nevertheless be obligated to pay Executive such compensation and severance, if any, as may be provided for in this Agreement under the applicable circumstances. Bank will give Executive notice of termination of his employment pursuant to a "Notice of Termination" (as defined below).
 
5.2            No Right to Compensation or Benefits Except as Stated . If the Bank terminates Executive's employment for Cause, Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If Executive is terminated by Bank other than for Cause, Executive's rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
 
5.3            Termination by Executive . Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment, whether or not for "Good Reason" (as hereinafter defined), but, in all events, Executive shall give Bank notice pursuant to a written "Notice of Termination" (as defined below). If the termination by Executive is other than for Good Reason: (i) Executive must give Bank a Notice of Termination not less than forty five (45) days prior to the date his termination of employment will be effective, and (ii) Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If termination is by Executive for Good Reason, Executive's rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
 
5.4            Certain Defnitions .
 
(a)           In connection with a termination of Executive's employment by the Bank, "Cause" shall mean any one or more of the following reasons: (1) the willful material failure by the Executive to perform the duties required of him hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Executive or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days afer a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Executive has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position, or receipt of a written
 

 
-3-

 

 
directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position; (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony; or (5) material breach of any provision set forth in Paragraphs 7, 8, or 10, to the extent applicable. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be considered "willful" unless done or omitted to be done by Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank. Any act or omission to act by the Executive in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.
 
(b)           Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean (1) a material breach by Bank of the provisions of this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within 30 days after a written notice of such noncompliance has been given by Executive to Bank; (2) any purported termination of Executive's employment which is not effected in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement; (3) any reduction in title or a material adverse change in Executive's responsibilities or authority which are inconsistent with, or the assignment to Executive of duties inconsistent with, Executive's status as Chief Executive Officer of Bank; or (4) any reduction in Executive's annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time.
 
(c)           Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive's employment by Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a dated notice which shall (1) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon; (2) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated; and (3) be given in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 13.
 
5.5            Compensation Upon Certain Types of Termination . If Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason during the Term, or if Executive's Employment is terminated by the Bank other than for Cause during the Term, or if Executive's Employment is terminated for any reason other than Cause upon expiration of the Term, then in lieu of any salary or damages payments to Executive for periods subsequent to the date of termination, Bank shall pay as "Severance Compensation" to Executive, in lieu of all other damages, compensation and benefits other than any benefits the right to which shall have previously vested, an amount (the "Severance Compensation") equal to the following, depending upon whether a "Change in Control" (as defined below) shall have occurred at the time of termination of employment:
 
(a)           If a Change in Control shall not have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive's employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive the following Severance Compensation, payable at the respective times and on the respective conditions set forth in this subsection for each type of Severance Compensation:
 
(i)            Cash Severance Compensation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive a dollar
 

 
-4-

 

 
amount equal to the sum of Executive's then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination, for the greater of one (1) year or the period of time remaining in the Term. This element of Severance Compensation shall be payable in equal installments on the normal pay dates following Executive's separation from service with the Bank within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (such Section and regulations are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as "Section 409A"). If, as of the date of the Executive's separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payments otherwise due during the six (6)-month period following his separation from service shall be suspended and paid in a lump sum upon completion of such six (6)-month period, at which time the balance of the payments shall commence in installments as described in the preceding sentence. Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make;
 
(ii)            Equity Awards . All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;
 
(iii)            Cash Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive's termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365); and
 
(iv)           Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in Section 5.5(a)(i) above, or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law.
 
(b)           If a Change in Control shall have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive's employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive Severance Compensation equal to three hundred percent (300%) of the sum of Executive's then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination. The Severance Compensation shall be payable in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive's separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A. If, as of the date of the Executive's separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payment of the lump sum shall be suspended and paid within the thirty (30)-day period following the close of the six (6) month period following his separation from service. Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make. In addition to the aforesaid Executive Severance Compensation, additional Executive Severance Compensation shall be provided as set forth below.


 
 
-5-

 


 
(i)             Equity Awards . All Equity Awards shall be vested in full,
 
(ii)            Cash Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive's termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365);
 
(iii)           Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in above in this Section 5.5(b), or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law; and
 
(iv)           If, as a result of payments provided for under or pursuant to this Agreement together with all other payments in the nature of compensation provided to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement in connection with a Change in Control, Executive becomes subject to taxes of any state, local or federal taxing authority that would not have been imposed on such payments but for the occurrence of a Change in Control, including any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and any successor or comparable provision, then, in addition to any other benefits provided under or pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall pay to Executive at the time any such payments are made under or pursuant to this or the other agreements, an amount equal to the amount of any such taxes imposed or to be imposed on Executive (the amount of any such payment, the "Parachute Tax Reimbursement"). In addition, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall "gross up" such Parachute Tax Reimbursement by paying to Executive at the same time an additional amount equal to the aggregate amount of any additional taxes (whether income taxes, excise taxes, special taxes, employment taxes or otherwise) that are or will be payable by Executive as a result of the Parachute Tax Reimbursement being paid or payable to Executive and/or as a result of the additional amounts paid or payable to Executive pursuant to this sentence, such that after payment of such additional taxes Executive shall have been paid on a net after-tax basis an amount equal to the Parachute Tax Reimbursement. The amount of any Parachute Tax Reimbursement and of any such gross-up amounts shall be determined by Bank's independent auditing firm, whose determination, absent manifest error, shall be treated as conclusive and binding absent a binding determination by a governmental taxing authority that a greater amount of taxes is payable by Executive.
 
(c)           For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
 
(i)           There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;

 
 
-6-

 
 
(ii)           There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);
 
(iii)             A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or
 
(iv)           Any "person" or any group of "persons" (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank's common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank's then outstanding securities.
 
(d)           In the event that the Executive's employment is terminated during the Term as a result of his death or disability, he (or his estate, as the case may be) shall not be entitled to any payments or other benefits pursuant to this Section 5.5 or otherwise.
 
5.6            Mitigation by Executive . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in Section 5.5 by seeking other employment or otherwise.
 
6.            Effect of TARP Participation .
 
6.1            Basic Agreement re Effect of TARP Participation . It is anticipated by Executive and Bank that Bank may elect to participate in the Troubled Assets Relief Program ("TARP") established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 ("EESA"), as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 ("ARRA") and any subsequent legislation whether heretofore or hereafter enacted ("Subsequent Legislation") and as implemented by present and future regulations of applicable federal government agencies ("Implementing Regulations") (the requirements of EESA, ARRA, Subsequent Legislation and Implementing Regulations that may be applicable to the Bank or Executive or the compensation or benefits provided to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise as a result of the Bank's participation in TARP are sometimes referred to herein as the "TARP Provisions"). In that event, if the compensation and benefits to be provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement, or any portion or element thereof, or any other compensation, benefits or perquisites hereafter agreed upon by the parties, must be reduced, delayed or otherwise modified in order for the Bank to comply with any of the TARP Provisions, as interpreted and implemented by regulations of the U. S. Department of the Treasury and the terms of any contract between Bank or Executive and said Department or any other agency of the federal government (""TARP Requirements"), this Agreement and all such other compensation, benefits and perquisites and agreements relating to any of the foregoing shall automatically be deemed amended to cause the Bank to be in compliance at all times with the TARP Requirements. Executive and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to document, by amendment or amendments to this Agreement or any other agreements, plans or benefits, the modifications so required, but the parties' failure to reach fnal agreement shall not negate the provisions of this Section.
 

 
-7-

 
 
6.2            Agreements Supporting TARP Waiver . In consideration for the benefits Executive will receive under this Agreement and potentially as a result of Bank's participation in TARP, Executive hereby voluntarily waives any claim against the Bank for any changes to Executive's compensation or benefits that are required for Bank to comply with TARP Requirements. This waiver includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by any of the TARP Requirements, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which any of the TARP Requirements were adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of any of the TARP Requirements on Executive's employment relationship with Bank. Executive agrees to execute such waivers and other agreements as may be requires by the U.S. Treasury Department in connection with Bank's participation in TARP.
 
7.            Non-Disclosure . The Executive covenants and agrees that Executive will not at any time, either during the Term or thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or any other entity any Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined herein), other than to (a) Executive's attorney or spouse in confidence, (b) while employed by the Bank, in the business and for the benefit of the Bank, or (c) when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, any government agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Executive or the Bank or any administrative body or legislative body, including a committee thereof, with jurisdiction.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential and Proprietary Information" shall mean non-public, confidential, and proprietary information provided to the Executive concerning, without limitation, the Bank's financial condition and/or results of operations, statistical data, products, ideas and concepts, strategic business plans, lists of customers or customer information, information relating to marketing plans, management development reviews, including information regarding the capabilities and experience of the Bank's employees, compensation, recruiting and training, and human resource policies and procedures, policy and procedure manuals, together with all materials and documents in any form or medium (including oral, written, tangible, intangible, or electronic) concerning any of the above, and other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Bank; provided, however, that Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not include any information that is known generally to the public or within the industry other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive. It is specifically understood and agreed by the Executive that any non-public information received by the Executive during Executive's employment by the Bank is deemed Confidential and Proprietary Information for purposes of this Agreement. In the event the Executive's employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall immediately return to the Bank upon request all Confidential and Proprietary Information in Executive's possession or control.

 
 
-8-

 
 
8.            Non-Solicitation . Executive agrees that during the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, unless the Executive obtains the Bank's prior written permission, which may be granted or denied at the Bank's sole and absolute discretion, the Executive shall not:
 
(a)             solicit or divert to any competitor of the Bank or, upon termination of the Executive's employment with the Bank, accept any business from any individual or entity that is a customer or a prospective customer of the Bank, to the extent that such prospective customer was identifiable as such prior to the date of the Executive's termination, except that this covenant of non-solicitation shall not apply with respect to anyone who, while having previously been a customer or prospect of the Bank, is no longer a customer or prospect of the Bank at the time of the solicitation; and/or
 
(b)             induce or encourage any officer and/or employee of the Bank to leave the employ of the Bank, hire any individual who was an employee of the Bank as of the date of the termination of the Executive's, or induce or encourage any customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation of the Bank to cease or reduce doing business with the Bank or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation and the Bank.
 
9.             Noncomplete Agreement . For a period of twelve (12) months after any resignation or termination of Executive's employment for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, within 25 miles of any office of the Bank, enter into or engage directly or indirectly in competition with the Bank or any subsidiary or other company under common control with the Bank, in any financial services business conducted by the Bank or any such subsidiary at the time of such resignation or termination, either as an individual on his own or as a partner or joint venturer, or as a director, officer, shareholder, employee, agent, independent contractor, nor shall Executive assist any other person or entity in engaging directly or indirectly in such competition.
 
10.            Non-Disparagement . During the Term, after its expiration and following the termination of this Agreement by the Bank or the Executive for any reason, each party agrees not to make any statements, in writing or otherwise, that disparage the reputation or character of the other party or, in the case of the Bank, any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Bank or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, stockholders, partners, members or employees, at any time for any reason whatsoever, except that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any party from giving truthful testimony in any litigation or administrative proceedings either between the Executive and the Bank or in connection with which such party is subpoenaed and required by law to give testimony, including without limitation, any action by the Executive to enforce Executive's rights hereunder.
 
 
 
-9-

 
 
 
 
11.            Severance Compensation Conditional; Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; Independence of Covenants; Notice to Others; Savings Clause .
 
11.1            Severance Compensation Independent . Bank's obligation to pay Severance Compensation is conditioned on Executive's compliance with Paragraphs 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and Bank shall not be obligated to pay such Severance Compensation in the event of any breach by Executive of such Paragraphs.
 
11.2            Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 . Executive and Bank agree that the covenants in Sections 7, 8. 9 and 10 are reasonable covenants under the circumstances. Executive agrees that any breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement will irreparably harm the Bank. The Executive and the Bank agree that in the event of any breach by the Executive of the provisions set forth in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement, the Bank shall be entitled to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation, the following cumulative and not alternative rights:
 
(a)           the right to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement, it being agreed that monetary damages alone would be inadequate to compensate the Bank, the amount of such damages will be difficult (if not impossible) to prove precisely, and would be an inadequate remedy for such breach;
 
(b)           the right to institute civil suit to recover damages suffered by the Bank;
 
(c)           the right to recover actual reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs incurred by the Bank in connection with pursuing remedies hereunder; and
 
(d)           the right to seek an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any such violation.
 
11.3            Independence of Covenants . The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Executive against the Bank, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of the provisions of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10.
 
11.4            Notice to Others . Executive agrees to notify any future prospective employers and future employers, and any future joint venturers, partners and contracting parties of Executive, whose activities may be deemed to compete with Bank of the existence of each of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement.
 
11.5            Savings Clause . In the event that any provision or provisions of any of the covenants in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 would otherwise be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of being for too great a period of time or covering too great a geographical area or too broad a product market, or for any other reason, each such covenant shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and be
 
 

 
 
-10-

 
 
 
 
construed so as to be enforceable as to that period of time and geographical area and product market, and on such other conditions, as may be determined to be reasonable by the court.
 
12.            Amendments . No amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.
 
13.            Notices . All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier, telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form, or (ii) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, in the case of Executive, to his last known address as carried on the personnel records of Bank and, in the case of Bank, to the corporate headquarters, attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors (or if Executive is at that time the Chairman of the Board of Directors, then to the Secretary of the Bank), or to such other address as the party to be notified may specify by notice to the other party.
 
14.            Entire Agreement . This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes and replaces all other negotiations, discussions and prior or contemporaneous agreements between the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of Executive's employment with Bank.
 
15.            Binding Effect and Benefits . The rights and obligations of Bank and Executive under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Bank and Executive.
 
16.            Construction . This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as they may be preempted by federal laws and regulations. Section headings are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of the terms and provisions of the Agreement.
 
17.            Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue . The validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its conflicts of law rules, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law. For purposes of any action or proceeding, the Executive irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth Pennsylvania and the courts of the United States of America located in Pennsylvania for the purpose of any judicial proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or otherwise. The Executive irrevocably agrees to service of process by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the addressed listed in the records of the Bank. The proper venue for all such disputes, actions or proceedings shall be Chester County. The parties agree that in any action or proceeds arising under this Agreement, attorneys' fees and costs shall be awarded to the prevailing party.
 
18.            Executive's Acknowledgment of Terms and Right to Separate Counsel . Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully, understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive voluntarily. Executive further acknowledges that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and accountants and that Executive has made Executive's own free decision whether and to what extent to do so.

 
 
-11-

 
 
19.            Legal Expenses . Bank shall pay to Executive all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by him in seeking to obtain or enforce any rights or benefits provided by this Agreement to the extent he prevails in such efforts.
 
20.             Indemnification of Executive . Bank shall indemnify Executive against any liability incurred in connection with any proceeding in which the Executive may be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Executive is or was serving as Chief Executive Officer to the extent permitted by the Bank's articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law. To further effect, satisfy or secure the indemnification obligations provided herein or otherwise, the Bank shall cause its director and officer liability insurance to cover Executive during the Term and for such period thereafter as the Bank's liability insurance policy permits coverage for actions or omissions of former directors or officers.

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 
NEW CENTURY BANK
Attest:
 
   
/s/ Robert Philips                         
By: /s/   John Sickler                                                  
Secretary
For the Board of Directors
   
   
Witness:
 
/s/ Ruth L. Hammers
 
 
/s/ Jay S. Sidhu
 
Jay S. Sidhu, Individually

 
 
 
 -12-

Exhibit 10.4
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT , made as of April 12, 2010 (“Effective Date”), is by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with its main office located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (“Bank”) and RICHARD EHST (“Executive”).
 
Background
 
A.           Bank wishes to secure the continued services of Executive as the Bank’s President and Chief Operating Officer on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

B.           Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter, Executive is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) upon the terms and conditions set forth.

C.           The Bank’s Board of Directors has approved this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Employment.   Bank agrees to employ Executive as its President and Chief Operating Officer during the “Term” defined in Section 2 of this Agreement.  Executive shall report to and be subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors of the Bank.  He shall have the powers and authority ordinarily given to the position described above as provided under the Bylaws of the Bank.  Executive will have such duties as normally apply to such position. Executive shall devote all of his working time, abilities and attention to the business of the Bank, and will fulfill all of the duties required of him as President and Chief Operating Officer.  The services of Executive shall be rendered principally in Phoenixville, PA, but Executive shall undertake such traveling on behalf of Bank as may be reasonably required.

2.            Term of Employment .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of employment hereunder shall be for the three (3)-year period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the day preceding the three (3)-year anniversary of the Effective Date.  As of each one (1)-year anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of employment hereunder shall be extended for another one (1) year, automatically, unless either party delivers notice to the contrary to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to such one (1)-year anniversary, in which case the term of employment hereunder shall expire as of the date to which it was last extended pursuant to this sentence.  Such notice shall be delivered in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 15.  References in this Agreement to the “Term” shall refer both to such initial term and any successive terms.

3.            Compensation .   In consideration of the services to be rendered by Employee, Bank shall pay to Executive during the initial Term:

(a)           A base salary of not less than One hundred fifty dollars ($150,000) per annum for each year of the Term, payable in equal installments over such payroll cycles as the Bank pays its executive offices generally, with any salary for initial or final partial months or other payroll periods being prorated based on the number of calendar days in question.  It is understood that the Board of Directors of the Bank shall review Executive’s performance and make a determination regarding increases in his salary at least once in every calendar year during the Term.
 
 
 
 

 
 
(b)           Incentive Compensation in an amount, in such form, and at such time as is provided in such executive incentive plan for Executive, either alone or for Executive and other officers and management employees of the Bank, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and in effect from time to time.  Such incentive compensation may take the form of cash payments (“Cash Bonus”), transfers of stock or stock options (collectively, “Equity Awards”).  Equity Awards shall be subject to such restrictions, vesting and other conditions and limitations as set forth in such executive incentive plan.

(c)           In addition to any Equity Awards which may be granted to Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) above, Executive and the Bank agree that in connection with one or more successful acquisitions by the Bank of other financial institutions, or the issuance of shares of common stock of the Bank to raise capital, the Bank shall issue to Executive options or warrants to acquire up to one and one-half (1.5%) of the shares issued in connection with any such acquisition or capital-raising transaction, with appropriate consideration given to the then authorized capital levels as approved by the shareholders of the Bank.

4.            Reimbursement of Expenses; Retirement Plan .

4.1            Reimbursement of Expenses.   During the Term, Bank shall reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties, as well as those incurred in furtherance of or in connection with the business of Bank, including but not limited to traveling, entertainment, dining and other expenses.

5.            Termination of Employment .

5.1            Termination by Bank; “Cause.”   Bank shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder at any time, with or without “Cause” (as defined below).  In the event of any  termination by Bank, Bank shall give Executive forty-five (45) days prior notice of any termination without Cause, but shall not be obligated to give Executive prior notice of a termination with Cause.  Bank shall nevertheless be obligated to pay Executive such compensation and severance, if any, as may be provided for in this Agreement under the applicable circumstances.  Bank will give Executive notice of termination of his employment pursuant to a “Notice of Termination” (as defined below).

5.2            No Right to Compensation or Benefits Except as Stated.   If the Bank terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination.  If Executive is terminated by Bank other than for Cause, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.

5.3            Termination by Executive.   Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment, whether or not for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined), but, in all events, Executive shall give Bank notice pursuant to a written “Notice of Termination” (as defined below).  If the termination by Executive is other than for Good Reason: (i) Executive must give Bank a Notice of Termination not less than forty five (45) days prior to the date his termination of employment will be effective, and (ii) Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If termination is by Executive for Good Reason, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
 
 
 
- 2 -

 

5.4            Certain Definitions.

(a)           In connection with a termination of Executive’s employment by the Bank, “Cause” shall mean any one or more of the following reasons: (l) the willful material failure by the Executive to perform the duties required of him hereunder  (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Executive or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Executive has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position, or receipt of a written directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position; (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony; or (5) material breach of any provision set forth in Paragraphs 7, 8, or 10, to the extent applicable. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be considered ''willful'' unless done or omitted to be done by Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank. Any act or omission to act by the Executive in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.

(b)           Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean (1) a material breach by Bank of the provisions of this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within 30 days after a written notice of such noncompliance has been given by Executive to Bank; (2) any purported termination of Executive’s employment which is not effected in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement; (3) any reduction in title or a material adverse change in Executive’s responsibilities or authority which are inconsistent with, or the assignment to Executive of duties inconsistent with, Executive’s status as President and Chief Operating Officer of Bank; or (4) any reduction in Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time.

(c)           Notice of Termination.  Any termination of Executive’s employment by Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a dated notice which shall (1) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon; (2) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated; and (3) be given in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 13.
 
 
- 3 -

 

 
5.5            Compensation Upon Certain Types of Termination.   If Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason during the Term, or if Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Bank other than for Cause during the Term, or if Executive’s Employment is terminated for any reason other than Cause upon expiration of the Term, then in lieu of any salary or damages payments to Executive for periods subsequent to the date of termination, Bank shall pay as “Severance Compensation” to Executive, in lieu of all other damages, compensation and benefits other than any benefits the right to which shall have previously vested, an amount (the “Severance Compensation”) equal to the following, depending upon whether a “Change in Control” (as defined below) shall have occurred at the time of termination of employment:

(a)           If a Change in Control shall not have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive the following Severance Compensation, payable at the respective times and on the respective conditions set forth in this subsection for each type of Severance Compensation:

(i)            Cash Severance Compensation .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive a dollar amount equal to the sum of Executive’s then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination, for the greater of one (1) year or the period of time remaining in the Term.  This element of Severance Compensation shall be payable in equal installments on the normal pay dates following Executive’s separation from service with the Bank within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (such Section and regulations are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as “Section 409A”). If, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payments otherwise due during the six (6)-month period following his separation from service shall be suspended and paid in a lump sum upon completion of such six (6)-month period, at which time the balance of the payments shall commence in installments as described in the preceding sentence.  Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make;

(ii)            Equity Awards .  All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;

(iii)            Cash Bonus .  Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive’s termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365); and

(iv)            Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in Section 5.5(a)(i) above, or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law.
 
 
 
- 4 -

 

(b)           If a Change in Control shall have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive Severance Compensation equal to three hundred percent (300%) of the sum of Executive’s then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination. The Severance Compensation shall be payable in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A.  If, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payment of the lump sum  shall be suspended and paid within the thirty (30)-day period following the close of the six (6)-month period following his separation from service.  Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make.  In addition to the aforesaid Executive Severance Compensation, additional Executive Severance Compensation shall be provided as set forth below.

(i)     Equity Awards .  All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;

(ii)    Cash Bonus .  Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive’s termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365);

(iii)   Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in above in this Section 5.5(b), or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law; and

(iv)  If, as a result of payments provided for under or pursuant to this Agreement together with all other payments in the nature of compensation provided to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement in connection with a Change in Control, Executive becomes subject to taxes of any state, local or federal taxing authority that would not have been imposed on such payments but for the occurrence of a Change in Control, including any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and any successor or comparable provision, then, in addition to any other benefits provided under or pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall pay to Executive at the time any such payments are made under or pursuant to this or the other agreements, an amount equal to the amount of any such taxes imposed or to be imposed on Executive (the amount of any such payment, the “Parachute Tax Reimbursement”).  In addition, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall “gross up” such Parachute Tax Reimbursement by paying to Executive at the same time an additional amount equal to the aggregate amount of any additional taxes (whether income taxes, excise taxes, special taxes, employment taxes or otherwise) that are or will be payable by Executive as a result of the Parachute Tax Reimbursement being paid or payable to Executive and/or as a result of the additional amounts paid or payable to Executive pursuant to this sentence, such that after payment of such additional taxes Executive shall have been paid on a net after-tax basis an amount equal to the Parachute Tax Reimbursement.  The amount of any Parachute Tax Reimbursement and of any such gross-up amounts shall be determined by Bank’s independent auditing firm, whose determination, absent manifest error, shall be treated as conclusive and binding absent a binding determination by a governmental taxing authority that a greater amount of taxes is payable by Executive.
 
 
- 5 -

 

 
(c)           For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(i)     There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty  percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;

(ii)    There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);

(iii)   A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or

(iv)   Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.

(d)           In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Term as a result of his death or disability, he (or his estate, as the case may be) shall not be entitled to any payments or other benefits pursuant to this Section 5.5 or otherwise.

5.6            Mitigation by Executive.   Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in Section 5.5 by seeking other employment or otherwise.

6.            Effect of TARP Participation .
 
6.1            Basic Agreement re Effect of TARP Participation.   It is anticipated by Executive and Bank that Bank may elect to participate in the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) and any subsequent legislation whether heretofore or hereafter enacted (“Subsequent Legislation”) and as implemented by present and future regulations of applicable federal government agencies (“Implementing Regulations”) (the requirements of EESA, ARRA, Subsequent Legislation and Implementing Regulations that may be applicable to the Bank or Executive or the compensation or benefits provided to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise as a result of the Bank's participation in TARP are sometimes referred to herein as the “TARP Provisions”).  In that event, if the compensation and benefits to be provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement, or any portion or element thereof, or any other compensation, benefits or perquisites hereafter agreed upon by the parties, must be reduced, delayed or otherwise modified in order for the Bank to comply with any of the TARP Provisions, as interpreted and implemented by regulations of the U. S. Department of the Treasury and the terms of any contract between Bank or Executive and said Department  or any other agency of the federal government (“TARP Requirements”), this Agreement and all such other compensation, benefits and perquisites and agreements relating to any of the foregoing shall automatically be deemed amended to cause the Bank to be in compliance at all times with the TARP Requirements.  Executive and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to document, by amendment or amendments to this Agreement or any other agreements, plans or benefits, the modifications so required, but the parties' failure to reach final agreement shall not negate the provisions of this Section.
 
 
- 6 -

 

 
6.2            Agreements Supporting TARP Waiver.   In consideration for the benefits Executive will receive under this Agreement and potentially as a result of Bank’s participation in TARP, Executive hereby voluntarily waives any claim against the Bank for any changes to Executive's compensation or benefits that are required for Bank to comply with TARP Requirements.  This waiver includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by any of the TARP Requirements, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which any of the TARP Requirements were adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of any of the TARP Requirements on Executive's employment relationship with Bank.  Executive agrees to execute such waivers and other agreements as may be requires by the U.S. Treasury Department in connection with Bank's participation in TARP.
 
7.            Non-Disclosure .   The Executive covenants and agrees that Executive will not at any time, either during the Term or thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or any other entity any Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined herein), other than to (a) Executive’s attorney or spouse in confidence, (b) while employed by the Bank, in the business and for the benefit of the Bank, or (c) when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, any government agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Executive or the Bank or any administrative body or legislative body, including a committee thereof, with jurisdiction.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential and Proprietary Information" shall mean non-public, confidential, and proprietary information provided to the Executive concerning, without limitation, the Bank’s financial condition and/or results of operations, statistical data, products, ideas and concepts, strategic business plans, lists of customers or customer information, information relating to marketing plans, management development reviews, including information regarding the capabilities and experience of the Bank’s employees, compensation, recruiting and training, and human resource policies and procedures, policy and procedure manuals, together with all materials and documents in any form or medium (including oral, written, tangible, intangible, or electronic) concerning any of the above, and other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Bank; provided, however, that Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not include any information that is known generally to the public or within the industry other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive.  It is specifically understood and agreed by the Executive that any non-public information received by the Executive during Executive’s employment by the Bank is deemed Confidential and Proprietary Information for purposes of this Agreement.  In the event the Executive's employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall immediately return to the Bank upon request all Confidential and Proprietary Information in Executive’s possession or control.
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
8.            Non-Solicitation .    Executive agrees that during the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, unless the Executive obtains the Bank’s prior written permission, which may be granted or denied at the Bank’s sole and absolute discretion, the Executive shall not:
 
(a)           solicit or divert to any competitor of the Bank or, upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank, accept any business from any individual or entity that is a customer or a prospective customer of the Bank, to the extent that such prospective customer was identifiable as such prior to the date of the Executive’s termination, except that this covenant of non-solicitation shall not apply with respect to anyone who, while having previously been a customer or prospect of the Bank, is no longer a customer or prospect of the Bank at the time of the solicitation; and/or
 
(b)           induce or encourage any officer and/or employee of the Bank to leave the employ of the Bank, hire any individual who was an employee of the Bank as of the date of the termination of the Executive’s, or induce or encourage any customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation of the Bank to cease or reduce doing business with the Bank or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation and the Bank.
 
9.            Noncompete Agreement .   For a period of twelve (12) months after any resignation or termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, within 25 miles of any office of the Bank, enter into or engage directly or indirectly in competition with the Bank or any subsidiary or other company under common control with the Bank, in any financial services business conducted by the Bank or any such subsidiary at the time of such resignation or termination, either as an individual on his own or as a partner or joint venturer, or as a director, officer, shareholder, employee, agent, independent contractor, nor shall Executive assist any other person or entity in engaging directly or indirectly in such competition.

10.            Non-Disparagement .   During the Term, after its expiration and following the termination of this Agreement by the Bank or the Executive for any reason, each party agrees not to make any statements, in writing or otherwise, that disparage the reputation or character of the other party or, in the case of the Bank, any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Bank or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, stockholders, partners, members or employees, at any time for any reason whatsoever, except that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any party from giving truthful testimony in any litigation or administrative proceedings either between the Executive and the Bank or in connection with which such party is subpoenaed and required by law to give testimony, including without limitation, any action by the Executive to enforce Executive’s rights hereunder.
 
 
 
- 8 -

 

11.            Severance Compensation Conditional; Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; Independence of Covenants; Notice to Others; Savings Clause .

11.1            Severance Compensation Independent . Bank’s obligation to pay Severance Compensation is conditioned on Executive’s compliance with Paragraphs 7, 8, 9 and  10 of this Agreement and Bank shall not be obligated to pay such Severance Compensation in the event of any breach by Executive of such Paragraphs.
 
11.2            Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 . Executive and Bank agree that the covenants in Sections 7, 8. 9 and 10 are reasonable covenants under the circumstances.  Executive agrees that any breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement will irreparably harm the Bank.  The Executive and the Bank agree that in the event of any breach by the Executive of the provisions set forth in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement, the Bank shall be entitled to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation, the following cumulative and not alternative rights:
 
(a)           the right to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement, it being agreed that monetary damages alone would be inadequate to compensate the Bank, the amount of such damages will be difficult (if not impossible) to prove precisely, and would be an inadequate remedy for such breach;
 
(b)           the right to institute civil suit to recover damages suffered by the Bank;
 
(c)           the right to recover actual reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by the Bank in connection with pursuing remedies hereunder; and
 
(d)           the right to seek an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any such violation.

11.3            Independence of Covenants. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Executive against the Bank, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of the provisions of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10.

11.4            Notice to Others.   Executive agrees to notify any future prospective employers and future employers, and any future joint venturers, partners and contracting parties of Executive, whose activities may be deemed to compete with Bank of the existence of each of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement.
 
 
 
- 9 -

 

11.5            Savings Clause.   In the event that any provision or provisions of any of the covenants in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 would otherwise be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of being for too great a period of time or covering too great a geographical area or too broad a product market, or for any other reason, each such covenant shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and be construed so as to be enforceable as to that period of time and geographical area and product market, and on such other conditions, as may be determined to be reasonable by the court.

12.            Amendments .   No amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.

13.            Notices .   All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier, telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form, or (ii) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, in the case of Executive, to his last known address as carried on the personnel records of Bank and, in the case of Bank, to the corporate headquarters, attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or to such other address as the party to be notified may specify by notice to the other party.

14.            Entire Agreement .   This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes and replaces all other negotiations, discussions and prior or contemporaneous agreements between the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of Executive’s employment with Bank.

15.            Binding Effect and Benefits .   The rights and obligations of Bank and Executive under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Bank and Executive.

16.            Construction .   This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as they may be preempted by federal laws and regulations.  Section headings are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of the terms and provisions of the Agreement.

17.            Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue .   The validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its conflicts of law rules, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law.  For purposes of any action or proceeding, the Executive irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth Pennsylvania and the courts of the United States of America located in Pennsylvania for the purpose of any judicial proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or otherwise.  The Executive irrevocably agrees to service of process by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the addressed listed in the records of the Bank.  The proper venue for all such disputes, actions or proceedings shall be Chester County.  The parties agree that in any action or proceeds arising under this Agreement, attorneys’ fees and costs shall be awarded to the prevailing party.
 
 
- 10 -

 

18.            Executive's Acknowledgment of Terms and Right to Separate Counsel . Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully, understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive voluntarily. Executive further acknowledges that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and accountants and that Executive has made Executive’s own free decision whether and to what extent to do so.

19.            Legal Expenses .  Bank shall pay to Executive all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by him in seeking to obtain or enforce any rights or benefits provided by this Agreement to the extent he prevails in such efforts.

20.            Indemnification of Executive . Bank shall indemnify Executive against any liability incurred in connection with any proceeding in which the Executive may be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Executive is or was serving as President and Chief Operating Officer to the extent permitted by the Bank’s articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law.  To further effect, satisfy or secure the indemnification obligations provided herein or otherwise, the Bank shall cause its director and officer liability insurance to cover Executive during the Term and for such period thereafter as the Bank’s liability insurance policy permits coverage for actions or omissions of former directors or officers.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

Attest:
 
/s/ Gertrude Hackney
Secretary
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
By: /s/ John Sickler
For the Board of Directors
 
Witness:
 
_________________________________
 
RICHARD EHST
 
/s/ Richard Ehst , Individually





-11 -


Exhibit 10.5
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT , made as of April 12, 2010 (“Effective Date”), is by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with its main office located at 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460 (“Bank”) and THOMAS BRUGGER (“Executive”).
 
Background
 
A.           Bank wishes to secure the continued services of Executive as the Bank’s Chief Financial Officer on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

B.           Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter, Executive is willing to enter into this Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) upon the terms and conditions set forth.

C.           The Bank’s Board of Directors has approved this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1.            Employment.   Bank agrees to employ Executive as its Chief Financial Officer during the “Term” defined in Section 2 of this Agreement.  Executive shall report to and be subject to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors of the Bank.  He shall have the powers and authority ordinarily given to the position described above as provided under the Bylaws of the Bank.  Executive will have such duties as normally apply to such position. Executive shall devote all of his working time, abilities and attention to the business of the Bank, and will fulfill all of the duties required of him as Chief Financial Officer.  The services of Executive shall be rendered principally in Phoenixville, PA, but Executive shall undertake such traveling on behalf of Bank as may be reasonably required.

2.            Term of Employment .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of employment hereunder shall be for the two (2)-year period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the day preceding the two (2)-year anniversary of the Effective Date.  As of each one (1)-year anniversary of the Effective Date, the term of employment hereunder shall be extended for another one (1) year, automatically, unless either party delivers notice to the contrary to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to such one (1)-year anniversary, in which case the term of employment hereunder shall expire as of the date to which it was last extended pursuant to this sentence.  Such notice shall be delivered in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 15.  References in this Agreement to the “Term” shall refer both to such initial term and any successive terms.

3.            Compensation .   In consideration of the services to be rendered by Employee, Bank shall pay to Executive during the initial Term:

(a)           A base salary of not less than One hundred forty five dollars ($145,000) per annum for each year of the Term, payable in equal installments over such payroll cycles as the Bank pays its executive offices generally, with any salary for initial or final partial months or other payroll periods being prorated based on the number of calendar days in question.  It is understood that the Board of Directors of the Bank shall review Executive’s performance and make a determination regarding increases in his salary at least once in every calendar year during the Term.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
(b)           Incentive Compensation in an amount, in such form, and at such time as is provided in such executive incentive plan for Executive, either alone or for Executive and other officers and management employees of the Bank, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and in effect from time to time.  Such incentive compensation may take the form of cash payments (“Cash Bonus”), transfers of stock or stock options (collectively, “Equity Awards”).  Equity Awards shall be subject to such restrictions, vesting and other conditions and limitations as set forth in such executive incentive plan.

(c)           In addition to any Equity Awards which may be granted to Executive pursuant to Section 3(b) above, Executive and the Bank agree that in connection with one or more successful acquisitions by the Bank of other financial institutions, or the issuance of shares of common stock of the Bank to raise capital, the Bank shall issue to Executive options or warrants to acquire up to one and one-half (1.5%) of the shares issued in connection with any such acquisition or capital-raising transaction, with appropriate consideration given to the then authorized capital levels as approved by the shareholders of the Bank.

4.            Reimbursement of Expenses; Retirement Plan .

4.1            Reimbursement of Expenses.   During the Term, Bank shall reimburse Executive for reasonable expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties, as well as those incurred in furtherance of or in connection with the business of Bank, including but not limited to traveling, entertainment, dining and other expenses.

5.            Termination of Employment .

5.1            Termination by Bank; “Cause.”   Bank shall have the right to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder at any time, with or without “Cause” (as defined below).  In the event of any  termination by Bank, Bank shall give Executive forty-five (45) days prior notice of any termination without Cause, but shall not be obligated to give Executive prior notice of a termination with Cause.  Bank shall nevertheless be obligated to pay Executive such compensation and severance, if any, as may be provided for in this Agreement under the applicable circumstances.  Bank will give Executive notice of termination of his employment pursuant to a “Notice of Termination” (as defined below).

5.2            No Right to Compensation or Benefits Except as Stated.   If the Bank terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination.  If Executive is terminated by Bank other than for Cause, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.

5.3            Termination by Executive.   Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment, whether or not for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined), but, in all events, Executive shall give Bank notice pursuant to a written “Notice of Termination” (as defined below).  If the termination by Executive is other than for Good Reason: (i) Executive must give Bank a Notice of Termination not less than forty five (45) days prior to the date his termination of employment will be effective, and (ii) Executive shall have no right to severance compensation of any kind, or any right to salary or other benefits for any period after such date of termination. If termination is by Executive for Good Reason, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall be as set forth in Section 5.5.
 
 
 
- 2 -

 
 

 
5.4            Certain Definitions.

(a)           In connection with a termination of Executive’s employment by the Bank, “Cause” shall mean any one or more of the following reasons: (l) the willful material failure by the Executive to perform the duties required of him hereunder  (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness of the Executive or material changes in the direction and policies of the Board of Directors of Bank), if such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Bank which specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that the Executive has failed to attempt to perform his duties hereunder; (2) the willful engaging by the Executive in willful misconduct materially injurious to the Bank; (3) receipt by the Bank of a notice (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position, or receipt of a written directive or order of any governmental body or entity having jurisdiction over the Bank (which shall not have been appealed by Executive or shall have become final and non-appealable) requiring termination or removal of the Executive from his then present position; (4) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, willful breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit or conviction of a felony; or (5) material breach of any provision set forth in Paragraphs 7, 8, or 10, to the extent applicable. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's part shall be considered ''willful'' unless done or omitted to be done by Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of Bank. Any act or omission to act by the Executive in reliance upon a written opinion of counsel to Bank shall not be deemed to be willful.

(b)           Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean (1) a material breach by Bank of the provisions of this Agreement, which failure has not been cured within 30 days after a written notice of such noncompliance has been given by Executive to Bank; (2) any purported termination of Executive’s employment which is not effected in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement; (3) any reduction in title or a material adverse change in Executive’s responsibilities or authority which are inconsistent with, or the assignment to Executive of duties inconsistent with, Executive’s status as Chief Financial Officer of Bank; or (4) any reduction in Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time.

(c)           Notice of Termination.  Any termination of Executive’s employment by Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a dated notice which shall (1) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon; (2) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated; and (3) be given in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 13.
 
 
 
- 3 -

 
 

 
5.5            Compensation Upon Certain Types of Termination.   If Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason during the Term, or if Executive’s Employment is terminated by the Bank other than for Cause during the Term, or if Executive’s Employment is terminated for any reason other than Cause upon expiration of the Term, then in lieu of any salary or damages payments to Executive for periods subsequent to the date of termination, Bank shall pay as “Severance Compensation” to Executive, in lieu of all other damages, compensation and benefits other than any benefits the right to which shall have previously vested, an amount (the “Severance Compensation”) equal to the following, depending upon whether a “Change in Control” (as defined below) shall have occurred at the time of termination of employment:

(a)           If a Change in Control shall not have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive the following Severance Compensation, payable at the respective times and on the respective conditions set forth in this subsection for each type of Severance Compensation:

(i)            Cash Severance Compensation .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive a dollar amount equal to the sum of Executive’s then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination, for the greater of one (1) year or the period of time remaining in the Term.  This element of Severance Compensation shall be payable in equal installments on the normal pay dates following Executive’s separation from service with the Bank within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (such Section and regulations are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as “Section 409A”). If, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payments otherwise due during the six (6)-month period following his separation from service shall be suspended and paid in a lump sum upon completion of such six (6)-month period, at which time the balance of the payments shall commence in installments as described in the preceding sentence.  Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make;

(ii)            Equity Awards .  All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;

(iii)            Cash Bonus .  Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive’s termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365); and

(iv)           Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in Section 5.5(a)(i) above, or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law.
 
 
 
 
- 4 -

 

 
(b)           If a Change in Control shall have occurred within twelve (12) months prior to the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Bank, the Bank shall pay Executive Severance Compensation equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the sum of Executive’s then current base salary plus the average of the annual Cash Bonuses paid to him with respect to the three (3) fiscal years of the Bank immediately preceding the fiscal year of termination. The Severance Compensation shall be payable in a single lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive’s separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A.  If, as of the date of the Executive’s separation from service, stock of the Bank or a holding company or other parent entity with respect to the Bank is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, and if necessary to comply with Section 409A, payment of the lump sum  shall be suspended and paid within the thirty (30)-day period following the close of the six (6)-month period following his separation from service.  Payments shall be subject to deduction for such tax withholdings as Bank may be obligated to make.  In addition to the aforesaid Executive Severance Compensation, additional Executive Severance Compensation shall be provided as set forth below.

(i)            Equity Awards .  All Equity Awards shall be vested in full;

(ii)            Cash Bonus .  Executive shall be entitled to a fraction of any Cash Bonus for the fiscal year of the Bank within which Executive’s termination of employment occurs which, based upon the criteria established for such Cash Bonus, would have been payable to Executive had he remained employed through the date of payment, the numerator of which is the number of days of such fiscal year prior to his termination of employment and the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365);

(iii)           Bank shall continue to provide health insurance (including dental if applicable) and any life or disability insurance benefits for the shorter of (i) the length of the severance measurement period set forth in above in this Section 5.5(b), or (ii) the maximum period the Bank is then permitted to extend each individual benefit under the applicable plan or policy or applicable law; and

(iv)           If, as a result of payments provided for under or pursuant to this Agreement together with all other payments in the nature of compensation provided to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement in connection with a Change in Control, Executive becomes subject to taxes of any state, local or federal taxing authority that would not have been imposed on such payments but for the occurrence of a Change in Control, including any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and any successor or comparable provision, then, in addition to any other benefits provided under or pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall pay to Executive at the time any such payments are made under or pursuant to this or the other agreements, an amount equal to the amount of any such taxes imposed or to be imposed on Executive (the amount of any such payment, the “Parachute Tax Reimbursement”).  In addition, Bank (including any successor to Bank) shall “gross up” such Parachute Tax Reimbursement by paying to Executive at the same time an additional amount equal to the aggregate amount of any additional taxes (whether income taxes, excise taxes, special taxes, employment taxes or otherwise) that are or will be payable by Executive as a result of the Parachute Tax Reimbursement being paid or payable to Executive and/or as a result of the additional amounts paid or payable to Executive pursuant to this sentence, such that after payment of such additional taxes Executive shall have been paid on a net after-tax basis an amount equal to the Parachute Tax Reimbursement.  The amount of any Parachute Tax Reimbursement and of any such gross-up amounts shall be determined by Bank’s independent auditing firm, whose determination, absent manifest error, shall be treated as conclusive and binding absent a binding determination by a governmental taxing authority that a greater amount of taxes is payable by Executive.
 
 
 
- 5 -

 
 

 
(c)           For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

(i)           There occurs a merger, consolidation or other business combination or reorganization to which the Bank is a party, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank, in which (A) the members of the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately preceding the consummation of such transaction do not constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the resulting corporation and of any parent corporation thereof immediately after the consummation of such transaction, and (B) the shareholders of the Bank immediately before such transaction do not hold more than fifty  percent (50%) of the voting power of securities of the resulting corporation;

(ii)           There occurs a sale, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Bank to another entity, whether or not approved in advance by the Board of Directors of the Bank (for purpose of this Agreement, a sale of more than one-half of the branches of the Bank would constitute a Change in Control, but for purposes of this paragraph, no branches or assets will be deemed to have been sold if they are leased back contemporaneously with or promptly after their sale);

(iii)           A plan of liquidation or dissolution is adopted for the Bank; or

(iv)           Any “person” or any group of “persons” (as such term is defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as if such provisions were applicable to the Bank, other than the holders of shares of the Bank’s common stock in existence on the date of the Opening for Business, is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), as if such rule were applicable to the Bank, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Bank’s then outstanding securities.

(d)           In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Term as a result of his death or disability, he (or his estate, as the case may be) shall not be entitled to any payments or other benefits pursuant to this Section 5.5 or otherwise.

5.6            Mitigation by Executive.   Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in Section 5.5 by seeking other employment or otherwise.

6.            Effect of TARP Participation .
 
6.1            Basic Agreement re Effect of TARP Participation.   It is anticipated by Executive and Bank that Bank may elect to participate in the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), as amended by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) and any subsequent legislation whether heretofore or hereafter enacted (“Subsequent Legislation”) and as implemented by present and future regulations of applicable federal government agencies (“Implementing Regulations”) (the requirements of EESA, ARRA, Subsequent Legislation and Implementing Regulations that may be applicable to the Bank or Executive or the compensation or benefits provided to Executive under this Agreement or otherwise as a result of the Bank's participation in TARP are sometimes referred to herein as the “TARP Provisions”).  In that event, if the compensation and benefits to be provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Agreement, or any portion or element thereof, or any other compensation, benefits or perquisites hereafter agreed upon by the parties, must be reduced, delayed or otherwise modified in order for the Bank to comply with any of the TARP Provisions, as interpreted and implemented by regulations of the U. S. Department of the Treasury and the terms of any contract between Bank or Executive and said Department  or any other agency of the federal government (“TARP Requirements”), this Agreement and all such other compensation, benefits and perquisites and agreements relating to any of the foregoing shall automatically be deemed amended to cause the Bank to be in compliance at all times with the TARP Requirements.  Executive and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to document, by amendment or amendments to this Agreement or any other agreements, plans or benefits, the modifications so required, but the parties' failure to reach final agreement shall not negate the provisions of this Section.
 
 
 
- 6 -

 
 

 
6.2            Agreements Supporting TARP Waiver.   In consideration for the benefits Executive will receive under this Agreement and potentially as a result of Bank’s participation in TARP, Executive hereby voluntarily waives any claim against the Bank for any changes to Executive's compensation or benefits that are required for Bank to comply with TARP Requirements.  This waiver includes all claims Executive may have under the laws of the United States or any state related to the requirements imposed by any of the TARP Requirements, including without limitation a claim for any compensation or other payments Executive would otherwise receive, any challenge to the process by which any of the TARP Requirements were adopted and any tort or constitutional claim about the effect of any of the TARP Requirements on Executive's employment relationship with Bank.  Executive agrees to execute such waivers and other agreements as may be requires by the U.S. Treasury Department in connection with Bank's participation in TARP.
 
 
7.            Non-Disclosure .   The Executive covenants and agrees that Executive will not at any time, either during the Term or thereafter, use, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or any other entity any Confidential and Proprietary Information (as defined herein), other than to (a) Executive’s attorney or spouse in confidence, (b) while employed by the Bank, in the business and for the benefit of the Bank, or (c) when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, any government agency having supervisory authority over the business of the Executive or the Bank or any administrative body or legislative body, including a committee thereof, with jurisdiction.
 
For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential and Proprietary Information" shall mean non-public, confidential, and proprietary information provided to the Executive concerning, without limitation, the Bank’s financial condition and/or results of operations, statistical data, products, ideas and concepts, strategic business plans, lists of customers or customer information, information relating to marketing plans, management development reviews, including information regarding the capabilities and experience of the Bank’s employees, compensation, recruiting and training, and human resource policies and procedures, policy and procedure manuals, together with all materials and documents in any form or medium (including oral, written, tangible, intangible, or electronic) concerning any of the above, and other non-public, proprietary and confidential information of the Bank; provided, however, that Confidential and Proprietary Information shall not include any information that is known generally to the public or within the industry other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive.  It is specifically understood and agreed by the Executive that any non-public information received by the Executive during Executive’s employment by the Bank is deemed Confidential and Proprietary Information for purposes of this Agreement.  In the event the Executive's employment is terminated for any reason, the Executive shall immediately return to the Bank upon request all Confidential and Proprietary Information in Executive’s possession or control.
 
 
 
- 7 -

 
 
 
8.            Non-Solicitation .    Executive agrees that during the Term and for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter, unless the Executive obtains the Bank’s prior written permission, which may be granted or denied at the Bank’s sole and absolute discretion, the Executive shall not:
 
(a)           solicit or divert to any competitor of the Bank or, upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank, accept any business from any individual or entity that is a customer or a prospective customer of the Bank, to the extent that such prospective customer was identifiable as such prior to the date of the Executive’s termination, except that this covenant of non-solicitation shall not apply with respect to anyone who, while having previously been a customer or prospect of the Bank, is no longer a customer or prospect of the Bank at the time of the solicitation; and/or
 
(b)           induce or encourage any officer and/or employee of the Bank to leave the employ of the Bank, hire any individual who was an employee of the Bank as of the date of the termination of the Executive’s, or induce or encourage any customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation of the Bank to cease or reduce doing business with the Bank or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, vendor, participant, agent or other business relation and the Bank.
 
9.            Noncompete Agreement .   For a period of twelve (12) months after any resignation or termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, within 25 miles of any office of the Bank, enter into or engage directly or indirectly in competition with the Bank or any subsidiary or other company under common control with the Bank, in any financial services business conducted by the Bank or any such subsidiary at the time of such resignation or termination, either as an individual on his own or as a partner or joint venturer, or as a director, officer, shareholder, employee, agent, independent contractor, nor shall Executive assist any other person or entity in engaging directly or indirectly in such competition.

10.            Non-Disparagement .   During the Term, after its expiration and following the termination of this Agreement by the Bank or the Executive for any reason, each party agrees not to make any statements, in writing or otherwise, that disparage the reputation or character of the other party or, in the case of the Bank, any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Bank or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, stockholders, partners, members or employees, at any time for any reason whatsoever, except that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any party from giving truthful testimony in any litigation or administrative proceedings either between the Executive and the Bank or in connection with which such party is subpoenaed and required by law to give testimony, including without limitation, any action by the Executive to enforce Executive’s rights hereunder.
 
 
 
- 8 -

 
 

 
11.            Severance Compensation Conditional; Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10; Independence of Covenants; Notice to Others; Savings Clause .

11.1            Severance Compensation Independent . Bank’s obligation to pay Severance Compensation is conditioned on Executive’s compliance with Paragraphs 7, 8, 9 and  10 of this Agreement and Bank shall not be obligated to pay such Severance Compensation in the event of any breach by Executive of such Paragraphs.
 
11.2            Remedies for Breach of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 . Executive and Bank agree that the covenants in Sections 7, 8. 9 and 10 are reasonable covenants under the circumstances.  Executive agrees that any breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement will irreparably harm the Bank.  The Executive and the Bank agree that in the event of any breach by the Executive of the provisions set forth in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement, the Bank shall be entitled to all rights and remedies available at law or in equity, including without limitation, the following cumulative and not alternative rights:
 
(a)           the right to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief to restrain any breach or threatened breach or otherwise to specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement, it being agreed that monetary damages alone would be inadequate to compensate the Bank, the amount of such damages will be difficult (if not impossible) to prove precisely, and would be an inadequate remedy for such breach;
 
(b)           the right to institute civil suit to recover damages suffered by the Bank;
 
(c)           the right to recover actual reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by the Bank in connection with pursuing remedies hereunder; and
 
(d)           the right to seek an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from any such violation.

11.3            Independence of Covenants. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Executive against the Bank, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Bank of the provisions of Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10.

11.4            Notice to Others.   Executive agrees to notify any future prospective employers and future employers, and any future joint venturers, partners and contracting parties of Executive, whose activities may be deemed to compete with Bank of the existence of each of the covenants contained in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement.
 
 
 
- 9 -

 
 

 
11.5            Savings Clause.   In the event that any provision or provisions of any of the covenants in Section 7, 8, 9 and 10 would otherwise be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of being for too great a period of time or covering too great a geographical area or too broad a product market, or for any other reason, each such covenant shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect and be construed so as to be enforceable as to that period of time and geographical area and product market, and on such other conditions, as may be determined to be reasonable by the court.

12.            Amendments .   No amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.

13.            Notices .   All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier, telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form, or (ii) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, in the case of Executive, to his last known address as carried on the personnel records of Bank and, in the case of Bank, to the corporate headquarters, attention of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or to such other address as the party to be notified may specify by notice to the other party.

14.            Entire Agreement .   This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes and replaces all other negotiations, discussions and prior or contemporaneous agreements between the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of Executive’s employment with Bank.

15.            Binding Effect and Benefits .   The rights and obligations of Bank and Executive under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of Bank and Executive.

16.            Construction .   This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as they may be preempted by federal laws and regulations.  Section headings are for convenience only and shall not be considered a part of the terms and provisions of the Agreement.

17.            Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue .   The validity, interpretation, construction, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its conflicts of law rules, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law.  For purposes of any action or proceeding, the Executive irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth Pennsylvania and the courts of the United States of America located in Pennsylvania for the purpose of any judicial proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or otherwise.  The Executive irrevocably agrees to service of process by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the addressed listed in the records of the Bank.  The proper venue for all such disputes, actions or proceedings shall be Chester County.  The parties agree that in any action or proceeds arising under this Agreement, attorneys’ fees and costs shall be awarded to the prevailing party.
 
 
 
 
- 10 -

 
 

 
18.            Executive's Acknowledgment of Terms and Right to Separate Counsel . Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully, understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive voluntarily. Executive further acknowledges that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and accountants and that Executive has made Executive’s own free decision whether and to what extent to do so.

19.            Legal Expenses .  Bank shall pay to Executive all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by him in seeking to obtain or enforce any rights or benefits provided by this Agreement to the extent he prevails in such efforts.

20.            Indemnification of Executive . Bank shall indemnify Executive against any liability incurred in connection with any proceeding in which the Executive may be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Executive is or was serving as President and Chief Financial Officer to the extent permitted by the Bank’s articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law.  To further effect, satisfy or secure the indemnification obligations provided herein or otherwise, the Bank shall cause its director and officer liability insurance to cover Executive during the Term and for such period thereafter as the Bank’s liability insurance policy permits coverage for actions or omissions of former directors or officers.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

Attest:
 
/s/ Gertrude Hackney
Secretary
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
By: /s/ John Sickler
For the Board of Directors
 
Witness:
 
_________________________________
 
THOMAS BRUGGER
 
/s/ Thomas Brugger , Individually
 

 

- 11 -





Exhibit 10.6
 
AGREEMENT

 
THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of May 19, 2009, is made by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank (the "Bank") and JAY SIDHU, an individual with principal residence at 5 Chardonnay Circle, Mohnton, PA 19540 ("Jay Sidhu").

 
Background:
 
A. On or about May 5, 2009, the parties signed a Summary of Terms and Supplemental Terms (attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A and made part hereof) (collectively, the "Terms"), providing the basic framework for a proposal involving the raising of new capital for the Bank and the appointment of Jay Sidhu as a director and chairman and chief executive officer of the Bank.

 
B. The parties wish to formalize the Terms as a definitive agreement.

 
NOW, THEREFORE. intending to be legally bound hereby, and in consideration of the mutual benefits and covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
 
1.   Incorporation of Terms . The Terms are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if set forth in full, subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the other "Operative Documents" referred to in this Agreement. In the event of conflict between the Terms, on the one hand, and this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents on the other hand, the terms of this Agreement and the Operative Documents, as applicable, shall prevail.

 
2.   Operative Documents . Attached to this Agreement are the following forms of agreement and other documents reflecting the general intent of the parties with respect to the respective subject matter of each of them (the following, including this Agreement, are sometimes referred to herein as the "Operative Documents"):
 
(a) Form of Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Agreement") relating to the proposed investment by Jay Sidhu of $750,000 to purchase 125,000 shares of the Bank's common stock at a per share price of $6.00 per share, plus a warrant to purchase additional shares of the Bank's common stock at a per share exercise price of $6.00 per share, as more fully set forth in the Subscription Agreement (the "Warrant").

 
(b) Form of Warrant referred to in the Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Warrant").

 
(c) Form of Prospectus for a proposed Exchange Offer (the "Exchange Offer Prospectus") to be made by the Bank to the current holders of its preferred stock, to exchange the outstanding shares of preferred stock for the Bank's common stock at an exchange ratio of (i) 1,666.6667 share(s) of the Bank's common stock plus (ii) a warrant to purchase 250 shares of the Bank's common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share for each $10,000 in liquidation preference of preferred shares held by each holder (the "Exchange Offer").
 
(d) Form of Exchange Agreement and Warrant to implement the Exchange Offer (the "Exchange Agreement").
 
-1-
 
 
 
 

 

 

 
(e) Form of Employment Agreement between the Bank as employer and Jay Sidhu as chairman and chief executive officer of the Bank (the "Employment Agreement").

 
(f) Form of Consulting Agreement between the Bank and Kenneth Mumma (the "Consulting Agreement").

 
3.   Preliminary Actions . The parties agree to take the following steps on the following respective conditions at the following respective times:

 
(a) On the date of signing of this Agreement and the Subscription Agreement by both parties, the board of directors of the Bank will appoint Jay Sidhu as a director of the Bank.
 
(b) At the Bank's annual shareholder meeting on May 20, 2009, the Bank will announce the appointment of Jay Sidhu as a director of the Bank and the entering into of this Agreement. The Bank and Jay Sidhu will agree on such other public announcements, press releases and disclosures as may be reasonable and appropriate in order to advise the Bank's shareholders of these matters.
 
(c) Within one (1) week after the date of signing of this Agreement, the parties shall finalize the Employment Agreement and Consulting Agreement, consistent with the forms attached to this Agreement but with such further changes as the parties may mutually agree, and each party shall execute and deliver them. The Employment Agreement shall be contingent upon Jay Sidhu satisfying the other conditions to his employment as chairman and chief executive officer set forth in this Agreement.
 
4. Subscription Offering and Exchange Offer . Immediately after entering into this Agreement, the Bank and Jay Sidhu will commence mutual diligent reasonable efforts to (i) raise an additional $9,250,000 in addition to the amount of capital to be raised under the Jay Sidhu Subscription Agreement (the "Target Capital") in a private offering to individual "accredited investors" on the terms and at the subscription price set forth in the Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Offering"), and (ii) complete the Exchange Offer on the terms set forth in the Exchange Offer Prospectus and Exchange Agreement. The parties contemplate that all investors, including Jay Sidhu, will invest separately and independently and in their respective individual capacities, and that no entity will make such investment as may cause it to require approval to be registered as a bank holding company. The parties also contemplate that one or more investors, including Jay Sidhu, will need to obtain bank regulatory approval for a change in bank control prior to completing their purchase of shares of the Bank's common stock. Jay Sidhu represents and warrants to the Bank that he is personally acquainted with a sufficient number of such individuals as to be able to raise the Target Capital on behalf of the Bank. The Bank represents and warrants to Jay Sidhu that it reasonably believes that it can complete the Exchange Offer with holders of not less than $980,000 in liquidation amount of its preferred stock. The parties shall cooperate diligently to (A) cause Subscription Agreements to be entered into by sufficient accredited investors for, and to close upon, the issuance of Bank common stock sufficient to raise the Target Capital in collected funds on or before July 31, 2009, and (B) complete the Exchange Offer, all no later than July 31, 2009.
 
5.   Appointment as Chairman and CEO; Directors . If the Bank has received signed subscription agreements and subscription proceeds in collected funds for the Target Capital on or before June 15, 2009, the Bank shall cause its board of directors to appoint Jay Sidhu as chairman and chief executive officer of the Bank and the Employment Agreement shall thereupon take effect. The Bank also agrees that its board of directors shall appoint two (2) additional directors who shall be individuals to be mutually agreeable to Jay Sidhu and the Bank's board of directors.
 
-2-
 
 
 
 

 
 
6.   Consulting . Immediately after the appointment of Jay Sidhu as chairman and chief executive officer of the Bank, the Bank shall cause its board of directors to retain Kenneth Mumma as a consultant to the board and the Consulting Agreement shall thereupon take effect.
 
7.   Expenses . If the Bank has raised, closed upon and received the Target Capital in collected funds on or before July 31, 2009, the Bank will reimburse Jay Sidhu for up to $100,000 in out-of pocket costs incurred by him as of May 19, 2009 relating to raising capital for the Bank such as reasonable travel and entertainment expenses and reasonable attorneys fees.
 
8.   Other Terms . The parties shall cooperate reasonably to implement the other Terms with reasonable promptness consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the other Operative Agreement. The parties further agree that the Terms and the Operative Agreements shall in all events be subject to applicable law, including without limitation banking laws and regulations and shall be adjusted to the extent necessary to assure their compliance with applicable law and requirements of applicable regulatory agencies.
 
9.   Amendment . This Agreement may only be modified or waived in a writing signed by both parties.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
By:
/s/ Kenneth B. Mumma
 
/s/ Jay Sidhu
 
Kenneth B. Mumma
 
Jay Sidhu, Individually
 
Chairman & CEO
   

 
 
 -3-

 
Exhibit 10.7
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
2004 INCENTIVE EQUITY
AND
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
 
1.1    GENERAL .  This 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) for New Century Bank supersedes the Bank’s existing Stock Option Plan of New Century Bank (originally effective as of June 26, 1997), pursuant to which no further awards or grants will be made after the Effective Date.  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of New Century Bank by linking the personal interests of directors, employees, officers and executives of the Bank to those of Bank shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance in order to generate superior returns to shareholders of the Bank.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of directors, employees, officers, and executives upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Bank’s operation is largely dependent.
 
ARTICLE 2
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
 
2.1    EFFECTIVE DATE .  The Plan will be effective as of the date it is approved by the shareholders of the Bank (the “Effective Date”).  No Awards which could not have been granted under the prior version of the Plan shall be made prior to shareholder approval of this Plan.
 
2.2       TERM .  Unless sooner terminated by the Board, the Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date, and no Awards may be granted under the Plan thereafter.  The termination of the Plan shall not affect any Award that is outstanding on the termination date, without the consent of the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 3
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
 
3.1    DEFINITIONS .  When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Sections 1.1 or 2.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context.  The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
 
(a)   “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Unrestricted Stock Award, or Performance-Based Award granted to a Participant under the Plan.
 
 
 
 

 
 
(b)    “Award Agreement” means a writing, in such form as the Committee in its discretion shall prescribe, evidencing an Award.
 
(c)    “Bank” means New Century Bank.
 
(d)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.
 
(e)    “Cause” means actions of or failure to act by a Participant which would authorize the forfeiture of fringe benefits or other remuneration under his or her written contract of employment with the Bank or, if there is no written contract of employment, and with respect to non-employee Directors, (i) willful misconduct materially injurious to the Bank, (ii) dishonesty, (iii) the commission of a crime, or (iv) gross negligence of the Participant in the performance of his or her duties.
 
(f)    “Change in Control” means:
 
(1)   the acquisition by a person or persons acting in concert of the power to vote twenty-five percent (25%) or more of a class of the Bank’s voting securities;
 
(2)   the acquisition by a person of the power to direct the Bank’s or Bank’s management or policies, if the Board of Directors or the Bank’s primary federal regulator has made a determination that such acquisition constitutes or will constitute an acquisition of control of the Bank for the purposes of the Change in Bank Control Act or other similar law and the regulations thereunder;
 
(3)   during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the members of the Board cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office who were directors in office at the beginning of the period; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (3), each director who is first elected to the Board (or first nominated by the Board for election by the shareholders) with the approval of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the period shall be deemed to be a director at the beginning of the two-year period;
 
(4)   the Bank shall have merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or merged another corporation into the Bank, on a basis whereby less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the surviving corporation is represented by shares held by persons who were shareholders of the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation; or
 
(5)   the Bank shall have sold to another person substantially all of the Bank’s assets. 
 
The term “person” refers to an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or other entity.
 
 
-2-

 
 
 
 
(g)   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(h)   “Committee” means the committee of the Board described in Article 4.
(i)   “Covered Employee” means an Employee who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
(j)   “Deferred Compensation Account” means the bookkeeping account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 12.2 of this Plan.
 
(k)   “Director” means a member of the Board.
 
(l)   “Disability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
 
(m)   “Distribution Event” means an event as a result of which a Participant is entitled to receive the balance of his or her Deferred Compensation Account pursuant to Section 12.3 of this Plan, namely (i) with respect to a Participant who is an employee of the Bank and the portion of his or her Deferred Compensation Account attributable to an Award or other compensation earned as an employee, the date the Participant terminates his or her employment with the Bank, and (ii) with respect a Participant who is a Director and the portion of his or her Deferred Compensation Account attributable to an Award or other compensation earned as a Director, the earlier of (A) the date the Participant terminates his or her service as a Director, or (B) the Participant’s attainment of the age specified (not younger than age 55) in an election form filed by the Participant with the Committee at such time as he or she first becomes eligible to defer compensation pursuant to Article 12 of this Plan.
 
(n)   "Employee" shall mean an individual who is an employee of the Bank under general common law principles. An individual who is an "Employee," as so defined, may also be a member of the Board or the Board of Directors of the Bank (but not a Non-Employee Director).
 
(o)   “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(p)   “Fair Market Value” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of Stock on a particular date determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
 
(q)   “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
 
(r)   “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
 
(s)   “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.
 
 
 
-3-

 
 
(t)    “Option” means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods.  An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
 
(u)   “Participant” means a person who, as a Director or an employee, officer, or executive of the Bank, has been granted an Award under the Plan, or who has been designated as eligible to make an election to defer compensation under this Plan.
 
(v)   “Performance-Based Awards” means Stock Awards granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to Article 9, but which are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article 10.  All Performance-Based Awards are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
(w)   “Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period.  The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish Performance Goals may include, but shall not be limited to, one or more of the following:  pre- or after-tax net earnings, sales growth, operating earnings, operating cash flow, working capital, return on net assets, return on stockholders’ equity, return on assets, return on capital, Stock price growth, stockholder returns, gross or net profit margin, earnings per share, price per share of Stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.  The Committee shall, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.
 
(x)   “Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.  Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Bank performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual.  The Committee, in its discretion, may, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event, or development, or (ii) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Bank, or the financial statements of the Bank, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.
 
(y)   “Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award.
 
(z)   “Plan” means the New Century Bank 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan as set forth herein.
 
 
 
-4-

 
 
(aa)   “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date.
 
(bb)   “Restricted Stock Award” means Stock granted to a Participant under Article 9 that is subject to certain restrictions and to risk of forfeiture.
 
(cc)   “Stock” means the common stock of New Century Bank and such other securities of New Century Bank which may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 13.
 
(dd)   “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted to a Participant under Article 8 to receive a payment equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as of the date of exercise of the SAR over the grant price of the SAR, all as determined pursuant to Article 8.
 
(ee)   “Stock Award” means a Restricted Stock Award or an Unrestricted Stock Award.
 
(ff)   “Unrestricted Stock Award” means Stock granted to a Participant under Article 9 that is not subject to restrictions or a risk of forfeiture.
 
ARTICLE 4
ADMINISTRATION
 
4.1    COMMITTEE; BOARD APPROVAL .  The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed by, and which serves at the discretion of, the Board.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during any period in which the Bank may be subject to the Exchange Act, either: (i) the Committee shall consist of at least two individuals and each member of the Committee shall qualify as a Non-Employee Director; or (ii) (A) at least two members of the Committee must qualify as Non-Employee Directors, (B) any member of the Committee who does not qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” may not participate in any action of the Committee with respect to any Award under the Plan, and (C) the Plan shall be deemed to be administered by the full Board, the actions of the Committee under the Plan shall be deemed merely advisory to the Board, and the Board’s approval shall be required for all actions of the Committee under the Plan, including without limitation the grant of each Award.  To the extent necessary or desirable (as may be determined by the Board from time to time) each member of the Committee shall also qualify as an “outside director” under Code Section 162(m) and the regulations issued thereunder.  The members of the Committee shall meet such additional criteria as may be necessary or desirable to comply with regulatory or stock exchange rules or exemptions.  The Bank will pay all reasonable expenses of the Committee. The Board of Directors may designate the Bank’s Compensation Committee as the “Committee” hereunder provided the Compensation Committee meets these requirements.
 
4.2    AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE .  Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee (or the Board, in cases where the Board administers the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
 
(a)   Designate Participants to receive Awards;
 
 
 
-5-

 
 
(b)   Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;
 
(c)   Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate;
 
(d)   Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan including but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
 
(e)   Amend, modify, or terminate any outstanding Award, with the Participant’s consent unless the Committee has the authority to amend, modify, or terminate an Award without the Participant’s consent under any other provision of the Plan.
 
(f)   Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
 
(g)   Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;
 
(h)   Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;
 
(i)   Establish, adopt, revise, amend or rescind any guidelines, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
 
(j)   Interpret the terms of, and rule on any matter arising under, the Plan or any Award Agreement;
 
(k)   Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan, including but not limited to, the determination of whether and to what extent any Performance Goals have been achieved; and
 
(l)   Retain counsel, accountants and other consultants to aid in exercising its powers and carrying out its duties under the Plan.
 
4.3    DECISIONS BINDING .  The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted under the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan shall (if approved or ratified by the Board during any period when the Board is deemed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 4.1) be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties and any other persons claiming an interest in any Award or under the Plan.
 
 
-6-

 
 
ARTICLE 5
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
 
5.1    NUMBER OF SHARES .  Subject to adjustment provided in Section 13.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for grant under the Plan, in addition to any shares of Stock that become available by reason of the lapse of an Award granted prior to the Effective date, shall be 200,000 shares.
 
5.2    LAPSED AWARDS .  To the extent that an Award terminates, is cancelled, expires, lapses or is forfeited for any reason, including, but not limited to, the failure to achieve any Performance Goals, any shares of Stock subject to the Award will again be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan; however, shares subject to an Award granted prior to the Effective Date may not again be available for the grant of an Award after the Plan Termination Date.
 
5.3    STOCK DISTRIBUTED .  Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
 
5.4    LIMITATION ON NUMBER OF SHARES SUBJECT TO AWARDS .  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the adjustment in Section 13.1, but subject to any restrictions of applicable law and the other terms and conditions of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that may be granted to any one Participant during a fiscal year of the Bank shall be 25,000 shares.
 
ARTICLE 6
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
6.1            ELIGIBILITY .  Employees and Non-Employee Directors shall be potentially eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.  In making determinations regarding the potential eligibility of any Employee or Non-Employee Director, the Board may take into account the nature of the services rendered by such Employee or Non-Employee Director, their present and potential contributions to the Bank's success and such other factors as the Committee in its discretion shall deem relevant.
 
6.2    ACTUAL PARTICIPATION .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.  No individual shall have any right to be granted an Award under this Plan.
 
ARTICLE 7
STOCK OPTIONS
 
7.1    GENERAL .  The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
 
 
-7-

 
 
(a)   EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall be the Fair Market Value as of the date of grant.
 
(b)   TERM OF OPTION.  No Option shall be exercisable after the date that is 10 years from the date it is granted.
 
(c)   TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE.  Except as provided herein, the Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part.  The Committee shall also determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.  An Option will lapse immediately if a Participant’s employment or service as a Director is terminated for Cause.
 
(d)   TRANSFERABILITY.  Each Option granted under the Plan shall, by its terms, not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Plan, a Participant who holds Options may transfer such Options (but not Incentive Stock Options) to his or her spouse, lineal ascendants, lineal descendants, or to a duly established trust for the benefit of one or more of these individuals.  Options so transferred may thereafter be transferred only to the Participant who originally received the grant or to an individual or trust to whom the Participant could have initially transferred the Options pursuant to this Section 7.1(d).  Options which are transferred pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) shall be exercisable by the transferee according to the same terms and conditions as applied to the Participant (for example, such Options shall terminate automatically, upon the termination of employment or service as a Director of the Participant for Cause).
 
(e)   PAYMENT.  An Option shall be exercised by giving a written notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and containing such other information as the Committee may require and by tendering payment therefore with a cashier's check, certified check, or with existing holdings of Stock held for more than six months. In addition, if the terms of a Stock Option so provide, the optionee may pay the exercise price by directing the Company to withhold from those shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of the Stock Option that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value as of the date of exercise equal to the Stock Option’s exercise price, or the applicable portion of the Stock Option’s exercise price if the Stock Option is not exercised in full.  The shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of the aggregate-share limitation set forth in Section 4, above.
 
(f)   EVIDENCE OF GRANT.  All Options shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.  The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee.
 
7.2   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS .  Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to employees of the Bank or “subsidiary corporations” with respect to the Bank, within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code, and the terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan must comply with the following additional rules, which in case of conflict shall control over other provisions of this Plan that might otherwise be applicable:
 
 
 
-8-

 
 
(a)   EXERCISE.  In no event may any Incentive Stock Option be exercisable for more than ten years from the date of its grant.
 
(b)   INDIVIDUAL DOLLAR LIMITATION.  The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an Award is made) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.00 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision.  To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options.
 
(c)   TEN PERCENT OWNERS.  An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Bank only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisable for no more than five years from the date of grant.
 
(d)   RIGHT TO EXERCISE.  During a Participant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.
 
ARTICLE 8
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
 
8.1    GRANT OF SARS .  The Committee is authorized to grant SARs to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
 
(a)   RIGHT TO PAYMENT.  Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant to whom it is granted has the right to receive the excess, if any, of:
 
(1)   The Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise; over
 
(2)   The grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Committee, which shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant.
 
(b)   OTHER TERMS.  All such Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.  The terms, methods of exercise, methods of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award and shall be reflected in the Award Agreement, except that in all events a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only when the underlying Incentive Stock Option may be exercised.  For purposes of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right shall be considered to be granted in tandem with an Incentive Stock Option if the exercise of one results in an automatic forfeiture of the other, or if the exercise of one results in the automatic exercise of the other.
 
 
 
-9-

 
 
ARTICLE 9
STOCK AWARDS
 
9.1    GRANT OF STOCK .  The Committee is authorized to grant Unrestricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Awards to Participants in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee.  All such Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
 
9.2    ISSUANCE AND RESTRICTIONS .  An Unrestricted Stock Award may provide for a transfer of shares of Stock to a Participant at the time the Award is granted, or it may provide for a deferred transfer of shares of Stock subject to conditions prescribed by the Committee.  Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture as the Committee may impose.  These restrictions and risks may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.
 
9.3    FORFEITURE .  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service as a Director during the applicable restriction period, Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited, provided, however, that the Committee may provide in any Restricted Stock Award that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to the Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to the Stock.
 
9.4    CERTIFICATES FOR RESTRICTED STOCK .  Restricted Stock Awards granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine.  If certificates representing shares of Stock subject to Restricted Stock Awards are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such shares, and the Bank may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.
 
ARTICLE 10
PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS
 
10.1    PURPOSE .  The purpose of this Article 10 is to provide the Committee the ability to qualify the Awards under Article 9 as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.  If the Committee, in its discretion, decides to grant a Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee, the provisions of this Article 10 shall control over any contrary provision contained in Article 9.
 
10.2    APPLICABILITY .  This Article 10 shall apply only to those Covered Employees selected by the Committee to receive Performance-Based Awards.  The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Awards other than Performance-Based Awards   to Covered Employees that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 10.  The designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive an Award for the period.  Moreover, designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Covered Employee as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one Covered Employee as a Participant shall not require designation of any other Covered Employees as a Participant in such period or in any other period.
 
 
 
-10-

 
 
10.3    DISCRETION OF COMMITTEE WITH RESPECT TO PERFORMANCE AWARDS .  With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type of Performance-Based Awards to be issued, the kind and/or level of the Performance Goal, and whether the Performance Goal is to apply to the Bank or any division or business unit thereof or to particular Participants or other individuals.
 
10.4    PAYMENT OF PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS .  Unless otherwise provided in the relevant Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Bank on the last day of the Performance Period to be eligible for a Performance-Based Award for such Performance Period.  In determining the actual size of an individual Performance-Based Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance-Based Award earned for the Performance Period, if in its sole and absolute discretion, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.
 
10.5    SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL .  The Board shall disclose to the shareholders of the Bank the material terms of any Performance-Based Award, and shall seek approval of the shareholders of the Performance-Based Award before any Stock is transferred to a Participant, or before any restrictions with respect to same lapse, pursuant to the Award.  The Committee shall certify that the Performance Goals with respect to any Performance - Based Award have been achieved before any Stock is transferred to a Participant, or before any restrictions with respect to same lapse.  Such disclosure, approval and certification shall be effected in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
 
ARTICLE 11
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
 
11.1    STAND-ALONE AND TANDEM AWARDS .  Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted under the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.
 
11.2    EXCHANGE PROVISIONS .  The Committee may at any time offer to exchange or buy out any previously granted Award for a payment in cash, Stock, or another Award, based on the terms and conditions the Committee determines and communicates to the Participant at the time the offer is made.
 
11.3    TERM OF AWARD .  The term of each Award shall be for the period as determined by the Committee, provided that in no event shall the term of any Incentive Stock Option or a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an Incentive Stock Option exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant.
 
 
 
-11-

 
 
11.4    LIMITS ON TRANSFER .  No right or interest of a Participant in any Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Bank, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Bank; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to imply any obligation of the Bank to lend against or accept a lien or pledge of any Award for any reason.  No Award shall be assignable or transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that the Committee, in its discretion, may permit a Participant to make a gratuitous transfer of an Award that is not an Incentive Stock Option or a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an Incentive Stock Option to his or her spouse, lineal descendants, lineal ascendants, or a duly established trust for the benefit of one or more of these individuals.
 
11.5    BENEFICIARIES .  Notwithstanding Section 11.4, a Participant may, if and to the extent, and in such manner as may be determined by the Committee from time to time, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death.  A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.  If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the Participant’s estate.  Subject to the foregoing, if a Participant is entitled to designate a beneficiary, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time in accordance with any procedures or conditions established by the Committee from time to time, provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee.
 
11.6    STOCK CERTIFICATES .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Awards, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded as well as the terms of this Plan and any other terms, conditions or restrictions that may be applicable.  All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded.  The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.
 

 
 
-12-

 

 
ARTICLE 12
DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION

12.1            RIGHT TO DEFER COMPENSATION .

(a)           TYPES OF DEFERRALS.  Any Participant designated by the Board or by the Committee may elect to defer (i) all or any portion of the Participant's salary, (ii) any percentage of a fiscal year bonus determined by the Board or other duly constituted authority or delegate to be payable to such Participant, or (iii) all or any portion of the Participant’s director’s fees.  Such election shall remain in force for all future years, to the extent applicable, until modified or revoked.  In addition, the Committee, in its discretion, may permit a Participant to elect to defer his or her receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of shares of Stock that would otherwise be due to such Participant pursuant to an Award.  Any election under this Section 12.1 shall be made by written notice delivered to the Board or Committee, specifying the amount (or percentage) of salary and/or bonus and/or directors’ fees and/or the Award to be deferred.

(b)           TIMING OF ELECTIONS.  A Participant may, at any time within 30 days of first becoming eligible to participate in this Plan, make an election to defer salary or director’s fees earned after such election.  Any increase or decrease in future deferrals of salary or director’s fees earned during a calendar year must be made prior to such calendar year.  A Participant may make an initial election to defer a bonus for a fiscal year, or may elect to increase or decrease the amount of a fiscal year bonus to be deferred, if such election is made prior to such fiscal year.  A Participant may make an election to defer the receipt of cash or shares of Stock otherwise payable or transferable to the Participant pursuant to an Award in accordance with the terms of such Award.

12.2            DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS .

(a)   ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS.  A Deferred Compensation Account in the name of each Participant who has elected to defer compensation under the Plan shall be established and maintained as a special ledger account on the books of the Bank.  On the last day of each calendar month in which salary or director’s fees deferred under this Plan would have become payable to a Participant (in the absence of an election to defer payment thereof), the amount of such deferred salary or director’s fees shall be credited to the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account.  On the last day of the month in which the bonuses deferred under this Plan would have become payable to a Participant in the absence of an election to defer payment thereof, the amount of such deferred bonus shall be credited to the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account.  On the last day of the month in which an Award would have otherwise become payable or transferable to a Participant in the absence of an election to defer receipt thereof, the amount of such deferred Award shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account.
 
(b)   DEEMED INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNT BALANCE.
 
(1)           Except as otherwise provided by the terms of an Award, the Participant shall, at the time of making a deferred compensation election under this Plan, make an election directing the Bank to credit to the Deferred Compensation Account in that calendar year based upon the options made available by the Board or designated Committee which options may include either cash, Stock, or a combination of cash and Stock equal in value to the amount of the current year's salary or bonus deferred under the Plan.  In addition to cash or Stock, the Board or the Committee may offer to the Participant such deemed investment options as it shall decide are appropriate.  Such investment options may include deemed investments in individual stocks or bonds, mutual funds, and such other investment options as the Board or Committee may choose.  The Board or Committee shall not be required to offer the same deemed investment options to each Participant but may restrict certain investment options to designated Participants.  In the absence of a contrary election by a Participant, the amount credited to a Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited as cash.
 
 
 
-13-

 
 
(2)           If the Participant directs that any amount credited to the Deferred Compensation account be credited in the form of Stock, the Board shall credit to the Deferred Compensation Account sufficient shares of Stock equal in value to the Deferred Compensation Account balance, or such lesser amount as the Participant shall direct.  The value of such Stock shall be determined in accordance with a valuation methodology approved by the Board or by the Committee.  Except as provided in Section 12.6, such Stock credited to the Deferred Compensation Account shall merely constitute a bookkeeping entry of the Bank, and (except as provided herein) the Participant shall have no voting, dividend, or other legal or economic rights with respect to such Stock.  At the end of each fiscal quarter, an amount equivalent to all dividends which would otherwise have been payable with respect to such Stock shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account as additional Stock.  The amount of the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account that is credited as cash shall accrue interest at a rate no less than the money market deposit account rate charged by the Bank to its depositors (as such rate may change from time to time) and shall not exceed the highest rate paid on Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) by the Bank plus two percent (2%).  Such interest with respect to a Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited to such account quarterly, based on the weighted average daily prime rate or the IRA rate for the three (3) month period ending on the last day of the quarter.
 
(4)           The Participant shall elect the portion of their deferral to be allocated to Stock or cash or such other option as made available by the Board at the time of making such election to defer compensation.  Such allocation may not be amended with respect to such deferral without the approval of the Committee.  Any allocation to Stock shall be paid in the form of Stock.  No Participant will be granted the right to take payment of the Stock in cash rather than in shares.
 
(4)           If, at any time, the deferral of a Participant is allocated to Stock, and such Participant would otherwise be deemed to have violated the short-swing profit rules of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act through such allocation, the allocation to Stock shall be void and such allocation shall default to cash.
 
12.3            PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION .

(a)         IN GENERAL.  Amounts credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be payable upon the Participant’s Distribution Event.  The Participant shall determine the method of distributing the amounts in the Deferred Compensation Account at the time the first election to participate in the Plan is made, which shall be either a single distribution or a series of up to ten (10) consecutive, substantially equal annual installments paid to such Participant or his or her beneficiary, as the case may be, on or before January 15 of each year, commencing in the year following the Distribution Event.  If no such election is made, the method of distribution shall be determined solely by the Board .   If the Participant has elected to receive installment distributions, and less than the full value of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account balance has been distributed as of the date of his or her death, the balance shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary in accordance with the same method in effect at the Participant’s death, except that the beneficiary may elect, with the consent of the Committee, to receive the balance of the Deferred Compensation Account in a single lump sum.  For purposes of this Article 12, a Participant’s “beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 11.5 of this Plan, or, in the absence of such designation or if no such person survives the Participant, the Participant’s estate.  If any portion of the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account is credited with Stock, then distributions from that portion of the Deferred Compensation Account shall be made directly in the form of Stock.  Undistributed amounts shall continue to earn interest or accrue dividends, as the case may be, as provided in accordance with this Plan.
 
 
 
-14-

 

(b)  MODIFICATION OF PAYMENT TERMS.  A Participant may change a Distribution Election at any time at least sixty (90) days prior to a Distribution Event.

(c)   CHANGE IN CONTROL.  In the event of a Change in Control, a Participant shall be permitted to elect to receive a distribution of all or a portion of his or her Deferred Compensation Account, provided that any such election hereunder must be made within the period commencing thirty days prior to such Change in Control and ending on the date of such Change in Control.  Any distribution pursuant to this Section 12.3(c) shall be made (i) in the form of cash and/or Stock as his or her Deferred Compensation Account is allocated and (ii) within seven (7) days subsequent to the Change in Control.
 
(d)   HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION IN THE CASE OF FINANCIAL EMERGENCY.  Prior to the time a Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant would otherwise become payable, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may elect to distribute all or a portion of the Deferred Compensation Account in the event such Participant requests a distribution by reason of severe financial hardship.  For purposes of this Plan, severe financial hardship shall be deemed to exist in the event the Committee determines that a Participant needs a distribution to meet immediate and heavy financial needs resulting from a sudden or unexpected illness or accident of the Participant, or a member of his or her family, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.  A distribution based on financial hardship shall not exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship. In the event the Participant is a member of the Committee making such determination, the Participant shall not participate in the decision by the Committee.
 

 
-15-

 
 
12.4            TRUST PROVISIONS .

(a)   ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST.  The Bank may in its sole discretion establish one or more trusts to provide a source of payment for its obligations under the Plan and such trust shall be permitted to hold cash, Stock, or other assets to the extent of the Bank's obligations hereunder.  The Bank may, but is not required to, utilize a single trust with respect to its obligations to Participants who are members of the Board and Participants who are not members of the Board.  The accounts of multiple Participants may be held under a single trust but in such event each account shall be separately maintained and segregated from each other account.
 
(b)   CLAIMS OF THE COMPANY’S CREDITORS.  All assets held by any account or trust created hereunder and all distributions to be made by the Bank or   any trustee pursuant to this Plan and any trust agreement shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Bank, including judgment creditors and bankruptcy creditors.  The rights of a Participant or his or her beneficiaries in or to any assets of the trust shall be no greater than the rights of an unsecured creditor of the Bank.
 
12.5  NON-ASSIGNMENT .  No right or interest of any Participant or any person claiming through or under such Participant in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be assignable or transferable in any manner or be subject to alienation, anticipation, sale, pledge, encumbrance or other legal process (including execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, bankruptcy, or otherwise) or in any manner be subject to the debts or liabilities of such Participant.  If any Participant or any such person shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his or her benefits hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his or her bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him or her, then the Committee, in its discretion, may terminate his or her interest in any such benefit to the extent the Committee considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence.  Termination shall be effected by filing a written declaration of termination with the Committee’s records and making reasonable efforts to deliver a copy to such Participant or any such other person or his or her legal representative.  As long as any Participant is alive, any amounts affected by the termination shall be retained by the Bank or the trustee of any trust established pursuant to Section 12.4 of this Plan and, in the Committee's sole and absolute discretion, may be paid to or expended for the benefit of such Participant, his or her spouse, his or her children, or any other person or persons in fact dependent upon him or her in such a manner as the Committee shall deem proper.

ARTICLE 13
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
 
   13.1    GENERAL .
 
(a)   SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANT.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or similar corporate change, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Committee may grant Awards shall be appropriately adjusted.  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Stock outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee may, but need not, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted as the Committee may deem appropriate.
 
 
 
-16-

 
 
(b)   OUTSTANDING AWARDS – INCREASE OR DECREASE IN ISSUED SHARES WITHOUT CONSIDERATION.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares of Stock or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the shares of Stock), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Bank, the Committee shall proportionally adjust the number of shares of Stock subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price per share of Stock of each such Award.
 
(c)   OUTSTANDING AWARDS – CERTAIN MERGERS.  Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Bank, in the event that the Bank shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Award outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Award would have received in such merger or consolidation.
 
(d)   OUTSTANDING AWARDS – CERTAIN OTHER TRANSACTIONS.  In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Bank, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Bank's assets, (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank in which the Bank is not the surviving corporation or (iv) a merger or consolidation involving the Bank, or any other reorganization transaction (including without limitation the formation of a holding company for the Bank) in which the Bank is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation and/or other property, including cash, the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, have the power to:
 
(1)   cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Award outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Award was granted an amount in cash, for each share of Stock subject to such Award, respectively, equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of such event over (B) the exercise of such Award; or
 
(2)   provide for the exchange of each Award outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) for an option, a stock appreciation right, restricted stock award, performance share award or performance-based award with respect to, as appropriate, some or all of the property for which such Award is exchanged and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion in the exercise price or value of the option, stock appreciate right, restricted stock award, performance share award or performance-based award or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock award, performance share award or performance-based award or, if appropriate, provide for a cash payment to the Participant to whom such Award was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Award, or any combination thereof.
 
 
 
-17-

 
 
(e)   OUTSTANDING AWARDS – OTHER CHANGES.  In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Bank or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share exercise price of each Award as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.
 
(f)   NO ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL REQUIRED IN CERTAIN CASES.  Except to the extent required by applicable law, no adjustment in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards, and no adjustment in the number of shares available for grant under this Plan, shall require additional shareholder approval, and all such future adjustments shall be deemed approved by the approval of this Plan, to the extent that such adjustment, whether automatic or discretionary, is proportional to and accompanies an equivalent adjustment in the number of shares held by the Bank’s shareholders.
 
(g)   NO OTHER RIGHTS.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Bank or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by the Bank of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the exercise price of any Award.
 
ARTICLE 14
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION
 
14.1    AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION .  At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that the Board shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holder of a majority of the shares of each class of voting stock of the Bank, make any amendment which would (i) abolish the Committee without designating such other committee, change the qualifications of its members, or withdraw the administration of the Plan from its supervision, (ii) except strictly as and to the extent provided in this Plan and permitted by applicable law, increase the maximum number of shares of Stock for which Awards may be granted under the Plan, (iii) amend the formula for determination of the exercise price of Options, (iv) extend the term of the Plan, and (v) amend the requirements as to the employees eligible to receive Awards; and further provided that no other amendment shall be made without shareholder approval to the extent shareholder approval is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulations or stock exchange rule.
 
14.2    AWARDS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED .  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, including without limitation, the provisions of Article 13, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.
 
 
 
-18-

 
 
ARTICLE 15
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
15.1    NO RIGHTS TO AWARDS .  No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and neither the Bank nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.
 
15.2    NO STOCKHOLDERS RIGHTS .  No Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Bank unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.
 
15.3    WITHHOLDING .  The Bank shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Bank, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan.  A Participant may elect to have the Bank withhold from those shares of Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of any Option, a number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount necessary to satisfy the Bank’s applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding obligations.
 
15.4    NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES .  Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Bank or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Bank.
 
15.5    INDEMNIFICATION .  To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Bank   and any of its applicable subsidiaries from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her provided he or she gives the Bank an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Bank’s or any of its applicable subsidiaries’ Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Bank or any of its applicable subsidiaries may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
 
15.6    FRACTIONAL SHARES .  No fractional shares of stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.
 
 
 
-19-

 
 
15.7    GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS .  The obligation of the Bank to make payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required.  The Bank shall be under no obligation to register, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other federal or state securities laws, any of the shares of Stock paid under the Plan.  If the shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state laws, the Bank may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
 
15.8    GOVERNING LAW .  The Plan and the terms of all Awards shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania without regard to rules of choice of law or conflict of laws, except to the extent such laws may be pre-empted by the federal laws of the United States of America.
 
 
 
-20-


 
Exhibit 10.8
 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Non-Qualified Option - Immediate Vesting – Director or Employee)

THIS AGREEMENT GRANTS A NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION (“NQO”)


Dear ______________(“Grantee”):

In view of your substantial contributions toward the achievement of the business goals and objectives of NEW CENTURY BANK (the "Bank") and the expectation of your future contributions, the Board of Directors of the Bank is pleased to award you an option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Bank pursuant to the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan of New Century Bank (the "Plan"). This is the stock option agreement between you and the Bank. The option awarded to you is subject to the following terms.

1. NUMBER OF SHARES: You are awarded an option to purchase a total of _____ shares of the Common Stock of the Bank, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

2. TYPE OF OPTION: The option awarded to you is a Non-Qualified Option as that term is defined in the Plan.  This option is NOT to be treated as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

3. EXERCISE PRICE: The shares may be purchased upon your exercise of this option for the price of $10.25 per share

4. DATE OF GRANT OF AWARD: The Grant Date of the award of this option is December 30, 2005, which is also the date of this Agreement.

5. STATED EXPIRATION DATE: Unless earlier terminated as explained below, the option awarded to you expires (with respect to any number of shares subject to this option not previously exercised) on the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date stated above. This is the Stated Expiration Date .

6. DATE OPTION BECOMES EXERCISABLE; VESTING SCHEDULE; LOSS OF OPTION IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES:

(a) Subject to the remaining terms of this Agreement, your right to exercise this option shall vest as follows but only if, at the time each increment is scheduled to vest, you have, on a continuous basis throughout the period from the Grant Date to the date the increment of shares is scheduled to vest, remained either employed with the Bank on a full-time basis or in service for the Bank as a director, or both.  Subject to the foregoing:  (i) you will have the right to purchase one-third (1/3) of the shares covered by this Agreement on the date that is one year from the Grant Date, and (ii) you will have the right to purchase additional one-third (1/3) increments of the shares covered hereby at one (1) year intervals after that, so that this option becomes fully vested three (3) years after the Grant Date.   If the number of shares subject to this option is not divisible by 3 resulting in a whole number, the one-third number of shares vesting on the First Vesting Date shall be rounded up to the next whole number and the balance of unvested shares shall be divided by two (2) for purposes of determining the number of shares vesting at subsequent dates, with a similar rounding process used on the second vesting date if the result of such division does not produce a whole number.
 
 
 
 

 

 
(b) This stock option is not exercisable for any shares until it vests as to those shares and you satisfy the other requirements of this Agreement.  Once this stock option is vested as to any shares and is exercisable as to those shares, it remains exercisable as to those shares at any time until the expiration of the option in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the terms of the Plan.

7. EXERCISE OF OPTION: You may exercise the option awarded to you from time to time as provided above by delivering to the Bank all of the following:

(a) Written notice of the exercise marked to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer specifying the number of whole shares in respect of which you are exercising the option, in the form of “Notice of Stock Option Exercise” attached to this Agreement or another form acceptable to the Bank, completed and signed by you.

(b) Payment of the exercise price by certified check payable to the order of the Bank.

(c) Payment of any federal, state and local withholding taxes required in respect of such exercise in any combination of the forms of payment described in (b) above.

Upon receipt of the payment and documents and payments listed above, the Bank will issue you a certificate for the number of shares with respect to which you have exercised the option.

8. EXERCISE DATE: The date on which the Bank receives the documents specified above in complete and otherwise acceptable form and the payments specified above will be treated as the Exercise Date with respect to your exercise of the stock option.

9. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION: Except as provided by the Plan, the option awarded to you is exercisable only by you. The option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged as security or hypothecated in any other way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process even if you agree with someone else that it will be, except that if you die while still employed with the Bank , your estate or the person who acquires the right to exercise the Stock Option upon your death by bequest or inheritance may exercise your option. Upon any attempt by you to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option or of any portion thereof or upon the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process on this option or on any portion thereof, the option awarded to you will immediately expire with respect to the number of shares not exercised prior to such event.

10. RIGHTS IN SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTION: You will not be treated as a holder of any of the shares subject to this option or of any rights of a holder of such shares unless and until the shares are issued to you as evidenced by stock certificates.

11. EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT: This Agreement is not an employment agreement or service contract. Therefore, none of the rights awarded to you by this Agreement affect, in any way, your employment or service relationship with the Bank.

12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE: Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, upon termination of your employment (and service as a director, if applicable) with the Bank, the unexercised portion of this option will terminate according to the following terms:

(a) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is on account of death or disability or you terminate on account of retirement which has been approved by the Bank, your option will terminate on the Stated Expiration Date described above.
 
 
 
 

 

 
(b) If the termination of your employment or severance from service as a director is for “Cause” as defined in the Plan, your option will terminate automatically with respect to any shares not previously exercised, effective immediately as of your termination or separation.
 
(c) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is by your own act, your option will terminate at the close of business on the earlier of the Stated Expiration Date described above or on the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of your termination or separation.

(d) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is for any other reason, your option will terminate at the close of business on the earlier of the Stated Expiration Date described above or on the third (3rd) anniversary of the date that your employment with the Bank and services as a director shall have terminated.

13. OPTION AWARDED SUBJECT TO PLAN PROVISIONS: The Plan provisions take precedence over the provisions of this Agreement, Therefore, in the case of any inconsistency between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Plan in effect on the Grant Date, the provision of the Plan will control.

14. DETERMINATION OF “FAIR MARKET VALUE”; NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION REGARDING TAX CONSEQUENCES:

(a) “Fair Market Value” as defined in the Plan as of any date of reference shall be determined by the Bank.  The Bank’s determination and method of determination shall be conclusive upon you if consistent with Sections 422 and 409A of the Code (or successor provisions) and any regulations or interest thereunder at the time of the valuation.  The Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain an independent appraisal to determine “Fair Market Value.”

(b) Bank does not make any representations or warranties to you with respect to any federal, state or other income or other tax consequences with respect to the grant or exercise of this option or any disposition of this option or any shares issuable upon its exercise (including without limitation whether the grant or any exercise or disposition of any option shares or rights or stock acquired as a result of exercise of this option is at “fair market value”).  It is your responsibility to consult with your own tax advisor with respect to such matters.

15. COUNTERPARTS: This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be deemed one and the same agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Grantee have duly executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date.

NEW CENTURY BANK
 
 
By: ________________________________
Print Name: __________________________
Title: _______________________________
Grantee:
 
 
________________________________
(Signature)
Print Name: _______________________

 
 
 

 
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
2004 INCENTIVE EQUITY AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

To:           New Century Bank

From:      ___________________________                                                      Date:           ____________________, 20____
(Grantee Name)
Address: ______________________________________________________________________
Tel.No. (______) _______ - ___________

Date of Grant: _______________, _______
Number of Shares Exercised: ________                                                                             Exercise Price Per Share: $_________     

  Total Exercise Price: $ __________. ____
  PLUS (Contact Payroll to Determine):  
  Federal Income Tax Withholding $ __________. ____
 
F.I.C.A. Tax Withholding
$ __________. ____
 
Pennsylvania Personal Income Tax Withholding
$ __________. ____
 
Local Earned Income Tax Withholding
$ __________. ____
 
Subtotal of withholding taxes
$ __________. ____
     
 
TOTAL REMITTANCE
$ __________. ____
______________________________________________________________________

THE FOLLOWING SECTION IS ONLY APPLICABLE IF THE USE OF SHARES TO PAY PART OF THE EXERCISE PRICE IS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
_____ Check this box if you want to use all or part of any shares you own or are being exercised that are “in the money” to pay exercise price or taxes.  How many shares:  _________.]

LESS “Fair Market Value” of any shares being exercised that are
requested and may be used to pay exercise price or taxes, AS
DETERMINED BY BANK (Contact Payroll to Determine):
 
 
 
$ __________. ____
NET REMITTANCE
$ __________. ____

 (IF THIS SECTION IS APPLICABLE, attach properly endorsed certificates of stock to be used to pay part of price).   Please note that value of this stock and the final amount of remittance due is subject to adjustment pending Bank’s determination of applicable stock value.)
______________________________________________________________________

Attach certified check for remittance due.

Please accept the above notice of exercise and issue share certificates as required.

__________________________________
(signature of person authorized to exercise)


 
 

 
Exhibit 10.10



GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC:                                                                LANDLORD


TO


NEW CENTURY BANK:                                                      TENANT


LEASE


SPACE:

15,298 SQUARE FEET IN THE GATEWAY BUILDING



100 FRENCH CREEK PARKWAY, PHOENIXVILLE, PA 19460


TERM:



FROM: APRIL 1, 2007
TO: MARCH 31, 2022
 
 
1

 
 
 
LEASE

THIS IS A LEASE AGREEMENT ("Lease") dated January 5, 2007.

The parties are GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC , 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460, ("Landlord") and NEW CENTURY BANK ("Tenant").

The terms of this Lease are:

1.  TERM :  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant for use only as a lawful and respectable office for the purpose of banking and other financial services operations, the floor area ("Leased Space") shown in the attached Exhibit "A" in the building known as “The Gateway Building” ("Building") erected by Landlord at 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (the “Land”).  The initial term of this Lease is fifteen (15) years and zero (0) months to commence on April 1, 2007 (the “Initial Term”).  Tenant shall have two (2) options to extend the term of this Lease as set forth on Exhibit “E” attached hereto and made part hereof.

 
2.   OCCUPANCY AND RENTAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT : Rental payment shall commence April 1, 2007, provided that: Landlord completes construction of the office improvements as described in paragraph 6 (COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS) and receives a Certificate of Occupancy from the Borough of Phoenixville on or before April 15, 2007.
 
 
Should Landlord not complete construction and receive the above stated Certificate of Occupancy on or before April 15, 2007, then Tenant’s rental payment shall commence on the date the above stated Certificate of Occupancy is issued.
 

3.  RENT :  Total base rent for the term of this Lease is Five Million Six Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand One Hundred Forty-Six and 00/100 Dollars ($5,659,146.00).  The monthly base rent ("Rent") is as shown below:

Year
Monthly Base Rental
   
1
$28,084.50
2
$28,403.21
3
$28,721.92
4
$29,040.63
5
$29,359.33
6
$29,996.75
7
$30,634.17
8
$31,271.58
9
$31,909.00
10
$32,546.42
11
$33,529.18
 
 
2

 
 
 
 
12
$34,524.70
13
$34,524.70
14
$34,524.70
15
$34,524.70


prorated for any partial calendar month of occupancy, payable in advance without prior notice or demand and without any set-off or deduction on the first day of each calendar month at Landlord's principal office, or at such other place as Landlord may direct.  Monthly Rent payment will commence on April 1, 2007, or when occupancy is given by Landlord to Tenant, whichever is later.

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the Leased Space consists of 15,298 rentable square feet, consisting of 7,420 square feet on the first floor and 7,878 square feet on the second floor.

4.  SECURITY DEPOSIT :

(a)           As security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms and conditions upon Tenant's part to be performed and for the payment of any damages to which Landlord may be entitled in the event of default by Tenant hereunder, Tenant has this day deposited with Landlord the sum of Twenty Eight Thousand Eighty Five and 00/100 Dollars ($28,084.50) (the "Security Deposit") which shall be applied to the first month’s rental. Should Tenant fail to occupy the Leased Space and Landlord fulfills its obligations per Paragraph 2 above, Landlord may retain said Security Deposit.
 
5.  ARCHITECTURAL FEES : New Century Bank has contracted directly with VPA to complete the required A & E Construction Documents upon the full execution of the Letter of Intent dated December 11, 2006.
 
6.  COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS; REGULATORY APPROVAL; SPECIAL BANKING EQUIPMENT :
 
(a) Landlord will construct, in accordance with the attached plans prepared by Van Potteiger (“VPA”) with specifications noted by Landlord, at Landlord’s cost, all office improvements, excepting the Mini-Branch area. The Mini-Branch area will be constructed solely at Tenant’s cost and will be bid out by Tenant (or VPA) separately to contractors, including Landlord. Landlord will be given the opportunity by Tenant to match the low bid and be awarded the contract to construct the Mini-Branch area. In addition, Tenant is responsible for the cost and installation of the back up generator and any and all other specific or specialty tenant required design elements which will be for use by Tenant. Landlord will use building standard materials to construct the aforementioned office improvements, except the executive area as shown on the attached plans.
 
 
 
3

 

 
(b) If Landlord shall be unable to give possession of the Leased Space on or before April 1, 2007 by reason of the fact that improvements or alterations shall not have been sufficiently completed to make the Leased Space ready for occupancy or for any other similar or dissimilar reason, the monthly rental reserved and covenanted to be paid herein shall not commence until the possession of the Leased Space is given or the Leased Space is available for occupancy by Tenant, and no such failure to give possession on the date of commencement of the term shall in any way affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder, nor shall same be construed in any way to extend the term of this Lease.  If permission is given to Tenant to enter into possession of the Leased Space prior to April 1, 2007, Tenant covenants and agrees that such occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease, except as to the covenant to pay annual rental.  In such case such annual rental shall commence as specified in this Lease.  If Landlord shall fail to give Tenant possession of all the Leased Space on or before July 1 September 30, 2007, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease and in the event Tenant exercises such option, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant all of Tenant’s losses, costs and expenses in connection with this Lease, the Leased Space and any improvements or work commenced by Tenant prior to the date of such election.

(c)     Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any losses, costs, damages, of claims or whatever nature which may arise out of or in connection with the compliance requirements ser forth in the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, relating to the design, renovation, alteration and/or construction in or about the Leased Space, constructed by Landlord at the request or direction of Tenant. This paragraph shall apply to Tenant’s Improvements as set forth in Exhibits “A” and “B” hereto, and to any subsequent modification or alteration of the Leased Space pursuant to subparagraph 11(c) of this Lease. This indemnification and hold harmless shall not apply to losses, costs, damages, or claims arising from the condition of the Leased Space as the same existed prior to the date of this Lease.

(d) Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s receipt from the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, on or before April 1, 2007, of any approvals required for Tenant to establish a fully staffed retail branch in the Leased Space and to relocate its executive and administrative offices to the Leased Space.  Tenant agrees to (i) initiate requests to each regulatory agency for any applicable approvals promptly after the signing of this Lease, (ii) pursue such approvals with all reasonable diligence, (iii) apprise Landlord from time to time upon request regarding the status of such approvals, and (iv) notify Landlord upon the approval or denial of any regulatory application.

(e) Landlord agrees that Tenant shall be permitted, subject to having obtained all necessary governmental approvals therefor, to construct, install, maintain, repair and replace from time to time each of the following (hereinafter referred to individually and collectively as “Special Banking Equipment”):

(i) In either an exterior wall of the Building or in an interior first floor lobby wall of the Building, in a location to be selected by Tenant subject to Landlord’s approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), a through-the-wall ATM accessible to customers, together with a vestibule or other exterior enclosure, and in either case with related signage and related security devices as desired by Tenant and permitted by applicable governmental authorities, and, if Tenant installs such an ATM Landlord and Tenant agree that the improvements and changes to the exterior wall to accommodate the ATM shall be deemed an “Identified Improvement” for purposes of this Lease.  Landlord agrees that the ATM equipment itself is a trade fixture and shall not be deemed an improvement or part of the Building or Leased Space.
 
 
 
4

 

 
(ii) In either an exterior wall of the Building or in an interior first floor lobby wall of the Building, in a location to be selected by Tenant subject to Landlord’s approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), a night depository box or slot accessible, at Tenant’s option (but subject to all necessary governmental approvals) from outside the Building or from the Building first floor lobby, respectively.

(iii) Within the Leased Space at a location of Tenant’s choosing, a through-the-wall ATM on the same terms and conditions as described in paragraph (i) above.

(iv) Within the Leased Space at locations of Tenant’s choosing, such teller counters or stations, safe deposit boxes and a safe or vault as Tenant may determine.

(v) Within the Leased Space at locations of Tenant’s choosing, and through and in such other portions of the Building and Land in such locations as Tenant may select subject to Landlord’s approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (but not within any space leased by other tenants without the consent of the applicable tenant), such security and communications equipment, devices, lines and cables (subject to all necessary governmental approvals) as Tenant may determine to be desirable for its banking and financial services activities from time to time.

Tenant shall be exclusively responsible for the costs of installing, maintaining, repairing and replacing any and all Special Banking Equipment.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, all Special Banking Equipment shall remain Tenant’s sole personal property and shall not be deemed fixtures, and Tenant shall remove the same at the termination of this Lease, in which event Tenant shall pay any costs of removal and any resulting costs to restore the Building to its condition prior to such removal.

7.            COVENANTS OF LANDLORD :  Landlord will at no additional expense to Tenant beyond payments under paragraph 8(a):

(a)           Supply for normal office use, janitor and cleaning services (subject, however, to the provisions of Section 27 of this Lease), common area electricity and hot and cold water, all in amounts and at times consistent with similar services provided in first class office buildings in the Suburban Philadelphia area, but Landlord will not be liable for failure to supply such services for any cause beyond its control.  The Leased Space shall be each individually metered and directly billed for Tenant Electric. In addition, Tenant’s electrical usage for Tenant’s HVAC will be measured on the building house meter, and Tenant will additionally be billed for its proportionate share of building’s total HVAC and common area electric which shall be fifty percent.
 
 
5


 
(b)           Supply and maintain window blinds selected by Landlord for all outside windows;
 
(c)           Provide for Tenant five (5) parking spaces per 1,000 square feet of gross lease-able area of the premises (76 parking spaces). In addition, the Landlord will dedicate ten (10) parking spaces on the Land adjacent to the branch as New Century Bank customer parking. Additionally, a handicap space will be provided in a manner usable by van and wheelchair for New Century’s Chairman in a location adjacent to the north lobby office entrance to the building. Promptly after execution of this Lease, Landlord will consult with Tenant before finalizing any parking arrangements with third parties for the parking spaces that are part of the Gateway Building;
 
(d)           Maintain the Leased Space (including all standard plumbing and other fixtures, standard light bulbs, etc., except for damage caused by Tenant’s negligence), and the Building, including all common areas, systems, fixtures, etc., in good repair and condition at all times consistent with first class office buildings in the Suburban Philadelphia area;

(e)           Provide landscaping, snow and ice removal and appropriate maintenance of the grounds, walkways and driveways and parking areas in The Gateway Building;

(f)           Supply and maintain heating, air conditioning and utility equipment to the Leased Space; and

(g)           Cause the Building and Land to comply with all laws, including zoning laws and regulations.

8.            ADDITIONAL RENT :  Tenant will pay as additional rent (“Additional Rent”) at the times herein stated in this Lease (if no times are stated, then on the first day of the month after Landlord notifies Tenant of the amount of such Additional Rent):

(a)           Increases in the monthly Rent that result from application of the rent adjustment provisions set forth in the attached Exhibit “C”, subject to the following: In determining Operating Expenses, as defined in Exhibit “C”, for any calendar year or portion thereof during which less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the area of the Building shall have been occupied by tenants for more than thirty (30) days during such year, Operating Expenses shall be deemed for such year to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be incurred had such occupancy of the Building been ninety-five percent (95%) throughout such year, as reasonably determined by Landlord.
 
 
6

 

 
(b)           Other Charges Due As Rent:  Tenant shall pay as additional rent any and all sums of money or charges (other than Base Rent) required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, whether or not the same be designated “additional rent”.  This shall include all charges for any miscellaneous services, goods or materials furnished by Landlord at Tenant’s request which are not required to be furnished by Landlord under this Lease.  Tenant shall also pay as additional rent any and all sums which may become due by reason of the failure of Tenant to comply with each and every covenant, term or condition of this Lease and any default by Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease and with any obligation under the law.  If such amounts or charges are not paid when due, they shall nevertheless, be collectible as additional rent with any installment of rent thereafter falling due.  For the purpose of his Lease, all Base Rent plus all additional rent are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as “Rent”.

(c)            Late Charge:  Landlord may charge a late charge of five percent (5%) of any amounts owed to Landlord pursuant to this Lease which are not paid within ten (10) days of the date when such payment is due.  Such late charge is designed to compensate Landlord for expenses incurred in handling such delinquencies, and is not to be deemed a penalty.  Landlord’s failure to impose such a late charge in any particular case shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to do so in any future case.

9.              COVENANTS OF TENANT :  Tenant will:

(a)           Pay to Landlord all amounts due as Rent and Additional Rent;

(b)           Keep the Leased Space in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted;

(c)           Surrender the Leased Space at the end of the term of this Lease in the same condition in which Tenant has agreed to keep it during the term hereof;

(d)           Be responsible (except to the extent provided in Section 13) for repairs and replacements to the Leased Space and the Building made necessary by reason of damage thereto caused by Tenant or its agents, servants, invitees or employees;

(e)           Comply with all laws and enactments and regulations of any governmental authority relating or applicable to Tenant's occupancy of the Leased Space, and hold Landlord harmless from all consequences for failure to do so;

(f)           Promptly notify Landlord of any damage to or defects in the Leased Space, and of any injuries to persons or property that occur therein;

(g)           Pay for any alterations, improvements or additions to the Leased Space, other than those referred to in Section 6, made by or for Tenant, and not allow any lien to attach to the Building or Tenant's estate in the Leased Space;
 
 
7

 
 

 
(h)           Comply with all requirements and recommendations of Landlord's and Tenant's respective insurance carriers relating to layout, use and maintenance of the Leased Space; and,

(i)           Comply with the rules and regulations hereinafter contained.

(j)           Certify, without charge, at any time and from time to time hereafter, within ten (10) days after request by Landlord or any Mortgagee, by a written instrument duly executed and acknowledged:  (a) ratifying this Lease; (b) confirming the commencement and expiration dates of the term of this Lease; (c) certifying that Tenant is in occupancy of the Leased Space, and that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, assigned, supplemented or amended except by such writings as shall be stated; (d) certifying that all conditions and agreements under this Lease to be satisfied or performed by landlord have been satisfied and performed except as shall be stated; (e) certifying that Landlord is not in default under this  Lease and there are no defenses or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by landlord, or stating the defaults and/or defenses claimed by Tenant; (f) reciting the amount of advance Rent, if any, paid by Tenant and the date to which such Rent has been paid; (g) reciting the amount of security deposited with Landlord, if any; and (h) any other information which Landlord or the mortgagee shall require.

10.            NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF TENANT :  Tenant will not:

(a)           Damage the Leased Space or any other part of the Building, or use any part of the Building not designated for use by Tenant except as such right is given in a writing other than this Lease;

(b)           Bring into or permit to be kept in the Leased Space any dangerous, explosive or obnoxious substances;

(c)           Have property of substantial size or quantity delivered to or removed from the Leased Space without first making arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

(d)           Voluntarily or involuntarily assign, mortgage, or pledge this Lease or the estate created by this Lease or Sublet or otherwise permit use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant, or Tenant’s third party vendors, of all or any part of the Leased Space.  Should Tenant commit any of the above actions listed in this paragraph Landlord at its option may at any time terminate this Lease and give Tenant one hundred eighty (180) days to vacate the Leased Space.

11.            TEN A NT'S ACTIONS REQUIRING LANDLORD'S CONSENT :

Without the prior written consent of Landlord, whose consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant will not, except as permitted under this Lease:
 
 
8

 

 
(a)           Make any use of the Leased Space other than that described in Section 1;

(b)           Voluntarily or involuntarily assign, mortgage, or pledge this Lease or the estate created by this Lease or Sublet or otherwise permit use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant, or Tenant’s third party vendors, of all or any part of the Leased Space;

(c)           Make alterations, improvements, or additions to the Leased Space that affect the structure, common areas, common building systems, roof, or exterior (all such alterations, improvements, or additions will belong to Landlord and remain in the Leased Space at the end of this Lease except that if Landlord asks that any of them be removed, Tenant, prior to termination of this Lease, will do so and will restore or repair any damage to the Leased Space caused by such installation or removal, all at Tenant’s expense);

(d)           Do anything that would result in the cancellation or suspension in the premium of any fire or other insurance policy carried by Landlord, or result in any increase in premiums unless Tenant reimburses such premium;

(e)           Bring any property subject to a security interest into the Leased Space without the written consent of Landlord, subject to the waiver attached to this Lease as Exhibit "D".

12.            ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF LANDLORD :  Landlord may at reasonable times inspect the Leased Space, show it to prospective tenants during the last 180 days of the original or any extended term, and alter, improve, repair or add to it to the extent that Landlord determines to be necessary for the protection and maintenance of the Leased Space or other parts of the Building and shall have access to the Leased Space for all such purposes and to exercise any other rights or obligations hereunder.  Landlord may enter only on reasonable prior notice, and subject to reasonable restrictions relating to bank security and customer information privacy.

13.            LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY :  Tenant will be responsible for and hereby relieves Landlord from and indemnifies Landlord against all liability by reason of any injury, damage or loss to any person or property that occurs in the Leased Space or in any common area of the Building when caused by the negligence of Tenant, its agents employees, or invitees, except for injury, damage or loss which results from the negligence of Landlord, its agents, or employees, or invitees.  Tenant will maintain in force, and at Landlord's request will produce evidence of general public liability insurance’’.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby release each other, to the extent of the releasing party's insurance coverage, from liability for loss or damage to the property of the party granting such release, even if the loss or damage occurred through the negligence of such other party or its agents, servants, invitees or employees, provided that this release shall be effective only with respect to loss or damage occurring during such time as the relevant insurance policy of the party granting such release contains a clause to the effect that this release does not affect such policy or the right of the insured to recover thereunder.  Each party will use its best efforts to cause its policies of insurance to contain such a clause, but if an additional premium is charged for such waiver, the party benefiting therefrom, if it desires to have the waiver, will pay to the other the amount of such additional premium promptly upon being billed therefor.
 
 
9

 
 

 
14.            RESTORATION OF DAMAGE :  If the Leased Space is damaged by fire or other casualty:

(a)           Landlord will restore the Leased Space (but not Tenant's property located therein) with reasonable promptness at Landlord's expense, except that Tenant may be liable for restoration costs under Section 9(e) unless:

(b)           The damage to the Building is so extensive that Landlord, in its sole discretion, determines not to restore it, or Landlord decides not to restore because the costs of restoration exceed the amount of insurance proceeds recovered by Landlord and not otherwise required to be applied by Landlord's mortgagee, in either of which events Landlord will so notify Tenant within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such casualty and upon such notice this Lease will terminate; or

(c)           Promptly upon Tenant’s request, and in any event within 30 days after the damage, Landlord will give Tenant a written estimate of how long restoration of the damage will take; such estimate shall be reasonable.  If Landlord estimates that restoration will take more than One Hundred   Fifty (150) days from the date of occurrence of damage, or if restoration does in fact take more than One Hundred Fifty (150) days, Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord, terminate this Lease.

Landlord will not be liable to Tenant for any interruption in use of the Leased Space that results from damage to any part of the Building, but Rent and Additional Rent will be proportionately suspended during any period of time when any substantial part (or all) of the Leased Space is untenantable.

15.            CONDITION OF LEASED SPACE :  Landlord leases the Leased Space in its condition when the term of this Lease begins and without any representation with respect to it or any duty to repair or alter it, except that Landlord represents that the major mechanical and structural systems are in good repair and working order upon occupancy.

16.            DEFAULT BY TENANT :  If Tenant does one or more of the following:

(a)           Fails to pay within ten (10) days after same due all amounts due hereunder;

(b)           Takes any action prohibited hereunder, or takes any action requiring prior written notice by Tenant without giving Landlord such notice;

(c)           Fails to perform any of its other obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after written notice of any such failure has been given by Landlord; or
 
 
10

 

 
(d)           Becomes insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, files or has filed or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy, bill in equity, or other proceeding for the appointment of a receiver or trustee for its property, or if proceedings for reorganization or composition with creditors under any law is instituted by or against Tenant;

Then Landlord will have the right to do once or more often any one or more of the following:

(a)           Declare due and payable and sue to recover all unpaid Rent and Additional Rent and all Rent for the unexpired term of this Lease and all costs, commissions, and damage provided or permitted by law;

(b)           Declare this Lease ended;

(c)           Lease all or any part of the Leased Space to any other person with or without first altering the same;

(d)           All of the remedies hereinbefore given to Landlord and all rights and remedies given to it by law and equity shall be cumulative and concurrent.  No determination of this Lease or the taking or recovering of the Leased Space shall deprive Landlord of any of its remedies or action against Tenant for Rent or Additional Rent due at the time or which, under the terms hereof, would in the future become due as if there has been no determination, or for sums due at the time or which, under the terms hereof, would in the future become due as if there has been no determination, nor shall the bringing of any action for Rent or Additional Rent or breach of covenant, or the resort to any other remedy herein provided for the recovery of Rent or Additional Rent be construed as a waiver of the right to obtain possession of the Leased Space.  In any action commenced by Landlord in exercise of any remedies provided hereunder Landlord shall be entitled to recover its actual attorneys fees expended in such action or such specific attorneys commission as is otherwise specified herein.

17.            CONDEMNATION :

(a) If any part of the Leased Space shall be taken or condemned for a public or quasi-public use, and it would be reasonable for Tenant to conduct in the remaining space all operations previously conducted in the Leased Space substantially as conducted before the taking, this Lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of the date title shall vest in the condemnor, and the Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder shall be adjusted so that Tenant shall be required to pay for the remainder of the Lease term only such portion of such Rent and Additional Rent as the number of square feet in the part remaining after the condemnation bears to the number of square feet in the entire Leased Space at the date of condemnation; but in such event Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease, as to the part so condemned only, as of the date when title to the part so condemned vests in the condemnor.
 
 
11

 

 
(b) If (i) all the Leased Space be taken or condemned, or (ii) such part thereof be taken or condemned so that it would not be reasonable for Tenant to conduct within the remaining space all operations previously conducted in the Leased Space substantially as conducted before the taking, or (iii) if due to the condemnation or taking the remaining portion of the Leased Space must be repaired or restored in order for Tenant to continue to conduct operations substantially as conducted before the taking and Landlord fails to repair or restore the Leased Space at Landlord’s expense within 120 days following the date that Tenant’s operations are first adversely affected, then in any such event Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of such option, and on the giving of such notice to Landlord by Tenant this Lease shall terminate.  If a part or all of the Leased Space be taken or condemned, all compensation awarded upon such condemnation or taking shall go to the Landlord and Tenant shall have no claim thereto, and Tenant hereby expressly waives, relinquishes and releases to Landlord any claim for damages or other compensation to which Tenant might otherwise be entitled because of any such taking or limitation of the leasehold estate hereby created and irrevocable assigns and transfers to the Landlord any right to compensation or damages to which Tenant may be entitled by reason of the condemnation of all or a part of the Leased Space or the leasehold estate.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be exclusively entitled to any relocation damages caused to Tenant by any condemnation or taking.

18.            SUBORDINATION :  This Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any mortgages in any amount or amounts whatsoever now or hereafter placed on or against the land and Building or either thereof, or on Landlord's interest or estate therein, or portion thereof, without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination; provided, however, that so long as Tenant is not in default, the terms of this Lease shall not be affected by termination proceedings in respect to any ground or underlying lease or foreclosure or other proceedings under any such mortgages, Tenant hereby agreeing, at the written request of the foreclosing mortgagee or purchaser of the mortgaged premises in such foreclosure or other proceedings, to attorn to such mortgagee or purchaser or, at such mortgagee's or purchaser's option, to enter into a new lease for the balance of the Lease term upon the same terms and provisions as are contained in this Lease.  Notwithstanding and foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand, such further instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages on terms consistent with the foregoing provisions and otherwise reasonable in form and substance.

19.            EXTENSION OF TERM; WAIVER :  This Lease will end at the conclusion of the Initial Term stated in Section 1 unless Tenant shall have exercised its option(s) to extend the term of this Lease as described in Paragraph 29 and Exhibit “E”.  In the event Tenant shall have exercised either extension option, this Lease will end at the conclusion of the last Renewal Term for which Tenant shall have exercised its extension option.  However, whether or not Tenant shall have exercised either or both of its options to extend the term of this Lease, the term of this Lease may be extended in the manner provided in the following subsections (a) and (b):

(a)           Either party may, at least one hundred eighty (180) days before the end of the current term notify the other that it wishes to renew this Lease for an additional period of time stated in such notice (such period is also referred to herein as a “"Renewal Term"), and such a notice from Landlord of its intent to renew may specify new terms and conditions for the Renewal Term.  This paragraph (a) shall only apply if Tenant shall have failed to exercise an option to extend as set forth in Exhibit “E” and such option shall have expired, or if the last Renewal Term provided for in Exhibit “E” is about to expire.
 
 
12

 

 
(b)           If either party has given a timely notice of intention to renew pursuant to subsection (a), then the other party shall have the period of thirty (30) days within which to notify the renewing party whether or not such other party elects not to continue this Lease for the Renewal Term, but absent such timely responsive notice from such other party to the renewing party, this Lease will be continued for the Renewal Term upon the original terms and conditions of this Lease, as modified only by the new terms and conditions, if any, contained in Landlord's notice of intent to renew.
 
(c)           Tenant waives, to the extent permissible under law, all rights to any notice to quit the Leased Space at the termination of this Lease, whether on conclusion of the original term or any renewal thereof or earlier termination following a default by Tenant.

20.            NOTICES :  All notices hereunder to be effective must be in writing and delivered at or sent registered or certified mail to Landlord at its principal office at, Gateway Partnership, LLC, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, PA 19460, Attention: Mr. John MacPhee, and to Lieberman Earley & Company, Agent, 485 Devon Park Drive, Suite 100, Wayne, PA  19087, Attention: Mr. John E. Lieberman, and to Tenant at New Century Bank, 513 Kimberton Road, Phoenixville, PA 19460. Attention: James W. McKeighan, III, President, or at such other address as either party  may hereafter give the other for such purpose.  Notices will be deemed to have been given when so delivered or mailed.

21.            DELAYS IN EXERCISING RIGHTS :  No delay or omission by Landlord or Tenant in exercising any right upon any default by the other will impair any such right or be construed as a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence in it.  No waiver of any default will affect any later default or impair any partial or full exercise of any right by Landlord or Tenant will preclude other or further exercise thereof.

22.            PARTIES BOUND, ETC. :  This Lease will bind and inure to the benefit of (a) Landlord, its successors and assigns, and (b) Tenant and such of its successors and assigns as are  permitted under this Lease or approved by Landlord pursuant to Section 10 (d).

23.            HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES :

(a)           Tenant shall not use in any way, or permit or suffer the use of the Leased Space or any part thereof, to either directly or indirectly prepare, produce, generate, manufacture, refine, treat, transport, store, maintain, handle, dispose of, transfer or process any Hazardous Substance as defined herein, (other than activities as are normally associated with banking, financial services and commercial office activities all in accordance with applicable laws and regulations), unless it has received the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld.  Such written consent, if granted by Landlord, shall be a modification of this Lease.  Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for Landlord's actual, reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or environmental consulting fees and costs incurred in reviewing, negotiating and drafting any modification to this Lease as provided by this paragraph.  Any substance which Landlord permits Tenant to treat, store, transfer or dispose of must be done in strict compliance with any and all federal, state, county or municipal statutes or laws now or at any time hereafter in effect, including but not limited to, The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.), The Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq.), and The Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.), as these laws have been amended or supplemented.
 
 
13

 
 

 
If any Hazardous Substance is used, stored, generated or disposed of on, in or about the Leased Space by Tenant, except in accordance with this lease or pursuant to Landlord's written consent, or if any part of the Leased Space becomes contaminated in any manner for which Tenant is legally liable, then Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, damages, fines, judgements, penalties, costs, liabilities and/or losses (including, without limitation, a decrease in value of the Leased Space, damages caused by loss or restriction of rentable or useable space, damages caused by adverse impact on marketing of space, and any and all sums paid for settlement of claims, reasonable attorneys fees and expert fees) arising during or after the Lease Term and arising in connection with such Hazardous Substance or contamination.  This indemnification includes, without limitation, any and all costs incurred because of any investigation of the site or any cleanup, removal or restoration mandated or conducted by or on behalf of any federal, state or local agency or political subdivision.  Without limitation of the foregoing, it Tenant causes or permits the presence of any Hazardous Substance in the Leased Space and that results in contamination, Tenant shall promptly, at its sole expense, take any and all necessary or appropriate actions to return the Leased Space to the condition existing prior to the presence of any such Hazardous Substance.  Tenant shall first obtain Landlord's written approval for any such remedial action.

(“)           "Hazardous Substance" means any pollutant, contaminant, toxic or hazardous waste, dangerous substance, potentially dangerous substance, noxious substance, toxic substance, flammable, explosive, radioactive material, asbestos, PCBs or any other substances the removal of which is required, or the manufacture, preparation, production, generation, use, maintenance, treatment, storage, transfer, handling or ownership of which is restricted, prohibited, regulated or penalized by any and all federal, state, county or municipal statutes or laws now or at any time hereafter in effect, including but not limited to, The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), The Hazardous Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.), The Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq.), and The Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. Section 651 et seq.), as these laws have been amended or supplemented.
 
 
14

 

 
(c)            Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the best of Landlord's knowledge, information and belief, as of the date of execution of this Lease and date of occupancy, the following:

 
 
(i)    The Building and the Leased Space are in compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances regarding Hazardous Substances and other forms or pollution, as defined in federal, state, or local laws;

 
 
(ii)    There are no current, threatened or pending claims, administrative proceedings, judgements, declarations or orders relating to the presence of Hazardous Substances or other forms of pollution on, in or under the Building and/or Leased Space;

 
(iii)   No Hazardous Substances nor other forms of pollution have been released, introduced, spilled, dumped, buried, discharged or disposed of on, in or under the property, nor are any such materials presently in storage in or on the Building and/or Leased Space.

Landlord will indemnify Tenant against any and all liability, loss, cost and expense (including without limitation attorneys fees and expenses of litigation) that Tenant may suffer or incur by reason of the failure of the Leased Space, the Building and the Land to comply with the conditions described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above.  The provisions of this indemnity will survive the modification and termination of this Lease.

24.            ADA :    The Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the common areas of the building and land are compliant with ADA and corresponding state laws and regulations and  (see Exhibit “F”).
 
25.            SIGNAGE :    Tenant shall be permitted to install signage at its south Mini- Branch entrance, at Tenant’s cost, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.
 
Tenant shall be permitted to install signage for Tenant’s name and/or logo (as Tenant may determine) on the exterior of the Building, at Tenant’s cost, subject to Landlord’s approval and any municipal requirements and codes. Tenant shall be responsible for securing all required approvals and permits for said signage.
 
26.            BROKERAGE COMMISSION : Landlord is responsible for the cost in accordance with a separate agreement with Lieberman Earley & Co., the sole broker in the transaction.
 
 
15

 
 
 
27.            CONFIDENTIALITY; JANITORIAL SERVICES :
 
(a) Landlord shall, and shall cause any of its agents (including without limitation any janitorial or cleaning services suppliers) who or which may enter the Leased Space or otherwise deal with information relating to Tenant or Tenant’s customers to, execute written confidentiality agreements in favor of Tenant in a form reasonably required by Tenant, to protect the confidentiality and security of information relating to Tenant and its customers and the security of Tenant’s information systems at or accessible from the Leased Space.  The execution of such a confidentiality agreement shall be a condition to Tenant’s obligation to permit access to the Leased Space to any person or entity obligated under this Section to execute such an agreement.
 
(b) In the event that any person or entity providing janitorial or cleaning services for or on behalf of Landlord, or any other providing services to the Leased Space, either (i) fails to execute the required confidentiality agreement, or (ii) fails to comply with any confidentiality agreement, then and in such event Tenant shall be entitled to demand that Landlord terminate the services provided by such person or entity for the Leased Space, and Tenant shall be entitled and authorized to engage its own agents or contractors to provide such services.  In the event Tenant does so, then:  (i) Tenant shall have no obligated to reimburse Landlord for any portion of any Operating Expenses attributable to such services thereafter, (ii) all costs and expenses incurred directly or indirectly by Landlord or any third party engaged by Landlord for such services shall be eliminated from “Operating Expense” before applying the provisions of Exhibit C to calculate Tenant’s obligations for additional rent for “Operating Expenses,” and (iii) Tenant shall be responsible for all the costs and expenses of the provision of such services to the Leased Space by Tenant’s agents or contractors.
 
28.            STORAGE OF MODULAR FURNITURE :   Landlord agrees to permit Tenant to store its modular furniture in an area designated by Landlord in the Gateway Building prior to Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant herby releases Landlord from any liability in regard to said modular furniture including the delivery, storage and installation.
 
29.            OPTIONS TO RENEW : Tenant shall have two, six year options to renew this Lease as stated in Exhibit “E” below.
 
30.            TENANT’S EXISTING LEASE :    Upon   occupancy by Tenant in the Gateway Building, Landlord will take over responsibility for the base rental payments of Tenant for the remaining balance of the lease at Tenant’s current location in accordance with Exhibit “G” below.
 
 
16

 
 
 
31.            OPERATIONS CENTER : Landlord and Tenant agree to the terms of the letter dated December 11, 2006 and attached as Exhibit “H”.
 
32.            CHESTER COUNTY – HUD REQUIREMENTS:   Tenant herby acknowledges that the Landlord has participated in the HUD BEDI (Brownfield Economic Development Initiative) and 108 Loan program in the development of the Gateway Building and that the Landlord has the following obligations,
 
(a) The Landlord/Developer shall operate the project (The Gateway Building) in such a manner as to comply with 24 CFR section 570.208(a) (4) with respect to job creation or retention activity for low and moderate income persons. Such activity must be designed to create or retain permanent jobs for at least fifty-one percent of the jobs, computed on a full-time equivalent basis and involve the employment of low and moderate income persons,
 
(b) The Landlord/Developer shall comply with all HUD requirements related to the aforesaid job creation or retention activity, as set forth in the HUD Documents, as well as the pertinent regulations set forth in 24 CFR section 570, Subpart M,
 
(c) The Landlord/Developer shall operate the project (The Gateway Building) in accordance with 24 CFR section 570.208 (a) (4) (iii), jobs that are not held or filled by low or moderate income persons may be considered to be available to low or moderate income persons only if 1) Special skills that can only be acquired with substantial training or work experience or education beyond high school are not a prerequisite to fill such jobs, or any entity or individual leasing space agrees to hire unqualified persons and provide training and 2) Landlord/Developer takes actions to ensure that low and moderate income persons receive first consideration for filling such jobs. In accordance with 24 CFR section 570.208(a) (4) (i), (iv) and(v), fifty one percent of the jobs created will be held by, or will have been made available to, low and moderate income persons. An individual will be presumed to be a low or moderate income person if he or she resides within the census tract that meets the requirements of 24 CFR section 570,208 (a) (4) (v) or where the property is located within a census tract that meets the requirements of 24 CFR section 570,208 (a) (4) (v).
 
(d) The Landlord/developer will comply with the reporting procedures and requirements of Chester County’s Economic Developing Monitoring Package.
 
Tenant shall cooperate with the Landlord and provide such employment information to the Landlord as shall be required for the Landlord to complete the required County documentation.
 
 
17

 
 
33.            RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL:

(a) The parties are contemporaneously herewith entering into a Right of First Refusal Agreement in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit “I” (the “Right of First Refusal Agreement”), to be filed of public record promptly hereafter, with respect to Tenant’s rights in the event of a proposed sale of the Land or Building.
 
(b) In the event that this Lease is assigned by Tenant to anyone other than an affiliate under common control with Tenant, the Right of First Refusal Agreement shall automatically terminate.
 
34.            MISCELLANEOUS :  "Landlord" means the Landlord named herein irrespective of the pronoun used with respect to the term, and all persons acting for it.  "Tenant" means all names which appear before the term at the beginning hereof, irrespective of the pronoun used with respect to the term.  This Lease contains the entire agreement of Landlord and Tenant except for any changes and additions to rules and regulations pursuant to Section 9(i), and is subject to change only by a writing referring to this Lease and executed by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Landlord and Tenant, each by their duly authorized officers or representatives, have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 
TENANT:
LANDLORD:
NEW CENTURY BANK
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
   
BY: /s/ James W. McKeighan, III 
BY: /s/ Walter J. Logan, Jr.
James W. McKeighan, III
Walter J. Logan, Jr. 
President
President and CEO 
   
   
ATTEST:
ATTEST:______________________
   
 
 
18

 
 

RULES AND REGULATIONS COVERING USE
OF LEASED SPACE UNDER THIS LEASE
(Constituting a part of this Lease as stated in Section 9(i))

 
  1.
Without the Landlord’s prior permission, the Building entries or sidewalks shall not be obstructed by any of the tenants, or used by them for any other purpose than for ingress and egress from and to their respective offices.  

 
  2.
The floors, windows, doors and transoms that reflect or admit light in passageways, or into any place in said Building shall not be covered or obstructed by any of the tenants.  The toilet rooms, water closets, and other water apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed.

 
  3.
Except for signs permitted under this Lease, nothing shall be placed by the tenants, or their employees, on the outside of the Building or on the windows, window sills or projections.

 
  4.
If a tenant desires to introduce signaling, telegraphic, telephonic or other wires and instruments, Landlord will direct the electricians as to where and how the same are to be placed. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to require the placing and using of such electrical protecting devices to prevent the transmission of excessive currents of electricity into or through the Building and to require the hanging of wires and of their placing and arrangement as Landlord may deem necessary.  In all of the foregoing, Landlord shall act reasonably in restricting any locations proposed by Tenant.


19




EXHIBIT A


20


EXHIBIT B

To Lease dated _____________________, Between GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC (“Landlord”) and NEW CENTURY BANK (“Tenant”).

Landlord will at its expense prior to commencement of the term of the Lease complete the following building standard work with building standard materials in the Leased Space, all in good and workmanlike manner:  Any work done in excess of the improvements described in Section 6 above shall be done at the cost of the Tenant, and payments for such work shall be made to Landlord upon occupancy of the Leased Space.

Tenant will furnish complete and detailed written information or drawings on or before December 21, 2006 for the following items:

     
-
partition locations and type
     
-
door locations, sizes and type
     
-
lighting plan for space
     
-
location of electrical outlets and telephone outlets
     
-
specific plumbing requirements, if any, including plans and sections
     
-
decorative plans, including paint schedule, and wall coverings
     
-
any other requirements.

If Tenant fails to furnish the information of drawings above referred to by the specified date, Tenant will bear any additional expense thereby occasioned to Landlord, and any date by which Landlord shall have agreed to complete such work and give occupancy to Tenant shall be automatically extended for a time period equal to such delay.  If Tenant shall delay for more than ten (10) days in meeting the specified date, or shall make changes in its plans which in Landlord’s judgment reasonably exercised will delay completion of the work for more than ten days, Landlord may at its option, insist that Tenant begin payment of rent upon the commencement date of the Lease even though alterations are unfinished.
 
 
 
21


 
Tenant shall be permitted access to the Premises during the fitout process to review and inspect the progress of fitout work, provided that Tenant is either accompanied by Landlord or a representative of Landlord and further provided that Tenant does not interfere with the fitout process.  Additionally, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors shall be permitted access to the Premises to install additional improvements which are outside the scope of the fitout process referenced above (for items such as, but not limited to, cabling, phone systems, etc.).  The access rights of Tenant and its contractors shall be subject to coordination with the general contractor’s scheduling and such access rights shall be enjoyed in a manner which shall not interfere with the general contractors and its scheduling.  Additionally, all provisions herein relating to Tenant improvements including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligation to save and hold harmless Landlord of, from, and against mechanics’ liens, shall apply with respect to these improvements.  Upon substantial completion of the fitout work, Tenant and Landlord (or a representative of Landlord) shall conduct a walk-through of the Premises and, if necessary, prepare a punch list of items which require completion or correction, and such completion and correction shall, if at all possible, be addressed by the Contractor within thirty (30) days of the punch list.
 
 
22

 

 
EXHIBIT C

To Lease Dated _____________, Between GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC.      ("Landlord") and NEW CENTURY BANK ("Tenant").

Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent its proportionate share of any increase in Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during the term of this Lease in operating the land and buildings in The Gateway Building, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 ("the Land and Buildings") of which the Leased Space is a part.

The amount of Additional Rent, if any, due hereunder shall be determined in the following manner:

During each calendar year thereof (pro-rated for any period less than one year), Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, promptly upon being billed therefore, an amount equal to (1) the excess of the Operating Expense for such calendar year over $163,033.50 (or 31,054 rentable square feet multiplied by $5.25 per square foot) multiplied by (2) that percentage which is derived by dividing the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant (15,298) by the total amount of square feet of rentable square feet (31,054) of which the Leased Space is a part.  That percentage is (49.3%).  "Operating Expenses" as used herein means expenses, costs and charges incurred for the operation, maintenance, repair, capital investments and improvements of the Land and Buildings; modification of the Land and Buildings as and when required to bring the same into compliance with any local, state or federal rule, regulation or law, whether presently in effect or enacted in the future, within that phase of The Gateway Building, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 of which the Leased Space is a part, and shall include, but not be limited to:

 
(a)
wages and salaries, and taxes imposed upon employers with respect thereto (including social security, old age, unemployment insurance, and disability insurance), fringe benefits (including without limitation vacation, holiday and other proper allowances);

 
(b)
costs of utilities, services and supplies by whoever performed or furnished; cost of electricity consumed by lighting fixtures and power appliances and equipment used for lighting of common and service areas and operation of equipment, services and facilities supplied by Landlord;

 
(d)
real estate taxes, assessments, and other governmental and public assessments assessed upon the Land and Buildings, or arising in connection with the use, occupancy or possession thereof, or any interest therein, including but not limited to real property taxes, municipal authority assessments, and highway improvement assessments, if any.

 
(e)
water rents and sewer rents;
 
 
23

 

 
 
(f)
cost of all insurance.  No charge for insurance shall be included that reflects an increase in premiums due to an act or omission of any of the tenants of the Buildings for which Landlord is reimbursed by such tenants;

 
(g)
accounting, bookkeeping, legal and management fees.

All expenses to be taken into account pursuant to this Section shall be "net" only and for such purpose shall be deemed reduced by the amounts of any insurance or other reimbursement, recoupment, payment discount, credit reduction or allowance received by Landlord in connection with such expenses.

On account of the Additional Rent payable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during the term hereof in advance one-twelfth (1/12) of the amount Landlord estimates will be due hereunder for the current year.  After the end of such year, Landlord shall render a bill to Tenant for the actual amount of the Additional Rent, and, within twenty (20) days thereafter, Tenant will pay any additional amount shown to be due by said statement, or Landlord will credit any overpayment by Tenant against payments thereafter to become due by Tenant pursuant to this Section and the other terms of this Lease.

All sums payable hereunder by Tenant, or which are at the expense of Tenant, are deemed and considered to be Rent, and, if not paid, Landlord shall have with respect thereto all the rights and remedies provided for herein and by law for the nonpayment of Rent.

Tenant's obligation to pay its proportionate share of any increases in Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates shall survive termination of this Lease.
 
 
 
24

 
 

EXHIBIT D
LANDLORD'S WAIVER

For value received, and intending to be legally bound, the Undersigned, owner of the entire fee of certain premises situated at The Gateway Building, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (the "Premises") now under lease to   ("Borrower"), pursuant to the terms of that certain lease dated   ; (the "Lease"), does hereby agree to subordinate in favor of   (hereinafter referred to as "Bank"), its successors and assigns, all right, title and interest which Undersigned may have in and to the personal property of the Borrower located within the Premises (the "Personal Property") in which Bank now or hereafter has a security interest pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement or other documents between Borrower and Bank, and pursuant to any modification, extension or amendment involving the indebtedness owed by Borrower to Bank and secured by such personal property.
 
Undersigned consents to the location of the personal property of the Premises and hereby authorizes and empowers Bank, its lawful attorneys, agents and employees, to enter upon the Premises and remove the personal Property at any time.  Undersigned agrees that notwithstanding any terms of the Lease or of any amendments, modifications, extensions or renewals thereof, or any contrary intent that may be expresses by the Borrower, or that may otherwise be implied by law, the Personal Property is not and shall not be deemed to be part of the real estate but shall at all times be considered personalty unless permanently affixed to the real estate.  Undersigned further agrees that the Personal Property shall not be subject to levy and sale on distress for nonpayment of any rent now due or which may hereafter become due Undersigned, and hereby releases all right, title and interest which Undersigned may have in and to said personal property.

The Undersigned represents and warrants, which representation and warranty is being relied upon by Bank in making certain loans to Borrower, that the Undersigned is authorized to make and deliver this Subordination and further, to the best of Undersigned's knowledge Borrower is not in default under the Lease and that the Lease is in full force and effect.

This instrument shall bind Undersigned's personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Bank, its successors and assigns.

Witness the due execution this __ day of __, 2006.

BY: ______________________________________

Attest:____________________________________
 
 
 
25

 

EXHIBIT E

Tenant, provided it is not in default hereunder, shall have two (2) options to renew this Lease upon the same terms and conditions, except for the rent as hereinafter set forth, for  additional terms of six (6) years each (each, a “Renewal Term”), commencing the first day of the month next following the last day of the original or previous term hereof, upon giving at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior written notice thereof to Landlord.

The annual rental payable by Tenant during the renewal term as aforesaid shall be the same as during the initial term except that the said rental shall be increased by the percentage of increase, if any, that has taken place in the Consumer Price Index between the month immediately preceding the commencement of the original term hereof and the month immediately preceding the commencement of the renewal term.

The “Consumer Price Index” shall be defined for the purposes hereof to be the “Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers for Philadelphia, PA – NJ, All Items-Series A, using the 1982-84 average of 100 as the basis of calculation”, published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States Department of Labor.  If the base for such Index is so changed that 1982-84 prices are no longer taken as representing 100, an appropriate adjustment will be applied to the published indexes so as to relate them to the aforesaid base in which the 1982-84 prices are no longer taken as representing 100.  In the event the Consumer Price Index (or successor or substitute thereof) is not available, a reliable governmental or other non-partisan publication evaluating the information theretofore used in determining the Consumer Price Index shall be used for the computations herein set forth, but if there shall be a dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the basis to be employed in lieu of said Index, then such alternate base shall be determined by arbitration in the City of Philadelphia in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association, between the parties hereto.  In the event of a dispute as to the appropriate Index, rent shall be continued to be paid on the then existing basis pending determination of the appropriate Index, and any adjustment in rent shall thereupon be applied retroactively to the beginning of the period for which Landlord and Tenant shall have been unable to agree upon the appropriate basis.

Wherever in this Lease Agreement the term: “term of the Lease,” or words of similar import are used, they shall mean the Initial Term and any Renewal Term which has become effective.
 
 
26

 
 

EXHIBIT F

ADA Permit
 
 
27

 

 

EXHIBIT G

Tenant’s Existing Rental Payments
 
 
28

 
 

EXHIBIT H

Operations Center
 
 
29

 
 

EXHIBIT I

Form of Right of First Refusal Agreement


Prepared by:
David F. Scranton, Esquire
Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley Stream Parkway
Malvern, PA 19355
Telephone: (610) 640-5806

After recording return to:
David F. Scranton, Esquire
Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP
30 Valley Stream Parkway
Malvern, PA 19355
Telephone: (610) 640-5806

Uniform Parcel Identifier No.  ______________________



RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AGREEMENT

THIS RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AGREEMENT made as of January 5, 2007 (the “Agreement”), is by and between GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC, 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (“Owner”), and NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank (“Bank”).

BACKGROUND:

A. Pursuant to Lease Agreement of even date herewith (the “Lease”), Owner has leased to Bank, and Bank has leased from Owner, a portion of certain land and improvements owned by Landlord and located at 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 more fully described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made part hereof  (the “Land”).

B. Owner has agreed to grant to Bank a right of first refusal to purchase the Land and improvements thereon under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and terms herein contained, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Grant of Right of First Refusal .
 
 
30

 

(a) Owner hereby grants Bank an exclusive right of first refusal (“Right of First Refusal”) to purchase the Premises, subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Owner shall not agree to sell the Land or any improvements thereon, or any part thereof, or any interest in any of the foregoing (such of the foregoing as may be the subject of an a sale by Owner at any time of reference is referred to herein as the “Premises”) until fifteen (15) days after Owner shall have submitted to Bank a notice of Owner’s intention to so sell the premises (the “Owner’s Notice”) together with a complete copy of a bona fide, firm, written offer from the proposed purchaser setting forth all of the terms of the proposed purchase, which offer shall be limited to the Premises and shall not include any other property (a “Qualifying Third Party Offer”), and only if Bank shall not have notified Owner in writing, within that 15 day period (the “Bank’s Notice”), that Bank elects to exercise its right to purchase the Premises on the terms set forth in the Qualifying Third Party Offer.  If the Bank fails to exercise its option to purchase by sending the Bank’s Notice within the 15-day period, the Owner shall be free to sell the Premises to the original offeror but only on the terms of the Qualified Third Party Offer and, upon settlement on a conveyance to such original offeror on the terms of the Qualified Third Party Offer, this Agreement shall terminate as to the Premises so conveyed.  However, if Owner fails to complete settlement with the original offeror on the terms of the Qualified Third Party Offer within 6 months after the expiration of the 15-day period for Bank to exercise its right, any sale or conveyance of any portion of the Land or the improvements thereon or any part thereof, or any interest in any of the foregoing, shall again be subject to the Bank’s right of first refusal on these same terms.

2. Exercise of Right of First Refusal by Bank .  Immediately upon Bank’s election to exercise the Right of First Refusal as set forth in Bank’s Notice, and without any further action whatsoever on the part of either Bank or the Owner, this Agreement shall be deemed to be an Agreement of Sale between Bank and the Owner with respect to the Premises, effective as of the date of Bank’s Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Qualified Third Party Offer, subject however to the terms of this Agreement.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Qualified Third Party Offer and this Agreement, the terms more favorable to Bank shall control.

3. Settlement .  Settlement shall take place at the main office of Bank, on a date and time to be reasonably acceptable to both parties, but in the event the parties cannot agree, at a reasonable date and time to be selected by the Bank, in any event not more than ninety (90) days following the date of Bank’s Notice.

4. Condition of Title .  Title to the Premises shall be (i) good and marketable and free and clear of all liens, restrictions, easements, encumbrances, leases, tenancies and other exceptions and title objections except solely such as Bank shall confirm in writing prior to settlement that it is willing to accept in its sole discretion, and (ii) at Bank’s option, insurable as aforesaid at ordinary rates by a reputable title insurance company at its ordinary rates.  In the event title does not satisfy the requirements of this Section, Bank shall have the option of canceling settlement, in which event neither of the parties shall have any further obligations to each other hereunder, or of completing settlement and in such event Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless and reimburse Bank upon demand for all liabilities, losses, costs and expenses incurred by Bank either (i) as a result of, or (ii) to remove and eliminate, any liens, restrictions, easements, encumbrances, leases, tenancies and other exceptions and title objections that Bank shall not have agreed in writing prior to settlement to accept.  The provisions of this agreement to indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse shall survive settlement and the modification or termination of this Agreement.
 
 
31

 
 

 
5. Provisions with Respect to Settlement .

(a) At Settlement, the Owner shall deliver to the Bank or the Bank’s nominee or assignee (i) a special warranty deed to the Premises, duly executed and acknowledged by the Owner and in proper form for recording, (ii) actual sole and exclusive physical possession of the Premises, (iii)  assignments of any and all permits, licenses or agreements pertaining to the Premises,  (iv) all certificates, licenses, warranties, surveys, plans, building and engineering plans and specifications, engineering reports and studies, environmental reports and studies, and other documents and records, whether tangible or intangible, pertaining to the Premises; (v) such additional affidavits, certificates of value and other documents as the title company may require to complete settlement and insure the Bank’s title as contemplated hereunder, and (vi) all keys to the buildings, improvements, equipment, facilities and other locks on the Premises.

(b) At Settlement, Bank (or its nominee or assignee) shall deliver the purchase price as specified in the Owner Notice.

(c) The respective obligations to deliver the deed and purchase price on the date of Settlement in accordance with this Agreement are of the essence of the parties’ respective obligations under this Agreement.

6. Taxes; Apportionments .  All realty transfer taxes imposed on or in connection with this transaction shall be divided equally between the parties.  All other items customarily apportionable by and between sellers and buyers of real estate in the locale of the Premises shall be apportioned on a per diem basis as of the date of Settlement.

7. Termination of this Agreement .   This Agreement shall terminate automatically without need of the recordation of any instrument reflecting such termination, if the Lease terminates and the Owner shall not have sent an Owner’s Notice prior to the date of such termination.  Upon termination of this Agreement, Bank agrees, on request of Owner, at Owner’s expense, to execute a recordable instrument, in form and substance mutually and reasonably agreeable, confirming the fact of such termination.

8. Notices .   All notices, requests and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by personal delivery, overnight courier, facsimile (with receipt confirmed) or by mailing the same by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

If to Owner:
Gateway Partnership, LLC
 
100 French Creek Parkway
 
Phoenixville, PA 19460
 
Attn: _______________________________
 
Facsimile No.: (___) ___-____
 
 
 
32

 
 
   
If to Bank:
New Century Bank
 
513 Kimberton Road
 
Phoenixville, PA  19460
 
Attn:
Kenneth B. Mumma
   
Chairman & Chief Executive Officer
 
Facsimile No.:
(610) 935-9650

or at such other address of which the Owner or Bank shall have given notice as herein provided.  All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given for all purposes upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile, or upon deposit in the U.S. Mail or with courier, and may be given on behalf of a party by its counsel.

9. Binding Effect; Successors and Assigns .   This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

10. Recordation .  Concurrently with the execution hereof the parties hereto shall record an executed original counterpart of this Agreement in the Office for the Recording of Deeds and Mortgages in and for Chester County, Pennsylvania and the parties agree to cooperate at their respective expense to complete the same.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Costs and Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all parties shall bear their own expenses in connection herewith.

(b) Amendment, Modification and Waiver .  The parties may amend or modify this Agreement in any respect, provided that any such amendment or modification shall be in writing executed by all of the parties hereto.  The waiver by a party of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute or operate as a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any other provision hereof, nor shall any failure to enforce any provision hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof.

(c) Governing Law; Time of the Essence .  This Agreement is made pursuant to, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (and United States federal law, to the extent applicable), irrespective of the principal place of business, residence or domicile of the parties hereto, and without giving effect to otherwise applicable principles of conflicts of law.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or delay any party from seeking, in any court of competent jurisdiction, specific performance or other equitable remedies in the event of any breach or intended breach by any other party of his obligations hereunder.  Time is of the essence of each obligation of each party herein.
 
 
33

 

 
(d) Section Headings and Defined Terms .  The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning and interpretation of this Agreement.  The terms defined herein and in any agreement executed in connection herewith include the plural as well as the singular and the singular as well as the plural, and the use of masculine pronouns shall include the feminine and neuter.  Except as otherwise indicated, all agreements defined herein refer to the same as from time to time amended or supplemented or the terms thereof waived or modified in accordance herewith and therewith.

(e) Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision, or part of any provision, of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions or parts hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions or parts were omitted.

(f) Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original; and any person may become a party hereto by executing a counterpart hereof, but all of such counterparts together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.  It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.

(g) Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the exhibits and documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings.  The submission of a draft of this Agreement or portions or summaries thereof does not constitute an offer to purchase or sell any property, it being understood and agreed that none of the parties shall be legally obligated with respect to such a transaction or to any other terms or conditions set forth in such draft or portion or summary unless and until this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by all parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
Owner:
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
     
     
 
By:
______________________________
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
     
     
     
 
Bank:
NEW CENTURY BANK
     
     
 
By:
 ____________________________
 
Name:
James W. McKeighan, III
 
Title:
 President
 
 
 
34


 


COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
:
 
: SS.
COUNTY OF
:

On this, the ____ day of ___________, 2007, before me the undersigned officer, a Notary Public in and for the state and county aforesaid, personally appeared __________________________ who acknowledged him/herself to be the  __________________ of GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC, a limited liability company, and that he/she, as said officer, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of the limited liability company for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the limited liability company by him/herself as such official.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and official seal.


[Notarial Seal]
_________________________________
 
Notary Public

My Commission expires:



COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
:
 
: SS.
COUNTY OF
:

On this, the ____ day of ___________, 2007, before me the undersigned officer, a Notary Public in and for the state and county aforesaid, personally appeared __________________________ who acknowledged him/herself to be the  __________________ of NEW CENTURY BANK, and that he/she, as said officer, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of the limited liability company for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the limited liability company by him/herself as such official.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and official seal.


[Notarial Seal]
_________________________________
 
Notary Public

My Commission expires:

35




Exhibit 10.11
 
AMENDMENT TO LEASE
 
THIS AMENDMENT TO  LEASE (the “Amendment”), dated as of May 4, 2007, is made by and between GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC , 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460, ("Landlord") and NEW CENTURY BANK ("Tenant").
 
BACKGROUND:
 
A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to a Lease Agreement dated as of January 5, 2007 (the “Lease”), relating to Tenant’s lease of certain “Leased Space” described therein (the “Leased Space”) in the in the building known as “The Gateway Building” ("Building") erected by Landlord at 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (the “Land”).
 
B. Certain disagreements have arisen between Landlord and Tenant regarding the scope, cost and responsibility for payment, relating to work to be done by Landlord for Tenant pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Lease (the “Project”).
 
C. The parties have resolved their agreements pursuant to:  (i) this Amendment to Lease, including without limitation a Work Agreement of even date herewith in the form of Exhibit I hereto (the “Work Agreement”).  The Work Agreement and this Amendment are sometimes referred to herein as the “Supplemental Agreements.”
 
NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby and in consideration of the Lease Amendment, the Resolution Agreement and the respective benefits contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledge, the parties agree as follows.
 
l. Notwithstanding Section 1 of the Lease, the “Initial Term” shall commence on the “Commencement Date” (as defined below) and shall end fifteen (15) years after the Commencement Date.
 
2. Section 2 of the Lease is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:
 
“2.   OCCUPANCY AND RENTAL PAYMENT COMMENCEMENT :

(a) In the event the Building is “Finally Complete” (as defined in the Work Agreement) on or before July 1, 2007 (the “Anticipated Completion Date”), the Base Rent shall commence to accrue and shall first be payable on July 1, 2007.

(b) In the event the Building is not Finally Complete on or before the Anticipated Completion Date, except to the extent such delay is attributable to “Tenant Delay” (as defined below), the Base Rent and all other rent provided for in the Lease shall be abated by one day beyond the Commencement Date for each day occurring during the period commencing on the Anticipated Completion Date and ending on Final Completion, subject, however, to Tenant’s right to terminate the Lease in accordance with applicable provisions of the Lease.
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
(b) To the extent that Final Completion is delayed beyond the Anticipated Completion Date due to Tenant Delay, such delay shall not delay or suspend tenant’s obligation to pay rent.

(c) For purposes of this Lease, a delay shall be deemed a “Tenant Delay” to the extent such delay is primarily caused by (i) additional Tenant-proposed change orders and such delay was specifically described and quantified in writing by Landlord to Tenant, prior to final agreement on the change order, according to the procedures set forth in the Work Agreement, (ii) any new requirement of Tenant that is not reflected in the “Final Plans and Specifications” referred to in the Work Agreement or otherwise provided for or contemplated by this Lease or any amendment hereto or the Work Agreement and is implemented, or (iii) any other material failure of Tenant or its representatives to act in a timely fashion under the Lease.

(d) The date of “Final Completion” (as defined in the Working Agreement) and the “Commencement Date” (for purposes of this Lease) shall be conclusively evidenced by a Completion Certificate, which shall be signed by each of the parties in the form attached as Exhibit J promptly after the date of Final Completion.”

4. Section 6(d) of the Lease is hereby deleted.
 
5. Section 7(c) of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:
 
“(c) Provide for Tenant five (5) parking spaces per 1,000 square feet of gross lease-able area of the premises (76 parking spaces). In addition, the Landlord will dedicate ten (10) parking spaces on the Land adjacent to the branch as New Century Bank customer parking. Additionally, a handicap space will be provided in a manner usable by van and wheelchair for New Century’s Chairman in a location adjacent to the north lobby office entrance to the building.
 
(i) Promptly after execution of this Lease, Landlord will consult with Tenant before finalizing any parking arrangements with third parties for the parking spaces that are part of the Gateway Building; such arrangements shall not conflict with the arrangements described in paragraph (ii) below.
 
(ii) Landlord agrees that Tenant may permit the use of the 87 Tenant-allocated parking spaces described in this subsection (c) (the “Parking Spaces”) by members of the public, including without limitation customers and invitees of nearby business establishments, but only (i) as of right during hours after 5:00 p.m., or (ii) with Landlord’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) on a case-by-case basis for designated dates during the business day prior to 5:00 p.m.  Tenant’s right to permit the use of the Parking Spaces shall be conditioned upon Landlord receiving reasonably satisfactory indemnity against liability related to the use of the Parking Spaces and liability insurance designating Landlord as an additional insured with respect to risks of liability related to the use of the Parking Spaces.
 
 
 
 

 
 
(iii) In the event that problems occur with the usage of the parking spaces described in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) of this subsection by third parties, Landlord and Tenant agree to confer regarding, and cooperate reasonably to find appropriate solutions for such problems.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to find a solution, Landlord may suspend the usage of the parking spaces described in paragraph (i) or paragraph (ii) of this subsection by third parties, but Landlord shall not do so unreasonably.”
 
6. Section 8(a) is hereby amended to add at the end thereof the following:
 
“Notwithstanding the provisions of Exhibit C defining Tenant’s percentage share of “Operating Expenses,” Tenant’s percentage share shall be that percentage which is derived by dividing the number of rentable square feet leased by Tenant, excluding the “Corridor” referred to in the Work Agreement (15,200) by the total amount of square feet of rentable square feet (31,054) of which the Leased Space is a part.  That percentage is (48.9%).”
 
7. Section 25 of the Lease is hereby amended to the following sentence at the end thereof:
 
“The foregoing shall include additional signage on the top exterior of the Building and an awning over the Mini Branch entrance subject to approval by the Borough of Phoenixville.  Any proposal for additional signage and awning shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Tenant shall bear all expenses of obtaining governmental consent and installing such signage and awning.”
 
8. Section 30 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:
 
“30.                 TENANT’S EXISTING LEASE :   This Section describes the agreements between Landlord and Tenant with respect to Tenant’s lease of various portions of its premises at Tenant’s current location on Route 113.  These premises include three separate buildings:  (i) Tenant’s retail branch (the “Route 113 Branch”); (ii) Tenant’s executive offices (the “Route 113 Executive Offices”); and (iii) Tenant’s operations area (the “Route 113 Operations Building”).
 
(a) Landlord shall have no responsibility with respect to Tenant’s lease of the Route 113 Branch.
 
 
 
 

 
 
(b) Upon the Commencement Date, Landlord will commence payment of all base rental payments of Tenant for the remaining balance of the lease for (i) the Route 113 Executive Offices, notwithstanding that Tenant may remain in occupancy thereof, and (ii) the Route 113 Operations Building in accordance with Exhibit “G” to this Lease.
 
(c) With respect to the Route 113 Executive Offices, Tenant shall make available for sublet, subject to the conditions of this paragraph, approximately 1,500 square feet of Route 113 Executive Offices.  Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate reasonably to attempt to negotiate and finalize a sublease for these 1,500 square feet on terms mutually acceptable to Landlord, Tenant, the subtenant and Tenant’s landlord for the Route 113 Executive Offices and Operations Building (the “Route 113 Landlord”). Subject to finalization of a mutually acceptable sublease as set forth in the foregoing sentence, Tenant agrees to use diligent efforts to obtain consent from Tenant’s landlord for the sublease, and Landlord agrees to cooperate at Landlord’s expense in such efforts including without limitation providing such information to Tenant for submission to the Route 113 Landlord as the Route 113 Landlord may require relating to the proposed subtenant.  Subject to the agreements of the subtenant and the Route 113 Landlord, Tenant and Landlord agree that the sublease may provide for direct payments of sublease rental from the subtenant to Tenant and that the Landlord will guarantee these payments on terms and conditions mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant. So long as and to the extent that the subtenant pays rent to Tenant for the Route 113 Executive Offices, Landlord’s obligation with respect to Tenant’s rent on the Route 113 Executive Offices shall be replaced by the guarantee provided for in this paragraph. Thus, for example, if the subtenant’s base and additional rent payable to Tenant under the sublease is less than the base rent payable by Tenant at any time for the Route 113 Executive Offices, Landlord shall continue to be responsible for the difference.
 
(d) Landlord has proposed a subtenant for the Route 113 Operations Building and has advised Tenant that the subtenant needs to take occupancy of the Route Operations Building on July 1, 2007.  Provided Final Completion has occurred before July 1, 2007, Tenant agrees to vacate the Route 113 Operations Building before July 1, 2007.  Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate reasonably to attempt to negotiate and finalize a sublease on terms mutually acceptable to Landlord, Tenant, the Route 113 Landlord.  Subject to finalization of a mutually acceptable sublease as set forth in the foregoing sentence, Tenant agrees to use diligent efforts to obtain consent from Tenant’s landlord for the sublease, and Landlord agrees to cooperate at Landlord’s expense in such efforts including without limitation providing such information to Tenant for submission to the Route 113 Landlord as the Route 113 Landlord may require relating to the proposed subtenant.  Subject to the agreements of the subtenant and the Route 113 Landlord, Tenant and Landlord agree that the sublease may provide for direct payments of sublease rental from the subtenant to Tenant and that the Landlord will guarantee these payments on terms and conditions mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.  So long as and to the extent that the subtenant pays rent to Tenant for the Route 113 Operations Building, Landlord’s obligation with respect to Tenant’s rent on the Route 113 Operations Building shall be replaced by the guarantee provided for in this paragraph.  Thus, for example, if the subtenant’s base and additional rent payable to Tenant under the sublease is less than the base rent payable by Tenant at any time for the Route 113 Operations Building, Landlord shall continue to be responsible for the difference.”
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
9. The second full paragraph of Exhibit B to the Lease, beginning, “Tenant will furnish complete…” and ending with, “… even though alterations are unfinished,” is hereby deleted in its entirety.
 
10. The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except as amended by the Supplemental Documents.
 
11. The terms and conditions of the Supplemental Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.
 
TENANT:
LANDLORD:
NEW CENTURY BANK
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
   
   
BY: /s/ James W. McKeighan, III            
BY: /s/ Walter J. Logan                          
James W. McKeighan, III
Walter J. Logan
President
President & CEO
 
 
   
ATTEST:
ATTEST:______________________
(Signature)
(Signature)
Print Name: _____________________
Print Name: _____________________
Title: _____________________
Title: _____________________

 
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT J
 
COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE
 
THIS COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE, dated as of ________________, 2007, by and between GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC , 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460, ("Landlord") and NEW CENTURY BANK ("Tenant").
 
BACKGROUND:
 
A. By Agreement of Lease dated January 5, 2007, as amended by that certain Amendment to Lease by and between the parties dated May 4, 2007 (collectively, the “Lease”), Landlord leased to Tenant certain “Leased Space” described therein (the “Leased Space”) in the in the building known as “The Gateway Building” ("Building") erected by Landlord at 100 French Creek Parkway, Phoenixville, Pennsylvania 19460 (the “Land”). In accordance with the terms of the Lease the parties now desire to certify and memorialize certain events and conditions.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm and acknowledge the following:
 
1. “Final Completion” (as defined in the Lease) occurred on ____________, 2007.
 
2. The “Commencement Date” referred to in the Lease is _____________, 2007.
 
3. The Term of the Lease shall expire on ___________, 2022, provided however, that the Term of the Lease may be terminated sooner in accordance with the terms thereof, and may be renewed and extended by Tenant in accordance with the terms thereof.
 
4. Landlord and Tenant each certifies to the other that, as of the date hereof:
 
(a) the Tenant have been given exclusive possession of the Leased Space and the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended or otherwise modified, except as set forth above;
 
(b) Landlord acknowledges that Tenant is not in default under the terms of the Lease except in the following respects, if any (if none, state “none”): ______________________________;
 
(c) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not default under the terms of the Lease except in the following respects, if any (if none, state “none”): ______________________________;
 
(d) Landlord has completed the “Tenant Improvements” referred to in the Work Agreement between the parties related to the Lease, and those Tenant Improvements have been accepted by Tenant as being in conformance with the terms of the Lease and the Work Agreement, except (i) the punch-list items, if any, set forth on Schedule A attached to this Commencement Certificate and initialed by Landlord and Tenant; and (ii) the following, if any (if none, state “none”): _______________________.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Certificate as of the date set forth above.
 
 
TENANT:
LANDLORD:
NEW CENTURY BANK
GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
   
   
BY: _____________________
BY:___________________________
Print Name: _____________________
Print Name: _____________________
Title: _____________________
Title: _____________________
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
SCHEDULE A
to
Commencement Certificate
under
Lease between
NEW CENTURY BANK and GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, LLC
 
 

Punch List Items

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.13
 
Jay Sidhu
 
 
1
Name of Subscriber
 
 
Agreement No.
 

 
CONFIDENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
Private Sale of Securities
 
Consisting of up to 2,333,334 Shares and Warrants for 583,334 Shares
Aggregate Offering Amount: $10,000,000
(plus $4,000,000 over subscription. amount)



 
THIS CONFIDENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT CONTAINS MATERIAL NONPUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING NEW CENTURY BANK AND IS PREPARED SOLELY FOR THE USE OF THE SUBSCRIBER NAMED ABOVE. ANY USE OF THIS INFORMATION FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONSIDERATION OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY MAY SUBJECT THE USER TO CRIMINAL AND CIVIL LIABILITY.
 
THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE HIGHLY SPECULATIVE AND INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE DILUTION AND MAY BE PURCHASED ONLY BY PERSONS IN THE UNITED STATES WHO QUALIFY AS "ACCREDITED INVESTORS" UNDER RULE 501 (a) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
 
THIS DOCUMENT HAS NOT BEEN FILED WITH OR REVIEWED BY THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER COMMISSION OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY, AND HAS NOT BEEN FILED WITH OR REVIEWED BY THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF ANY STATES NOR HAS ANY SUCH COMMISSION, AUTHORITY OR ATTORNEY GENERAL DETERMINED WHETHER IT IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE OR PASSED UPON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH OFFER OR THE SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IS UNLAWFUL OR NOT PERMITTED.
 
THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THESE SECURITIES INVOLVE INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
May 19, 2009



 
 

 

 
CONFIDENTIAL SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
INSTRUCTIONS:
 
Items to be delivered by Subscriber with this Agreement:
 
a.            One (1) completed and executed Subscription Agreement.
 
b.           Completed and signed Investor Suitability Questionnaire
 
c.           If applicable, completed and signed Investor Representative Questionnaire
 
d.           If applicable, completed and signed federal Interagency Biographical-Financial Report
 
The Subscriber shall also deliver to the Bank, with this signed Agreement, payment in collected funds in the amount of the Purchase Price by wire transfer of funds for holding in escrow as described below in "Summary of Offering - Escrow of Subscription Proceeds Pending Closing:," beginning on page 4. THE SUBSCRIBER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WIRE TRANSFER FEES IMPOSED BY THE SUBSCRIBER'S BANK . Wire funds to:

Bank:
Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh
A13A number:
04300143
Account name to credit:
New Century Bank
Account number to credit:
1158635
 
ALL DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO:
New Century Bank
99 Bridge Street
Phoenixville, PA 19460
Attention: Kenneth B. Mumma, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

 
THE FOLLOWING EXHIBITS ARE DELIVERED WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ARE INCORPORATED IN THIS AGREEMENT BY REFERENCE:

 
EXHIBIT A:                          FORM OF WARRANT
 
EXHIBIT B:                          ANNUAL REPORT FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
 
EXHIBIT C:                          UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2009
 
EXHIBIT D:                          PROXY STATEMENT FOR 2009 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
EXHIBIT E:                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE BANK
 
EXHIBIT F:                           STATEMENT OF DESIGNATIONS - 10% SERIES A NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (PAR
                                                VALUE $1,000 PER SHARE), LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE OF $10,000 PER SHARE
 
EXHIBIT G:                          BYLAWS OF THE BANK
 
EXHIBIT H:                          EMPLOYMENT RELATED AGREEMENTS WITH JAY SIDHU
 
EXHIBIT I:                            DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT WITH JAY SIDHU DATED MAY 19, 2009
 
EXHIBIT J:                           CONSULTING AGREEMENT WITH KENNETH MUMMA
 

 
 
 
- 2 -

 

 
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
New Century Bank, a Pennsylvania bank (the " Bank ") is offering hereby (the "Offering") to the undersigned (the " Subscriber ") the following: (i) that number of shares (the " Shares ") of common stock of the Bank, par value $1.00 (the " Voting Common Stock ") shown on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement (this " Agreement "), plus (ii) a Warrant (the "Base Warrant") for the purchase of that number of additional shares of Voting Common Stock identified as "Base Warrant Shares" on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement (the "Base Warrant Shares"), plus (iii) if applicable as described in the section titled "Additional Contingent Warrant" on page 4 of this Agreement, a Warrant (the "Additional Warrant") for the purchase of that number of additional shares of Voting Common Stock identified as "Additional Warrant Shares" on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement (the "Additional Warrant Shares"). The Base Warrant and, if issued, the Additional Warrant are sometimes referred to herein individually or collectively as applicable, as a "Warrant," and the Base Warrant Shares and (if the Additional Warrant is issued) the Additional Warrant Shares are sometimes collectively referred to herein as "Warrant Shares." Each Warrant shall be in the Form of Exhibit A to this Agreement and shall provide for exercise and purchase of the applicable Warrant Shares at an exercise price of $6.00 per share. The Subscriber hereby subscribes to purchase the Shares and the Warrant (the "Offered Securities") from the Bank at a purchase price of $6.00 per Share being purchased, or a total purchase price shown on the signature page of this Agreement (the " Purchase Price "). Neither this Offering, nor Bank's or Subscriber's agreements for the purchase and sale of the Offered Securities, is conditioned upon the Bank's sale of any minimum or maximum number of shares to any other investors.

 
SALE OF SECURITIES
 
Sale of Securities . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and on the basis of the representations and warranties hereinafter set forth, the Bank hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber agrees to purchase from the Bank, upon Closing (as such term is defined in Section 1.3 of this Agreement), the Offered Securities as described herein for the Purchase Price. The number of Offered Securities purchased hereunder by the Subscriber shall be as specified on the signature page of this Agreement executed by the Subscriber. This Offering is only being made to the Subscriber on the condition that the Subscriber qualifies as an "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act ")). 
 
High Risk Investment . An investment in the Offered Securities involves high risk and is suitable only for persons who can afford to lose their entire investment. The Subscriber should carefully consider each of the factors described in the section entitled "Risks Related to this Offering" before participating in the Offering.

 
Summary of Offering

 
Fractional Shares :  No fractional shares shall be issued hereunder. Any subscription that would result in fractional shares shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares.


 
- 3 -

 
 
 
Not Conditional on Other Subscriptions:     Except for (i) whether the Subscriber will receive an Additional Warrant and (ii) the number of shares of the Bank's Voting Common Stock may be purchased pursuant to any Additional Warrant (all of which are described further in the section titled "Additional Contingent Warrant" beginning on this page), this Agreement, and Subscriber's  agreement to subscribe under this Agreement, are NOT conditioned  upon Bank's completion of subscriptions with any other subscribers  or Bank's entering into any minimum number of other subscription agreements or agreements to subscribe for any minimum number of additional shares beyond those being subscribed for by Subscriber under this Agreement. Subscriber agrees to complete the subscription hereunder whether or not Bank enters into subscription agreements with other subscribers or issues or sells any additional shares beyond those provided for in this Agreement. Closing under this Agreement is not conditioned upon any minimum number of subscriptions by other investors or closing upon any other subscriptions.

Subscription Procedure and  Wire Instructions :    The Subscriber must complete, execute and deliver this Agreement to the Bank with the other documents, and deliver the Purchase Price to the Bank in collected funds, all as described in "INSTRUCTIONS" on page 2 above.
 
Additional Contingent Warrant :    Whether or not the Bank issues an Additional Warrant to Subscriber, and, if the Bank issues an Additional Warrant to Subscriber, the aggregate number of shares of Bank Common Stock exercisable under the Additional Warrant will depend on the aggregate amount of capital raised by the Bank in this offering and closed on or before July 31, 2009. The Bank may extend this deadline in its sole discretion. No Additional Warrant will be issued if $10 million or less is raised and collected by July 31, 2009. An Additional Warrant will be issued by the Bank for the number of shares shown as "Maximum Additional Warrant Shares on the signature page of this Agreement if $14 million is raised and collected by the Bank in this offering by July 31, 2009. If the aggregate amount of capital raised and collected in this offering by July 31, 2009 is more than $10 million but less than $14 million, the aggregate number of shares exercisable under the Additional Warrant will he increased to a number equal to or less than the Maximum Additional Warrant Shares shown on the signature page of this Agreement in proportion to the extent that the aggregate capital raise in this offering is greater than $10 million and less than $14 million.  For example, if the Maximum Additional Warrant Shares were 20,000 and the aggregate amount of capital raised and collected in this offering by July 31, 2009 is $13 million, the aggregate number of shares exercisable under the Additional Warrant would be calculated as follows:
 
13,000,000 - 10,000,000     _
14,000,000 - 10,000,000            =  0.75 x 20,000 = 15,000
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
Escrow of Subscription Proceeds Pending Closing:    Proceeds received from the Subscriber will be escrowed pending closing in a segregated statement savings account at the Bank to be titled, "Closing Escrow -[Subscriber's Name]," and the Bank shall have no ownership interest in the subscription proceeds or the escrow account unless and until closing is completed as described in this Subscription Agreement.  The Bank will pay interest on the subscription proceeds during the period they are deposited in the escrow account at the Bank's standard statement savings rate as applicable from time to time. At closing, or upon termination of this Agreement without closing, the Bank will pay the interest earned on the escrow account to the Subscriber. Upon the satisfaction of' the conditions to closing and issuance in the name of the Subscriber of (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of shares subscribed and (ii) a Warrant for the purchase of the number of shares provided under this Subscription Agreement, the Bank shall be authorized to withdraw the subscription proceeds from the escrow account.
 
Closing Matters
(a) Subject to receipt of any required regulatory approvals and the other conditions to closing set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder (the " Closing ") shall occur on or before July 31, 2009 at the offices of New Century Bank, 99 Bridge Street, Phoenixville, PA 19460, or at such other place as shall be mutually agreeable to the parties, at 11:00 a.m., Eastern Daylight Time, on such date prior to the closing deadline as it may be extended (but not later than September 30, 2009) as the Bank may reasonably designate by not less than ten (10) calendar days' prior written notice to the Subscriber. The Bank may extend this closing deadline in its sole discretion to a date not later than September 30, 2009. At the Closing:

 
(i)            Subscriber shall have delivered the full Purchase Price in immediately available United States funds; and
 
(ii)           The Bank shall deliver one or more certificates representing the Shares subscribed for to Subscriber.
 
(iii)          The Bank shall deliver a duly executed Base Warrant to the Subscriber.
 
(b) In addition, one (1) calendar day prior to the Closing, the Bank shall also make available to the Subscriber:
 
(i)           A good standing certificate for the Bank issued by the Department of Banking of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
 
(ii)          A subsistence certificate for the Bank issued by the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania;
 
(iii)         A certificate as to the federal insurance of the Bank's deposits issued by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
 
(iv)           A copy, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Bank, of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Bank authorizing the Sale of the Offered Securities and the execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement.
 
(c) If, on or before July 31, 2009, the Bank shall have raised and collected more than
 
 

 
- 5 -

 
 
$10,000,000 in proceeds from all subscribers in this offering, then promptly after July 31, 2009, the Bank shall deliver to the Subscriber a duly executed Additional Warrant for any Additional Warrant Shares to which the Subscriber is entitled under this Agreement.
 
Use of Proceeds. The Bank intends to use the proceeds derived from this Offering for its general corporate purposes. Management reserves the right to utilize the net proceeds of the Offering in a manner in the best interests of the Bank. The amount of the net proceeds that will he invested in particular areas of the Bank's business will depend upon future economic conditions and business opportunities.
 
Certain Reports and Schedules Filed Under Banking Laws; No Reporting Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a member bank of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank files call reports with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. It does not file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Bank's call report information is publicly available, and the Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Bank has offered to make copies of its filed call reports available to the Subscriber at no charge.

Subscriber Information. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the offer and sale of the Offered Securities are intended to be exempt from registration under the federal Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and applicable state securities laws, based on the status of the Offered Securities as securities issued by a "bank," and that the Bank is relying on the Subscriber's status as an accredited investor in offering Subscriber the information and due diligence opportunity that Bank has provided. In accordance therewith and in furtherance thereof, the Subscriber represents and warrants to and agrees with the Bank that Subscriber is an accredited investor under the Securities Act.
 
Risks Related to this Offering
 
Investing in the Bank's Offered Securities involves risks and our operating results and financial condition have varied in the past and may in the fixture vary significantly depending on a number of factors. You should consider the following risk factors in evaluating whether to invest in the Bank's Offered Securities. However, the risks described below are not the only risks facing our Company. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity and cause our actual operating results to materially differ from those contained in forward-looking statements made in this Agreement, in the financial statements and proxy statement attached to this Agreement and elsewhere by management. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider these risks as well as other information contained or incorporated by reference in this Agreement. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.

This offering of the Offered Securities is subject to prior regulatory approval of federal and state bank regulatory agencies.
 
Pursuant to Section 112 of the Pennsylvania Banking Code, the Bank may not issue Offered Securities to anyone who, as a result of the purchase, would own more than 10% of the Bank's outstanding common stock, until the written approval of the Pennsylvania Banking Department is received. The approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may also be required. The number of Shares equaling 10% will depend on the total number of Shares sold in this offering. You should assume that regulatory approval will be required unless a determination can be made that it is not. While you are solely responsible for obtaining any approvals, the Bank will provide you with information and assistance in processing the approval application.
 
Availability of Securities Act exemption.
 
The Offered Securities are being offered pursuant to various available exemptions from registration from U.S. federal and state securities law registration requirements. Compliance with such laws, which must be met in order for such exemptions to be available to us, is highly technical and to some extent involves elements beyond our control. If the proper exemptions do not ultimately prove to be available, we could be subject to the claims of all or only some of our shareholders for violations of federal or state securities laws, which could materially adversely affect our profitability or operations or make an investment in the Offered Securities worthless.
 
 
 
- 6 -

 
 
Our Common Stock is not liquid and its price fluctuates, and you may not be able to sell your Offered Securities at or above the price that you pay for the Offered Securities. 
 
Our Voting Common Stock is not listed or regularly quoted on any established market or quotation service. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Voting Common Stock will develop after the Offering. Our stock price has been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include but are not limited to: changes in analysts' recommendations or projections, our announcement of developments related to our businesses, operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, regulatory changes in the financial services or banking industry, news reports of trends, concerns, irrational exuberance on the part of investors and other issues related to the financial services industry. Recently, the stock market has experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and market prices for the stock of many companies, including those in the financial services sector, have experienced wide price fluctuations that have not necessarily been related to operating performance. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector of the economy, could adversely affect the price of our Voting Common Stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices. 
 
If you attempt to sell the Offered Securities, the fluctuations in the price of the Bank's Voting Common Stock may prevent you from obtaining a market price equal to the Purchase Price. In these situations, you may be required to either sell the Offered Securities at a price which is lower than the Purchase Price, or to hold the Offered Securities for a longer period of time than originally planned. 
 
The exercise of outstanding stock options held by our directors and employees will result in dilution of your ownership.
 
As of March 3 1, 2009, we had options outstanding to purchase 46,827 shares of our Voting Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $10.68 per share. An additional 147,800 shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units or options to purchase shares of Voting Common Stock are available for grant at any time our equity compensation plans (the " Plans "). The issuance of restricted stock, restricted stock units or shares subject to options under the Plans will result in future dilution of your ownership of our Voting Common Stock.
 
We have issued long term subordinated debt.

The rights, interests and priorities of holders of Offered Securities are also subject to certain rights of the holders of the Bank's Floating Rate Subordinated Debt Securities due 2014 (the " 2004 Debentures") and the Bank's Series 2007 7.50% Mandatorily Conve rt ible Subordinated Debenture (the "2007 Debentures"). On the date of this Offering Memorandum, the Bank has outstanding $2,000,000 in principal amount of 2004 Debentures and $1,000,000 in principal amount of 2007 Debentures. We agree to provide copies of the agreements and instruments evidencing our subordinated debt to you upon your request.
 
This transaction may trigger the change in control conversion provisions of our 2007 Debentures.  If the offer and sale of the Offered Securities to the Subscriber, or to anyone else, separately or with the Subscriber, is deemed to result in a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of the 2007 Debentures, it could result in the conversion of $1 million of 2007 Debentures to up to 130,718 shares of common stock (a conversion rate of $7.65 per share). This would have the effect of reducing the voting percentage of the Offered Securities.

 
 
- 7 -

 
 
We have issued preferred stock.

The terms, privileges, rights and preferences of the preferred stock we have issued are set forth in the Statement Of Designations for the Bank's 1 0% Series A Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (Par Value $1,000 Per Share), with liquidation Preference of $10,000 per share, attached to this Subscription Agreement as Exhibit F .
 
We may issue additional shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or equity or debt derivative securities that will dilute the percentage ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our Common Stock and adversely affect the terns on which we may obtain  additional capital.
 
Our authorized capital includes (i) 9,500,000 share of voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Voting Common Stock"), (ii) 500,000 shares of nonvoting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Nonvoting Common Stock") (with the Voting Common Stock, our "Common Stock"), and (iii) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, any series having such par value or no par value as may be determined by the Ban's board of directors from time to time (the "Preferred Stock").. As of March 31, 2009, we had 2,021,078 shares of Voting Common Stock outstanding and had reserved for
issuance 46,827 shares underlying options. In addition, as of March 31, 2009, we had the ability to issue 147,800 shares of Voting Common Stock pursuant to options, restricted stock and restricted stock units that may be granted in the future under the Plans. As of March 31, 2009, we had no shares of Nonvoting Common Stock outstanding and 98 shares of Preferred Stock outstanding. Our board of directors generally has the authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of any authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock for any corporate purpose, including issuance of equity-based incentive awards under or outside of our equity compensation plans.
 
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by issuing debt or equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, including, but not limited to, securities under government sponsored programs. Any such securities may be senior to our common shares as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of our common shares. We could also enter into unsecured or secured debt or debt-like financing, or issuances of medium-term notes, senior notes, subordinated notes, secured debt, guarantees, preferred shares, trust preferred securities, hybrid securities, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities. In the event of the Bank's liquidation, lenders and holders of debt and preferred securities would receive distributions of our available assets before distributions to the holders of our common shares. Because our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings may be influenced by market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of our future financings. Further, market conditions could require us to accept less favorable terms for the issuance of our securities in the future.
 
We have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds from this Offering.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds from this Offering for general corporate purposes. We will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this Offering. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We do not currently pay dividends, our ability to pay cash dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends if we decide to do so.
 
 
 
- 8 -

 
 
 
The Bank has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock, and there is no guarantee that we will do so in the future. The declaration of any future cash dividends will he at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon and be limited by regulatory restrictions, the Bank's ability to pay cash dividends to us based on its capital position and profitability, and our need to maintain sufficient capital to support the Bank's operations. The ability of the Bank to pay cash dividends to us is limited by its obligations to maintain sufficient capital and by other restrictions on its cash dividends that are applicable to Pennsylvania state banks and banks that are regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank. If we do not satisfy these regulatory requirements, we will be unable to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock.
 
We have applied for funding under the U.S. Treasury Department's Capital Purchase Program (the "CPP") but have not yet been accepted for participation.
 
We have requested approval for the issuance of $6,500,000 in preferred stock to the Treasury Department. Your investment in our common stock could be adversely affected, whether or not we are accepted for participation in the CPP, in several different ways.
 
If we are accepted for participation in the CPP and issue the preferred stock, we will be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions. For example:
 
-  While the preferred shares would generally be nonvoting, the holders of the preferred
        shares may be entitled to vote on certain limited matters in certain circumstances.
 
- We would be obligated to pay dividends on the preferred stock, even though we do not
   pay dividends on our common stock, and these dividend payments would reduce the
   value of your investment in the Bank.
 
- While we do not presently plan to pay dividends on your shares of common stock, we
       would not he able to pay any dividends on the common stock, even if we want to, until
       we redeem the preferred stock we issue to the U.S. Treasury Department.
 
-  If we fail to pay dividends on the preferred stock, the holders of the preferred stock
   would be entitled to appoint two directors to our board, and they would then be able to make
   or influence decisions that favor the preferred shareholders rather than you.
 
-  If the Bank were liquidated, the holders of preferred shares are entitled to be repaid their
   investment in full before any of your investment is repaid.
 
Offerings of debt or senior equity securities may adversely affect the value of our common stock.
 
We may attempt to increase our capital resources or, if the Bank's capital ratios fall below the required minimums, we could be required to raise additional capital by making additional offerings of debt or preferred equity securities. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and shares of preferred
stock and lenders with respect to the Bank's other borrowings will receive distributions of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights or other protections against dilution.  Our board of directors is authorized to issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock from time to time without any action on the part of the stockholders.
 
Our board of directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, and preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or upon our dissolution, winding -up and liquidation and other terms. If we issue preferred stock ank in the future that has a preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.
 
 
 
- 9 -

 
 
The offering price of our common stock does not necessarily reflect the market value of our common stock or the price you would receive if you sell your shares.
 
The offering price of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this Offering has been determined by our board of directors after consideration of a number of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the current market for, trading volume and the liquidity of our common stock. The offering price of our common stock does not necessarily reflect the price at which our common stock would sell on or after the purchase date.
 
Dependence on Key Personnel; Voting Control
 
As a community bank, our success will depend greatly on the continued services of our executive officers. In order to be successful, we must attract, retain and motivate key employees, and if we fail to do that, our profits could be hurt. We may not be successful in continuing to recruit experienced people for positions with us, or in retaining necessary people. In this connection, the Bank has entered into agreements with Jay Sidhu, copies of which are attached as Exhibits H and I , providing for him to serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank if the Bank receives subscriptions in this offering for at least $10,000,000, with collected proceeds in escrow, by June 15, 2009. In addition, the Bank has agreed to appoint two new directors who will be individuals mutually agreeable to Jay Sidhu and the Bank's board of directors. Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated May 19, 2009, the Bank has agreed to issue to Jay Sidhu, and Jay Sidhu has subscribed for and agreed to purchase, at a purchase price of $750,000: (i) 125,000 shares of Voting Common Stock, plus (ii) a "Base Warrant" for the purchase of 385,101 additional shares of Voting Common Stock on terns and conditions corresponding to the terms and conditions of the Base Warrant under the Agreement except as described below in this paragraph, plus (iii) if applicable, an "Additional Warrant" for the purchase of up to 66,667 additional shares of Voting Common Stock on terms and conditions corresponding to the terms and conditions of the Additional Warrant under this Agreement except as follows. Pursuant to Jay Sidhu's Base Warrant and   Additional Warrant, half of the shares subject to each of his warrants vv ill vest immediately and may he purchased by exercise of the warrants at any time on or after the date of issue of the warrants. The other half of the shares subject to each warrant as described in his warrant agreements as "Deferred Vesting Shares" as to which he may not exercise the warrant until the following conditions shall have been satisfied:
 
(i) The Deferred Vesting Shares shall vest in equal amounts on each of the first three anniversaries of the Issue Date, so that, provided the other conditions to exercise described in (ii) below shall also have been satisfied, he may purchase: (A) one-third of the Deferred Vesting Shares on or after the first anniversary of the warrant's issue date; (B) another one-third of the Deferred Vesting Shares on or after the second anniversary of the warrant's issue date; and the final one-third of the Deferred Vesting Shares on or after the third anniversary of the warrant's issue date.
 
(ii) In any event, the warrants may not be exercised to purchase Deferred Vesting Shares unless and until the voting Common Stock of the Bank or its successor by operation of law (or of any holding company owning 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Bank or its successor by operation of law) shall have become listed on the New York Stock Exchange or American Stock Exchange or accepted for quotation and quoted on NASDAQ (or (or accepted for listing or quotation on a successor to one of the foregoing) and, if required as a result thereof, any registration statements required to be filed under federal and applicable state securities laws shall be become effective.  Therefore, with the shares of common stock represented by his warrants, he may potentially control as much as 12% of the Bank's issued and outstanding voting stock. He may purchase additional shares of our common stock in the future. We may grant him stock options, unvested stock or other equity-based compensation that would increase his voting percentage further. As of the date of this Agreement our directors and officers as a group (excluding Mr. Sidhu) own a total of 801,856 shares of our common stock, including options or warrants to purchase up to an additional 17,500 shares of our common stock They also own shares of our preferred stock that permit them, under certain circumstances to acquire or have the preferred shares convert into an additional 139,944 shares of our common stock. With the shares of common stock represented by options and warrants granted to them and common stock convertible from preferred stock, our directors and officers as a group potentially control 43.2% of our issued and outstanding voting stock. Many of our directors and officers have indicated their intent to purchase additional shares of common stock in the future. Further, it is likely they will be granted additional stock options, unvested stock or other equity-based compensation that would further increase When Mr. Sidhu becomes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our directors and officers as a group will control, on the foregoing bases, as much as 34% of our issued and outstanding common stock. We believe ownership of stock causes our directors and officers to have the same interests as our shareholders, but it also gives them the ability to vote as shareholders for matters that are in their personal interest.
 
 
 
- 10 -

 
 
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE SHARES
 
General
 
In this section, we summarize certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, beneficial ownership, conversion and disposition of the Offered Securities and the ownership and disposition of our common stock received in respect thereof. However, because it is impractical in this Agreement to cover all the federal tax consequences of an investment in the Offered Securities, because the tax consequences may be different for different investors, and because the effects of any local, state or foreign tax laws, or federal tax laws other than income tax laws, which might apply to a prospective Subscriber should be evaluated, each prospective Subscriber should consult his or its own tax adviser to satisfy himself or itself as to the income and other tax consequences of investing in the Offered Securities. This summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular investor or to certain investors subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws (such as banks, insurance companies, thrift institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt organizations, U.S. expatriates, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, traders in securities that elect to mark to market, dealers in securities or currencies, or persons that hold the Offered Securities as part of a position in a "straddle" or as part of a "hedging," "conversion" or other integrated investment transaction for federal income tax purposes). Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion relates to the tax consequences to individual investors that are United States citizens or residents and deals only with Offered Securities held as capital assets (as defined in the Code).
 
To ensure compliance with IRS rules (IRS Circular 230), potential Subscribers are hereby notified that: (A) any discussion of federal tax issues in this Agreement is not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any potential Subscriber, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on any such person or entity under the Internal Revenue Code; (B) such discussion is written to support the promotion or marketing of the transactions or matters addressed herein; and (C) potential Subscribers should seek advice based on their particular circumstances from an independent tax adviser other than the Bank (i.e., a tax adviser other than the Bank, its affiliates or persons providing professional services or advice to the Bank).
 
Dividends on Shares and Warrant Shares
 
Any distribution with respect to the Shares or any Warrant Shares that we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute a dividend and will be includible in gross income by you when paid.



 
- 11 -

 
 
Basis of Shares and Warrants
 
The federal income tax basis of the Shares and the Warrants is determined by allocating the Purchase Price between them based on the relative fair market value of the Shares and the Warrants. Subscribers should consult with their tax advisors regarding the appropriate methodology for determining the federal income tax basis of the Shares and the Warrants.
 
Exercise of Warrants
 
In general, you will not recognize gain or loss upon the exercise for cash of a Warrant to acquire Shares. Warrant Shares generally will have a federal income tax basis equal to your federal income tax basis in the Warrant, increased by the amount paid to exercise the warrant. The holding period of such Warrant Shares generally will begin on the day after the date of exercise of the Warrant. If a Warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a you would generally recognize a capital loss equal to your tax basis in the Warrant.
 
Sale of Shares
 
Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of the Shares or Warrant Shares, you generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized (not including any amount attributable to declared and unpaid dividends, which will be taxable as described above to holders of record who have not previously included such dividends in income) and your adjusted tax basis in the Shares.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Information reporting requirements, on IRS Form 1099, generally will apply to payments made on the Shares or the common stock upon conversion of the Shares to a noncorporate holder. Distributions made on the Shares may be subject to a "backup" withholding tax (currently at rate of 28%) on "reportable
payments" made to a noncorporate holder unless, in general, the holder complies with certain procedures.
 
NON-U.S. HOLDERS - TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATED TO THE OFFERED SECURITIES
 
The following is a general summary of certain of the U.S. tax considerations that may apply to non-U.S. holders of the Bank's Common Stock and Warrants ("non-U.S. holders") and does not discuss all considerations that may apply to every non-U.S. holder. If you are a non-U.S. holder, you should consult your own tax advisors with respect to such U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of owning the Common Stock and Warrants.
 
Dividends
 
Dividends with respect to our Common Stock ordinarily will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30 percent rate, or at a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty that provides for a reduced rate of withholding provided that you satisfy the U.S. certification requirements described below. However, if the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if certain treaties apply, are attributable to your permanent establishment in the United States), then the dividends will not be subject to withholding tax and instead will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.
 
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
 
You generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax in respect of gain realized on a disposition of Common Stock, provided that (a) the gain is not effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States and (b) if you are an individual who holds the Common Stock as a capital asset, you are present in the United States for less than 1 83 days in the taxable year of the sale and other conditions are met. Notwithstanding such exemption from U.S. withholding tax, any proceeds of sale will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% if you fail to properly certify you are not a U.S. person.

 
 
- 12 -

 
 
Federal Estate Taxes
 
Common Stock owned or treated as being owned by a non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless a treaty exemption applies between their country of residence and the U.S. Even if a treaty exemption is available, a decedent's estate may nevertheless be required to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption, as well as to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Common Stock) on which a U.S. federal tax lien has been
released, and is required before the Bank can release a nonresident alien decedent's investment in the Bank to his or her estate.
 
Tax Certification and Backup Withholding as Applied to non-U.S. Holders .
 
Non-U.S. holders have special U.S. tax certification requirements to avoid backup withholding, and if applicable, to obtain the benefit of any income tax treaty between the non-U.S. holder's country of residence and the United States. To claim these tax benefits, the non-U.S. holder must provide a properly completed Form W-8BEN (or other Form W-8, where applicable, or their substitute forms) to establish his or her status as a non-U.S. holder, to claim beneficial ownership over the assets in the account, and to claim, if applicable, a reduced rate of or exemption from withholding tax under the applicable treaty. A Form W-8BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number remains in effect for a period of three years beginning on the date that it is signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year. However, non-U.S. holders must advise the Fund of any changes of circumstances that would render the information given on the form incorrect, and must then provide a new W-8BEN to avoid the prospective application of backup withholding. Forms W-8BEN with U.S. taxpayer identification numbers remain valid indefinitely, or until the taxpayer has a change of circumstances that renders the form incorrect and necessitates a new form and tax certification.
 
Forward Looking Statements
 
This Agreement, the information our representatives have or will provide to Subscriber or its representatives, and the Due Diligence Sources contain certain forward looking information within the meaning of the Securities Act, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These
statements relate to future events or future predictions, including events or predictions relating to our future financial performance, and are generally identifiable by use of the use of forward-looking terminology such as "believes", "expects", "may", "will", "should", "plan", "intend", or "anticipates" or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy that involve risks an uncertainties. Management wishes to caution the Subscriber that these forward- looking statements and other statements contained herein regarding matters that are not historical facts,
are only predictions and estimates regarding future events and circumstances and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including the risks described under "Risk Factors" that may cause the Bank's or its industry's actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. This information is based on various assumptions by the management which may not prove to be correct.
 
In addition to the risks described in the "Risk Factors" section of this Agreement, important factors to consider and evaluate in such forward-looking statements include: (i) changes in the external competitive market factors which might impact the Bank's results of operations; (ii) changes in banking regulations, including without limitation changes in capital requirements under the federal prompt corrective action regulations; (iii) changes in the Bank's business strategy or an inability to execute its strategy due to the occurrence of unanticipated events; and (iv) the failure of the Bank to complete any or all of the transactions described herein on the terms currently contemplated. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Agreement will in fact transpire.
 
All of these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of our Company. Although the Bank believes that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, the Bank cannot guarantee future results,
levels of activity, performance or achievements. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that actual results will meet expectations or will not be materially lower than the results contemplated in this Agreement. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document or, in the case of documents referred to or incorporated by reference, the dates of those documents. The Bank does not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as may be required under applicable U.S. securities law.

 
 
- 13 -

 
 
ARTICLE I - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BANK


 
1.1       The Bank hereby represents and warrants to the Subscriber as of the date of this Agreement as follows:

 
(a)                         The Bank is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of its state of incorporation, with all requisite power and authority to
own, lease, license, and use its properties and assets and to carry out the business in
which it is engaged, except where the failure to have or be any of the foregoing may
not be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Bank's presently conducted
businesses. The Bank is not in violation of any of the provisions of its articles of
incorporation or bylaws. The Bank is duly qualified to transact the business in which it
is engaged and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction in
which its ownership, leasing, licensing or use of property or assets or the conduct of its
business make such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified
or in good standing, as the case may be, could not, individually or in the aggregate,
have or reasonably be expected to result in (a) a material and adverse effect on the
legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, (b) a material and adverse effect
on the results of operations, assets, prospects, business or condition (financial or
otherwise) of the Bank taken as a whole, or (c) an adverse impairment to the Bank's ability
to perform on a timely basis its obligations hereunder (any of (a), (b) or (c), a
" Material Adverse Effect ").

 
(b)                         Currently, except as described in this Agreement: (i) no securities of
the Bank are entitled to preemptive or similar rights, and no entity or person has any
right of first refusal, preemptive right, right of participation, or any similar right to
participate in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement unless any such rights
have been waived; and (ii) the issue and sale of the Offered Securities will not (except
pursuant to their terms hereunder), immediately or with the passage of time, obligate
the Bank to issue shares of Common Stock or other securities to any entity or person
and will not result in a right of any holder of Company securities to adjust the exercise,
conversion, exchange or reset price under such securities. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Univest Corporation of Pennsylvania ("Univest") and Citizens Incorporated
("Citizens") each has the right to purchase, at the per share equivalent of the Purchase
Price, up to that number of additional shares of the Bank's common stock which shall
make their respective percentage ownership of the Bank's outstanding common stock,
after giving effect to the sale of the Offered Securities and any other shares of the
Bank's common stock, equal to that institution's percentage ownership of the Bank's
outstanding shares of common stock immediately prior to the sale of the Offered
Securities. As of the date of this Agreement, Univest owns 196,450 shares, or 9.64%,
of the Bank's outstanding shares of common stock, and Citizens (NexTier) owns
37,808 shares, or 1.85%, of the Bank's outstanding shares of common stock. This
could have the effect of reducing the voting percentage of the Shares.

 
- 14 -

 
 
(c)                         The Bank has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into,
deliver and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to issue, sell
and deliver the Offered Securities, and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder.
The individual signing below on behalf of the Bank hereby warrants that he or she is
authorized to execute the Agreement on behalf of the Bank. The execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions
contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by the Bank and no further action is
required by the Bank in connection therewith. When executed and delivered by the
Bank, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Bank, enforceable as to the Bank in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, fraudulent
conveyance or transfer, moratorium or other laws or court decisions, now or hereinafter
in effect, relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and as may be limited
by general principles of equity and the discretion of the court having jurisdiction in an
enforcement action (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law).

 
(d)                         The Bank is making the representations and warranties included in this
Article II with the intent that they may he relied upon by the Subscriber in determining
the suitability of the purchase of the Offered Securities. Accordingly, the Bank
represents and warrants that the information stated in this Article II is true, accurate and
complete, and agrees to notify and supply corrective information promptly to the
Subscriber as provided above if any such information becomes inaccurate or
incomplete. The Bank represents and warrants that as stated in this Agreement, the
Bank's financial condition included or incorporated by reference herein is accurately
and completely described. The Bank has no reason to expect there will be any material
adverse change in its financial condition and will advise the Subscriber of any such
changes occurring prior to the Closing or termination of the Offering.
 
(e)                         The Bank is not required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization
or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or
other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other person or entity
in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of this
Agreement or the issuance, sale or delivery of the Offered Securities other than (a)
the Subscriber may be required to file notices or applications with the Bank's federal
and state banking regulators for prior approval to acquire the Offered Securities, and
(b) any applicable filings required by state securities laws.

 
(fl                         The Offered Securities have been duly authorized and, when issued
and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable and will be issued free and clear of all liens and encumbrances,
other than restrictions on transfer under applicable securities laws.

 
(g)                         Except as previously disclosed to Subscriber or disclosed in the
documents attached to this Agreement or actually made available or offered to be made
available to Subscriber by the Bank (collectively, the "Due Diligence Sources"), there
is no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Bank, threatened action, suit, proceeding
or investigation before any court, governmental agency or body, or arbitrator having
jurisdiction over the Bank, or any of its affiliates that would affect the execution by the
    Bank or the performance by the Bank of its obligations under this Agreement, and all other
   agreements entered into by the Bank relating hereto. Except as previously disclosed to
   Subscriber or disclosed in the Due Diligence Sources, there is no pending or, to the best
   knowledge of the Bank, threatened action, suit, proceeding or investigation before any
   court, governmental agency or body, or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Bank, or
   any of its affiliates which litigation if adversely determined could have a material adverse
   effect on the Bank.

 
- 15 -

 
 
ARTICLE II - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SUBSCRIBER
 
II.I            By signing this Agreement, the undersigned Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows as an inducement to
the Bank to accept the subscription of the Subscriber:
 
(i)  The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that (i) the offering and sale of the Offered Securities are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act as securities issued by a bank, (ii) the Offered Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and (iii) the Bank has represented to the Subscriber that the Offered Securities have been offered and sold by the Bank in reliance upon the foregoing exemption from registration as well as corresponding exemptions from registration under any applicable state securities laws. The Subscriber represents and warrants to and agrees with the Bank that it is an "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act) and has delivered to the Bank one or more accredited investor questionnaires appropriately completed and duly executed by the Subscriber.
 
(ii)  The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants that the Subscriber is acquiring the Offered Securities hereunder for its own account for investment and not with a view to distribution, and with no present intention of distributing the Offered Securities or selling the Offered Securities for distribution. The Subscriber understands that the Offered Securities are being sold to the Subscriber in a transaction which is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, the Subscriber acknowledges that it has been advised that the Offered Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act. The Subscriber's acquisition of the Offered Securities shall constitute a confirmation of the foregoing representation and warranty and understanding thereof.
 
(iii)  The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as is required for evaluating the merits and risks of making this investment, and the Subscriber has received such information requested by the Subscriber concerning the business, management and financial affairs of the Bank in order to evaluate the merits and risks of making this investment. Further, the Subscriber acknowledges that the Subscriber has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Bank concerning the terms and conditions of this investment and to obtain information relating to the organization, operation and business of the Bank and of the Bank's contracts, agreements and obligations or needed to verify the accuracy of any information contained herein or any other information about the Bank. Except as set forth in this Agreement, no representation or warranty is made by the Bank to induce the Subscriber to make this investment, and any representation or warranty not made herein or therein is specifically disclaimed and no information furnished to the Subscriber or the Subscriber's advisor(s) in connection with the sale was in any way inconsistent with the information stated herein. The Subscriber further understands and acknowledges that, except for the representatives of the Bank's management in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, no person has been authorized by the Bank to make any representations or warranties concerning the Bank, including as to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained in this Agreement.
 
(iv) The Subscriber does not presently own any securities of the Bank, and upon the Closing, the only securities of the Bank Subscriber will own will be the Offered Securities subscribed for herein and, if the Warrant is exercised, the Warrant Shares.
 
(v) The Subscriber is making the foregoing representations and warranties with the intent that they may be relied upon by the Bank in determining the suitability of the sale of the Offered Securities to the Subscriber for purposes of federal and state securities laws. Accordingly, the Subscriber represents and warrants that the information stated herein and in the accompanying Investor Suitability Questionnaire and (if applicable) Investor Representative Questionnaire is true, accurate and complete, and agrees to notify and supply corrective information promptly to the Bank as provided above if any such information becomes inaccurate or incomplete. The Subscriber represents and warrants that as stated in this Agreement, Subscriber's financial condition on the date hereof is accurately and completely described. The Subscriber has no reason to expect there will be any material adverse change in its financial condition and will advise the Bank of any such changes occurring prior to the Closing or termination of the Offering.

 
- 16 -

 
 
(vi) The Subscriber is not subscribing for any of the Offered Securities as a result of or subsequent to any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, any seminar or meeting, or any solicitation of a subscription by a person not previously known to the Subscriber in connection with investments in securities generally.
 
(vii) The Subscriber has received or obtained access to certain information regarding the Bank, including this Agreement, the Due Diligence Sources and the exhibits attached hereto or incorporated by reference herein, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. The Subscriber has carefully reviewed all information provided to it and has carefully evaluated and understands the risks described therein related to the Bank and an investment in the Bank, and understands and has relied only on the information provided to it in writing by the Bank relating to this investment. Subscriber has been advised by the Bank to conduct its own review of the business, properties and affairs of the Bank before subscribing to purchase the Offered Securities.
 
(viii) The Subscriber also understands and agrees that, although the Bank and the Subscriber will use their best efforts to keep the information provided in this Agreement strictly confidential, the Bank, the Subscriber or their counsel may present this Agreement and the information contained herein to such parties as they may deem advisable if called upon to establish the availability under any federal or state securities laws of an exemption from registration of the Offering or if the contents thereof are relevant to any issue in any action, suit or proceeding to which the Bank, the Subscriber or their affiliates is a party, or by which they are or may be bound or as otherwise required by law or regulatory authority.
 
(ix) The individual signing below on behalf of Subscriber hereby warrants and represents that he/she is authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Subscriber. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all requisite action, if any, in respect thereof on the part of Subscriber and no other proceedings on the part of Subscriber are necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Subscriber and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Subscriber, enforceable against Subscriber in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding in equity or at law)).
 
(x) The Subscriber is aware that the offering of the Offered Securities involves securities for which only a limited trading market exists, thereby requiring any investment to be maintained for an indefinite period of time. The purchase of the Offered Securities involves risks which the Subscriber has evaluated, and the Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of the purchase of such Offered Securities and the loss of its entire investment. The Subscriber is able to bear the substantial economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time, has no need for liquidity in such investment and can afford a complete loss of such investment. The Subscriber's overall commitment to investments that are not readily marketable is not, and its acquisition of the Offered Securities will not cause such overall commitment to become, disproportionate to its net worth and the Subscriber has adequate means of providing for its current needs and contingencies.
 

 
 
- 17 -

 
 
(xi) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that once funds are transferred in payment of the Purchase Price and the other conditions to closing are satisfied or if waivable waived by the Bank, Bank may schedule closing and such funds will be immediately released to the Bank upon completion of closing.
 
(xii) In entering into this Agreement and in purchasing the Offered Securities, the Subscriber further acknowledges that the Bank has informed the Subscriber that the Offered Securities have not been offered for sale by means of general advertising or solicitation and the Subscriber acknowledges that it has either a pre-existing personal or business relationship with either the Bank or its officers, directors or controlling persons, of a nature and duration such as would enable a reasonable prudent investor to be aware of the character, business acumen, and general business and financial circumstances of the Bank and an investment in the Offered Securities.
 
(xiii) The Bank has employed Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP (" Stradley ") as its legal counsel in connection with the Offering. The Subscriber has consulted its own separate legal counsel and financial, tax and investment advisors with regard to the Offering, and has made all investigations it deems necessary in order to assess the merits and fairness of the Offering and this Agreement.
 
(xiv) It never has been represented, guaranteed or warranted by the Bank, any of the officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees or agents of the Bank, or any other persons, whether expressly or by implication, that: (a) the Bank or the Subscriber will realize any given percentage of profits and/or amount or type of consideration, profit or loss as a result of the Bank's activities or the Subscriber's investment in the Bank; or (b) the past performance or experience of the management of the Bank, or of any other person, will in any way indicate the predictable results of the ownership of the Offered Securities or of the Bank's activities.

 
ARTICLE III - INVESTOR SUITABILITY
 
111.1              Investor Suitability Questionnaire . Subscriber is delivering to Bank, with this Agreement, an Investor Suitability Questionnaire, appropriately completed and duly executed by the Subscriber. The Investor Suitability Questionnaire is accurate and complete in all respects and does not omit any fact requires to make it accurate and complete in all respects.
 
111.2              Investor Representative Questionnaire . If Subscriber is relying on the knowledge and experience of another person in making an investment in the Offered Securities, Subscriber is delivering to Bank, with this Agreement, an Investor Representative Questionnaire, appropriately completed and duly executed by the Subscriber and the Subscriber's representative. The Investor Representative Questionnaire is accurate and complete in all respects and does not omit any fact requires to make it accurate and complete in all respects.

 
ARTICLE IV- REGULATORY APPROVALS

 
IV.1              Interagency Biographical and Financial Report . If approval or nonobjection of any federal or state banking regulator is required for Subscriber's purchase under this Agreement, Subscriber is delivering to Bank, with this Agreement, a copy of the current version of the federal Interagency Biographical and Financial Report for submission to bank regulatory agencies in connection with applications for prior approval of Subscriber's acquisition of the Offered Securities, appropriately completed and duly executed by the Subscriber. The Interagency Biographical and Financial Report is accurate and complete in all respects and does not omit any fact requires to make it accurate and complete in all respects.

 
- 18 -

 
 
IV.2              Cooperation in Bank Regulatory Applications . Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that Subscriber may be obligated to obtain prior approvals (the "Regulatory Approvals") from the Pennsylvania Banking Department and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Bank
Regulators") for the acquisition of the Offered Securities pursuant to this Agreement. Bank will provide Subscriber with the forms that Bank believes are necessary to make applications for the Regulatory Approvals. The parties agree to cooperate reasonably and in good faith to file the applications and seek
the Regulatory Approvals. While Bank agrees to bear its own expenses, including without limitation fees and disbursements of its legal counsel, in assisting Subscriber, the Subscriber agrees to bear all of Subscriber's own expenses in connection with such applications, including without limitation: (i) fees and disbursements of Subscriber's own legal counsel (Subscriber acknowledging that neither Bank nor its legal counsel is acting as Subscriber's legal counsel in connection with any matters relating to this Agreement, the Offered Securities or the applications for Regulatory Approvals); (ii) filing fees; (iii) expenses, if any, of newspaper publication of notices of the filing of the applications; and any other expenses that may be required of Subscriber in connection therewith.
 
ARTICLE V - MISCELLANEOUS

 
V.1              Survival . The representations and warranties contained herein are true and correct only as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto, and the Bank assumes no obligation to update any representations or warranties after such date. No investigation made by or on behalf of either party shall affect the representations and warranties made pursuant to this Agreement. No party makes any additional or implied representations other than those set forth herein.
 
V.2              Expenses . If the Bank has raised, closed upon and received $10,000,000 in collected funds on or before July 31, 2009, the Bank will reimburse Jay Sidhu for up to $100,000 in out-of-pocket costs incurred by him as of May 19, 2009 relating to raising capital for the Bank such as reasonable travel and entertainment expenses and reasonable attorneys fees. Otherwise, each party hereto shall bear and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including fees and expenses of its own brokers, finders, financial consultants, accountants and counsel.
 
V.3              Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Exhibits and documents incorporated by reference herein, contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior arrangements and understandings between the parties, either written or oral, with respect to its subject matter.
 
V.4              Binding Effect of Subscription . The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees, subject to any applicable state securities laws that the subscription and application hereunder are irrevocable, that the Subscriber is not entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Agreement and that this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Subscriber and its successors and assigns.
 
V.5              Captions . The table of contents and captions contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Agreement.
 
V.6              Amendments; Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Bank and the Subscriber or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.

 
 
- 19 -

 
 
V.7              Notice . Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given promptly, in writing, shall be hand delivered, sent via confirmed facsimile, overnight courier or mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below (or such other addresses of which they give notice to each other in accordance with the provisions hereof) and shall be deemed effective on the date sent via confirmed facsimile (provided written confirmation of delivery is received), the date delivered personally or by receipted delivery service, the next business day after delivered to an overnight courier service, or three (3) days after the date mailed:

 
 
If to the Bank:
If to Subscriber, at Subscriber's address, telephone
  and telecopier number shown on the signature
New Century Bank
page.
99 Bridge Street
 
Phoenixville, PA 19460
 
Tel.: (610) 933-2271
 
Fax. (610) 933-6922
 
Attention: Kenneth B. Mumma, Chairman & Chief
 
 
Executive Officer
 
   
with a copy to:
 
   
Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP 30 Valley Stream Parkway
 
Malvern, PA 19103
 
Tel.: (610) 640-5806
 
Fax: (610) 640-1965
 
Attention: David F. Scranton, Esquire
 
 
V.8              Execution . This Agreement may be executed through the use of separate signature pages or in any number of counterparts, and each of such counterparts shall, or all purposes, constitute one agreement binding on all parties, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the same counterpart. Any facsimile or other electronic signature of any party hereto shall constitute a legal, valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
 
V.9              Severability . Each provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable from every other provisions, and the invalidity or illegality of any portion hereof shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder hereof.
 
V.10            Non-Assignment . This Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the Subscriber.
 
V.11            Governing Law . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective Affiliates, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the " Pennsylvania Courts "). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any Pennsylvania Court, or that such proceeding has been commenced in an improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence a proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorney's fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such proceeding.
 
 
 
- 20 -

 
 
 
V.12              Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, the Subscriber and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns, but Subscriber agrees that Subscriber shall not be authorized assign Subscriber's rights or delegate Subscriber's obligations under this Agreement to anyone.

 
Signature pages to Securities Purchase Agreement Follows




 
- 21 -

 
 
 
SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed by their signature as natural persons or by individuals by their duly authorized officers as of the date set forth below.

 
THE BANK:
 
                            NEW CENTURY BANK:

 
By:   /s/ Kenneth B. Mumma
Name: Kenneth B. Mumma
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 
                             THE SUBSCRIBER:

 
By: /s/ Jay Sidhu
       (Subscriber's Signature)
 
Print Name:  Jay Sidhu

 
Subscriber's Principal Address: 5 Chardonnay Circle Mahnton PA, 19540
Subscriber's Telephone Number: (610) 301-6476
Subscriber's Telecopier Facsimile Number: (610) 777-0163



 
Dated: May 19, 2009
 
Purchase Price:    $750,000.00
 
Number of Shares Subscribed for: 125,000
 
Number of Base Warrant Shares: 385,101
 
Maximum Additional Warrant Shares: 66,667










-22-




Exhibit 10.14

AMENDMENT
TO
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Subscription Agreement (this “Amendment”), dated as of June 29, 2009, is made by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with main office in Phoenixville, Chester County, Pennsylvania (the “Bank”) and the undersigned as the subscriber (the “Subscriber”) to purchase the Bank’s common stock in the Bank’s pending offering (the “Offering”) of up to 14,700,000 shares of the Bank’s voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (individually, an “Offered Share” and collectively, the “Offered Shares”), plus a related warrant or warrants to purchase additional shares of the Bank’s voting common stock (“Warrant Shares”) at an exercise price of $6.00 per share (individually and collectively, the  “Offered Warrant”) (the Offered Shares and Offered Warrant are sometimes referred to herein individually as an “Offered Security” and collectively as “Offered Securities”).

The Bank and Subscriber have previously entered into a Confidential Subscription Agreement with the Bank pertaining to the Offering (the “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which the Subscriber agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and the Bank agreed to issue and sell to you, that number of Offered Shares and a Warrant to purchase that number of Warrant Shares, for a total Purchase Price set forth on the signature page of the Subscription Agreement, subject, as to the number of Warrant Shares available under the Warrant, to allocation as provided in the Subscription Agreement depending upon the total Offering proceeds.  This Amendment amends the Subscription Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank and Subscriber, intending to be legally bound, for good and valuable consideration including without limitation the mutual benefits conferred on the Bank and the Subscriber by this Amendment, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.   Capitalized terms used in this Amendment not otherwise defined in this Amendment shall have the respective meanings assigned to those terms in the Subscription Agreement.

2. Modification of Number of Offered Shares and Offered Warrants; Modification of Purchase Price.   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the Subscription Agreement and on the basis of the representations and warranties contained in the Subscription Agreement, the Bank hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Subscriber and the Subscriber agrees to purchase from the Bank, upon Closing, the number of Offered Shares (“Amended Offered Shares”) and a Warrant for the following number of Warrant Shares (the “Amended Warrant Shares”) (the Amended Offered Shares and the Warrant for the Amended Warrant Shares are sometimes referred to herein as the “Amended Offered Securities”), at the amended Purchase Price (the “Amended Purchase Price”), all as set forth on the signature page to this Amendment, which is calculated at $5.50 per Amended Offered Share being subscribed for by Subscriber under this Amendment.  Because the Offering is being completed, the number of Warrant Shares available under the Warrant is not subject to reduction or allocation pursuant to the Subscription Agreement; instead, the number of Amended Warrant Shares set forth on the signature page reflects an allocation based on the total Offering proceeds and shall not be further adjusted.

3. Addition of Anti-Dilution Rights in Favor of Subscriber .  As further consideration for Subscriber entering into this Amendment, the Bank is executing and delivering to the Subscriber an Anti-Dilution Agreement in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and made part hereof (the “Anti-Dilution Agreement”), and it is understood that Subscriber’s subscription is in reliance on Bank’s agreement to  execute and deliver the Anti-Dilution Agreement.
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
4. Additional Information Relating to the Bank.   Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that   Bank representatives have provided to the Subscriber, prior to the Subscriber’s signing of this Amendment, additional information relating to the Bank, including without limitation:

(a) The Bank’s expected financial position and results of operation for its fiscal period ending June 30, 2009.

(b) Additional detail regarding the Bank’s financial position and results of operation for its fiscal period ending June 30, 2009.

(c) Information regarding the Bank’s current and (subject to future uncertainties that were described by Bank representatives) anticipated regulatory compliance obligations.

(d) An update that, at a subscription price of $5.50 per share, the $750,000 subscription by Jay Sidhu is for 136,364 Offered Shares and a Warrant for 445,101 Warrant Shares at an exercise price of $5.50 per share.  As previously, Mr. Sidhu’s subscription must remain in escrow pending application to federal and state banking regulators for approval of his acquisition of those Offered Securities.

(e) Information relating to the Bank’s amendment of its Exchange Offer with existing holders (the “Preferred Holders”) of its preferred stock (the “Preferred Shares”), to change the exchange rate from an imputed $6.00 per share of common stock being issued in exchange for the Preferred Shares, to $5.50 per share of common stock being issued as part of the consideration in exchange for the Preferred Shares.  While the result of this change will be to increase the number of shares of common stock issued in the exchange, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of the warrants to be issued to Preferred Holders in the exchange is not changing.

(f) Such additional information as may have been requested by the Subscriber.

5. Reaffirmation of Subscription Agreement as Amended.   The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Bank has offered to agree to a cancellation of the Subscriber’s subscription and a termination of the Subscription Agreement, but that Subscriber, after having an opportunity to make such inquiries and investigation as the Subscriber deems appropriate, has agreed to reaffirm the Subscription Agreement subject to these amended terms.  Based on the foregoing, the Bank and the Subscriber hereby reaffirm the Subscription Agreement and agree that it shall remain in full force and effect subject to the terms of this Amendment.

6. Closing.   Closing on the Subscriber’s subscription shall be held, subject only to any requirements of bank regulatory agencies, on or before June 30, 2009.  At the Closing, (i) the Bank shall issue the Amended Offered Securities in the name of the Subscriber, (ii) the Bank shall receive disbursement of the Subscriber’s Amended Purchase Price from the escrow provided under the Subscription Agreement, and (iii) the Bank shall return to the Subscriber the balance of any funds represented by the difference (if any) between the original Purchase Price transmitted to the Bank by the Subscriber and the Amended Purchase Price.

7. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement. The Subscription Agreement as amended by this Amendment, including the Exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein, and the Anti-Dilution Agreement, contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Amendment supersedes all prior arrangements and understandings between the parties, either written or oral, with respect to its subject matter.
 
 
 
-2-

 
 

 
(b) Binding Effect of Subscription. The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that the amended subscription hereunder is irrevocable, that the Subscriber is not hereafter entitled to cancel, terminate or revoke this Amendment or the Subscription Agreement, and that the Subscription Agreement and this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Subscriber and its successors and assigns.

(c) Captions. The captions contained in this Amendment are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Amendment.

(d) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of the Subscription Agreement or this Amendment may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Bank and the Subscriber or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of the Subscription Agreement or this Amendment shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.

(e) Execution. This Agreement may be executed through the use of separate signature pages or in any number of counterparts, and each of such counterparts shall, or all purposes, constitute one agreement binding on all parties, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the same counterpart.  Any facsimile or other electronic signature of any party hereto shall constitute a legal, valid and binding execution hereof by such party.

(f) Severability.   Each provision of this Amendment is intended to be severable from every other provisions, and the invalidity or illegality of any portion hereof shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder hereof.

(g) Non-Assignment.   This Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the Subscriber.

(h) Governing Law.   All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Amendment shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.  Each party agrees that all proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective Affiliates, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the “Pennsylvania Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any Pennsylvania Court, or that such proceeding has been commenced in an improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Amendment and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law.  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any proceeding arising out of or relating to this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence a proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Amendment, then the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorney’s fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such proceeding.
 
 
 
-3-

 
 

 
(i) Successors and Assigns.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, the Subscriber and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns, but Subscriber agrees that Subscriber shall not be authorized assign Subscriber’s rights or delegate Subscriber’s obligations under this Amendment to anyone.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed respectively by the Bank and the Subscriber as of the date set forth above.

[The balance of this page is intentionally left blank.]
 
 
 
 
-4-

 

 
SIGNATURE PAGE – AMENDMENT TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this Amendment to be executed by their signature as natural persons or by individuals by their duly authorized officers as of the date set forth below.

THE BANK:

NEW CENTURY BANK:


By:
/s/ James W. McKeighan, III       
 
James W. McKeighan, III
 
President


THE SUBSCRIBER:


By:
/s/ Jay S. Sidhu                               
 
(Subscriber’s Signature)

Print Name: Jay S. Sidhu



Amended Purchase Price:   $750,000


Number of Amended Offered Shares: 136,364


Number of Amended Warrant Shares: 461,469
 
 
 
-5-

 

EXHIBIT A

NEW CENTURY BANK

ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT

THIS ANTI-DILUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of June 30, 2009 by NEW CENTURY BANK ("Bank”) in favor of __________________________ (the "Purchaser").

RECITALS

A. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, pursuant to a certain contemporaneous Subscription Agreement, as amended by a certain Amendment to Subscription Agreement dated as of June 29, 2009 (collectively, as so amended, the “Subscription Agreement”) the Purchaser is purchasing from the Bank shares (the “Purchased Shares”) of the Bank's voting common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the “Common Stock”) at a price of $5.50 per Purchased Share (the “Purchase Price”).

B. By this Agreement, the Purchaser and the Bank desire to set forth the adjustment in the number of Purchased Shares as a result of a Diluting Issuance (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Subscription Agreement and the parties agreement to complete performance under it, and the mutual promises, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

(a) "Option" means any right, option or warrant to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire common stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) "Convertible Securities" means any evidences of indebtedness, shares of stock or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for common stock.

(c) "Issue" means to grant, issue, sell, assume or fix a record date for determining persons entitled to receive any security (including Options) whichever of the foregoing is the first to occur.

(d) "Additional Common Shares" means all voting or nonvoting common stock (including reissued shares) Issued (or deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 2) after the date of this Agreement. Additional Common Shares does not include, however, any common stock Issued upon conversion of preferred stock outstanding on the date of this Agreement; the Shares; or common stock Issued as incentive or in a nonfinancing transaction to employees, officers, directors or consultants to the Bank.
 
 
 
-1-

 
 

 
SECTION 2. DEEMED ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL COMMON SHARES.

The shares of common stock ultimately issuable upon exercise of an Option (including the shares of common stock ultimately Issuable upon conversion or exercise of a Convertible Security Issuable pursuant to an Option) are deemed to be Issued when the Option is Issued. The shares of common stock ultimately Issuable upon conversion or exercise of a Convertible Security (other than a Convertible Security Issued pursuant to an Option) shall be deemed Issued upon Issuance of the Convertible Security.

SECTION 3. ADJUSTMENT OF NUMBER PURCHASED SHARES FOR DILUTING ISSUANCES.

 3.1 Weighted Average Adjustment . If the Bank issues (or pursuant to Section 2 is deemed to issue) Additional Common Shares after the date of this Agreement and the consideration per Additional Common Share (determined pursuant to Section 5) (the “New Issue Price”) is less than the Purchase Price (as it may have been deemed adjusted pursuant to this Agreement) (a "Diluting Issuance"), other than with respect to shares issued to (a) the Bank's employees, officer or directors in connection with their employment or retention of services not to exceed the number of Shares reserved in the Bank's existing equity financing plans, or (b) customers or vendors in connection with bona fide business transactions, the Bank shall, concurrently with such Issue, issue to Purchaser, at no additional cost or price to Purchaser, an additional number of shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying the number of Purchased Shares by a fraction:

(a) the numerator of which is the Purchase Price immediately before such Issue, and

(b) the denominator of which is the New Issue Price.

3.2 Adjustment of Number of Purchased Shares and Purchased Price for Subsequent Issues . Upon each issuance of additional shares of Common Stock to Purchaser under this Agreement:  (i) the number of “Purchased Shares” for purposes of this Agreement shall be deemed to be increased by the number of additional shares of Common Stock then being issued to Purchaser, and (ii) the “Purchase Price” shall be deemed reduced to the New Issue Price for the share issuance causing the adjustment.  The number of Purchased Shares and the Purchase Price, determined as adjusted pursuant to this paragraph, shall thereafter be deemed the number of Purchased Shares and the Purchase Price for purposes of applying the provisions of this Agreement upon a subsequent issuance by the Bank of Additional Common Shares.

SECTION 4. NO ADJUSTMENT FOR ISSUANCES FOLLOWING DEEMED ISSUANCES.

No adjustment to the number of Purchased Shares or the Purchase Price shall be made upon the exercise of Options or conversion of Convertible Securities.

SECTION 5. COMPUTATION OF CONSIDERATION.

The consideration received by the Bank for the Issue of any Additional Common Shares shall be computed as follows:
 
 
 
-2-

 
 

 
(a) Cash shall be valued at the amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends.

(b) Property. Property, other than cash, shall be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of the Issue as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

(c) Mixed Consideration. The consideration for Additional Common Shares Issued together with other property of the Bank for consideration that covers both shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per Additional Common Share for Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:

(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Bank for the Issue of the Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Bank upon exercise of the Options or conversion of the Convertible Securities, by

(ii) the maximum number of shares of common stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) ultimately Issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion of such Convertible Securities.

SECTION 6. GENERAL.

6.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to rules of conflict of laws or choice of law, and by federal law to the extent it pre-empts state law.

6.2 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

6.3 Entire Agreement . Except as set forth below, this Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

6.4 Notices, etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed (a) if to Purchaser at Purchaser's address as set forth in  the  Subscription Agreement, or at such other address at Purchaser shall have furnished to the Bank in writing, or (b) if to the Bank, at the Bank's address set forth in the Subscription Agreement, or at such other address as the Bank shall have furnished to the Purchaser in writing.
 
 
 
-3-

 
 

 
6.5 Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

6.6 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

6.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

SECTION 7. EFFECTIVENESS.

This Agreement shall take effect immediately and automatically upon, but only upon, Purchaser’s execution of the Amendment to Subscription Agreement and completion of closing and disbursement of Purchaser's subscription proceeds to Bank, on the Purchaser's purchase of the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused the due execution of this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

Attest:
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
 
 
_________________________________
Title: ______________________
By:
/s/ James W. McKeighan, III     
James W. McKeighan, III
President


-4-

Exhibit 10.15
 
AMENDMENT #2 TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
This AMENDMENT #2 TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this "Amendment"), dated as of June 30, 2009, is made by and between NEW CENTURY BANK, a Pennsylvania bank with main office in Phoenixville, Chester County, Pennsylvania (the "Bank") and JAY S. SIDHU, an individual (the "Subscriber").
 
Background
 
A. Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement, as amended by Amendment to Subscription Agreement (collectively, as so amended, the "Subscription Agreement"), Subscriber has subscribed to purchase 136,364 shares of the Bank's voting common stock (the "Purchased Shares") in the Bank's pending offering (the "Offering"), along with a Warrant (the "Warrant") for the purchase of an additional 485,743 shares of the Bank's common stock at an exercise price of $5.50 per share (the "Warrant Shares") , for an aggregate purchase price of $750,000 (the "Purchase Price"), or $5.50 per Purchased Share.

B. The approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("FRB") and the Pennsylvania Banking Department ("PADOB") would be required for Subscriber to acquire shares, or a warrant for shares, of the Bank's common stock in the amount of 10% or more of the Bank's outstanding common stock. The parties have determined that the issuance of the Purchased Shares and the Warrant for all of the Warrant Shares is likely to require prior approval of the Regulators, which cannot feasibly be obtained prior to closing on the subscription, which is to occur this date.
 
C. The parties wish to provide a means for Subscriber to obtain the Purchased Shares this date and the Bank to obtain this date the subscription proceeds invested by Subscriber, while also avoiding an acquisition by Subscriber that would require a prior approval.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1     Issuance of Purchase Shares . The Bank shall issue that number of Purchased Shares, and a proportional number of the Warrant Shares, to Subscriber on this date, in an aggregate amount that shall not exceed 9.9% of the Bank's outstanding shares of common stock (calculated in accordance with the requirements of the Regulators including without limitation by taking into account the assumed exercise by Subscriber of the Warrant for all Warrant Shares covered thereby). The parties have determined and agreed that this shall be 110,910 Purchased Shares and a Warrant for 373,407 Warrant Shares (the "Issued Securities"). The balance of the Purchased Shares and any warrant for the balance of the Warrant Shares (the "Unpurchased Securities") shall not be issued by the Bank unless and until all necessary regulatory approvals are obtained.
 
2. Release of Subscription Proceeds to Bank; Disposition of Unpaid Purchase Price . The allocable purchase price for the Issued Securities is $610,000.00 (the "Releasable Purchase Price"). The Subscriber authorizes Bank to release the Releasable Purchase Price from the subscription escrow and take delivery of such funds for use for any proper corporate purposes. The balance of the Purchase Price, or $140,000.00 (the "Unpaid Purchase Price") shall remain in escrow until the Subscriber receives all necessary regulatory approvals for acquiring the Unpurchased Securities.
 
3. Blocking of Rights to Remaining Purchased Shares and Warrant Shares . Unless and until Subscriber shall have received any necessary approvals from the Regulators for Subscriber's ownership of the Unpurchased Securities, Subscriber agrees that Bank shall not be obligated to issue, and the Bank shall not issue, any of the Unpurchased Securities as would cause the Subscriber to own, directly or indirectly, not more than 9.9% of the Bank's outstanding common stock (calculated as provided in Section 2). During the period prior to the receipt of all necessary approvals, Subscriber shall not be entitled to any of the benefits of the Unpurchased Securities, and without limiting the foregoing shall not be entitled to transfer, exercise, vote, or cause the exercise or voting of any of the Unpurchased Securities.

 
 

 
 
4. Termination of Escrow and Refund of Unpaid Purchase Price in Absence of Approvals Notwithstanding any provision of this Amendment or the Subscription Agreement, so long as Subscriber shall not have received all applicable approvals of Regulators for Subscriber's purchase of the Unpurchased Securities, either Subscriber or Bank, by written notice to the other party, may terminate the Subscription Agreement as to all or part of the Unpurchased Securities, and thereupon the Bank shall cause the portion of the Unpaid Purchase Price allocable to the Unpurchased Securities as to which the Subscription Agreement is being terminated to be repaid immediately to Subscriber.
 
5. Miscellaneous .
 
(a) Entire Agreement. This Amendment and the Subscription Agreement contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter, but this Amendment supersedes the Subscription Agreement to the extent its express terms are inconsistent with the express terms of the Subscription Agreement. This Amendment supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings between the parties, either written or oral, with respect to its subject matter.
 
(b) Captions. The captions contained in this Amendment are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Amendment.
 
(c) Agreements; Waivers . No provision of this Amendment may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Bank and the Subscriber or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waiver is sought. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Amendment shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of either party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.
 
(d) Execution. This Agreement may be executed through the use of separate signature pages or in any number of counterparts, and each of such counterparts shall, or all purposes, constitute one agreement binding on all parties, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the same counterpart. Any facsimile or other electronic signature of any party hereto shall constitute a legal, valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
 
(e) Severability. Each provision of this Amendment is intended to be severable from every other provisions, and the invalidity or illegality of any portion hereof shall not affect the validity or legality of the remainder hereof.
 
(f) Non-Assignment . This Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the Subscriber.
 
(g) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Amendment shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective Affiliates, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (the "Pennsylvania Courts"). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any Pennsylvania Court, or that such proceeding has been commenced in an improper or inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Amendment and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any proceeding arising out of or relating to this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence a proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Amendment, then the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorney's fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such proceeding.
 
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
(h) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank, the Subscriber and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and permitted assigns, subject to restrictions on assignment set forth above.

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment #2 has been duly executed respectively by the Bank and the Subscriber as of the date set forth above.
 
 
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
 
By:
/s/ James W. McKeighan, III
 
James W. McKeighan, III
 
President
 
 
 
/ s/ Jay S. Sidhu                     
Jay S. Sidhu, Individually
 
 
 
 
- 3 -


Exhibit 10.16
 
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Non-Qualified Option - Immediate Vesting – Director or Employee)

THIS AGREEMENT GRANTS A NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION (“NQO”)


Dear _______________________________ (“Grantee”):


In view of your contributions toward the achievement of the business goals and objectives of NEW CENTURY BANK (the "Bank") and the expectation of your future contributions, the Board of Directors of the Bank is pleased to award you an option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Bank pursuant to the 2004 Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan of New Century Bank (the "Plan"). This is the stock option agreement between you and the Bank. The option awarded to you is subject to the following terms.

1. NUMBER OF SHARES: You are awarded an option to purchase a total of ______ shares of the Common Stock of the Bank, subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

2. TYPE OF OPTION: The option awarded to you is a Non-Qualified Option as that term is defined in the Plan.  This option is NOT to be treated as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

3. EXERCISE PRICE: The shares may be purchased upon your exercise of this option for the price of $11.00 per share

4. DATE OF GRANT OF AWARD: The Grant Date of the award of this option is December 20, 2005, which is also the date of this Agreement.

5. STATED EXPIRATION DATE: Unless earlier terminated as explained below, the option awarded to you expires (with respect to any number of shares subject to this option not previously exercised) on the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date stated above. This is the Stated Expiration Date .

6. DATE OPTION BECOMES EXERCISABLE; LOSS OF OPTION IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES: The stock option awarded to you is exercisable at any time after the Grant Date stated above. The stock option remains exercisable by you until the expiration of the option in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan.

7. EXERCISE OF OPTION: You may exercise the option awarded to you from time to time as provided above by delivering to the Bank all of the following:

(a) Written notice of the exercise marked to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer specifying the number of whole shares in respect of which you are exercising the option, in the form of “Notice of Stock Option Exercise” attached to this Agreement or another form acceptable to the Bank, completed and signed by you.
 
 
 
 

 

 
(b) Except as noted in paragraph 7(d) below, payment of the exercise price by certified check payable to the order of the Bank.

(c) Payment of any federal, state and local withholding taxes required in respect of such exercise in any combination of the forms of payment described in (b) above.

(d) You may pay the exercise price by directing the Bank to withhold from those shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be received upon the exercise of the Stock Option either (i) shares of Common Stock of the Bank already owned by you, (ii) shares of Common Stock of the Bank you are entitled to receive as a result of stock option exercises that you are entitled to make for such purpose, but only if those options are “in the money,” or (iii) any combination of the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Common Stock of the Bank may only be applied against the exercise price or to pay any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes to the extent consistent with any restrictions applicable to such shares. If shares of Common Stock of the Bank are to be applied in whole or partial payment of the exercise price or any withholding taxes, they shall be applied at their Fair Market Value (as determined by the Bank) on the relevant date.

Upon receipt of the payment and documents and payments listed above, the Bank will issue you a certificate for the number of shares with respect to which you have exercised the option.

8. EXERCISE DATE: The date on which the Bank receives the documents specified above in complete and otherwise acceptable form and the payments specified above will be treated as the Exercise Date with respect to your exercise of the stock option.

9. NON-ASSIGNABILITY OF OPTION: Except as provided by the Plan, the option awarded to you is exercisable only by you. The option may not be transferred, assigned, pledged as security or hypothecated in any other way and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process even if you agree with someone else that it will be, except that if you die while still employed with the Bank , your estate or the person who acquires the right to exercise the Stock Option upon your death by bequest or inheritance may exercise your option. Upon any attempt by you to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this option or of any portion thereof or upon the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process on this option or on any portion thereof, the option awarded to you will immediately expire with respect to the number of shares not exercised prior to such event.

10. RIGHTS IN SHARES SUBJECT TO OPTION: You will not be treated as a holder of any of the shares subject to this option or of any rights of a holder of such shares unless and until the shares are issued to you as evidenced by stock certificates.

11. EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT: This Agreement is not an employment agreement or service contract. Therefore, none of the rights awarded to you by this Agreement affect, in any way, your employment or service relationship with the Bank.

12. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE: Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, upon termination of your employment (and service as a director, if applicable) with the Bank, the unexercised portion of this option will terminate according to the following terms:
 
 
 
 

 

 
(a) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is on account of death or disability or you terminate on account of retirement which has been approved by the Bank, your option will terminate on the Stated Expiration Date described above.

(b) If the termination of your employment or severance from service as a director is for “Cause” as defined in the Plan, your option will terminate automatically with respect to any shares not previously exercised, effective immediately as of your termination or separation.
 
(c) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is by your own act, your option will terminate at the close of business on the earlier of the Stated Expiration Date described above or on the ninetieth (90th) day following the date of your termination or separation.

(d) If the termination of your employment and service as a director is for any other reason, your option will terminate at the close of business on the earlier of the Stated Expiration Date described above or on the third (3rd) anniversary of the date that your employment with the Bank and services as a director shall have terminated.

13. OPTION AWARDED SUBJECT TO PLAN PROVISIONS: The Plan provisions take precedence over the provisions of this Agreement, Therefore, in the case of any inconsistency between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of the Plan in effect on the Grant Date, the provision of the Plan will control.

14. DETERMINATION OF “FAIR MARKET VALUE”; NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION REGARDING TAX CONSEQUENCES:

(a) “Fair Market Value” as defined in the Plan as of any date of reference shall be determined by the Bank.  The Bank’s determination and method of determination shall be conclusive upon you if consistent with Sections 422 and 409A of the Code (or successor provisions) and any regulations or interest thereunder at the time of the valuation.  The Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain an independent appraisal to determine “Fair Market Value.”

(b) Bank does not make any representations or warranties to you with respect to any federal, state or other income or other tax consequences with respect to the grant or exercise of this option or any disposition of this option or any shares issuable upon its exercise (including without limitation whether the grant or any exercise or disposition of any option shares or rights or stock acquired as a result of exercise of this option is at “fair market value”).  It is your responsibility to consult with your own tax advisor with respect to such matters.

15. COUNTERPARTS: This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be deemed one and the same agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank and the Grantee have duly executed this Agreement as of the Grant Date.

NEW CENTURY BANK
 
 
By: ________________________________
Print Name: Kenneth B. Mumma
Title: Chairman & CEO
Grantee:
 
 
________________________________
(Signature)
Print Name: _______________________

 
 
 

 
 
NEW CENTURY BANK
2004 INCENTIVE EQUITY AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

To:           New Century Bank

From:      ___________________________                Date:           ____________________, 20____
(Grantee Name)
Address: ______________________________________________________________________
Tel.No. (______) _______ - ___________

Date of Grant: _______________, _______
Number of Shares Exercised: ________                                                                             Exercise Price Per Share: $_________     

  Total Exercise Price: $ __________. ____
  PLUS (Contact Payroll to Determine):  
  Federal Income Tax Withholding $ __________. ____
 
F.I.C.A. Tax Withholding
$ __________. ____
 
Pennsylvania Personal Income Tax Withholding
$ __________. ____
 
Local Earned Income Tax Withholding
$ __________. ____
 
Subtotal of withholding taxes
$ __________. ____
     
 
TOTAL REMITTANCE
$ __________. ____
______________________________________________________________________

THE FOLLOWING SECTION IS ONLY APPLICABLE IF THE USE OF SHARES TO PAY PART OF THE EXERCISE PRICE IS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED UNDER SECTION 7 OF THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
_____ Check this box if you want to use all or part of any shares you own or are being exercised that are “in the money” to pay exercise price or taxes.  How many shares:  _________.]

LESS “Fair Market Value” of any shares being exercised that are
requested and may be used to pay exercise price or taxes, AS
DETERMINED BY BANK (Contact Payroll to Determine):
 
 
 
$ __________. ____
NET REMITTANCE
$ __________. ____

 (IF THIS SECTION IS APPLICABLE, attach properly endorsed certificates of stock to be used to pay part of price).   Please note that value of this stock and the final amount of remittance due is subject to adjustment pending Bank’s determination of applicable stock value.)
______________________________________________________________________

Attach certified check for remittance due.

Please accept the above notice of exercise and issue share certificates as required.

__________________________________
(signature of person authorized to exercise)

 
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT 21.1
 

 
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 
None.
 
 
 
 
 

 
Exhibit 23.2
 

 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
 
New Century Bank
Phoenixville, Pennsylvania
 
We hereby consent to the use in the prospectus-proxy statement constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 19, 2010, relating to the financial statements of New Century Bank including the balance sheets of New Century Bank as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2009, which are contained in that prospectus-proxy statement.
 
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the prospectus-proxy statement.
 

 

 
 
ParenteBeard LLC
Reading, Pennsylvania
April 19, 2010